È. © ‘ HARVARD UNIVERSITY © Library of the Museum of Comparative Zoology Le TESE DEEL 127 1984 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE UITGEGEVEN DOOR DE NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 127, 1984 INHOUD Achterberg, C. van. — Revision of the genera of Braconini with first and second metasomal ter- gites immovably joined (Hymenoptera, Braconidae, Braconinae) ................. Belle, J. — A synopsis of the South American species of Phyllogomphoides, with a key and des- cription of three new taxa (Odonata, Gomphidae).............................. Bellinger, P. F., zie Ellis, W. N. Diakonoff, A., S. A. Ulenberg & L. Vari. — A new Tortricid of Nerine plants originating from Southern Africa (Eepittoptefà, Tonficthé) „en A es E Ellis, W. N. & P. F. Bellinger. — Generic names of Collembola: Supplement 1973-1983 ......... Gaskin, D. E. — The genus Roxita Bleszynski (Lepidoptera, Pyralidae, Crambinae): new species and combinations and a reappraisal of its relationships .......................... Graham, M. W. R. de V., zie Vlug, H. J. Gustafsson, B. — New species of Stigmella from The Gambia (Lepidoptera, Nepticulidae)....... Möczär, L. — New and little known Mesitiinae from southern Europe and Africa (Hymenopte- ra, Bethylidae) RUES rn name est Te en Oosterbroek, P.— The Nephrotoma species of Japan (Diptera, Tipulidae) .................... Theowald, Br. — Taxonomie, Phylogenie und Biogeografie der Untergattung Tipula (Tipula) Linnaeus, 1758 (Insecta, Diptera, Tipulidae). 2020 en eee Ulenberg, S. A., zie Diakonoff, A., et al. Väri, L., zie Diakonoff, A., et al. Vlug, H. J. — The types of Platygastridae (Hymenoptera, Scelionoidea) described by Haliday and Walker and preserved in the National Museum of Ireland and in the British Mu- seum (Natural History). 2. Keys to species, redescriptions, synonymy............. Vlug, H. J. & M. W. R. de V. Graham. — The types of Platygastridae (Hymenoptera, Scelionoi- dea) described by Haliday and Walker and preserved in the National Museum of Ireland and the British Museum (Natural History). 1. Designation of lectotypes .... 197 79 179 115 NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING BESTUUR (BOARD) NEMA) see C. A. W. Jeekel Nice voorzitter (Vice-President) ................. L. H. M. Blommers EEDE) nd oe nn nen R. de Jong Be ne... Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Raamsteeg 2, Leiden 2311 PL fePeammemecster (Treasurer!) ................. L. P.S. van der Geest ae Rena aa ae Doornenburg 9, Landsmeer 1211 GP de Penomemecster (Freasurer II)................. P. Oosterbroek LL eee Baanstraat 2, Edam 1135 CB nes (Librarian) .......:!............. W. N. Ellis Plantage Middenlaan 64, Amsterdam 1018 DH Dender SUE PSE vk B. van Aartsen TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE Ee (Eehtoral Board) ..................... P.J. van Helsdingen, R. de Jong, J. Krikken, M. A. Lieftinck, C. van Achterberg, S. A. Ulenberg deed Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Raamsteeg 2, Leiden 2311 PL The journal serves the publication of papers on Insecta, Myriapoda and Arachnoidea. Subscription rate: D.Fl. 245 — per year. Issues 1—3 appeared on 10.VIII.1984 Issues 4—7 appeared on 31.XII.1984 Issues 8—11 appeared on 14.V1.1985 ISSN 0040-7496 wre is 1 oe we M _ | > ni ' ata TT la Lis 8 + “ „mu à 0 ° “ 4 A 0 Pr n ‘aye acts divine faniuo aft ie a ALT A Va, “A A Bun Lie ec“ ) DEEL 127 AFLEVERING 1 1984 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE UITGEGEVEN DOOR DE NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING gi ue = x AUP 4 :‘VARD sIVERSITY INHOUD WILLEM N. ELLis and PETER F. BELLINGER. — Generic names of Collembola: Supplement 1973—1983, pp. 1—15. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 127, afl. 1 Gepubliceerd 10-VIII-1984 MUS. COMP ZOOL GENERIC NAMES OF COLLEMBOLA: SUPPLEMENT 1973-1983 by WILLEM N. ELLIS Zoölogisch Museum, Plantage Middenlaan 64, Amsterdam and PETER F. BELLINGER Biology Department, California State University, Northridge, California ABSTRACT An update is presented of the list of Collembolan generic names that was published by the authors in 1973. Some 109 new generic names are included in the lıst. Full bibliographic citations and records of the type selec- tion are given for each nominal genus. Some errors of the previous lıst are corrected and a few Opinions have been included. INTRODUCTION In the decade that has passed since the publication of our annotated list of generic names of Col- lembola!), many new names have been proposed. A few homonyms have been renamed and Opin- ions have been published deciding the cases brought by us before the International Commission. We therefore think it worthwhile to present an update to our prior list, at the same time using the opportunity to correct some errors and imprecisions that had remained in the original. We have included all new names and nomenclatural actions that have come to our attention. It is possible that we have omitted some names in publications of the last year or two which we have not seen; we would appreciate it ıf our colleagues would call our attention to such omissions. All new names have been checked against Neave’s Nomenclator Zoologicus and its supplements, and against the lists of new generic and subgeneric names that appear annually in series 20 of the Zoo- logical Record. In the original publication we neglected to state explicitly that the capital letters F, M and N sig- nified the nomenclatural gender of the name: Feminine, Masculine and Neuter. The same conven- tion is used in the present update. New taxa are marked with an asterisk. Entries are intended to modify the original entry, or to be inserted at the appropriate point in alphabetic order in the origi- nal list. Acanthonotus Von Olfers* Manuscript name for Stylonotus lanuginosus Von Olfers, cf. Handschin, 1926 (Ent. Mitt. 15 (2): 174). Unavailable name. Acheroxenylla Ellis, 1976* Tijdschr. Ent. 119 (+): 237. Type-species: A. cretensis Ellis, 1976, l.c., by original designation. F. Adbiloba Stach, 1951 Note: Cassagnau, 1979 (Biologia gallo-hellenica 8: 187) subsequently selected Adbiloba pauliani Massoud, 1963, as type-species; this action, however, is contrary to art. 61 of the International Code. ') Ellis, W. N., & P. F. Bellinger, 1973. An annotated list of the generic names of Collembola (Insecta) and their type-species. — Monogrn Ned. ent. Veren. 7: 1-74. 2 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 1, 1984 Adelphoderia Greenslade, 1982* J. aust. ent. Soc. 21: 82. en | Type-species: A. regina Greenslade, 1982, l.c., by original designation. F. Afrobella Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 16, 19. Di 1 | Type-species: Neanura (Bilobella) guineense Murphy, 1965, by original designation. F. Afrodontella Deharveng, 1981* Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthrop. édaph. 3 (1): 13. oe Type-species: Odontella septemlobata Salmon, 1954, by original designation. F. Albanura Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 7, 15, 18. Type-species: Neanura (Deutonura) nana Cassagnau & Peja, 1979, by original designation. F. Note: the generic name Albanura is attributed by Cassagnau to “Deharveng, 1982”, but the pa- per by Deharveng is cited as still in press. Since, however, Cassagnau’s paper does not present a diagnosis of Albanura, his usage of the name must be considered an unavailable nomen nudum. Allochaefferia Must be Alloschaefferia [our misspelling]. Americanura Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 11, 15. Type-species: Americanura mexicana Cassagnau, 1983, l.c., by original designation. F. Note: both the generic name and that of the type-species are attributed to a paper in print by Cassagnau & Palacios Vargas. As the published information contains a nomenclaturally valid diag- nose of the new genus (and by implication the type-species as well), the present publication takes precedence. Anaphorura Izarra, 1972* Physis B. Aires 31 (83): 547, ut subgenus Tullbergia Lubbock, 1867. Type-species: Tullbergia (Anaphorura) lavadoi Izarra, 1972, l.c., by monotypy. F. Anjavidiella Betsch, 1974* Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. Paris [3] 219 (Zool. 147): 560. Type-species: Anjavidiella ankaratrensis Betsch, 1974, l.c., by original designation. F. Note: the generic name appeared the same year a few months earlier in Pedobiologia 14 (2/5): 180, 181, as a nomen nudum. Anurida Laboulbène, 1965 Add a line to the note: According to Cowan, J. Soc. Bibliogr. nat. Hist. 6 (1): 18-29, the plate figuring Achorutes mariti- mus was probably issued in August 1837. Assamanura Cassagnau, 1980” Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthrop. édaph. 2 (3): 1, 2. Type-species: Assamanura besucheti Cassagnau, 1980, l.c., by original designation. F. Australonura Cassagnau, [1980]* Proc. int. Seminar Apterygota 1, Siena: 127, ut subgenus Neanura MacGillivray, 1893. Type-species: Neanura grossi Yosii, 1966, by original designation. F. Balkanura Cassagnau, 1979* Biologia gallo-hellenica 8: 190. ELLIS & BELLINGER: Generic names Collembola 3 Type-species: Neanura (Neanura) jugoslawica Palissa & Zivadinovié, 1974, by original desig- nation. F. Barbagastrura Massoud, Najt & Thibaud, 1975* Nouv. Revue Ent. 5 (2):111. Type-species: B. palpigera Massoud, Najt & Thibaud, 1975, l.c., by original designation. F. Betschurinus Dallai & Martinozzi, 1980* Atti Accad. fisiocrit. Siena (14) 12:31. Type-species: Betschurinus farmae Dallai & Martinozzi, 1980, l.c., by monotypy. M. Biacantha Martynova Date of publication of generic name and of species Biacantha nana is 1968. Replaced by Martynovella Deharveng, 1979. Blasconura Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 16, 19. Type-species: Achorutes hirtellus Börner, 1906, by original designation. F. Bonetogastrura Thibaud, 1975* Spelunca Mem. 8: 207. Type-species: Typhlogastrura balazuci Delamare Deboutteville, 1951, by original designation. F. Note: the generic name appeared earlier that year as a nomen nudum in Ann. Speleol. 30 (1): 189. Bonetrura Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980* Collembola of North America: 559. Type-species: Guthriella boneti Yosii, 1962, by original designation. F. Borneaphysa Yoshii, 1981* Ent. Rept. Sabah For. Res. Cent. 3: 8, ut subgenus Callyntrura Borner, 1906. Type-species: Callyntrura borneensis Yoshii, 1981, l.c., by original designation. F. Bourletides Betsch & Massoud, 1972* Annls Soc. ent. Fr. [2] 8 (1): 234. Type-species: Bourletides wallacei Betsch & Massoud, 1972, l.c., by original description. M. Bourletiellitas Betsch, 1974* Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. Paris [3] 219 (Zool. 147): 554. Type-species: Bourletiellitas imerinensis Betsch, 1974, l.c., by original designation. M. Note: the generic name appeared a few months earlier in the same year in Pedobiologia 14 (2/5): 180, 181, asa nomen nudum. The gender of the name was originally not stated; it must therefore be treated as masculine, on the base of art. 30b(11). Calistella Schott, 1902 Note: the genus is attributed by Schott, l.c., to Reuter, but there is no evidence that this is any- thing more than a politeness. Caputanurina Lee, 1983* Korean J. Ent. 13 (1): 28. Type-species: Caputanurina serrata Lee, 1983, l.c., by original designation. F. Cassagnaudiella Ellis, 1975* Bull. zool. Mus. Univ. Amst. 4 (9): 78, ut subgenus Bourletiella Banks, 1899. Type-species: Sminthurus pruinosus Tullberg, 1871, by original designation. F. + TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 1, 1984 Cassagnella Najt & Massoud, 1974* Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 11 (3): 370. À 1 Type-species: Cassagnella alba Najt & Massoud, 1974, l.c., by original designation. F. Catalanura Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 7, 15, 17. Type-species: Neanura (Deutonura) catalana Deharveng, 1979, by original designation. F. Note: unavailable nomen nudum. The note under Albanura is applicable here as well. Ceratophysella Börner, 1932 Add to entry: Placed on the official list of generic names in zoology: 2135, Opinion 1193 (1981). Junior objective synonym of Cystioceras Börner in Schille, 1912. Chaetaphorura Rusek, 1976* Canadian J. Zool. 54 (1): 27. Type-species: Chaetaphorura vancouverica Rusek, 1976, l.c., by original designation. F. Chaetobella Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 16, 19. Type-species: Lobella (Propeanura) numatai Yosii, 1966, by original designation. F. Cryptonura Cassagnau, 1979* Biologia gallo-hellenica 8: 191, 192, ut subgenus Neanura MacGillivray, 1893. Type-species: Lathriopyga franzi Stach, 1951, by original designation. F. Cystioceras Bôrner in Schille, 1912* Spraw. Kom. fizyogr. Krakow 46 (2): 126, 127. Type-species: Podura armata Nicolet, [1842], by monotypy. (Gender neuter, although treated as masculine by Schille.) N. Placed on the Official index of rejected and invalid generic names in zoology: 2119, Opinion 1193 (1981). Suppressed for the purposes of the Law of Priority, but not for those of the Law of Homonymy. Senior objective synonym of Ceratophysella Börner, 1932. Delamarerus Mitra, 1977* Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 13 (4): 645-647. Type-species: Delamarerus immsi Mitra, 1977, l.c., by original designation [cf. p. 647]. M. Note: ıssue 4 of the journal bears an indication: “depot legal 2e Trim. 1977”. Desertia Tshelnokov, in Martynova, Tshelnokov & Kaplin, 1979* Doklad. Akad. Nauk turkmenskoj SSR 1979: 38. Type-species: Desertia kaplini Tshelnokov, 1979, l.c., by monotypy or original designation. F. Note: paper not seen, reference based on Informations aptérygotologiques 519. Deuterosminthurus Bôrner, 1901 Replace type indication and note as follows: Type-species: Smynthurus bicinctus Koch, 1840, by Opinion 1042 (1976). Placed on the Official list of generic names in zoology: 2017. Deutonura Cassagnau, 1979* Biologia gallo-hellenica 8: 192, ut subgenus Neanura MacGillivray, 1893. Type-species: Achorutes phlegraeus Caroli, 1912, sensu da Gama, 1964, by original designation. Note: the type selection reads: “subgenerotype: phlegraea (Caroli, 1910) sensu da Gama 1964”. ELLIS & BELLINGER: Generic names Collembola 5 “Caroli, 1910” is a lapsus calami for “Caroli, 1912” as given by da Gama. The slightly irregular form of the type selection cannot be resolved with art. 70(b). Dicranorchesella Mari Mutt, 1977* Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 79 (3): 377. Type-species: Dicranorchesella boneti Mari Mutt, 1977, l.c., by original designation. F. Dicyrtoma Bourlet, 1842 Replace type indication and note as follows: Type-species: Papirius fuscus Lubbock, 1873, by Opinion 1092 (1977). Placed on the Official list of generic names in zoology: 2049. Dicyrtomina Borner, 1903 Replace type indication and note as follows: Type-species: Podura minuta O. Fabricius 1783, by Opinion 1092 (1977). Placed on the Official list of generic names in zoology: 2050. Dimorphiella Grinbergs, 1968 Replaced by Dimorphotoma Grinbergs, 1975. Dimorphotoma Grinbergs, 1975* Ent. Ber., Amst. 35 (8): 101. Type-species: Proisotoma (Dimorphiella) muriphila Grinbergs, 1968 (art. 67 1). F. New name for Dimorphiella Grinbergs, 1968, nec Valkanov, 1928. Doutnacia Rusek, 1974* Vest. ésl. Spol. zool. 38 (1): 64, 65. Type-species: Doutnacia xerophila Rusek, 1974, l.c., by original designation. F. Ectonura Cassagnau [1980]* Proc. int. Seminar Apterygota 1, Siena: 127, 128. Type-species: Achorutes natalensis Womersley, 1934, by original designation. F. Note: the original type selection designated Ectonura [Achorutes] natalensis (Womersley, 1934) sensu Coates, 1968. There is no indication in Coates’ or Cassagnau’s papers that Coates’ determina- tion of Womersley’s species is erroneous, and therefore art. 70(b) of the Code does not apply. Endonura Cassagnau, 1979* Biologia gallo-hellenica 8: 192, ut subgenus Neanura MacGillivray, 1893. Type-species: Achorutes tetrophthalmus Stach, 1929, by original designation. F. Franzura Cassagnau & Deharveng, 1976* Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse 112 (1/2): 199, ut subgenus Hypogastrura Bourlet, 1839. Type-species: Hypogastrura (Franzura) synacantha Cassagnau & Deharveng, 1976, l.c., by origi- nal designation. F. Friesea Von Dalla Torre, 1895 Placed on the Official list of generic names in zoology: 2023, Opinion 1049 (1976). Gamachorutes Cassagnau, 1978 Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse 114 (1/2): 17. Type-species: Gamachorutes verrucosus Cassagnau, 1978, l.c., by original designation. M. Gisinianus Betsch, 1977* Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 14 (1): 212. Type-species: Sminthurinus flammeolus Gisin, 1957, by original designation. M. 6 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 1, 1984 Gnathogastrura Diaz & Najt, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (2): 29, 30. ta; i Type-species: Gnathogastrura paramoense Diaz & Najt, l.c., by original designation. F (although treated as neuter by the authors). Granuliphorura Rusek, 1976” Canadian J. Zool. 54 (1): 24. ma | Type-species: Granuliphorura obtusochaeta Rusek, 1976, l.c., by original designation. F. Gunungphysa Yoshi, 1982* Ent. Rept. Sabah For. Res. Cent. 6: 2, ut subgenus Callyntrura Borner, 1906. Type-species: Callyntrura gunung Yoshii, 1982, l.c., by original designation. F. Guthriella Borner, 1966 Date of publication is 1906. Hawinella Bellinger & Christiansen, 1974* Pacif. Ins. 16 (1): 36. Type-species: Hawinella lava Bellinger & Christiansen, 1974, l.c., by original designation. F. Heteromurtrella Mari Mutt, 1979* J. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico 63 (2): 214, ut subgenus Heteromurus Wankel, 1860. Type-species: Heteromurus (Heteromurtrella) puertoricensis Mari Mutt, 1979, l.c., by original designation. F. Heteromurus Wankel, 1860 Replace note as follows: Placed on the Official list of generic names in zoology: 2034, Opinion 1064 (1976). Inameria Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 16, 20. Type-species: Neanura corallina Imms, 1912, by original designation. F. Isotomodella Martynova Date of publication of the genus name, and of the specific name Jsotomodella pusilla, is 1968. Istanaphysa Yoshii, 1981* Ent. Rept. Sabah For. Res. Cent. 3: 15, ut subgenus Callyntrura Borner, 1906. Type-species: Callyntrura (Istanaphysa) istana Yoshii, 1981, l.c., by original designation. F. Jacutogastrura Martynova, 1981* Zool. Zhurn. 60 (1): 151. Type-species: Jacutogastrura silvatica Martynova, 1981, L.c., by original designation. F. Japonphysa Yoshii, 1982* Ent. Rept. Sabah For. Res. Cent. 6: 24, ut subgenus Callyntrura Borner, 1906. Type-species: Paronella japonica Kinoshita, 1917, by original designation. F. Jestella Najt, 1978* Nouv. Revue Ent. 7 (4): 363, 366. Type-species: Jestella siva Najt, 1978, l.c., by original designation. F. Note: according to a note on the wrappers the 4th issue of the journal was published 15.1.1978. Jevania Rusek, 1978* Acta ent. bohemosl. 75: 255, 256. FLLIS& BELLINGER: Generic names Collembola 7 Type-species: Jevania fageticola Rusek, 1978, l.c., by original designation. F. Karlstejnia Rusek, 1974” Vest. ésl. Spol. zool. 38 (1): 61. Type-species: Karlstejnia annae Rusek, 1974, l.c., by original designation. F. Kaszabellina Betsch, 1977” Annls hist.-nat. Mus. natn. hung. 69: 79. Type-species: Kaszabellina variabilis Betsch, 1977, l.c., by original designation. F. Kudatphysa Yoshii, 1982* Ent. Rept. Sabah For. Res. Cent. 6: 22, ut subgenus Callyntrura Borner, 1906. Type-species: Callyntrura kudatensis Yoshu, 1981, by original designation. F. Lubbockia Haller, 1880 Replaced by Deuterolubbockia Von Dalla Torre, 1895. Macgillivraya Grote, 1894 Suppressed under the Plenary powers, and placed on the Official index of rejected and invalid generic names in zoology: 2070, Opinion 1049 (1976). Marcuzziella Rusek, 1975* Vestn. ésl. Spol. zool. 39 (3): 236-238. Type-species: Marcuzziella tripartita Rusek, 1975, l.c., by original designation. F. Martynovella Deharveng, 1979* Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 15 (4): 554. New name for Biacantha Martynova, 1968, nec Wolfgang, 1954. Type-species: Biacantha nana Martynova, 1968 (art. 671). F. Note: the last page of issue 4 of the journal bears a note: “depot legal ler trimestre 1979”. Massoudia Betsch, 1975* Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 11 (4): 566. Type-species: Massoudia griveaudi Betsch, 1975, l.c., by original designation. F. Note: the last page of issue 4 of the journal bears a note “depot legal 1e trimestre 1975”. Megalothorax and Megalanura Change the order of these two entries. Micranurophorus Bernard, 1977* Great Lakes Ent. 10 (2): 75. Type-species: Micranurophorus musci Bernard, 1977, l.c., by original designation. M. Millsurus Betsch, 1977* Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 14 (1): 214. Type-species: Neosminthurus sminthurinus Mills, 1934, by original designation. M. Mimoderus Yoshii, 1980* Contr. biol. Lab. Kyoto Univ. 26 (1): 11. Type-species: Mimoderus saikehi Yoshii, 1980, l.c., by original designation. M. Monobella Cassagnau, 1979* Biologia gallo-hellenica 8: 191. Type-species: Achorutes grassei Denis, 1923, by original designation. F. 8 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 1, 1984 Morulodes Cassagnau, 1955 Add to the note: This error is repeated by Cassagnau, 1983. — Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 15. Neanura serrata is a subjective synonym of the type-species. Mucracanthus Stebaeva, 1976” Novie i maloizvestnie vidi fauni Sibiri 10: 46. Type-species: Mucracanthus altaicus Stebavea, 1976, l.c., by original designation. M. Murphysa Yoshii, 1982* Ent. Rept. Sabah For. Res. Cent. 6: 18, ut subgenus Callyntrura Börner, 1906. Type-species: Microphysa vestita Handschin, 1925, by original designation. F. Myopia Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980* Collembola of North America: 768, ut subgenus /sotoma Bourlet, 1839. Type-species: Zsotoma (Myopia) alaskana Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980, l.c., by original desig- nation. F. Narynia Martynova Date of publication of the generic name, and of the specific name Narynia setosa, is 1968. Neanurella Cassagnau, 1971 Type-species: Neanurella microphthalma Cassagnau, 1968 [not N. caeca, as erroneously stated]. Neorchesella Mari Mutt, 1981” J. Agrıc. Univ Puerto Rico 65 (1): 8. Type-species: Neorchesella mexicana Mari Mutt, 1981, l.c., by original designation. F. Nilgirella Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 16, 20. Type-species: Achorutes indicus Handschin, 1929, by original designation. F. Odontellina Deharveng, 1981* Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthrop. édaph. 3 (1): 14. Type-species: Xenyllodes nivalis Cassagnau, 1959, by original designation. F. Orogastrura Deharveng & Gers, 1979* Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthrop. édaph. 1 (2): 4. Type-species: Xenyllogastrura dilatata Cassagnau, 1959, by original designation. F. Paleonura Cassagnau, 1982* Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthrop. édaph. 3 (3): 6. Type-species: Paleonura spectabilis Cassagnau, 1982, l.c., by original designation. F. Palmanura Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 11, 15. Type-species: Palmanura mirabilis Cassagnau, 1983, l.c., by original designation. Note: the same note as under Americanura applies here. Parabourletiella Betsch, 1975* Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 12 (2): 477. Type-species: Parabourletiella mahafalensis Betsch, 1975, l.c., by original designation. F. Parachaetoceras Salmon, 1941 The gender of the generic name is neuter (N), not masculine. ELLIS & BELLINGER: Generic names Collembola 9 Parawillemia Izarra, 1975* Physis B. Aires [C] 34 (88): 93. Type-species: Parawillemia pampeana Izarra, 1975, l.c., by original designation. F. Parisotoma Bagnall, 1940 The gender of the generic name is feminine (F), not masculine. Paruzelia Martynova Date of publication of the generic name ıs 1968. Paruzelia Martynova, 1971 Zool. Zhurn. 50 (11): 1644, 1645. Unavailable name; see original entry. Parvatinura Cassagnau, 1982* Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthrop. édaph. 3(3): 7. Type-species: Parvatinura dobremezi Cassagnau, 1982, l.c., by original designation. F. Paulianitas Betsch, 1978* Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 82 (5/6): 119. Type-species: Paulianitas viettei Betsch, 1978, by original designation. M. Note: the gender of the name was not explicitly stated originally; it is fixed herewith in accor- dance with art. 30 b (ii). Pectinura Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 15, 18, nec Forbes, 1843. — Proc. linn. Soc. Lond. 1 (17): 167 (Echino- dermata). Type-species: Womersleya hongkongensis Yosii, 1976, by original designation. F. Junior homonym. No replacement name available. Pentacanthella Deharveng, 1979* Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 15 (4): 557. Type-species: Pentacanthella decemoculata Deharveng, 1979, l.c., by original designation. F. Note: the 4th issue of the journal bears a note: “depot legal 1er trimestre 1979”. Permobrya Riek, 1976* Palaeont. afr. 19: 141. Fossil. Type-species: Permobrya mirabilis Riek 1976, l.c., by original designation. F. Pratanurida Rusek, 1973* Vest. ésl. Spol. zool. 37 (3): 187. Type-species: Pratanurida cassagnaui Rusek, 1973, l.c., by original designation. F. Note: misspelled Pratanuria on p. 183. Probolaphorura Dunger, 1977* Abh. Ber. naturk. Mus. Görlitz 50 (5): 1, 2. Type-species: Probolaphorura sachalinensis Dunger, 1977, l.c., by original designation. F. Propeanura Yosii, 1956 Note: the subsequent selection of Lobella (Propeanura) ieti Yosii, 1966, as type species by Cas- sagnau, [1980] (Proc. int. Seminar Apterygota 1, Siena: 128) violates art. 61 of the International Code. Protanura Börner, 1906 Note: the subsequent selection of Neanura pseudomuscorum Borner, 1903, as type species by 10 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 1, 1984 Cassagnau, 1979 (Biologia gallo-hellenica 8: 192) is in disagreement with art. 61 of the International Code. Protolobella Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 15, 18, ut subgenus Lobella Bòrner, 1906. Type-species: Lobella (L.) assamensis Yosii, 1966, by original designation. F. Pseudodicranocentrus Mari Mutt, 1981* J. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico 65 (2): 91. Type-species: Dicranocentrus circulatus Mari Mutt, 1979, by original designation. M. Pseudonychiurus Lin Shan-Xiang, 1980” Acta ent. sinica 23 (2): 189, nec Bagnall, 1948. Type-species: Pseudonychiurus shanghaiensis Lin Shan-Xiang, 1980, l.c., by original designation. Junior homonym. No replacement name available. Pseudosalina Mitra, 1974* Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 10 (3): 359, 360. Type-species: Salina nigrocephala Mitra, 1966, by original designation. F. Note on the date of publication: the last page of the issue bears an infrapaginal note: “Depot legal ler trimestre 1974”. Pseudosorensia Izarra, 1972” Physis B. Aires 31 (82): 77. Type-species: Pseudosorensia fueguensis Izarra, 1972, l.c., by original designation. F. Ptenura Templeton, 1844 Placed on the Official index of rejected and invalid generic names in zoology: 2074, Opinion 1064 (1976). Pumilinura Cassagnau, 1979* Biologia gallo-hellenica 8: 192, 193. Type-species: Pumilinura travei Cassagnau & Peja, 1979, by original designation. F. Rhopalothrix Schôtt, 1917 Author’s name is Schött, not Schöt. Richardsitas Betsch, 1975* Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 12 (2): 480. Type-species: Richardsitas najtae Betsch, 1975, l.c., by original designation. M. Note: the gender of the name is fixed herewith, in accordance with art. 30 b (ii). Riozura Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 15, 18. Type-species: Lobella yoshibai Yosii, 1963, by original designation. F. Rusekianna Betsch, 1977* Annls hist. -nat. Mus. natn. hung. 69: 61, 62. Type-species: Rusekianna mongolica Betsch, 1977, l.c., by original designation. F. Salmonides Bagnall, 1949 Gender is masculine (M). Sensillanura Deharveng, 1981* Nouv. Revue Ent. 11 (1):9. ELLIS & BELLINGER: Generic names Collembola 11 Type-species: Neanura barberi Handschin, 1928, by original designation and art. 67 (e). F. Note: the type selection reads: “Espèce type: Neanura pseudoquadrioculata Stach, 1951 (= Nea- nura quadrioculata Guthrie, 1903)”. Both Biloba pseudoguadrioculata Stach, 1951, and Achorutes barberi Handschin, 1928, were proposed as replacement names for Neanura quadrioculata Guthrie, 1903, nec Börner, 1901. The two names are therefore objective synonyms and the earlier name, bar- beri, is valid. Sensiphorura Rusek, 1976* Canadian J. Zool. 54 (1): 19, 20. Type-species: Sensiphorura marshalli Rusek, 1976, l.c., by original designation. F. Sminthuridia Massoud & Betsch, 1972* Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 9 (1): 70. Type-species: Sminthurides sphaeridioides Murphy, 1960, by original designation. F. Sminthurinus Bôrner, 1901 Replace type indication and notes as follows: Type-species: Smynthurus niger Lubbock, 1862, by designation under the plenary powers, Opin- ion 1027 (1974). Placed on the Official list of generic names in zoology: 2004. Smynthurella Houlbert, 1924 Placed on the Official index of rejected and invalid generic names in zoology: 2050, Opinion 1027 (1974). Songhaica Lasebikan, Betsch & Dallai, 1980* must. Ent. 5: 179. Type-species: Songhaica nigeriana Lasebikan, Betsch & Dallai, 1980, l.c., by original designation. F. Spatulosminthurus Betsch & Betsch-Pinot, 1983” Pedobiologia 25 (4): 216. Type-species: Sminthurus lesnei Carl, in Denis, 1925, by original designation. M. Note: the generic name appeared some months earlier as an unavailable name (art. 8(3)) in Collo- que international sur les Aptérygotes 5, résumés: 36. Sphaeronura Cassagnau, 1983* Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 15, 19. Type-species: Propeanura chaotica Yosii, 1976, by original designation. F. Stachorutes Dallai, 1973* Redia 54: 23, 24. Type-species: Stachorutes dematteisi Dallai, 1973, l.c., by original designation. M. Stenogastrura Christansen & Bellinger, 1980* Collembola of North America: 207. Type-species: Stenogastrura hiemalis Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980, l.c., by original designation. Stenognathriopes Betsch & Lasebikan, 1979* Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 84 (7/8): 166. Type-species: Stenognathriopes huetheri Betsch & Lasebikan, 1979, l.c., by original designation. M. TijDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 1, 1984 Sultanaphysa Yoshu, 1982* Ent. Rept. Sabah For. Res. Cent. 6: 28, ut subgenus Callyntrura Börner, 1906. Type-species: Callyntrura sultana Yoshii, 1982, l.c. by original designation. F. Synameria Cassagnau, 1983” Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 16, 20. Type-species: Phylliomeria miranda Yosii, 1966, by original designation. F. Telobella Cassagnau, 1983” Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 15, 18, ut subgenus Lobella Börner, 1906. Type-species: Propeanura wayang Yosii, 1976, by original designation. F. Tetradontophora auctorum (e.g. Zivadinovié) Unavailable incorrect subsequent spelling for Tetrodontophora Reuter, 1882. Tetraloba Lee, 1983* Korean J. Ent. 13 (1): 37. Type-species: Tetraloba seolagensis Lee, 1983, l.c., by original designation. F. Tiancanthella Rusek, 1979* Vestn. ëesk. Spol. zool. 43 (2): 138. Type-species: Tiancanthella martynovae Rusek, 1979, l.c., by original designation. F. Travura Cassagnau & Deharveng, 1980* Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthrop. édaph. 2 (2): 2,3. Type-species: Travura divergens Cassagnau & Deharveng, 1980, l.c., by original designation. F. Tremoisea Cassagnau, 1973* Biologia gallo-hellenica 5 (1): 65, 66. Type-species: Tremoisea enigmatica Cassagnau, 1973, l.c., by original designation. F. Tricanthella Must be Triacanthella [our misspelling]. Triaena Tullberg, 1971 Placed on the Official index of rejected and invalid names in zoology: 2071, Opinion 1049 (1976). Uralaphorura Martynova, 1978* Ent. Ber., Amst. 38 (4): 53. New name for Uralia Martynova, 1976, nec Mulsant & Verreaux, 1866. Type-species: Uralia schilovi Martynova, 1976 (art. 67 1). F. Uralia Martynova, 1976* | Novie 1 maloizvestnie vidi faunı Sibiri 10: 6, ut subgenus Onychiurus Gervais, 1841, nec Mulsant & Verreaux, 1866. — Mém. Soc. imp. Sci. nat. Cherbourg 12: 225. Type-species: Uralia schilovi Martynova, 1976, l.c., by original designation. F. Junior homonym. Replaced by Uralaphorura Martynova, 1978. Ussuriaphorura Martynova, 1979” Ent. Obozr. 58: 800. Type-species: Ussuriaphorura pluripseudocellata Martynova, 1979, l.c., by original designation. Vatomadiella Betsch, 1974* Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. Paris [3] 219 (zool. 147): 567. ELLIS & BELLINGER: Generic names Collembola 13 Type-species: Vatomadiella pauliani Betsch, 1974, l.c., by original designation. F. Note: the generic name appeared in Pedobiologia 14 (2/5): 182 as a nomen nudum a few months earlier in the same year. Wankeliella Rusek, 1975* Vestn. ësl. Spol. zool. 39 (3): 231, 232. Type-species: Wankeliella petersen: Rusek, 1975, l.c., by original designation. F. Yosiides Massoud & Betsch, 1972 Revue Ecol. Biol. So19 (1): 72. Type-species: Sminthurides himachal Yosii, 1966, by original designation. F. Zealandella Salmon, 1964 Page of publication is 111 [not 11, as incorrectly stated]. Zealandotoma Salmon, 1964 Name of type-species is /sotomina novazealandia [not I. novaezealandiae, as incorrectly stated]. INDEX TO SPECIES alba Najt & Massoud, 1974 (Cassagnella) Cassagnella Najt & Masoud, 1974 alaskana Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980 (/sotoma (Myopia)) Myopia Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980 altaicus Stebaeva, 1976 (Mucracanthus) Mucracanthus Stebaveva, 1976 ankaratrensis Betsch, 1974 (Anjavidiella) Anjavidiella Betsch, 1974 annae Rusek, 1974 (Karlstejnia) Karlstejnia Rusek, 1974 armata Nicolet, [1842] (Podura) Cystioceras Börner in Schille, 1912; see notes Ceratophysella Börner, 1932 — obj. syn. assamensis Yosii, 1966 (Lobella (Lobella)) Protolobella Cassagnau, 1983 balazuci Delamare Deboutteville, 1951 (Typhlogastrura) Bonetogastrura Thibaud, 1975 barberi Handschin, 1928 (Achorutes) Sensillanura Deharveng, 1981 besucheti Cassagnau, 1980 (Assamanura) Assamanura Cassagnau, 1980 _boneti Yosii, 1962 (Guthriella) … Bonetrura Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980 boneti Mari Mutt, 1977 (Dicranorchesella) Dicranorchesella Mari Mutt, 1977 borneensis Yoshii, 1981 (Callyntrura) Callyntrura (Borneaphysa) Yoshii, 1981 _caeca Gisin, 1963 (Neanura) Delete this entry cassagnaui Rusek, 1973 (Pratanurida) Pratanurida Rusek, 1973 catalana Deharveng, 1979 (Neanura (Deutonura)) [Catalanura Cassagnau, 1983 — nomen nudum] chaotica Yosii, 1976 (Propeanura) Sphaeronura Cassagnau, 1983 circulatus Mari Mutt, 1979 (Dicranocentrus) Pseudodicranocentrus Mari Mutt, 1981 corallina Imms, 1912 (Neanura) Inameria Cassagnau, 1983 cretensis Ellis, 1976 (Acheroxenylla) Acheroxenylla Ellis, 1976 decemoculata Deharveng, 1979 (Pentacanthella) Pentacanthella Deharveng, 1979 dematteisi Dallai, 1973 (Stachorutes) Stachorutes Dallai, 1973 dilatata Cassagnau, 1959 (Xenyllogastrura) Orogastrura Deharveng & Gers, 1979 divergens Cassagnau & Deharveng, 1980 (Travura) Travura Cassagnau & Deharveng, 1980 dobremezi Cassagnau, 1982 (Parvatinura) Parvatinura Cassagnau, 1982 enigmatica Cassagnau, 1973 (Tremoisea) Tremoisea Cassagnau, 1973 fageticola Rusek, 1978 (Jevania) Jevania Rusek, 1978 farmae Dallai & Martinozzi, 1980 (Betschurinus) Betschurinus Dallaı & Martınozzı, 1980 flammeolus Gisin, 1957 (Sminthurinus) Gisinianus Betsch, 1977 franzi Stach, 1951 (Lathriopyga) Neanura (Cryptonura) Cassagnau, 1979 fueguensis Izarra, 1972 (Pseudosorensia) Pseudosorensia Izarra, 1972 fuscus Lubbock, 1873 (Papzrius) Dicyrtoma Bourlet, 1842 grassei Denis, 1923 (Achorutes) Monobella Cassagnau, 1979 griveaudi Betsch, 1975 (Massoudia) Massoudia Betsch, 1975 grossi Yosu, 1966 (Neanura) Australonura Cassagnau, [1980] guineense Murphy, 1965 (Neanura (Bilobella)) Afrobella Cassagnau, 1983 gunung Yoshii, 1982 (Callyntrura) 14 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 1, 1984 Callyntrura (Gunungphysa) Yoshu, 1982 hiemalis Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980 (Stenogastrura) Stenogastrura Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980 himachal Yosii, 1966 (Sminthurides) Yosiides Massoud & Betsch, 1972 hirtellus Börner, 1906 (Achorutes) Blasconura Cassagnau, 1983 hongkongensis Yosii, 1976 (Womersleya) [Pectinura Cassagnau, 1983 — homonym] huetheri Betsch & Lasebikan, 1979 (Stenognathriopes) Stenognathriopes Betsch & Lasebikan, 1979 ieti Yosii, 1966 (Lobella (Propeanura)) see Propeanura imerinensis Betsch, 1974 (Bourletiellitas) Bourletiellitas Betsch, 1974 immsi Mitra, 1977 (Delamarerus) Delamarerus Mitra, 1977 indicus Handschin, 1929 (Achorutes) Nilgirella Cassagnau, 1983 istana Yoshii, 1981 (Callyntrura (Istanaphysa)) Callyntrura (Istanaphysa) Yoshii, 1981 Japonica Kinoshita, 1917 (Paronella) Callyntrura (Japonphysa) Yoshu, 1982 jugoslawica Palissa & Zivadinovié, 1979 (Neanura (Neanura)) Balkanura Cassagnau, 1979 kaplini Tshelnokov, 1979 (Desertia) Desertia Tshelnokov, 1979 kudatensis Yoshii, 1981 (Callyntrura) Callyntrura (Kudatphysa) Yoshii, 1982 lava Bellinger & Christiansen, 1974 (Hawinella) Hawinella Bellinger & Christiansen, 1974 lavadoi Izarra, 1972 (Tullbergia (Anaphorura)) Tullbergia (Anaphorura) Izarra, 1972 lesnei Carl, in Denis, 1925 (Sminthurus) Spatulosminthurus Betsch & Betsch-Pinot, 1983 mahafalensis Betsch, 1975 (Parabourletiella) Parabourletiella Betsch, 1975 marshalli Rusek, 1976 (Sensiphorura) Sensiphorura Rusek, 1976 martynovae Rusek, 1979 (Tiancanthella) Tiancanthella Rusek, 1979 mexicana Mari Mutt, 1981 (Neorchesella) Neorchesella Mari Mutt, 1981 mexicana Cassagnau, 1983 (Americanura) Americanura Cassagnau, 1983 microphthalma Cassagnau, 1968 (Neanurella) Neanurella Cassagnau, 1971 minuta O. Fabricius 1783 (Podura) Dicyrtomina Börner, 1903 mirabilis Riek, 1976 (Permobrya) Permobrya Riek, 1976 mirabilis Cassagnau, 1983 (Palmanura) Palmanura Cassagnau, 1983 miranda Yosii, 1966 (Phylliomeria) Synameria Cassagnau, 1983 mongolica Betsch, 1977 (Rusekianna) Rusekianna Betsch, 1977 muriphila Grinbergs, 1968 (Proisotoma (Dimorphiella)) Dimorphotoma Grinbergs, 1975 musci Bernard, 1977 (Micranurophorus) Micranurophorus Bernard, 1977 najtae Betsch, 1975 (Richardsitas) Richardsitas Betsch, 1975 nana Martynova, 1968 (Biacantha) Martynovella Deharveng, 1979 nana Cassagnau & Peja, 1979 (Neanura (Deutonura)) [Albanura Cassagnau, 1983 — nomen nudum] natalensis Womersley, 1934 (Achorutes) Ectonura Cassagnau, [1980] nigeriana Lasebikan, Betsch & Dallai, 1980 (Songhaica) Songhaica Lasebikan, Betsch & Dallaı, 1980 nigrocephala Mitra, 1966 (Salina) Pseudosalina Mitra, 1974 nivalis Cassagnau, 1959 (Xenyllodes) Odontellina Deharveng, 1981 numatai Yosii, 1966 (Lobella (Propeanura)) Chaetobella Cassagnau, 1983 obtusochaeta Rusek, 1976 (Granuliphorura) Granuliphorura Rusek, 1976 palpigera Massoud, Najt & Thibaud, 1975 (Barbagastrura) Barbagastrura Massoud, Najt & Thibaud, 1975 pampeana Izarra, 1975 (Parawillemia) Parawillemia Izarra, 1975 paramoense Diaz & Najt, 1983 (Gnathogastrura) Gnathogastrura Diaz & Najt, 1983 pauliani Massoud, 1963 (Adbiloba) see Adbiloba pauliani Betsch, 1974 (Vatomadiella) Vatomadiella Betsch, 1974 peterseni Rusek, 1975 (Wankeliella) Wankeliella Rusek, 1975 phlegraeus Caroli, 1912 sensu da Gama, 1964 (Neanura) Neanura (Deutonura) Cassagnau, 1979 pluripseudocellata Martynova, 1979 (Ussuriaphorura) Ussuriaphorura Martynova, 1979 pruinosus Tullberg, 1871 (Sminthurus) Bourletiella (Cassagnaudiella) Ellis, 1975 pseudomuscorum Börner, 1903 (Neanura) see Protanura pseudoquadrioculata Stach, 1951 (Biloba) see Achorutes barberi Handschin, 1928 puertoricensis Mari Mutt, 1979 (Heteromurus (Heteromurtrella)) Heteromurtrella Mari Mutt, 1979 regina Greenslade, 1982 (Adelphoderia) Adelphoderia Greenslade, 1982 sachalinensis Dunger, 1977 (Probolaphorura) Probolaphorura Dunger, 1977 saikehi Yosii, 1980 (Mimoderus) Mimoderus Yosii, 1980 schilovi Martynova, 1976 (Uralia) [Uralia Martynova, 1976 — homonym] Uralaphorura Martynova, 1978 seolagensis Lee, 1983 (Tetraloba) Tetraloba Lee, 1983 septemlobata Salmon, 1954 (Odontella) ELLIS & BELLINGER: Generic names Collembola 15 Afrodontella Deharveng, 1981 serrata Lee, 1983 (Caputanurina) Caputanurina Lee, 1983 | shanghaiensis Lin Shan-Xiang, 1980 (Pseudonychiurus) [Pseudonychiurus Lin Shan-Xiang, 1980 — homonym] silvatica Martynova, 1981 (Jacutogastrura) Jacutogastrura Martynova, 1981 siva Najt, 1978 (Jestella) Jestella Najt, 1978 sminthurinus Mills, 1934 (Neosminthurus) Millsurus Betsch, 1977 spectabilis Cassagnau, 1982 (Paleonura) Paleonura Cassagnau, 1982 sphaeridioides Murphy, 1960 (Sminthurides) Sminthuridia Massoud & Betsch, 1972 sultana Yoshii, 1982 (Callyntrura) Callyntrura (Sultanaphysa) Yoshii, 1982 synacantha Cassagnau & Deharveng, 1976 (Franzura) Franzura Cassagnau & Deharveng, 1976 tetrophthalmus Stach, 1929 (Achorutes) Neanura (Endonura) Cassagnau, 1979 traveı Cassagnau & Peja, 1979 (Pumilinura) Pumilinura Cassagnau, 1979 tripartita Rusek, 1975 (Marcuzziella) Marcuzziella Rusek, 1975 vancouverica Rusek, 1976 (Chaetophorura) Chaetophorura Rusek, 1976 variabilis Betsch, 1977 (Kaszabellina) Kaszabellina Betsch, 1977 verrucosus Cassagnau, 1978 (Gamachorutes) Gamachorutes Cassagnau, 1978 vestita Handschin, 1925 (Microphysa) Callyntrura (Murphysa) Yoshii, 1982 viettei Betsch, 1978 (Paulianitas) Paulianitas Betsch, 1978 wallacei Betsch & Massoud, 1972 (Bourletides) Bourletides Betsch & Massoud, 1972 wayang Yosu, 1976 (Propeanura) Telobella Cassagnau, 1983 xerophila Rusek, 1974 (Doutnacia) Doutnacia Rusek, 1974 yoshibai Yosii, 1963 (Lobella) Riozura Cassagnau, 1983 gt e AA wi, (APE f Aw shee ee Leti | x . | : i Aia ci A a hie à DEEL 127 AFLEVERING 2 1984 | TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE UITGEGEVEN DOOR > E = | de DE NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING MUS. COMP. ZOOL LIRRARY AUG 4 1 1904 HARVARD UNIVERSITY INHOUD Davip E. Gaskin. — The genus Roxita Blezynski (Lepidoptera, Pyralidae, Cram- binae): new species and combinations and a reappraisal of its relationships, pp. 17—31, figs. 1—23. dschrift voor Entomologie, deel 127, afl. 2 Gepubliceerd 10-VIII-1984 … ss + dre, Li Bg 3 THE GENUS ROXITA BLESZYNSKI (LEPIDOPTERA, PYRALIDAE, CRAMBINAE): NEW SPECIES AND COMBINATIONS AND A REAPPRAISAL OF ITS RELATIONSHIPS by DAVID E. GASKIN Department of Zoology, University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario, Canada ABSTRACT The Indo-Oriental genus Roxita Bleszynski is redefined. Four new species, apicella, flet- cheri, mululella and reductella are described. Modestia Bleszynski is a synonym of Roxita and the two species M. szetschwanella (Caradja) and M. bipunctella (Wileman & South) are transferred to Roxita, as is Diptychophora adspersella Snellen. Bleszynski concluded that Modestia (= Roxita) was closely allied to Pareromene Osthelder (Crambinae, Diptycho- phorini); in fact the genitalia of both sexes show many characters linking them to Coryno- phora Berg and Tawhitia Philpott (Crambinae, Crambini, Corynophorina). The zoogeo- graphy of Roxita is briefly discussed. INTRODUCTION In 1963 Bleszynski established the monotypic genus Roxita to accommodate a new species eu- rydyce, based on the series (two specimens) of Culladia szetschwanella f. modesta Caradja & Meyrick (1933: 140, nomen nudum). Later he described a new genus Modestia Bleszynski (1965: 64) and transferred szetschwanella prop- er to that genus from Culladia Moore, designat- ing a male of the syntypic series (5 males, 1 fe- male) as a lectotype. Previously (1963: 28) he has synonymized Crambus modestellus Caradja (praeocc. by Crambus modestellus Barnes & MeDunnough, 1918) with szetschwanella. He also commented (1965: 65) that f. modesta was either a nomen nudum or an incorrect spelling of modestellus, and indicated that “... the spec- imens listed as f. modesta belonged to a totally different genus and species which he planned to describe later” (my quotes, from translation). It is quite evident he had forgotten that he had al- ready described these specimens as the type of Roxita eurydyce (1963: 176), and also failed to recognize that they were members of the same genus as szetschwanella. The latter error was particularly puzzling un- til Mr. Michael Shaffer of the British Museum of Natural History obtained the type series from the Muzeul G. Antipa in Bucharest for the au- thor, and observed that the female was a dam- aged and undescribed species of Glaucocharis 17 Meyrick. It seems likely that Bleszynski was misled in his conclusions about the status of f. modesta by the genitalia of this misidentified specimen. Further comparative studies and a search of the British Museum collections in close cooper- ation with Mr. Shaffer led to the conclusion that both described species of Modestia, M. szetsch- wanella (Caradja) and M. bipunctella (Wileman & South) should be transferred to Roxita, that Modestia was a synonym of Roxita, that Dipty- chophora adspersella Snellen should also be transferred to Roxita, and that four previously undescribed species apicella n. sp., fletcheri n. sp., mululella n. sp. and reductella n. sp. should also be assigned to Roxita. All seven species are rather small, yellowish or brownish crambine moths, with or without fasciae, 10—17 mm in wingspan, which could be confused with several diptychophorine genera on the basis of external appearance. They were therefore of considera- ble interest to the author, who is revising the world Diptychophorini. The genitalia of the known females of Roxita sp. however, are quite distinctively corynophorine, with an external limen formed by fusion of the lamellae ante- and postvaginales, so that the extremity of the antrum protrudes. Nor is the structure of the male valvae at all characteristic of the quadrate form (with undeveloped sacculus) typical of Glaucocharis and most other diptychophorine 18 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 2, 1984 genera. On the basis of the former morphology alone Roxita must be excluded from the Dipty- chophorini, as defined by Gaskin (1971). The subtribe Corynophorina, previously known only from Australia and New Zealand (Gaskin, 1975: 376) has its distribution greatly extended by the addition of Roxita to the two genera previously assigned, Corynophora Berg and Tawhitia Philpott. The distribution of Rox- ita itself may be extended by future discoveries, but at present appears to be exclusively Indo- Oriental. Roxita exhibits several specialized features in addition to loss of forewing m,; the most signif- icant of these is atrophy of the juxta in most species. In Tawhitia species the juxta is re- tained, and the saccus of the male has a charac- teristic ventral flap. The anal papillae of female Tawhitia are fused distally to form a “dutch clog-shaped” structure. Corynophora is decid- edly more primitive than either of the above genera; the anal papillae are barely fused distal- ly, the corpus bursae bears unmodified signa reminiscent of those found in generalized Crambina, the evagination of the sterigmal scle- rites is rudimentary (albeit present) in contrast to the condition in the other genera, and in the male the narrowing of the valva and the segre- gation and elaboration of the costal region has not progressed far. The uncus, gnathos, sacculus and ventral region of the valvae however, are es- sentially the same structures found in other gen- era. The morphology of the venation and geni- talic structures in both sexes provides strong ev- idence for common ancestry. The Corynophorina present an interesting zoogeographical problem. One of the alterna- tive hypotheses put forward by Gaskin (1975: 274) concerning the evolution of Crambini was the postulation of southern origin. The Coryno- phorina were believed to have been isolated in Australia and New Zealand, while the Crambi- na, with a less restricted Gondwanic distribu- tion, avoided this isolation and were able to col- onize tropical grasslands and eventually the temperate grasslands of the northern hemi- sphere. Obviously, while southern origin re- mains a strong possibility, the corynophorine isolation hypothesis must now be re-assessed. Two alternatives present themselves; 1) Were the Corynophorina more widely dispersed in the southern hemisphere before the separation of Australia from Antarctica than previously thought? or 2) Is the present distribution the re- sult of extension of range from Australia into southern Asia in the late Tertiary, with subse- quent isolations leading to further speciation? The former appears most likely, for several reasons. True Australian faunal elements appear to have had little success colonizing the tropics to the north of the continent, except for pene- trations into New Guinea. The most primitive genus of the Corynophorina, Corynophora it- self, has survived, like so many other relict groups, in isolation in Australia. Modification of the basic corynophorine plan in the more specialized genus Tawhitia could well be related to this genus being distributed in the extreme southeast of Australia and in southern New Zealand, areas which have had more radical late Tertiary geomorphological and climatic histo- ries than much of subtropical and warm-tem- perate eastern Australia (see Fleming, 1962, 1963a, b, for example) and hence perhaps expe- rienced more rigorous selection pressures. Both Tawhitia and Roxita possess characters obviously apomorphic with respect to Coryno- phora, but they are not the same characters, suggesting segregated radiation over a long pe- riod. The valval elaborations in Roxita are quite characteristic, and the juxta has become atro- phied. In Tawhitia the latter structure has be- come rather strong and complex. While Cory- nophora so far is known only from Australia, one species of Tawbitia is endemic to the alpine habitat of the South Island of New Zealand. The New Zealand alpine (7. glaucophanes Philpott) may well be a relict derivate of ancient eastern Gondwanic stock; the other species (T. penta- dactyla (Zeller)) on the other hand, is so close to the Australian form that colonization in or even since Quaternary time has to be a distinct possi- bility. Corynophorines seem to be absent from Af- rica and South America, yet common to all major geographic zones of the Indo-Austral- asian/Oriental regions. It seems reasonable therefore, to assume that the segregation, speci- ation and dispersal of Roxita occurred in the northern Gondwanic periphery, i.e. what is now the Malaysian-southern Oriental region, with subsequent colonization of India and Cey- lon. It must not be overlooked however, that one of the least specialized members of the ge- nus occurs in Sri Lanka. Absence of Roxita from South America, Africa, Australia and New Zealand tends to imply that its radiation has been a phenomenon of the middle to late Tert- GASKIN: The genus Roxita 19 fletcheri reductella 3... szetschwanella 5 u eurydyce 60) bipunctella apicella mulule Q 9 Fig. 1. Records of Roxita species. 1, fletcheri (southern Himalayas); 2, reductella (Khasia hills of Assam); 3, adspersella (Sri Lanka); 4, apicella (West Malaysia); 5, szetschwanella (western China); 6, bipunctella (Taiwan); 7, mululella (East Malaysia); 8, eurydyce (southern China). iary period, well after the separation of the ma- jor continental elements of the Gondwanic complex. Within Roxita itself three distinct species groups can be recognized. Differences in size and habitus are at first sight rather extreme in this genus, but are in fact no greater than those found within Orocrambus Purdie of New Zea- land (Gaskin, 1975). The closest relationship is that between apicella and mululella, distributed in West and East Malaysia respectively (fig. 1), indicating a similar history to butterflies of “faunal element 1B” of this region (Holloway, 1973), and prompting speculation that the genus will be found in Sumatra as well, and possibly in the Lesser Sunda Islands, Celebes and the Phil- ippines. The relationships of reductella cannot be determined without further material. The Oriental species bipunctella and szetschwanella of Taiwan and western China are closely re- lated, as might be expected. The third group, containing adspersella of Sri Lanka, fletcheri of northern India and eurydyce of southeast China, is the most widely distributed. As might be expected, although there are clear attinities between the species, these are not quite as close as those among the previous species pairs. As aforementioned, the Sri Lanka species is the most primitive of these three, in contrast to the usual situation where faunal elements of Sri Lanka and southern India are derivative with respect to northern India (Holloway, 1974). Roxita Bleszynski Type-species: Roxita eurydyce Bleszynski, 1963 (par- tim), by monotypy. Roxita Bleszynski, 1963: 176. Modestia Bleszynski, 1965: 64. Type-species: Culla- dia szetschwanella Caradja, 1931, by monotypy. New synonymy. Revised description. Terminology throughout descriptions follows Diakonoff (1954), Klots (1956) and Dugdale (1966). The abbreviation “LMB ratio” in the de- scriptions of male genitalia refers to length to medium breadth ratio of the aedeagus. In forewings, Sc and r, separate, r, and r, 20 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 2, 1984 Figs. 2, 3. Forewing (2) and hindwing (3) venation of typical Roxita species. with common stalk, r; free, not stalked with r, as in Crambini, m, absent (fig. 2). In hindwings, m,, m, and cu, arising from common stalk, hindwing cell open (fig. 3). Male genitalia with valvae characteristically much tapered, folded, developed into prongs, lobes and or setae, espe- cially in costal region. Sacculus and ventral mar- gin of valva may also be so developed. Female genitalia having lateral extremities of antrum fused with eighth tergite, which has much re- duced anterior apophyses. Lamella antevaginalis (sterigmal sclerotization forming anterior lip of antrum) often drawn out into a spade-shaped external protrusion of the antrum which takes the form of a rather elongated, evaginated scle- rotized tube (limen). Little or no modification of the posterior margin of the seventh sternite ıs involved. Corpus bursae usually asignate; two elongate signa present in one species. Early stages not known. KEYS TO THE SPECIES OF ROXITA BLESZYNSKI A. Fxternal features 1. Ground colour of forewings dull buffish veleni ah ee 2 — Forewings brown, with or without hori- zontal or transverse dark-bordered whitish fascia»: Frar EN 3 2. Ante- and postmedial fasciae represented by incomplete dark borders only (fig. 4).... de SII A SE apicella n. sp Ante- and postmedial fasciae white, dark- bordered (fig. 5) .....;. mululella n. sp. 3. Forewing brown, but devoid of antemedial fasciae of either type, with dark brown sub- terminal zone (fig. 6) ..... reductella n. sp. — Forewing brown; with or without white horizontal or transverse fasciae, subtermi- nal zone same colour as rest of wing ..... 4 4. Well-marked transverse fasciae on fore- wing; no trace of pale, horizontal fascia .. 5 Well-marked or indistinct pale horizontal fascia on forewing, with or without trans- verse fascia us age ad siede eo 6 . Antemedial fascia broad, white with thick chocolate brown distal margin, postmedial fascia not touching termen (fig. 7) ......... adspersella (Snellen) Antemedial fascia tapering sharply from costa, becoming obsolete before dorsum except for thin dark distal streak; postmedi- al fascia touching termen in two places (fig. "I nie ne BE fletcheri n. sp. share: la er etre 0 a May lala) aka je atnto . Apical zone of forewing yellowish ochre proximally, whitish distally. Dark-bor- dered, buff transverse fascia at about 0.3 from base (fig.9) .... eurydyce Bleszynski Apical zone of forewing dark brown with white distal patch. No transverse fascia as described above. al sie Beane? % . Apical zone of forewing dark except for narrow white terminal stripe (tig. 10) ...... szetschwanella (Caradja) Apical zone of forewing dark, but with broad oval white zone against terminal margin (fig, Mea. ciare I bipunctella (Wileman & South) ee eee ee ee eee ee a dos Vets «is: on B. Male genitalia (Male genitalia of reductella n. sp. not known) N . Valva bearing long, curved costal setae ... 2 Noisuchicostalisetacipresent mt 3 . Basal costal prong absent; setae flattened, apically expanded (fig. 12) .. apicella n. sp. Basal prong absent, setae tapered (fig. 14)... mululella n. sp. a ‘tels ia Je) wie) a ne le. Us, wu lol al ie . Only costal region of valva bearing protu- berantesv eat: Demanio RE Valva ventral margin folded, with elongate protuberance: ma te Serie 6 . Costa of valva with single apıcal prong (fig. 16) adspersella (Snellen) eee ee eee ee Er GASKIN: The genus Roxita 21 Figs. 4—11. Forewing patterns of the species of Roxita. 4, apicella; 5, mululella; 6, reductella; 7, adspersella; 8 fletcheri; 9, eurydyce; 10, szetschwanella; 11, bipunctella. — Costa of valva with basal and apical prongs C. Female genitalia ES 5 (Female genitalia of eurydyce and reductella not 5. Apical prong of valval costa with short known) curved spur near its base; basal prong of 1. Corpus bursae with two signa; “fatty”- costa very slender, and as long as apical looking subantral sac present (fig. 13) ...... prone (lig. 18)............ fletcheri n. sp. Apical region of valval costa lacking such a prong, robust basal prong considerably Setter than apical(fig. 15) ...::.......... i ERE. eurydyce Bleszynski . Pyramidal costa, elongate, slender apical prong (fig. 20).... szetchwanella (Caradja) Costa only slightly arched, with broad, flat- tened apical prong, curved sharply dorso- une, Does en de | LL bipunctella (Wileman & South) oy Se) Te res cet afer apicella n. sp. Corpus asignate, no such sac present..... 2 . Strong fusion between base of antral region and anterio-lateral angles of eighth tergite. Antrum without lateral extensions, apically sent 1-25: READER IR 3 Weak fusion between antral base and eighth tergite. Antrum with lateral extensions... 4 . Ductus bursae about 3.5 X length of poste- opera Us Tr ad? ROLE Shel mary adspersella (Snellen) bo bo — Ductus bursae about 6 X length of posteri- or apophyses (fig. 19) ..... fletcheri n. sp. 4. Antral region with slight lateral extensions RR szetchwanella (Caradja) — Antral region with broad lateral “wing- like? extensiotis (lig. 23) tag AM. (STI bipunctella (Wileman & South) Roxita adspersella (Snellen, 1893) n. comb. (figs. 7, 16, 17) Diptychophora adspersella Snellen, 1893: 61, pl. 3 fig. 4 Diptychophora adspersella Snellen; Bleszynski & Col- lins, 1962: 295. External characters. — Labial palpi creamy- buff, 1.5 x head length. Head whitish-buff, frons rounded. Thorax, legs and abdomen pale buff. Forewings (fig. 7) with ground colour pale creamy buff. Basal fascia absent. Antemedial fascia dark brown, with pale proximal edging, TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 2, 1984 broad, waved, angled at about 0.2 with one or two “teeth” on distal side of angle, costal ex- tremity yellow in some specimens. Basal half of wing clouded with dark brown in interneural spaces. Postmedial fascia (rot touching terminal margin as in fletcheri) broad, silvery white, flanked proximally with “toothed” yellow mar- gin, the “teeth” extending into the discal region with some grey scaling between them. Apical and terminal region plain buff, with a pair of black spots on the margin at 0.6 and 0.7, flanked distally by small buff marks. Cilia bounded proximally by a thin, brown marginal fascia, themselves buff with brown tips. Ventral sur- face dull mid-brown. Hindwings creamy white, or with apical brown shading, cilia pale buff with a dark termi- nal fascia. Ventral surfaces dull pale brown. Expanse 10—12 mm. Male genitalia. — Fig. 16. Uncus strong, nar- row, sharply pointed, curved steeply ventrad. Gnathos apically spatulate and lightly scobinate, lateral elements narrow. Tegumen weak, elon- Figs. 12, 13. Male and female genitalia of R. apicella. In this and all subsequent genitalia drawings the indicated | scale is 1 mm. GASKIN: The genus Roxita 23 gate, basally narrowed. Vinculum absent, or in- distinguishable from lateral wall of saccus. Sac- cus moderate, bluntly rounded, about 0.5 x length of uncus. Juxta weak, rhomboidal. Valva about twice length of uncus, with strong demar- cation of broad costal region. Costa terminating in a large, curved, strong apıcal prong, dorsad of which is a blunt lobe at termination of costal sector. Valva proper very elongate, tapered to point, with weak cucullus. Sub-basal part of val- va has a weak elongate ridge which may repre- sent demarcation of a distinct saccular region. Aedeagus massive, stout, LMB ratio about 5 : 1, lacking cornuti, but with sub-apical ridge at right angles to longitudinal axis. Female genitalia. — Fig. 17. Anal papillae moderately sclerotized, free, about half length of posterior apophyses. Eighth abdominal ter- gite quite massive, about twice as long as anal papillae, fused in latero-ventral lines with mar- gins of antrum. Anterior apophyses about 0.75 X length of posteriors. Lamella postvaginalis forming a very strong dorsal roof to antrum; it is to this plate that the tergite margins fuse. La- mella antevaginalis forming a similar, but curved, apically spatulate plate, half ot which projects some distance beyond the curved pos- terior margin of the seventh sternite. Ductus bursae about 3.5 x length of posterior apo- physes, with a “kink” in the partly recurved portion at about 0.3—0.4, ductus seminalis Junction obscure in available preparation, but apparently at about 0.4. Corpus bursae asignate. Types. — Lectotype d, Sri Lanka (Ceylon), (“u.d.P.”), genitalia preparation GS 6746; un- published (?) designation by E. G. Munroe (la- bel) (BMNH). Paralectotypes, 2 d, bearing original “u.d.P.” labels, but additionally erro- neously labelled “Pontiak W. Borneo (Andre)” (BMNH). Material examined. — Ceylon, 2 d “Ceylon” (Rothschild Bequest), no other data; 2 d, “Cey- lon”, 1892 (acq. Doncaster); 1 d, “Ceylon”, 226 (Green coll.); 1 d, “Ceylon, R.07”, 2 9 “Ceylon, 95—37” (1 in CNC, Ottawa); 1 9 “Putlam, Ceylon, C.F.H./96”; 1 2 Kegala, Oct. 1909, 4184 (Mackwood), genitalia prep. BM pyral. 14700; also 1 9, “4184” (presumably also a specimen from Kegala) (all in BMNH un- less otherwise stated). Remarks. — The life history is unknown, ex- cept that the flight period includes September and October. While the valval costa is charac- teristically differentiated (fig. 16) it is of essen- tially simpler structure than in the other species. R. adspersella forms a rather discrete species subgroup with À. fletcheri; both are considerab- ly smaller (10—13 mm) than other members of the genus and more closely related to R. eury- dyce than any other species. Discovery of adspersella in India would not be surprising. Roxita fletcheri new species (figs. 8, 18, 19) External characters. — Labial palpi 2 X head length, whitish-scaled. Head whitish, frons rounded. Thorax creamy yellow, legs, abdomen similar. Forewings (fig. 8) with grey ground colour, costa clouded basally with mid-brown. Basal fascia absent, antemedial fascia touching costa at about 0.6, dark brown, rather indistinct, angled sharply at about 0.2, the costal extremity marked distally with a small yellow bar. Discal region grey, with slight brown costal clouding, but penetrated from silvery white subterminal band by neural stripes of solid yellow scaling reaching central discal region. Post-medial fas- cia narrowly edged proximally by yellow, more thickly distally by blackish scaling. Outer mar- gin of fascia sharply angled twice, touching the margin at about 0.3 and 0.7 (these angles are im- portant features for distinguishing this species from adspersella on forewing pattern). Apical region and the two other marginal areas cut off by angles of postmedial fascia, all buff, with a pair of black marginal spots at 0.5 and 0.6. Ter- minal extremity of apex bearing a wedge of golden brown scales. Ventral surface mid-grey- ish brown, with marginal and apical markings faintly repeated from dorsal surface. Hind-wings mid-brown, slightly paler be- neath, with sinuate termen. Wing expanse 11—13 mm. Male genitalia. — Fig. 18. Uncus nearly straight in profile, narrow when viewed from below, apex sharply pointed. Gnathos only slightly shorter than uncus, apically rounded and slightly spatulate. Tegumen weak, narrow. Vinculum small, sub-triangular, with very strong margins. Saccus massive, tapered, apical- ly rounded, about 1.25 X length of uncus. Juxta a weak plate, more or less quadrate, but indeter- minate in shape. Valva about 3.75 x length ot uncus, very elongate, narrow, apically rounded, with weak cucullus. Valval costa extending to about 0.5 of dorsal margin, with slender basal 24 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 2, 1984 Figs. 14, 15. Male genitalia of R. mululella (14) and R. eurydyce (15). prong nearly length of uncus, and a pair of api- cal prongs at 0.6, one long, one short, both pointed, curved dorsad. Aedeagus about 0.8 x length of valva, LMB ratio about 9 : 1, tubular, with single irregular sub-apical cornutus. Female genitalia. — Fig. 19. Anal papillae rel- atively strong, free, somewhat tapered apically. Posterior apophyses about twice length of pa- pillae. Eighth abdominal tergite strong, with ventro-lateral sterigmal extentions, fusing with lateral margins of antrum. Anterior apophyses reduced to short stubs. Lamella antevaginalis with strong, spatulate extension protruding be- yond the posterior margin of the seventh ster- nite; lamella postvaginalis with a similar but much smaller extension as dorsal roof of an- trum. Rest of both lamellae weaker, but staining intensely blue with chlorazol black. Ductus bursae lightly scobinate, 6 X length of posterior apophyses (measured from posterior lip of an- tral shield), ductus seminalis joining at about 0.15. Corpus bursae asignate. Types. — Holotype d, N. India, Himachal Pradesh, Dharmsala (32 14’N 76 24’E), 8.v11.59, genitalia prep. BM pyral. 14772 (BMNH). Para- types: N. India, 1 d, Bhimtal to Mukto’sar, 11.18.1923 (BMNH). Nepal, 1 & Bhimpedi, 400 m, 4— 7.1v.1962 (G. Ebert and H. Falkner) SB 5792 (München). Sikkim, 1 6, 2,800 ft., vi.1895 (J. G. Pilcher) BM pyral. 7483 (BMNH); 1 2 Dikchu, 2,500 ft., 22.iv.1924 (R. W. G. Hingston) BM pyral. 14788 (BMNH). 5,000—6,000 ft, (Fletcher) Remarks. — This close relative (and apparent derivate) of R. adspersella is presently known from northern India, Sikkim and Nepal, and the flight period includes April, June, July and Sep- tember. The early stages are unknown. It is clearly distinguishable from adspersella by the form of the postmedial fascia of the forewing, the complex spinose costa of the male valva, and the ventrally fused eighth abdominal tergite with short anterior apophyses in the female. Roxita eurydyce Bleszynski (figs. 9, 15) Roxita eurydyce Bleszynski, 1963: 176 (fig. 64, d genitalia, but fig. 62, labelled © genitalia, is a misi- dentification). External characters. — Described from holo- type male by Bleszynski (1963), accurately ex- GASKIN: The genus Roxita 25 cept that the costal portion of the apıcal area of the forewing ıs yellow and the terminal zone white, not the reverse as in his description (fig. 9). True female of this species not known. Male genitalia. — Fig. 15. As described and figured by Bleszynski (redrawn here for com- parative purposes), but the basal process of the valval costa is smooth and slender, not stout as drawn by Bleszynski. Type. — Holotype 4, China, Lung-Tao- Shan, Kwangtung, 230 km from Canton, genit. prep. 2611-SB, Muzeul G. Antipa, Bucharest. Remarks. — As indicated in the Introduction, the paratype female of the type series is in fact referable to the genus Glaucocharis Meyrick. The specimen is very damaged and does not merit description as a new species until more material is obtained. While eurydyce stands a little isolated from szetschwanella and bipunc- tella on one hand, and apicella and mululella on the other, the affinities in male genitalic charac- ters with fletcheri and adspersella are striking. Bleszynski’s statement (1963: 178) that the spe- cies was described from “two females” ıs ob- viously a simple typographic error. Roxita reductella new species (fig. 6) External characters. — Labial palpı about 1.75 X head length, buffish yellow. Head butt, frons rounded, thorax, legs, buff with yellow scales. Forewings (fig. 6) with ground colour of whitish brown, discal region covered with scat- tered brown scaling. Basal and antemedial fas- ciae absent, although position of latter is marked on costa by one or two obscure white and black marks. Disc buffish brown. Postme- dial fascia narrow, white, edged with dark brown, curved from costa, with slight zig-zag at about 0.8. Subterminal zone clouded with dark brown. Pair of black sub-marginal spots charac- teristic of genus situated at 0.6 and 0.8. Apical zone white, with a medial buffish yellow zone. Some yellowish patches are also present in the sub-costal region of the disc. Ventral surface dull, pale brown. Cilia buffish, with dark bases (most outer cilia missing in available specimen). Hindwings pale brown, apical cilia with dark brown bases, otherwise also pale brown. Wing expanse 16.5 mm. Type. — Holotype d, N.E. India, Khasia, Aug. 1894 (nat. collr), Rothschild Beq. 1939—1, no abdomen (BMNH). Remarks. — I describe this species, despite the missing abdomen, since it is clearly a new species of Roxita which could not be confused Figs. 16, 17. Male and female genitalia of R. adspersella. 26 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 2, 1984 Figs. 18, 19. Male genitalia of R. fletchert. with other known members of the genus. Only the unique holotype has so far been collected. Roxita szetschwanella (Caradja) new combination (figs. 10, 20, 21) Crambus modestellus Caradja, 1927: 395 (praeoc.). Culladıa szetschwanella Caradja, 1931: 203. Culladıa szechwanella Caradja; Caradja & Meyrick, 1933: 140 (misspelling of szetschwanella). Modestia szetschwanella (Caradja); Bleszynski, 1965: 64 (partim), pl. 2 fig. 17, pl. 34 fig. 17 (8 genita- lia), pl. 87 fig. 17 (2 genitalia). Modestia szetschwanella (Caradja); Bleszynski, 1970: 59. External characters. — Described by Caradja (1927, 1931), briefly re-described, and illus- trated in colour, by Bleszynski (1965, p. 64 & pl. 2 fig. 17). I also present fig. 10, provided for comparative purposes. Male genitalia. — Fig. 20. Illustrated by Bleszynski (1965, pl. 34 fig. 17) redrawn and re- described here, with re-interpretations. Uncus and gnathos about equal in length, sharply and bluntly pointed and curved ventrad and dorsad respectively. Tegumen simple. Saccus somewhat tapered in preparation, but probably rounded in reality. Vinculum an elongate triangular struc- ture about 0.4 X as wide as length of uncus. Juxta not recognized in preparation. Valva about 3 X length of uncus (4 X if apical costal prong included). Costal region strong, massive- ly sub-pyramidal at about 0.8, then terminating in apical prong, curved slightly posteriad, and about length of uncus. Valva proper apically and moderately tapered, with weak cucullus, and an introrse ventral fold, bearing a sub-basal curved prong at about 0.4 from base, and a much longer (nearly 1.5 x length of uncus) flat- tened, gently tapered prong with rounded apex. Aedeagus about equal to length of valva, tubu- lar, truncate, LMB ratio about 10:1, apical quarter slightly curved and scobinate. Female genitalia. — Fig. 21. The paralecto- type specimen (slide GU-2904-B1), stated by GASKIN: The genus Roxita 27 Figs. 20, 21. Male and female genitalia of R. szetschwanella. Bleszynski (1965) to be in the Antipa collection in Bucharest, could not be obtained for re-ex- amination. Since this is the only known female, Bleszynski’s figure is redrawn here. His draw- ing reveals relatively little detail, and the junc- tion of the ductus seminalis was not shown. The margin of the antrum however, can be seen to be extruded from the membrane posterior to the seventh sternite, and the base of the antrum is fused with the latero-anterior angles of the eighth tergite. The corpus bursae is asignate. Types. — Lectotype d, China, Kwanshien, Szetschwan, Etikette coll., Muzeul G. Antipa, Bucharest. Also 4 d and 1 © paralectotypes, Bucharest. Holotype d of Crambus modestellus Caradja (praeocc.), same locality as szetschwa- nella, dated 19.vii.—, also in Bucharest. Material examined. — W. China, 6 d, Mt. Omei, 4,000 ft., —vii.32; 1 3, same data but —.vin.32. One of former lacks left wings and has genitalia prep. BM pyral. 5468 (GU—964— B1) (BMNH). This latter specimen has been used for a venation preparation. Another d bears a label “Gewalt von Dr. F. Gregor fur Micr. Pal.”, and is the specimen figured by Bleszynski (1965, pl. 2 fig. 17). Remarks. — Closely related to R. bipunctella of Taiwan, but the forewing of szetschwanella is proportionally more slender, with more white in the distal position of the apical triangle. The female of szetschwanella lacks the swollen sub- ostiolar sac present in bipunctella and the costal prong of the male valva is quite slender and not recurved in the former species. Roxita bipunctella (Wileman & South) new combination (figs. 11, 22, 23) Culladia bipunctella Wileman & South, 1917: 148. Culladia bipunctella Wileman & South; Bleszynski & Collins, 1962: 288. Modestia bipunctella Wileman & South; Bleszynski, 1970: 58. External characters. — Briefly described by Wileman & South (1917), re-described and il- lustrated here (fig. 11). Labial palpi 1.25 x head length, pale brown, whitish on inner surfaces. Thorax, legs, pale brown. Forewings with whitish ground colour, baso- posterior region clouded with buff and darker brown scales. Costa with broad chocolate band to about 0.6 from base, basal fascia obsolete ex- 28 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, Figs. 22, 23. Male and female genitalia of R. bipunctella. cept for dark blotches, from which a neural streak of dark brown, expanded distally, runs from base to about 0.4 in disc. “Antemedial” fascia broad, whitish, invaded by brown scaling, edged distally with an obscure, broken, thick brown line, zig-zagged at 0.3 from costa. Fascia displaced to beyond medial position in this spe- cies. True postmedial fascia narrow, clear white, edged with dark brown, almost touching ter- men at 0.3, zig-zagged sharply at 0.7. Reniform stigma absent, proximal portion of disc with scattered dark brown scaling, a pair of silvery streaks from angle of postmedial fascia at 0.3, the anterior-most extended in a dark streak across disc. Another pale streak, edged with dark brown, erupts from the angle of postmedi- al fascia at 0.7. Subterminal region dark brown, as is apical sector, except for a marginal white patch. The two black spots in the subterminal zone, characteristic of this genus, are distinct at 0.5 and 0.7. Ventral surfaces mid-brown with apical and terminal markings repeated from dorsal surface. Cilia pale brown with dark bases. AFL. 2, 1984 Hindwings pale brown, both above and be- low. Wing expanse 12-15 mm. Male genitalia. — Fig. 22. Uncus narrow in ventral aspect, laterally flattened, curved ven- trad. Gnathos slightly shorter than uncus, api- cally rounded, and spatulate, minutely spinose, curved slightly dorsad. Tegumen simple, with relatively weak margins. Vinculum narrow, about 0.3 X as wide as uncus ıs long. Saccus broad, rounded. Juxta not recognized in prepa- ration. Valva complex, about 2.5 X length of uncus, with strong costa terminating in a broad apical prong, curved dorso-introrsely. Valva proper with ventral fold, which has a sub-basal curved spine, apically hooked, about half length of uncus, and a broad, apically rounded, nearly straight, flattened protuberance, tapered only slightly from its base, arising at about 0.5. Seg- regation of valva proper and costal region ex- tends to about 0.6 from base. Aedeagus equal in length to valva, LMB ratio about 8 : 1, apical third scobinate or minutely spinose. Cornuti absent. GASKIN: The genus Roxita 29 Female genitalia. — Fig. 23. Anal papillae weakly fused dorsally, flattened, almost clog- shaped in profile, posterior apophyses about 2.5 x length of papillae. Eighth tergite about as long as posterior apophyses, anterior apophyses reduced to short, curved protrusions barely 0.3 x length of posteriors. Antrum a complex tube, lamella ante-vaginalis drawn out into a pair of lateral flanges on each side of the posterior duc- tus, and curving dorso-introrsely to fuse through moderately sclerotized but flexible ex- tensions to the ventro-anterior angles of the eighth tergite. Eighth sternite absent, or incor- porated with lamella postvaginalis into dorsal wall of antrum. Ductus bursae about 4 X length of posterior apophyses, with ductus seminalis joining at base of antral region. Corpus bursae asignate. Types. — Lectotype: d, Taiwan. White ob- long label “Kanshirei, Formosa, 1,000 ft., 13.vi.1906 (A. E. Wileman); faded white oblong “Culladia bipunctella sp.n. Type male”. Purple- bordered circular label “lectotype”, red-bor- dered label “Type”, and blue label “abdomen | missing” (BMNH). Paralectotypes: 4 d Tai- wan, 3 as above but 12.v1.1906, BM pyral. 7437; 16.1x.1906, BM pyral. 7485; and 15.1x.1906; one from Koannania, 15.1x.1906 (all BMNH). Other material examined. — Taiwan, 1 d, 1 2, Suisha, 2.vi.1934 (L. Gressitt) (BMNH), BM pyral. 16812 2. Remarks. — Presently known only from Tai- wan, flight period known to include February, June and September. Differs from szetschwanel- la only in minor (but distinctive) character pro- portions in the male genitalia, but shows an apomorphic character (sub-antral sac) in female genitalia. Roxita apicella new species (figs. 4, 12, 13) _ External characters. — Labial palpi about 1.5 X head length, silvery grey. Head yellowish, frons rounded, thorax, legs and abdomen yel- lowish brown with scattered darker scaling. Forewings (fig. 4) with bright orange-brown ground colour. Base of wing blackish brown, position of basal fascia represented by black Streak. Antemedial fascia broad, dull white, flanked irregularly by dark brown, sharply an- gled at 0.2. Discal region with an indistinct, quadrate yellowish reniform. Postmedial fascia relatively broad, white, angled sharply at about 0.3 and interrupted in the subapical region, edged thickly with blackish brown. Apical re- gion plain orange-brown, bounded at its base by a segment of the interrupted white postmedi- al fascia. The apex is characteristically turned dorsad and sharply pointed or “tufted”. Sub-ap- ical indentation of the termen very distinct, and filled with white cilia. Cilia otherwise dark brown except at 0.8 from apex, where margin has a tertiary indentation filled with shining brown cilia. Margin bears a pair of indistinct black spots at 0.5 and 0.6. Ventral surface mottled brown. Hindwings and outer cilia dark brown, inner cilia pale brown, ventral surfaces mottled brown. Wing expanse 13—14 mm. Male genitalia. — Uncus simple, tapered, pointed. Gnathos about 0.75 X length of uncus, tapered sharply at 0.4 from base, pointed apical element nearly cylindrical to tip, slightly setu- lose. Tegumen simple, but with strong dorsal margins. Vinculum triangular, fused with base of valval costa. Saccus large, massive, anteriorly rounded. Juxta a narrow, horizontal crescentic plate. Valva very complex; elongate and nar- rowed, valva proper apically rounded and spat- ulate with weak cucullus. Sub-basal margin of valval costa and valva proper bears a large, flat, projecting lobe with a crenellate margin. Costal lobe separate from main valva from about 0.6, tapering to a strong, pointed apical prong nearly twice length of uncus and curved dorsad. The area of the costal/valva junction bears a number of small setae, and three very long, expanded, pointed, ribbon-like flattened setae, each slight- ly larger than costal prong, giving the genitalia a deceptively endotrichine appearance. Aedeagus simple, tubular, rather truncate, about 0.8 X length of valva, LBM ratio about 10 : 1, with a single irregular sub-apical cornutus. Female genitalia. — Fig. 13. Anal papillae weakly fused dorsally, posterior apophyses about 2 X length of papillae. Eighth tergite vir- tually fused in ventral midline to margins of os- tiolar region. Anterior apophyses reduced, only about 0.5 X length of posteriors. Antrum a nar- row tube, more or less circular in cross-section, lamella ante- and postvaginales developed and fused to antrum to surround and enclose it ven- trally and dorsally as elongate overlapping shields. Subantral region bearing an irregular “fatty” looking sheath, staining blue with chlo- razol black. Ductus bursae about 6 X length of posterior apophyses in total, with ductus semi- 30 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 2, 1984 nalis joining near 0.4. Corpus bursae bearing two elongate, crescentic, toothed signa. Types. — Holotype d: West Malaysia, Trengganu, Gunung Lawit summit ridge; 4,200 ft, 17.11.1974 (102 36’E 5 25’N), at light, geni- talia preparation BM pyral. 14878 (BMNH). Paratypes: d, West Malaysia, Perak Hijan, 4,000—4,900 ft., 1891 (Doherty) (BMNH); 6, Gunong Ijau, Perak (Rothschild Bequest) (BMNH) BM pyral. 14554; ® same data (BMNH), BM pyral. 16751. Remarks. — Presently collected only from West Malaysia, flight period known to include March. Sister species of R. mululella of Borneo, with which it shares the strong, very elongate curved setae of the valval costa. Roxita mululella new species (figs. 5, 14) External characters. — (Head missing.) Tho- rax, legs and abdomen pale yellow. Forewings with pale yellow ground colour and scattered, dark chocolate brown scaling in distal region of disc. Basal fascia represented only by irregular pair of dark brown smudgy stripes. Antemedial fascia obscure, irregular, edged broadly with dark brown scaling distally, narrowly edged with brown proximally. Reni- form area devoid of scattered scaling. Postmedi- al fascia narrowly defined, white, edged with dark brown, angled to touch termen at about 0.3, and again at about 0.8. Silvery white streaks penetrate disc from each of these angles. Post- medial region of costa bright yellow, as is apical zone except for distal white streak on cilia, and sharply edged with black. The costal apex char- acteristically turns anteriad. Secondary and tert- lary indentations of termen present. Subtermi- nal region clouded with deep bright yellow, with two black spots, inset from margin at about 0.5 and 0.7. Ventral surface brown with apical and terminal markings distinctly repeated from dorsal surface. Inner cilia shining gold, outer cilia shining brown. Hindwings dull white with long white cilia, Wing expanse 12 mm. Male genitalia. — Fig. 14. Uncus tapering sharply at about 0.4 in ventral aspect, then par- allel-sided, then tapering again to blunt, setulose apex. Gnathos narrowed to pedicel, bluntly pointed, with slightly expanded apex. Tegumen simple. Juxta not recognized in preparation. Vinculum reduced to a narrow strip at base of valva. Saccus broad, elongate, nearly length of uncus, apically rounded with partial ventral “keel”. Valva about 2.75 X length of uncus, much narrowed. Single curved spine arising from basal region of costo-vulvular junction, followed by a more typical costal protrusion at about 0.25 from base, curved dorso-introrsely, with shortly setulose apex. Distal region of cos- ta and costo-valva junction produced into one broad and two narrow (setae- -like), elongate (1.5 x length of uncus) curved spines. Valva ta- pering abruptly at about 0.5 to parallel-sided distal region with bluntly rounded, lightly setu- lose apex. Aedeagus simple, tubular, about 0.75 x length of valva. LMB ratio about 7.5 : 1, slightly scobinate in apical third, cornuti absent. Type. — Holotype d, Sarawak, site 26, G. Api Pinnacles, 428545, open scrub, April 1977 (J. D. Holloway), BM pyral. 16774 (BMNH). Remarks. — Presently known only from unique holotype from Mt. Mulu region, Sara- wak, flight period including April. Closely re- lated to R. apicella; see Remarks on that species. REFERENCES Bleszynski, S. 1963. Studies on the Crambidae (Lepi- doptera). Part 41. On some tropical Crambidae with descriptions of the new genera and species. — Acta Zool. Cracov. 8: 133—181. — — 1965. Crambinae. In: H. G. Amsel, F. Gregor & H. Reisser (ed), Microlepidoptera Palaearctica 1: i—xlvu, 1—553. — Verlag Georg Fromme & Co., Wien. ——, 1970. A revision of the genus Culladia Moore (Studies on the Crambinae, Lepidoptera, Pyrali- dae, Part 50). — Tijdschr. Ent. 113: 44—59, figs. 1—28. Bleszynski, S. & R. J. Collins. 1962. A short catalogue of the world species of the Family Crambidae (Lepidoptera). — Acta. zool. Cracov. 7: 197— 389. Caradja, A. 1927. Die Kleintalter der Stotzner’schen Ausbeute, nebst Zutragen aus meiner Sammlung. (Zweite biogeographische Skizze “Zentralasien”.) — Mem. Sect. stiint. Acad. rom. Bucharesti 4: 361-428. —, 1931. Dritter Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pyralı- den von Kwanhsien und Mokanshan (China). — Bull. Sect. Sci. Acad. Rom, 14: 203—212. Caradja, A. & E. Meyrick. 1933. Materialen zu einer Microlepidopteren-Fauna Kwantungs. — | Deutsch. ent. Zeit. Iris 47: 123—167. | Diakonoff, A. 1954. Considerations on the terminolo- | gy of the genitalia in Lepidoptera. — Lep. News ! 8:67—74, figs. 1—2. GASKIN: The genus Roxita 31 Dugdale, J. S. 1966. A Revision of the New Zealand Schoenotenini and Cnephasiini (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae: Tortricinae). — N.Z. J. Sci. 9: 731— 775. Fleming, C. A. 1962. New Zealand biogeography: A palaeontologist’s approach. — Tuatara 10: 53— 108. ——, 1963a. Palaeontology and southern biogeogra- phy. In: J. L. Gressitt (ed.), Pacific Basin Biogeo- graphy, À Symposium: 369—385. — Bishop Mu- seum Press, Honolulu. , 1963b. Age of the alpine biota. — Proc. N.Z. Ecological Society 10: 15—18. Gaskin, D. E. 1971. A revision of New Zealand Dip- tychophorini (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae: Crambi- nae). — N.Z.J. Sci. 14: 759—809. ——, 1975. Revision of the New Zealand Crambini (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae: Crambinae). — N.Z.J. Zool. 2: 265—363. Holloway, J. D. 1973. The affinities within four but- terfly groups (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera) in rela- tion to general patterns of butterfly distribution in the Indo-Australian area. — Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 125: 125—176, figs. 1—23. ——, 1974. The biogeography of Indian butterflies. In: M. S. Mani (ed.), Ecology and Biogeography in India: 473—499. — Dr. W. Junk b.v. Pub- lishers, The Hague. Klots, A. B. 1956. Lepidoptera. In: S. L. Tuxen (ed.), Taxonomist’s glossary of genitalia in insects: 97— 111. — E. Munksgaard, Copenhagen. Snellen, P. C. T. 1893. Beschrijving en Afbeelding van eenige nieuwe of weinig bekende Crambidae. — Tijdschr. Ent. 36: 54—66. Wileman, A. E. & R. South. 1917. New species of Lepidoptera from Japan and Formosa. — Ent. 50: 145—148. Lis À Paz wen AAA >! spe ‘oe JA 4 very dying? 5e Maney Tae 4 mt a si ate Liles qf Lt ' he Dr tai ni dal aft Sac HK AN A » t ni nin +. NS Po sit] ESSEN Ata} oe queer’ ei PAT Nine à 4 ren Hd a = Zur 7 a x A «CN +. A rire pe ass AFLEVERING 3 1984 | TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE UITGEGEVEN DOOR à DE NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING MUS. COMP. ZOOL LIRRARY AUG 4 1 904 AARVARD JNIVERSITY INHOUD | R. Te EOWALD. — Taxonomie, Phylogenie und Biogeographie der Untergattung ipul a (Tipula) Linnaeus, 1758 (Insecta, Diptera, Tipulidae), pp. 33—78, figs. ea = schrift voor Entomologie, deel 127, afl. 3 Gepubliceerd 10-VIII-1984 = rs > R >» TAXONOMIE, PHYLOGENIE UND BIOGEOGRAPHIE DER UNTERGATTUNG TIPULA (TIPULA) LINNAEUS, 1758 (INSECTA, DIPTERA, TIPULIDAE) von BR. THEOWALD Instituut voor Taxonomische Zoölogie (Zoölogisch Museum), Plantage Middenlaan 64, 1018 DH Amsterdam ÄBSTRACT All species recently mentioned as belonging to the subgenus Tipula (Tipula) are studied. Five are excluded from the subgenus: dichroa Bezzi (Acutipula), jonesi Alexander (Lepto- tarsus), microcephala Bigot (Lecteria), rothschildi Alexander (Savtshenkia) and setosipennis Alexander (Yamatotipula). New synonymies are: abyssinica Jaennicke, 1867 = strigata Loew, 1866; bevisiana Alexander, 1956 soror mashona Alexander, 1920; curtipennis Mannheims, 1961 = eumecacera Speiser, 1909; niligena Jaennicke, 1867 = bicolor Loew, 1866; venturu Loi, 1964 = plumbea Fabricius, 1781. Most probably chubbi Alexander is a hybrid of soror mashona Alexander X frater Alexander and hungarica Lackschewitz a hy- brid of oleracea Linnaeus X orientalis Lackschewitz. Four new taxa are described: conso- brina (Zimbabwe, Mozambique), italica errans (Sardinia, Balkan Peninsula, Turkey), loeff- leri (Ethiopia) and zimbabwensis (Zimbabwe). As up till now mostly short descriptions without illustrations were published of the Afrotropical species, all are figured and described here. For the well-known Palaearctic spe- cies only the most important literature is mentioned. The relationships between species and species groups, based on synapomorphies, are pre- sented in cladograms. Most probably the loveridgei group of the subgenus Acutipula is the sister group of the subgenus Tipula. A publication dealing with the relationships between the subgenera Acutipula and Tipula is in preparation. The history of the subgenus Tipula is discussed and an areogram is presented. It is not possible to date with certainty the degrees of differentiation of this predominantly mediter- ranean subgenus. ZUSAMMENFASSUNG Alle in jüngerer Zeit in der Untergattung Tipula an- geführten Arten wurden überprüft. Fünf Arten ge- hôren nicht in dieser Untergattung: dichroa Bezzi (Acutipula), jonesi Alexander (Leptotarsus), microce- phala Bigot (Lecteria), rothschildi Alexander (Savt- shenkia) und setosipennis Alexander (Yamatotipula). Nachfoigende Synonymien wurden festgestellt: abys- Simca Jaennicke, 1867 = strigata Loew, 1866; bevisia- na Alexander, 1956 = soror mashona Alexander, 1920; curtipennis Mannheims, 1961 = eumecacera Speiser, 1909; niligena Jaennicke, 1867 = bicolor Loew, 1866; venturii Loi, 1964 = plumbea Fabricius, 1781. 7. (T.) chubbi Alexander ist wahrscheinlich ein Hybrid von soror mashona Alexander X frater Alex- ander, und hungarica Lackschewitz ein solcher von oleracea Linnaeus X orientalis Lackschewitz. Neu be- schrieben werden vier Taxa: consobrina (Zimbabwe, Mozambique), italica errans (Sardinien, Balkanhalbin- sel und Türkei), loeffleri (Äthiopien) und zimbabwen- sis (Zimbabwe). Eine sichere Bestimmung der afrotropischen Arten war, der ungenügenden Beschreibungen wegen, bis 33 heute unmöglich. Von all diesen Arten wurden neue Beschreibungen und Abbildungen angefertigt, und die gesamte Literatur wurde erwähnt. Von den gut be- kannten palaearktischen Arten ist nur die wichtigste Literatur angeführt. Unter Zugrundelegung von Synapomorphien wer- den verwandtschaftliche Beziehungen erörtert und ın Kladogrammen bildlich dargestellt. Als Schwester- gruppe der Untergattung Tipula kommt nur die love- ridgei-Gruppe der Untergattung Acutipula in Be- tracht. Die damit zusammenhängenden taxonomi- schen und nomenklatorischen Anderungen werden anderswo (De Jong, in Vorbereitung) ausgearbeitet. An Hand eines Areogramms wird die wahrscheinli- che Geschichte der Untergattung dargestellt. Sichere Datierung der im Areogramm verzeichneten Vorgän- ge war für diese hauptsächlich an mediterranes Klima gebundenen Arten nicht möglıch. EINLEITUNG Lackschewitz (1930) brachte acht oleracea Linnaeus-ähnliche Arten zusammen in ei- ner Artengruppe (oleracea-Gruppe). Edwards 34 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 (1931) stellte in seiner Arbeit über die Untergat- tungen der Gattung Tipula diese Arten in die Untergattung Tipula, weil oleracea Typusart ist. Er bemerkte dabei, daf er keine wesentliche Unterschiede fand zwischen diesen Arten und jenen der Untergattung Platytipula. Aufgrund dieser Bermerkung stellte Alexander (1935) die Arten der /uteipennis-ultima-Gruppe (Unter- gattung Platytipula) in die Untergattung Tipula. Mannheims (1952) fürhte überdies die Arten der luna-, vittata-, pruinosa- und moesta- Gruppe in dieser Untergattung ein. Savtshenko (1961) beschränkte sie wieder auf die Arten der oleracea-Gruppe sensu Lackschewitz, 1930. Diese Auffassung wurde von allen späteren Au- toren übernommen. Die Untergattung 7ipula (Karte 1) zählt heu- te 26 Taxa ım palaearktischen und afrotropi- schen Gebiet. Im palaearktischen Gebiet ist die Verbreitung der meisten Arten auf die mediter- rane Subregion der Westpalaearktis beschränkt, nur oleracea, paludosa und subcunctans reichen nach dem Norden bis Fennoskandien, letztge- nannte Art auch nach dem Osten bis Japan. Im afrotropischen Gebiet finden sich die Arten in den Gebirgen von Ost- und Südafrika. Der europäische Kulturschädling paludosa wurde vor etwa 100 Jahren durch Fischerboote in Bal- last nach Newfoundland gebracht und hat sich von dort auf dem Festland weiter verbreitet (Alexander, 1962; Jackson & Campbell, 1975). Auf ähnliche Weise wurde die Art wahrschein- lich auch dann und wann nach den makaronesi- schen Inseln gebracht, wo sie — im Gegensatz zur dort heimischen mediterranea — nur in ein- zelnen Exemplaren gesammelt wurde: Madeira, 1855, 1 6, 1 2; Gran Canaria, 1903 TEE Tenerife, 1918, 1 6 (Theowald, 1972, 1977b). Diese Arbeit stützt sich hauptsachlich auf die reichhaltigen Sammlungen des Zoologischen Museums Amsterdam, in denen fast alle Arten dieser Untergattung, manche von vielen Fund- orten, vertreten sind. Für die Verbreitung der palaearktischen Arten stand uns durch Mithilfe von Herrn Dr. H. Ulrich auch die Sammlung des Museums Koenig (Bonn) zur Verfügung. CA Mel | A ie? di EP Fe DURE Un SERI Karte 1. Verbreitung der Untergattung Tipula (Tipula) Linnaeus. THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 35 Herr Dr. A. Hutson sandte uns interessante Ar- ten aus der afrotropischen Sammlung des Briti- schen Museums. Herr Kollege Dr. P. Ooster- broek brachte aus Washington (United States National Museum) Material der Sammlung Alexander mit. Alle erhaltenen Typen der afro- tropischen Arten wurden überprüft. Sie finden sich in einer Reihe von Museen und Instituten und wurden uns jeweils ohne Schwierigkeiten zugeschickt. Allen Kollegen, die uns so freund- lich unterstützten, danken wir herzlich für ihre Mithilfe. Obwohl das Hauptziel dieser Arbeit das Stu- dium der Phylogenie und der Biogeographie von Zipula (Tipula) war, stellte es sich schon bald heraus, daf man sich nicht verlassen konnte auf Beschreibungen und Abbildungen der Arten. So wurde auch eine taxonomische Revision dieser Untergattung notwendig. Für kritische Bemerkungen zu dieser Arbeit danke ich allen Studenten, die an unserem In- stitut an Tipuliden arbeiten, besonders den Kol- legen Dr. P. Oosterbroek und Frau I. Tangel- der. Herr G. Theischinger war so freundlich, das MS kritisch zu lesen und sprachlich zu kor- rigieren. Auch ihm sei herzlich gedankt. ZUR TAXONOMIE Alphabetisches Verzeichnis der Arten der Untergattung Tipula In diesem Verzeichnis sind nur die Arten auf- genommen, die in der rezenten Literatur in der Untergattung Tipula angeführt sind, nicht sol- che, die man ehemals in diese Untergattung stellte, heute aber in eine der weiteren Untergat- tungen stellt. Die palaearktischen Arten sind eindeutig beschrieben und abgebildet, haupt- sachlich in Lackschewitz (1930), Mannheims (1952) und Savtshenko (1961). Für sie ist nur die wichtigste Literatur erwahnt. Die afrotropi- schen Arten dagegen sind nie zusammenfassend bearbeitet worden, ihre Beschreibungen sind fast immer unvollständig, und wichtige Merk- male des Hypopygs wurden nur selten deutlich abgebildet. Deshalb sind von allen afrotropi- schen Arten Beschreibung und Abbildung des Hypopygs aufgenommen und ist die Literatur vollstindig verzeichnet. Weil der Kopf oftmals mehr oder weniger unter dem Thorax gekrümmt ist, ist als Länge immer nur die Län- ge von Thorax und Hinterleib angegeben. (abyssinica Jaennicke, 1867) = strigata Loew, 1866 (syn. nov.) Literatur: Alexander, 1978 (unter abyssinica). Typus-Lokalitàt: Simen (das heutige Natur- schutzgebiet Simen — auch geschrieben Simien oder Siemen — nordöstlich von Gondar in Athiopien). Holotypus d: Nach Jaennicke im Museum Senckenberg (Frankfurt/Main). Er ist dort nicht mehr vorhanden und existiert wahrscheinlich nicht mehr (auch der Typus von strigata ist nicht mehr aufzufinden). Bemerkung: Alexander (1978) verzeichnet diese Art von Addis Abeba. Ich habe das Mate- rial überprüfen können. Alle Merkmale stim- men überein mit Jaennickes Beschreibung von abyssinica und mit Loews Beschreibung von strıgata. Beide Beschreibungen stimmen auch weitgehend mit einander überein. Deshalb stelle ich abyssinica als jüngeres Synonym zu strigata. atlantica Mannheims, 1962 Literatur: Den Hollander, 1975a; Theowald, 19772: Typus-Lokalitàt: Madeira, Curral das Frei- ras, Vasco Gil. Holotypus d : Im Museum Helsinki. Bemerkung: Diese Art wurde von Mann- heims (1962) deutlich beschrieben und abgebil- det. Sie ist nur von Madeira bekannt. (bevisiana Alexander, 1956b) = (mashona Alex- ander, 1920d) (syn. nov.) Literatur: Alexander, 1964; Den Hollander, 1975a (= zimbabwensis). Typus-Lokalitàt: Lesotho, Basutoland, Mok- hotlong. Holotypus d: Im Museum and Art Gallery, Durban. Bemerkung: An Hand von Typen und später gesammelten Exemplaren konnte ich feststellen, daß bevisiana und mashona identisch sind. bicolor Loew, 1866 (Abb. 1) Literatur: Jaennicke, 1867 (unter nilıgena); Bezzi, 1905 (unter niligena); Mannheims, 1952. Typus-Lokalität: Simen (das heutige Natur- schutzgebied Simen — auch geschrieben Simien oder Siemen — nordöstlich von Gondar in Athiopien, seit Kertesz, 1902, verwechselt mit Jemen, Arabien). Holotypus d: Im Museum für Naturkunde an der Humboldt-Universität, Berlin (vid. Mannheims, 1951). Männchen. — Kopf oben grau, hinten gelb- lichbraun; Augen unter dem Kopf schmal ge- trennt, Trennung kaum so breit wie das 1. Füh- 36 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 Hinterteil Vorderteil ss Abb. 1. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) bicolor (a, Hinterrandfortsatz des 9. Tergits von oben; b, Hinterrandfortsatz des 9. Tergits von der linken Seite; c, linker od von der Außenseite; d, linker id von der Außenseite; e, linker id von der Innenseite). lerglied; Rostrum gelb mit deutlichem Nasus; Palpen dunkelbraun; Fühler 13-gliedrig, zurückgeschlagen etwa bis zur Flügelwurzel reichend, Basalglieder und Basıs des 1. Geißel- gliedes gelb, weitere Glieder dunkelbraun, Wir- telhaare etwa so lang wie die zugehörigen Glie- der. Thorax gelblichbraun bis grau, Mesonotum mit vier dunkelgerandeten Längsstreifen; Coxae und Basalhälfte der Femora gelb, distale Hälfte der Femora sowie Tibiae und Tarsenglieder dunkelbraun bis schwarz; Tarsalklauen in der Mitte mit deutlichem Zahn; Flügel fast glashell, schwach gelblich getrübt, Stigmenflecken klein und kaum dunkler gefärbt; Squama mit etwa vier kurzen Borsten; Schwinger hell bräunlich mit kaum verdunkeltem Knopf. Hinterleib gelb, die Hinterränder der Segmente an Ober- und Unterseite schwarz, Rückenstreifen kaum sıcht- bar, Seitenstreifen undeutlich, das 2. Sternit an der Basıs mit einem runden Fleck. Hypopyg mit auffallend scharfem Kiel; :d-Vorderteil mit durchsichtigem Kamm, außen mit einem klei- nen Kissen kurzer weißer Haare, an der Innen- seite mit einem Saum längerer Haare; id-Hin- terteil oben abgerundet, an der Vorderseite mit einigen Borsten, an der Innenseite mit einer nicht scharf abgegrenzten Gruppe nah zusam- men liegender sensorischer Poren; der Haken des id ist ziemlich hoch am :d-Hinterteil ange- setzt; od am Oberrand breit abgestutzt; Vor- sprung des 9. Tergits mit schmaler Basis. Weibchen. — Eidonomische Merkmale wie beim Männchen, aber Hinterleib mit deutlichem Rückenstreifen, und Tarsalklauen ungezahnt. Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib: d 14 mm, ? 22 mm; Flügellänge: d 18 mm, © 21 mm. Verbreitung: Athiopien (Simen, Adi Agrı, Djem-Djem Forest). Biologie: Von den drei bekannten Exempla- ren wurde eines im Juli in unbekannter Höhe, ein zweites im September in etwa 2800 m ge- sammelt, vom dritten sind keine genaueren Da- ten bekannt. capnıoneura Speiser, 1909 (Abb. 2) Literatur: Alexander, 19564; Mannheims, 1958, 1961; Den Hollander, 1975a; Theowald, 1977a. | Typus-Lokalitàt: 2950 m. | Lektotypus d: Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm (des. Theowald, 1982). : Kilimandjaro, Kiboscho, | THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 37 Abb. 2. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) capnioneura (a—e wie Abb. 1). Männchen. — Kopf oben und hinten grau; Augen unter dem Kopf ziemlich breit getrennt, Trennung etwa zweimal breiter als das erste Fühlerglied; Rostrum braun mit deutlichem Nasus; Palpen dunkelbraun, Endglied fast schwarz; Fühler 13-gliedrig, zurückgeschlagen fast bis zum Ende des Hinterleibs reichend, die drei Basalglieder gelblichbraun, weitere Glieder allmählich dunkler werdend, Fühlerende fast schwarz, die längsten Wirtelhaare halb so lang wie das zugehörige Glied. Mesonotum braun mit vier dunkelgerandeten dunkelbraunen Längsstreifen; Femora gelblichbraun mit dun- klem Ende, Tibiae und Tarsenglieder gegen das Ende allmählich dunkler werdend, am Ende schwarz; Tarsalklauen ohne Mittelzahn; Flügel hellbräunlich getrübt mit hellem Wisch in der Diskalzelle, Costalzelle und Stigmenfleck dun- kler braun, ein brauner Schattensaum cu und m- cu entlang; Squama meist mit zwei kurzen Bor- sten; Schwinger mit braunem Stiel und schwar- zem Knopf. Hinterleib braungrau mit dunklen Rücken- und Seitenstreifen, Sternite dunkel- grau. Hypopyg mit breitbasigem bedorntem Vorsprung am 9. Tergit; id-Vorderteil ohne durchsichtigen Kamm und ohne Haarkissen an der Außenseite, an der Innenseite aber mit lan- gen Haaren; :d-Hinterteil ziemlich kurz, oben zangenförmig, an der Außenseite mit Dorn, an der Innenseite mit verstreut stehenden sensori- schen Poren; od undeutlich birnförmig. Das nach Speiser zugehörige Weibchen ist in Alkohol aufbewahrt und ganz entfärbt. Es ıst kurzflügelig. Die Fühler reichen zurückgeschla- gen fast bis zur Schwingerbasis (bei den gleich- falls kurzflügeligen Weibchen von flagellicurta sind sıe kaum länger als Kopf und Rostrum), und das erste Geißelglied ıst länger als das Fühlerbasalglied und fast zweimal so lang wie das zweite Geißelglied (flagellicurta gleichlang wie oder kürzer als das Basalglied und nur we- nig länger als das zweite Geißelglied). Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib: & 14—17 mm, 2 19 mm; Flügellänge: d 18—22 mm, © 1.5 mm. Verbreitung: Tanzania (nur Kilimandjaro). 38 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 Biologie: Die Art wurde erstmals von Sjöstedt und später von Lindner gesammelt, und zwar im Februar an der Südwestseite des Kili- mandjaro auf alpinen Wiesen in 2950—3500 m Seehöhe. (chubbi Alexander, 1956b (Abb. 6g)) = mashona X frater? Literatur: Alexander, 1964. Typus-Lokalität: Lesotho, Basutoland, Mok- hotlong. Holotypus d: Im Museum and Art Gallery, Durban. Bemerkung: Vom Holotypus existieren zwei Präparate auf Glas: eines mit Hypopyg (ohne linken zd) im Museum Durban und eines mit linkem zd, einem Flügel, einem Fühler und den Tarsen eines Beines im United States National Museum, Washington (Sammlung Alexander). Weitere Teile des Holotypus sind nicht vorhan- den. Nach den mir vorliegenden Teilen und nach der Beschreibung Alexanders gibt es nur zwei Unterschiede gegenüber frater: der Kamm des id-Vorderteils ist am Ende deutlich stärker abgerundet (Abb. 6g), und die Fühler sind nor- mal lang und nicht verkürzt. Der auffallend kurze Kamm von frater (nur auf dem distalen Ende des id-Vorderteils) ist nicht immer gleich lang und z.B. bei unseren Exemplaren von Zım- babwe (Abb. 6h) deutlich länger als bei denen von Südafrika. Aufgrund dieses Unterschiedes in der Größe des Kammes sollte man chubbi nicht als eigene Art betrachten. Sie stellt höchstens eine Varietät von frater dar. Es bleibt aber der Unterscheid der Fühler, die deutlich länger sind als bei frater. Die Fühler sınd über- dies 14-gliedrig, wie dies nur von soror mashona (Südafrika) und paludosa (Europa) bekannt ist, und nicht 13-gliedrig wie jene von frater und al- len weiteren Arten dieser Untergattung. 7. fra- ter und soror mashona wurden beide ın der un- mittelbaren Umgebung der Typus-Lokalitàt von chubbi gesammelt. Es ıst deshalb war- scheinlich, daß chubbi keine gute Art ıst, son- dern ein Hybrid von soror mashona X frater. Es gibt ja auch Hybriden zwischen den europai- schen Arten oleracea, paludosa und subcunctans (Den Hollander, 1975b, 1975c und dort erwähnte Literatur). soror consobrina nov. spec. (Abb. 3) Tipula (Tipula) consobrina nov. spec. Holotypus d: Port E. Africa, Gorongoza Mt., 840 m, IX.1957, Stuckenberg leg.; im Uni- ted States National Museum, Washington (Sammlung Alexander) als Präparat auf Glas un- ter dem Namen Tipula (Tipula) frater Al. (Hin- terleibsende mit Hypopyg, Flügel, Vorder- und Mittelbein). Paratypen: 3 d, 1 9, S. Rhodesia, Salisbury, Smithers, 10.1X.1956/17.11.19571219577 18.1V.1957; 19, S. Rhodesia, Penhalonga, 17.1.1955, Stuckenberg leg. (Präparat auf Glas: mit Fühler, Flügel und Hinterbein als Tipula (Tipula) frater Al.). Paratypen im United States National Museum, Washington (Sammlung Alexander) und im Zoologischen Museum, Am- sterdam. Bemerkung: Alexander hat in den Sechziger- jahren Präparate dieser neuen Art auf Glas an- — gefertigt und sie irrtümlicherweise als frater ge- deutet. Er (Alexander, 1956a) führt sie an als frater mit “dorsal crest long and narrow”, wäh- rend er die tatsächliche frater als soror mit “dor- sal crest short and high” anführt. Männchen. — (Die genadelten Exemplare waren feucht, und die Farben können sich des- halb etwas geändert haben.) Kopf und Rostrum gelblich, Rostrum an der Unterseite etwas dun- kler; Augen unter dem Kopf schmal getrennt, Trennung kaum breiter als das erste Fühler- glied; Nasus deutlich; Palpen schwarz; Fühler 13-gliedrig, kurz, kaum länger als Kopf und Rostrum, gelb und nur gegen das Ende zu etwas verdunkelt, Wirtelhaare etwa so lang wie die zugehörigen Glieder. Thorax gelblich; Mesono- tum mit vier grauen dunkelgerandeten Längs- streifen; Coxae gelb, Femora etwas dunkler und _ mit schwarzer Spitze, Tibiae und Tarsenglieder _ schwarz, Tarsalklauen mit deutlichem Mittel- zahn; Flügel etwas getrübt, die hellen Längs- streifen sind weniger deutlich als bei frater und — kaum deutlicher als bei soror, Zelle R, ist deut- lich hell gefärbt, Vorderrand und Stigmenfleck sind kaum dunkler als die übrige Flügelfläche; Squama mit einigen kurzen Haaren; Schwinger | mit hellem Stiel und dunklem Knopf. Hinterleib gelblich braun, Rücken- und Seitenstreifen nur angedeutet; Hypopyg gelblichbraun wie der Hinterleib; 9. Sternit auffallend gekielt; Hinter- randfortsatz des 9. Tergits schmalbasig; :d-Vor- derteil mit Kamm, an der Außenseite mit Haar- kissen, an der Innenseite lang behaart; :d-Hin- | terteil sehr charakteristisch, breit kappenförmig mit bedorntem Vorsprung, an der Außenseite mit stark entwickeltem Auswuchs, an der In- nenseite mit einer nicht scharf abgegrenzten Gruppe sensorischer Poren; der Haken ist nur am Ende schmal und geht schnell in eine sehr breite Basis über; od breit birnförmig. THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 39 Abb. 3. Hypopyg von 7ipula (T.) consobrina (a—e wie Abb. 1; f, linker zd (ohne Vorderteil, von oben). Weibchen. — In allen eidonomischen Merk- malen dem Männchen ähnlich, hat aber keinen Mittelzahn an den Tarsalklauen. Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib: d 14—15 mm, 2 20 mm; Flügellänge: d 16—17 mm, © 19 mm. Verbreitung: Zimbabwe (Salisbury, Penha- longa), Mozambique (Gorongoza Mts.). Biologie: Die bekannten Exemplare wurden im September, Januar, Februar und April ge- sammelt. Den Fundorten nach ist consobrina keine Hochgebirgsart. Name: consobrina (= Kusine) ın einem Fau- nengebiet, wo es schon eine Species frater (= Bruder) und eine Species soror (= Schwester) gibt. (curtipennis Mannheims, 1961) = eumecacera Speiser, 1909 (syn. nov.) Literatur: Theowald, 1977a. Typus-Lokalitàt: Kilimandjaro, Kibo (Tan- ganjika). Holotypus d: Im Staatlichen Museum für Naturkunde, Stuttgart. Bemerkung: Der Holotypus ist nach allen Merkmalen ein kurzflügeliges d von eumecace- ra Speiser. Die drei Paratypen (in den Museen Amsterdam, Bonn und Stuttgart) dagegen sınd kurzflügelige 6 von flagellicurta Mannheims. (czizeki de Jong, 1925) = subcunctans Alexan- der, 1921b Literatur: Seit Tjeder, 1953, wurde für diesen Kulturschädling in der europäschen Literatur der Name czizeki benutzt. Nach 1.C.Z.N. Opi- nıon 1160 (1980) muß aber für diese Art der Name subcunctans benutzt werden. Typus-Lokalitàt: De Jong (1925) hat keinen Holotypus designiert. Das von ihm für die Be- schreibung verwendete Material stammte aus den Niederlanden. (dichroa Bezzi, 1905 (Acutipula)) (comb. nov.) Literatur: Riedel, 1914; Hutson, 1980. Typus-Lokalität: Nordäthiopien (Adi Caie, Asmara-Keren). Holotypus d : (zwei Flügel, zwei Schwinger, ein Bein, Thoraxrücken und Basis des Hinterlei- bes) im Museo Zoologico de “La Specola”, Flo- renz. Bemerkung: Frau Dr. Sarah Mascherini war so freundlich, die Reste des Typus-Exemplares zu überprüfen und schickte mir Fotos der Flügel. Nach der Beschreibung und nach dem Flügelgeäder gehört diese Art in die Untergat- tung Acutipula und nicht in Tipula, unter wel- cher Hutson (1980) sie im afrotropischen Kata- log aufführt. Riedel (1914) meldet dichroa von Britisch-Ost-Afrıka (Kijabé, im Süden von 40 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 Abb. 4. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) eumecacera (a—e wie Abb. 1). Aberdare-Range, heute Kenya). Seine Exempla- re (1 d, 1 2, Museum Paris) stimmen in allen Merkmalen mit der Beschreibung von dichroa, aber auch mit der Beschreibung von ellioti Alexander von Uganda überein. Vielleicht sind beide Arten identisch. Aufschluß darüber sollte das Auffinden topotypischer Exemplare von di- chroa geben. eumecacera Speiser, 1909 (Abb. 4) Literatur: Alexander, 19562; Mannheims, 1958, 1961 (unter eumecacera und curtipennis); Den Hollander, 1975a; Theowald, 1977a. Typus-Lokalität: Kilimandjaro, Kiboscho, 2950 m. Lektotypus d: Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm (Lektotypus des. Mannheims, 1957). Männchen. — Kopf oben grau, hinten gelb- lichbraun; Augen unter dem Kopf breit ge- trennt, Trennung drei- bis viermal breiter als das erste Fühlerglied; Rostrum gelblichbraun mit deutlichem Nasus; Palpen gelblichbraun mit fast schwarzem Endglied; Fühler 13-glied- rig, auffallend lang, zurückgeschlagen fast bis zum Ende des Hinterleibs reichend, ganz gelb- lichbraun, Wirtelhaare zwei- bis driemal so lang wie die Breite des zugehörigen Gliedes. Thorax gelblichbraun; Mesonotum mit vier hellbraunen dunkelgerandeten Längsstreifen; Beine gelb- lichbraun, nur am Ende schwärzlich verdun- kelt; Tarsalklauen ohne Mittelzahn; Flügel fast glashell mit bräunlicher Costalzelle und brau- nem Schattensaum entlang cu, Stigmenfleck gleich dunkel wie die Costalzelle; Squama mit meist zwei kurzen Borsten; Schwingerstiel an der Basis gelblich, gegen Ende schwarzlich, Knopf schwarz. Das erste Segment des Hinter- leibs hat dieselbe gelblichbraune Farbe wie der Thorax, weitere Segmente dunkelbraun mit schwarzen Rücken- und Seitenstreifen und dor- sal grau bereift, Sternite heller gefärbt; Hypo- pyg kaum verschieden von dem von capnioneu- ra, Vorsprung des 9. Tergits breitbasig; zd-Vor- derteil ohne Kamm, und an der Außenseite ohne Haarkissen, an der Innenseite mit langen Haaren; id-Hinterteil ziemlich klein, oben zan- genförmig, an der Außenseite mit Dorn, an der Innenseite mit verstreut stehenden sensorischen Poren; od schlank birnförmig. Das Weibchen ist unbekannt, sicher aber kurzflügelig. THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 41 Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib 10—12 mm; Flügellänge 13—15 mm. Verbreitung: Tanzania; nur Kilimandjaro, woher sie von mehreren Fundorten an der Süd- seite bekannt geworden ist. Biologie: Die Art wurde im Februar und An- fang März auf alpınen Wiesen in 2850—3500 m Seehöhe gesammelt. Ein in 3500 m Höhe ge- sammeltes & ist kurzflügelig und hat einen un- terentwickelten Thorax. Die Fühler sind ein we- nig kürzer als bei normalflügeligen d und ab zweitem Geißelglied bräunlich verdunkelt. Alle weiteren eidonomischen und hypopygialen Merkmale sind aber wie bei normalflügeligen à. Mannheims (1961) hat dieses kurzflügelige d als curtipennis beschrieben (mit kurzflügeligen d von flagellicurta als Paratypen). errans nov. subsp. (siehe unter italica Lacksche- Witz). (fimbriata Meigen, 1818) 1830 Literatur: Der Name fimbriata wurde für diese Art kaum benutzt und durch I.C.Z.N. Opinion 1160 (1980) unterdrückt zugunsten von paludosa. Typus-Lokalität: Unbekannt. = paludosa Meigen, Holotypus: Vielleicht ist das Exemplar, das Meigen als Tipula plumbea von Herrn Megerle (Kustos des k.k. Hofmuseums) geschickt bekam und als fimbriata beschrieb, noch im Museum Wien. flagellicurta Mannheims, 1958 (Abb. 5) Literatur: Riedel, 1914 (unter strigata p.p.); Mannheims, 1961 (unter curtipennis p.p.); Den Hollander, 1975. Typus-Lokalität: Kilimandjaro. Holotypus d: Im Staatlichen Museum für Naturkunde, Stuttgart. Männchen. — Kopf oben ziemlich grau, hin- ten braun; Augen unter dem Kopf ziemlich breit getrennt, Trennung zweimal breiter als das erste Fühlerglied; Rostrum braun mit deutli- chem Nasus; Palpen braun mit fast schwarzem Endglied; Fühler 13-gliedrig, zurückgeschlagen bis zum zweiten Hinterleibssegment reichend, Basalglied gelblichbraun, zweites Glied meist etwas heller gefärbt, erstes Geißelglied meist braun, weitere Geißelglieder zunehmend dun- kler bis schwarz, Wirtelhaare meist etwa halb so lang wie die zugehörigen Glieder. Thorax braungrau mit vier dunklen Längsstreifen auf dem Mesonotum, die mittleren sind meist gegen Abb. 5. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) flagellicurta (a—e wie Abb. 1). 42 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 die Mitte dunkelgerandet und haben zwischen ihnen eine helle Medianlinie; Beine braun, Fe- mur- und Tibiaende verdunkelt, Tarsenglieder fast schwarz, Tarsalklauen ohne Mittelzahn; Flügel ein wenig verdunkelt, die Membran zwi- schen den Adern ein wenig aufgehellt, Stigmen- fleck braun, Costalzelle etwas heller braun; Squama mit meist zwei kurzen Borsten; Schwingerstiel braun, Knopf schwarz. Hinter- leib dunkelbraun mit schmalen schwarzen Rüc- ken- und Seitenstreifen, Sternite braungrau. Hypopyg mit breitbasigem Vorsprung des 9. Tergits; id-Vorderteil ohne Kamm, an der Außenseite — im Gegensatz zu capnioneura und eumecacera — mit einem auffallenden Kis- sen kurzer weißer Haare, an der Innenseite mit langen Haaren; id-Hinterteil ziemlich klein, oben zangenförmig, an der Innenseite mit ver- streut stehenden sensorischen Poren; od etwa birnförmig. Das wohl zu dieser Art gehörende Weibchen ist kurzflügelig, ziemlich einheitlich braun, mit ein wenig verkürzten und ziemlich stark be- haarten Beinen und mit kurzen Fühlern, die kaum länger sınd als Kopf und Rostrum zusam- men, und deren drei Basalglieder braun und weitere Glieder schwarz sınd. Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib: 6 15—17 mm, © 17 mm; Flügellänge: d 19—23 mm; 9 1.5 mm. Verbreitung: Tanzania, nur Kilimandjaro. Biologie: Diese Art wurde im März und April auf Wiesen an der Südseite des Kilimandjaro in 2800—3500 m Höhe gesammelt. In 3500 m Höhe sind die Männchen kurzflügelig. Sie sind dort etwas dunkler und schön grau bereift, ha- ben den Thorax unterentwickelt, wie die kurz- flügeligen d von eumecacera. Nach allen weite- ren Merkmalen sind sie aber mit den normal- geflügelten d identisch. Sie wurden, mit einem kurzflügeligen d von eumecacera zusammen, von Mannheims (1961) als curtipennis beschrie- ben. Bemerkung: Eines der zwei d, die Riedel (1914) als strigata Loew (Deutsch-Ost-Afrika: Kilimandjaro, Wiesen der alpinen Zone, 2800— 3000 m, Ch. Alluaud, 1909) anführte, erwies sich nach Uberprüfung als flagellicurta. (flavolutescens Pierre, 1921) = paludosa Mei- gen, 1830 Literatur: 1972: 1952; Theowald, Mannheims, Typus-Lokalitàt: Kanarische Inseln, Grande Canarie (Tafira). Holotypus d: Im Museum Paris (vid. Mann- heims). Bemerkung: Nach Theowald, 1972, ist die Synonymie gesichert. frater Alexander, 1921a (Abb. 6) Literatur: Alexander, 1956a, 1964; Den Hollander, 1975a. Typus-Lokalitàt: Pretoria, Transvaal. Holotypus d: Im South African Museum, Kapstadt. Bemerkung: Aufgrund von Alexander be- stimmten Materials konnte ich feststellen, daß Alexander in seinen Veröffentlichungen soror, frater und consobrina verwechselt hat. Alexan- der (1956a) verzeichnet im Schlüssel id-Merk- male von frater unter soror und von consobrina unter frater. Die von ıhm angeführten Fundorte unter frater in den Veröffentlichungen seit 1956 beziehen sich zum Teil auf frater, zum Teil auf consobrina. Männchen. — Kopf oben verdunkelt, hinten bräunlich; Augen unter dem Kopf schmal ge- trennt, Trennung weniger breit als das erste Fühlerglied; Rostrum bräunlich, oben etwas verdunkelt, Nasus deutlich; Palpen fast schwarz; Fühler 13-gliedrig, kurz, etwa so lang wie Kopf und Rostrum zusammen, hellbraun, die längsten Wirtelhaare kaum zo lang wie die zugehörigen Glieder. Thorax bräunlich, Meso- notum mit vier dunkelgerandeten Längststrei- fen; Thoraxseiten und Coxae hellbraun, Femur- basıs etwas dunkler, Femurende sowie Tibiae und Tarsenglieder dunkelbraun bis schwarz; Tarsalklauen mit Mittelzahn; Flügel bräunlich mit zwei auffallend hellen Längsstreifen: die Zellen zwischen r und m (einschließlich Diskoi- dalzelle) sind ganz, und die Zelle hinter cu größtenteils hell; Squama-Haare kaum oder nicht vorhanden; Schwinger mit graubraunem Stiel und dunkelbraunem Knopf. Hinterleib bräunlich mit dunkelbraunen Rücken- und Seitenstreifen; an der Basis des zweiten Sternits ein runder dunkelbrauner Fleck; :d-Vorderende mit halblangem Kamm, an der Aufenseite ohne deutliches Haarkissen, wohl aber an einigen Stellen behaart, an der Innenseite mit deutlichen Haaren; id-Hinterende oben kappenförmig mit bedorntem Vorsprung, an der Innenseite mit ziemlich deutlich begrenzter Gruppe sensori- scher Poren; od oben breit abgestutzt; Vor- 1957110960: THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 43 Abb. 6. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) frater (a—e wie Abb. 1; g, Kamm des id-Vorderteils von chubbi; h, Kamm des id-Vorderteils der Exemplaren von Zimbabwe). sprung des 9. Tergits schmalbasig. Das Weibchen gleicht in allen eidonomischen Merkmalen dem Männchen; die Tarsalklauen sind jedoch ohne Mittelzahn. Lange von Thorax und Hinterleib: d 13—17 mm, © 18—23 mm; Flügellänge: d 16—20 mm, 2 18—23 mm. Verbreitung: Südafrıka (Natal, nach dem Norden bis Pretoria in Transvaal und nach dem Süden bis in den Nordosten der Kap-Provinz), Lesotho, Zimbabwe (nur Inyanga). Letztge- nannter Fundort liegt isoliert von den anderen. Ich fand aber keine deutlichen Unterschiede zwischen den beiden Populationen, es sei denn, daß die Exemplare von Inyanga einen etwas län- geren Kamm haben. Biologie: Diese Art wurde im September/ Oktober und von Januar bis März (zwei Gene- rationen?) in 1600—2100 m Seehöhe gesam- melt. (fusca Staeger, 1840 (nec Bloch, 1776)) = sub- cunctans Alexander, 1921b Literatur: Mannheims, 1952; Tjeder, 1953. Typus-Lokalität: Charlottenlund mark). Holotypus d : Im Museum Kopenhagen (vid. Mannheims). (Däne- hollanderi Theowald, 1977a (Abb. 7) Typus-Lokalitàt: Nordabfall Mt. Batu, Baale Berge, Athiopien. Holotypus d: Im Zoologischen Museum Amsterdam. Männchen. — Kopf oben und hinten grau; Augen unter dem Kopf ziemlich breit getrennt, Trennung etwa zweimal so breit wie das erste Fühlerglied; Rostrum oben grau, unten braun, Nasus deutlich; Palpen dunkelbraun, Endglied schwarz; Fühler 13-gliedrig, lang, zurück- geschlagen bis zum Anfang des 2. Hinterleibs- segmentes reichend, die drei basalen Glieder gelblichbraun, weitere Glieder dunkelbraun bis schwarz, Wirtelhaare sehr kurz und kaum län- ger als die Breite des zugehörigen Gliedes. Tho- rax unterentwickelt, größerenteils hellgrau, die dunkelbraunen Rückenstriemen mehr oder we- nıger miteinander verwachsen zu einem undeut- ca TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 | Ar 2 rl dr AAT RU PF PE Abb. 7. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) hollanderi (a—e wie Abb. 1). lichen dunkelbraunen Fleck; Flügel sehr kurz (1.5 mm); Beine von normaler Länge, Vorder- coxae bräunlich, weitere grau, Femora basal gelblich, nach distal zunehmend dunkler wer- dend, Tibiae und Tarsenglieder dunkelbraun bis schwarz; Tarsalklauen ohne Mittelzahn; Schwinger mit dunkelbraunem Stiel und schwarzem Knopf. Hinterleib an der Basis hell- braun, hintere Hälfte silbergrau bereift und mit deutlichen Rücken- und Seitenstreifen; Hypo- pyg mit Vorsprung des 9. Tergits ziemlich schmalbasig; od birnförmig; id-Vorderende ähnlich wie bei frater, mit einem verkürzten Kamm in der Vorderhälfte, an der Außenseite ein Kissen kurzer weißer Haare, an der Innen- seite mit langen Haaren; zd-Hinterende kap- penförmig mit bedorntem Vorsprung, an der Außenseite mit einem deutlichen Dorn, an der Innenseite mit einigen verstreut stehenden sen- sorischen Poren. Das zugehörige Weibchen gleicht in fast allen eidonomischen Merkmalen dem Männchen, die Fühler sind aber kürzer und reichen zurück- geschlagen kaum bis zur Flügelbasis, die Beine sind deutlich verkürzt und die Augen sind unter dem Kopf breit getrennt, Trennung etwa vier- mal so breit wie das erste Fühlerglied. Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib: d 10 mm, ? 12 mm; Flügellänge: d und 2 1.5 mm. Verbreitung: Athiopien, nur Baale Berge. Biologie: Die Art wurde Anfang April ın 3600—3800 m Seehöhe gesammelt. Bemerkung: Die kurzflügeligen Männchen mit unterentwickeltem Thorax, aber mit nor- mallangen statt verkürzten Beinen, sehen aus wie die kurzflügeligen Männchen, die von ex- mecacera und flagellicurta bekannt wurden. Diese beide Arten sind in niedriger gelegenen Fundorten normalflügelig. Es ist nicht aus- zuschließen, ja sogar wahrscheinlich, daß auch bei hollanderi in niedriger gelegenen Lokalı- täten normalflügelige Männchen vorkommen. (bungarica Lackschewitz, 1930) = oleracea X orientalis? Literatur: Mannheims, 1952; Simova, 1977 (Fig. 68 d, e, f, unter orientalıs). _ Typus-Lokalitàt: Weiden, Osterreich. Lektotypus d: Mannheims, 1950). Bemerkung: 7. hungarica wurde von Lack- Burgenland, Im Museum Wien (des. THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 45 schewitz (1930) und Mannheims (1952) deutlich beschrieben und abgebildet. Sie ist den beiden einander nächstverwandten Arten oleracea (westmediterran) und orientalis (ostmediterran) sehr änhlich und bis heute nur von einzelnen Exemplaren bekannt geworden. Diese wurden im Norden der Balkanhalbinsel (Österreich, Ungarn und Jugoslawien), im Gebiet, wo beide Vergleichsarten zusammen vorkommen, gesam- melt. Es ist wahrscheinlich, daß die hungarica- Exemplare Hybriden von oleracea X orientalis sind. Es gibt ja auch Hybriden zwischen den mitteleuropäischen Arten oleracea, paludosa und subcunctans (Den Hollander, 1975b, 1975c und die dort erwähnte Literatur). italica Lackschewitz, 1930 Literatur: Mannheims, 1952; Sımova, 1977 (Fig. 68b unter orientalis); Valy, 1982 (unter mediterranea). Typus-Lokalitàt: 7. italica wurde beschrie- ben nach Exemplaren von Illyria, Ronchi bei Görz und von Italien, Forli, Pineta di Ravenna. Typen: Im Museum Wien. Bis heute ist kein Lektotypus designiert worden. Bemerkung: Nach Lackschewitz (1930) ist der Haken des id am Ende kolbenförmig an- geschwollen und hat der zd-Hinterteil am hinte- ren Rande einen kräftigen braunen Zahn. Nach Mannheims (1950, 1952) ist der Haken nicht immer kolbenförmig angeschwollen. Nach dem Material unserer Sammlung kommt die typische italica mit keulenf6rmig verdicktem Ende des Hakens und mit kräftigem Zahn auf dem :d- Hinterteil nur auf dem italienischen Festland | vor. Bei Exemplaren von der Balkanhalbinsel ist der Haken schlank, ohne keulenförmige Ver- dickung und mit am Ende einer ganz feinen Spitze, und der Zahn des :d-Hinterteils ist meist weniger deutlich. Auf Sardinien sieht die Art aus wie auf der Balkanhalbinsel. Auf Korsika varııert sie: der Zahn ist meist wohl deutlich, aber der Haken ist manchmal schlank, manch- mal ein wenig verdickt, aber niemals zo stark verdickt wie bei Material vom Festland (ich sah aber nur vier ó). Vielleicht gibt es auf Korsika eine Mischpopulation. Der id der Balkanform wurde von Simova (1977) als der einer Varietat von orientalis (Fig. 68b) und von Valy (1982) unter mediterranea abgebildet. Die typische Form hat Lackschewitz (1930) eindeutig be- schrieben. Im Gegensatz zu allen weiteren Ar- ten dieser Untergattung haben die beiden For- men von italica die kegelförmigen Auswüchse auf den sensorischen Poren (sensilla basiconica) dunkelgefärbt statt glashell. Die beiden Formen sind geographisch iso- liert, obwohl im Norden von Jugoslawien (und auf Korsika?) eine Hybridisationszone zu er- warten wäre. Sie sind deshalb als Unterarten aufzufassen. Die typische Unterart mit kol- benförmigem angeschwollenem Haken und kräftigem Zahn am id-Hinterteil wurde von Lackschewitz (1930) aus Italien beschrieben. Die Unterart von der Balkanhalbinsel und von Sardinien nenne ich italica errans nov. subspec., weil sie schon mehrmals zu Irrtümern Anlaß gegeben hat. Sie hat einen schlanken Haken und einen weniger kräftigen Zahn am id-Hinterteil. Holotypus d: Ellas, Lésvos, 10 km Z.O. v. Kalloni, bedding v.d. Krionéri, 10.XI.1973, A. C. & W. N. Ellis leg. Paratypen: 38 d und 25 2 vom selben Fun- dort; 14 d, 2 2 Sardegna, Tempio Pausania 30.IX-6.X.1957, C. A. W. Jeekel leg. Typen im Zoologischen Museum, Amster- dam. (jonesi Alexander, 1920 (Leptotarsus)) Literatur: Hutson, 1980. Bemerkung: Alexander, 1920a, verzeichnet bei der Beschreibung von Tipula mosambicensis nov. spec. Unterschiedsmerkmale gegenüber ei- ner noch unbeschriebenen Tipula jonesi von Natal. Die Unterschiede sind deutlich, weshalb es eine Tipula jonesi Alexander, 1920, gibt mit Typus-Lokalitàt Natal. Diese Art wurde weiter in der Literatur nicht mehr erwahnt. Im Dipte- renkatalog des afrotropischen Gebietes führt Hutson (1980) sie in der Untergattung Tipula. Im Jahre 1921 beschrieb Alexander Habromas- tix jonesi nov. spec. von Südafrika, M’fongosi, Zululand. Dieser Fundort liegt in Natal. Wenn wir die Beschreibung von 1921 vergleichen mit den Bemerkungen von 1920 wird klar, daß die erst als Tipula jonesi verzeichnete Art im Jahre 1921 als Habromastix jonesi (jetzt Leptotarsus (Longurio) jonesi) beschrieben worden ist, lei- der ohne Hinweis auf die Veröffentlichung von 1920. Im afrotropischen Katalog erscheint sie jetzt unter Leptotarsus und unter Tipula aut. Sie ist unter Tipula zu streichen. kleinschmidti Mannheims, 1950 Literatur: Mannheims, 1952. Typus-Lokalität: Cercedilla, Spanien. Holotypus d: Im Instituto Espanol de Ento- mologia, Madrid. 46 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 Abb. 8. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) lobeliae (a—e wie Abb. 1). Bemerkung: Mannheims (1950) gibt eine deutliche Beschreibung und eine Abbildung des id. Die Abbildung des Adminiculum ist unge- nügend, weil die Gonapophysen nicht gezeich- net sind. Diese Art ist nur von der iberischen Halbinsel bekannt. lobeliae Alexander, 1956a (Abb. 8) Literatur: Den Hollander, 1975a; Theowald, 19774; Typus-Lokalitàt: Mount Elgon, Kenya. Holotypus d: Im British Museum (Natural History). Männchen. — Kopf oben grau, hinten braun; Augen unter dem Kopf ziemlich breit getrennt, Trennung etwa dreimal so breit wie das erste Fühlerglied; Rostrum braun mit deutlichem Nasus; Palpen braun, Endglied fast schwarz; Fühler 13-gliedrig, zurückgeschlagen kaum bis zur Flügelbasis reichend, basal gelb, gegen Ende zunehmend dunkler werdend, die Basıs der Glieder etwas verdickt; die längsten Wirtelhaare etwa so lang wie das zugehörige Glied. Thorax hellbraun, Pleuren und Scutum silbergrau be- reift, Mesonotum mit vier dunkelbraunen, zu- mal an der hellbraunen Mittellinie entlang, dun- kelgerandeten Längsstreifen; Beine dunkel- braun und am Ende fast schwarz; Tarsalklauen ohne Mittelzahn; Flügel fast glashell, nur die Costalzelle ein wenig verdunkelt und entlang cu und m-cu ein breiter Schattensaum; Squama mit meist zwei winzigen Borsten; Schwinger mit hellbraunem Stiel und schwarzem Knopf. Hin- terleib ein wenig dunkler als der Thorax, mit deutlichen schwarzen Rücken- und weniger deutlichen Seitenstreifen; Hypopyg mit Vor- sprung des 9. Tergits ziemlich schmalbasig, od birnförmig, id-Vorderteil mit Kamm, an der Außenseite mit einem Kissen feiner kurzer Haare, an der Innenseite mit langen Haaren, id- Hinterteil spitz kappenförmig, an der Vorder- seite deutlich beborstet (die Borsten stehen nicht auf einem Vorsprung, wohl aber auf einem kleinen Hügel), an der Außenseite ohne Dorn, an der Innenseite mit verstreut stehenden senso- rischen Poren. Das zugehörige Weibchen ist in allen eidono- mischen Merkmalen dem Männchen ähnlich, hat aber kürzere Beine und ist kurzflügelig. Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib: d 11—14 mm, ¢ 16 mm; Flügellänge: d 14—18 mm, 2 1.5.00. Verbreitung: Kenya, Uganda (nur Mount El- gon). Biologie: Diese Art wurde Ende Dezember und im Februar auf alpinen Wiesen in 3000— 4400 m Seehöhe gesammelt. Die in Höhen von über 3500 m gesammelten ¢ sind kurzflügelig wie die Weibchen. Wie bei den kurzflügeligen | Männchen von eumecacera und flagellicurta ist | der Thorax unterentwickelt, nach Alexander ! (1956a) sind — im Gegensatz zu den Ver- | gleichsarten — die Beine verkürzt. Als Holoty- | pus hat Alexander ein kurzflügeliges Männchen, | THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 47 gesammelt in 13.500 ft (4400 m) Seehöhe, desig- niert. loeffleri nov. spec. (Abb. 9) Tipula (Tipula) loefflerı nov. spec. : Holotypus ¢ und drei Paratypen d: Athio- pien, Baale Berge, Nordabfall Mt. Batu, 3600— 3800 m, 2.IV.1976, Löffler leg.; im Zoologi- schen Museum Amsterdam. Mannchen. — Kopf oben und hinten grau; Augen unter dem Kopf ziemlich breit getrennt, Trennung etwa zweimal so breit wie das ziem- lich dicke Fuhlerbasalglied; Rostrum braun mit deutlichem Nasus; Palpen dunkelbraun; Fühler 13-gliedrig, zurückgeschlagen fast bis zur Flügelbasis reichend, Basalglieder gelblich bis braun, Geißelglieder dunkelbraun bis schwarz, Wirtelhaare kurz, dıe längsten kaum halb so lang wie das zugehörige Glied. Thorax hellgrau bereift; die Längsstreifen des Mesonotum kaum sichtbar, nur undeutliche Reste des Innenrandes der Mittelstreifen; Coxae hellgrau bereift, Beine braun, Femur- und Tibia-Ende ein wenig dun- kler; Tarsalklauen ohne Mittelzahn; Flügel fast glashell, nur die Costalzelle bräunlich und cu und m-cu mit Schattensaum; Squamabehaarung undeutlich, meist nur zwei winzige Borsten; Stiel und Knopf der Schwinger hellbraun. Hin- terleib braun mit Bereifung, Rücken/Seiten- striemen kaum sichtbar, Hinter- und Seitenrän- der der Tergite ein wenig aufgehellt; Vorsprung d des 9. Tergits schmalbasig; od-Oberrand abge- stutzt; zd-Vorderteil mit deutlichem Kamm, an der Außenseite mit einem Kissen kurzer weißer Haare, an der Innenseite lang behaart; id-Hin- terteil kappenförmig mit bedorntem Vorsprung, an der Außenseite ohne Dorn, an der Innenseite mit einer scharf begrenzten Gruppe sensori- schen Poren. Das Weibchen ist unbekannt. Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib: d 10—11 mm, Flügellänge: d 13—16 mm. Verbreitung: Nur Athiopien (Baale Berge). Biologie: Diese Art wurde zusammen mit den kurzflügeligen Männchen und Weibchen von hollanderi gesammelt, und zwar auf alpinen Wiesen ın 3600—3800 m Seehöhe. Name: Diese Art wurde dem Sammler, Herrn Univ.-Prof. Dr. H. Löffler, gewidmet. lourensi Den Hollander, 1975a (Abb. 10) Literatur: Riedel, 1914 (unter strigata p.p.); Theowald, 1977a. Typus-Lokalität: Tanzania, Umgebung Bismarckhütte. Holotypus d: Im Zoologischen Museum Amsterdam. Männchen. — Kopf oben und hinten grau; Augen unter dem Kopf ziemlich breit getrennt, Trennung zweimal so breit wie das erste Füh- lerglied; Rostrum orangebraun mit deutlichem Nasus; Palpen dunkelbraun; Fühler 13-gliedrig, Kilimandjaro, Abb. 9. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) loeffleri (a—e wie Abb. 1). 48 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 Abb. 10. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) lourensi (a—e wie Abb. 1). zurückgeschlagen etwa bis zur Flügelbasıs rei- chend, Basalglieder und Basalhälfte des ersten Geißelgliedes gelblich, weitere Geißelglieder schwarzbraun, die längsten Wirtelhaare fast so lang wie das zugehörige Glied. Thorax orange- gelb; Mesonotum mit vier graubraunen dunkel- gerandeten Langsstreifen; Coxae orangegelb, Beine gelblichbraun mit Femur- und Tibiaende und Tarsengliedern verdunkelt; Tarsalklauen ohne Mittelzahn; Flügel gelblich, Costalzelle nur wenig dunkler, Stigmenfleck dunkelbraun, cu und m-cu mit Schattensaum; Squama mit drei bis vier kurzen Borsten; Schwingerstiel gelblich, Knopf verdunkelt. Erstes Hinterleibs- segment orangegelb wıe der Thorax, weitere Segmente grauschwarz mit hellgrauem Schim- mer und samtschwarzen Seitenstriemen; Vor- sprung des 9. Tergits breitbasig; od schmal birnförmig; zd-Vorderteil ohne Kamm, an der Außenseite ohne Haarkissen, an der Innenseite lang behaart; zd-Hinterteil oben zangenförmig, an der Außenseite mit Dorn, an der Innenseite mit einigen verstreut stehenden sensorischen Poren. Das Weibchen ist unbekannt. Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib: d 13—16 mm, Flügellänge: ¢ 19—22 mm. Verbreitung: Tanzania, Kilimandjaro, nur Umgebung Bismarckhütte. Biologie: Alluaud sammelte diese Species am 3.1V.1912 auf alpinen Wiesen in der Umgebung © der Bismarckhütte in 2740 m Seehöhe. Auch Lourens sammelte sie dort (8-9.111.1971 in 2800—3100 m). Sie fliegt dort zusammen mit den ın vielen Merkmalen ähnlichen, aber doch deutlich verschiedenen Arten eumecacera und flagellicurta. (mashona Alexander, 1920d) = soror subsp. mashona Alexander (stat. nov.) Literatur: Alexander, 1964. Typus-Lokalitàt: Salisbury, (Zimbabwe). | Holotypus ¢: Im British Museum (Natural History). Bemerkung: Vom Typus-Exemplar sind nur | noch erhalten: Thorax, Abdomen mit Hypo- pyg, ein Flügel, Femur, Tibia und erstes Tar- senglied eines Beines. Aufgrund dieser Reste ist | mashona entweder identisch mit soror (Kap- | stadt und Umgebung: 13 Fühlerglieder) oder mit bevisiana (Gebiet der Drakensberge: 14 Mashonaland | THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 49 Fühlerglieder). Aus der Sammlung Alexander sah ich aber noch zwei weitere Exemplare von der Typus-Lokalität (1 d und 1 2). Beide haben 14 Fühlerglieder wie bevisiana. Deshalb stelle ich bevisiana Alexander, 1956, als jüngeres Sy- nonym zu mashona Alexander, 1920. T. masho- na und soror gleichen einander weitgehendst, der einzige deutliche und konstante Unter- schied besteht in der Anzahl der Fühlerglieder. Deshalb führe ich mashona als Unterart von so- ror. Verbreitung: Das Gebiet der Drakensberge (Osten der Cape Province, Natal, Transvaal, Lesotho) und Zimbabwe (nur Salisbury). Biologie: Diese Species wurden von Januar bis April und von September bis November in 1000—2600 m Seehöhe gesammelt. mediterranea Lackschewitz, 1930 Literatur: Mannheims, 1952; Väly, 1982 (= italica). Typus-Lokalität: Die Art wurde beschrieben nach Exemplaren von Österreich, Sizilien und Tenerife (Kanarische Inseln). Typen: Im Museum Wien. Bis heute ist kein Lektotypus designiert worden. Bemerkung: Diese Art wurde von Lacksche- witz (1930) und Mannheims (1952) deutlich be- schrieben und abgebildet. Sie hat ihre Haupt- verbreitung im westmediterranen Gebiet. Irrtümlicherweise ist sie in Savtshenko (1961) (Fig. 276) unter paludosa statt unter mediterra- nea abgebildet. (microcephala Bigot, 1858 (Lecteria)) (comb. nov.) Literatur: Hutson, 1980. Bemerkung: Diese Art wurde beschrieben nach einem © von Gabon. Die Fühler des Ty- pus-Exemplares waren abgebrochen. Bigot war sich nicht sicher, ob sie in die Gattung Tipula gehôrte. Hutson (1980) führt sie im afrotropi- schen Katalog in dieser Untergattung. Die Un- tergattung Zipula ist nur bekannt von Ost- und Sudafrika und nicht von Gabon in Westafrika. Die Beschreibung paßt auch nicht für eine Tipu- la, wohl aber für die vom dortigen Gebiet be- kannte Limoniide Lecteria africana nigrilinea Alexander. Wahrscheinlich hat Bigot diese oder eine dieser nächstverwandte Art vorgelegen. Ich konnte das Typus-Exemplar nicht auffinden. Je- denfalls ist microcephala im afrotropischen Ka- talog unter Tipula zu streichen. (niligena Jaennicke, 1867) = bicolor Loew, 1866 (syn. nov.) Literatur: Bezzi, 1905. _ Typus-Lokalität: Simen (Athiopien). Holotypus d: Im Museum Senckenberg, Frankfurt/Main. Bemerkung: Nach der Beschreibung und nach Vergleich der Typen ist niligena ein jün- gers Synonym von bicolor. oleracea Linnaeus, 1758 Literatur: Lackschewitz, 1930; Mannheims, 1952. Typus-Lokalität: Kochem/Mosel (Deutsch- land). Neotypus d: Im Zoologischen Museum Alexander Koenig, Bonn. Bemerkung: Durch I.C.Z.N., Opinion 1160 (1980) wurde der Name festgelegt und ein Neo- typus angewiesen. Die Art wurde von Lack- schewitz (1930) und Mannheims (1952) deutlich beschrieben und abgebildet. Sie hat ihre Haupt- verbreitung in West- und Mitteleuropa. Ihre Verbreitung auf der Balkanhalbinsel ist unklar. orientalis Lackschewitz, 1930 Literatur: Mannheims, 1952; Sımova, 1977 (p.p. orientalıs (Fig. 68a), p.p. italica (Fig. 68b), p.p. hungarica (Fig. 68 d.e.f.)); Den Hollander, 1975a (unter plumbea: Insel Dilos). Typus-Lokalitat: 7. orientalis wurde be- schrieben nach Exemplaren von Kärnten, Bur- genland, Illyrıa, Cypern, Dobrudscha, Dalma- tien, Albanien, Korfu, Toscana, Apulia, Corsi- ca, Transkaspien und Agypten. Typen: Im Museum Wien. Bis heute ist kein Lektotypus designiert worden. Bemerkung: Diese Art wurde von Lacksche- witz (1930) und Mannheims (1952) deutlich be- schrieben und abgebildet. Sie hat eine weite Verbreitung im ostmediterranen Gebiet. paludosa Meigen, 1830 Literatur: Lackschewitz, 1930; Mannheims, 1952. Typus-Lokalität: Hamburg (Deutschland). Holotypus 2: Im Museum Paris (Sammlung Meigen) (vid. Mannheims, 1951). Bemerkung: Durch 1.C.Z.N. Opinion 1160 (1980) ıst der Name fimbriata Meigen, 1818, zugunsten von paludosa Meigen, 1830, un- terdrückt worden. Diese Art wurde von Lack- schewitz (1930) und Mannheims (1952) deutlich 50 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 beschrieben und abgebildet. Sie hat ihre Haupt- verbreitung in West- und Mitteleuropa. Irrtüm- licherweise ist sie in Savtshenko, 1961 (Fig. 272) unter mediterranea statt unter paludosa abgebil- det. plumbea Fabricius, 1781 Literatur: Den Hollander, 1975a; Loi, 1964 (unter venturi). Typus-Lokalitàt: Musei, Sardinien. Neotypus d : Im Zoologischen Museum Am- sterdam. Bemerkung: Diese Art wurde von Den Hol- lander (1975a) und Loi (1964) deutlich beschrie- ben und abgebildet. Sie ist nur von einigen Fundorten in Italien und Südfrankreich be- kannt. Das Exemplar von Griechenland (Kikla- des) Dilos in Den Hollander (1975a) ist nicht plumbea sondern orientalis. (rothschildi Alexander, 1920b (Savtshenkia)) (comb. nov.) Literatur: Alexander, 1978. h Typus-Lokalität: Addis Abeba (Athiopien). Holotypus ©: Im Museum National d’His- toire Naturelle, Parıs. Bemerkung: Das Typus-Exemplar ist in Al- kohol konserviert und ziemlich stark be- schädigt. Es fehlen die Geißeln, eine der Palpen, die Knöpfe der Schwinger und der linke Flügel- stummel. Von den Beinen sind nur Femur und Tibia eines Mittelbeines vorhanden. In der Sammlung Alexander findet sich noch ein Präparat auf Glas mit dem rechten Flügelstum- mel und einem Hinterbein. Zu den von Alexan- der erwähnten füge ich noch nachfolgende wichtige Merkmale hinzu: Kopf oben und hin- ten hellgrau, oben mit feinem schwarzem Mit- telstrich; Rostrum kurz, ohne Nasus; Augen unter dem Kopf zweimal so breit getrennt wie die Breite des ersten Fühlergliedes; das vierte Palpenglied ist zweimal so lang wie das dritte. Hinterleib mit deutlichen Mittel- und Seiten- streifen; Ovipositor mit sehr schlanken Cercı. Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib etwa 10 mm. Mesonotum (nach Trocknen) mit drie hellbrau- nen Längsstreifen auf hellgrauem Untergrund, der mittlere breit aber undeutlich (vielleicht sind es zwei nah aneinander liegende Streifen); diese Längsstreifen sind nicht dunkelgerandet; Tibia des Mittelbeines mit zwei Dornen. Nach der Gesamtheit der Merkmale ist dieses kleine kurzflügelige Weibchen eine Tipulide und keine Limoniide. Von den afrotropischen Gattungen kommt nur die Gattung 7ipula in Betracht. Es gehört aber sicher nicht in die Un- d Abb. 11. Hypopyg von Tipula (Yamatotipula) setosipennis (a—e wie Abb. 1). THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 51 tergattung Tipula, sondern in die Untergattung Savtshenkia. Bis heute sind vom afrotropischen Gebiet keine Savtshenkia-Arten genannt wor- den. Die Beschreibungen und Abbildungen der vom afrotropischen Gebiet erwähnten Ptere- lachsis-Arten deuten aber darauf hin, daß sie alle in die neulich aufgestellte Untergattung Savt- shenkia gehören. Letztgenannte Untergattung (und nicht Pterelachisus) kommt damit ım gan- zen ost- und südafrikanischen Gebiet vor. Sie war bis jetzt von Athiopien unbekannt, dürfte dort aber sicher auch in mehreren Arten vor- kommen. (setosipennis Alexander, 1920c (Yamatotipula) (comb. nov.)) (Abb. 11) Literatur: Alexander, 1921a, 1956b, 1957, 1964. Typus-Lokalität: Pretoria, Transvaal. Holotypus ¢: Im United States National Museum, Washington (Sammlung Alexander). Bemerkung: Nach Alexander (1956b) ist sie eine stark abweichende Art der oleracea-Grup- pe. In nachfolgenden wichtigen Merkmalen steht sie allen Arten der Untergattung Tipula gegenüber: Rostrum auffallend kurz und Nasus nicht oder kaum entwickelt (statt Rostrum | ziemlich lang mit deutlichem Nasus); Flügel- ader m-cu triffte auf m, (statt auf m, , 4); Flügelader rs ist 2 bis 2,5 mal so lang wie m-cu (statt 1,5 bis 2 mal); Tibialsporne 1-1-2 (statt 1- 2-2); od klein (statt groß und die id ver- deckend); id-Seitenteil (Mannheims: pars 4; Alexander: lower beak) nicht entwickelt (statt stark entwickelt und dunkel gefärbt); id-Haken (Mannheims: pars 1; Alexander: outer arm of outer basal lobe) breit bandförmig, mit vielen kurzen Stacheln und eng an den id-Hinterteil anschließend (statt hakenförmig, nackt und frei); sensorische Poren an der Rückseite des id- Hinterteil (statt an der Innenseite); 9. Sternit breit U-förmig eingeschnitten (statt schmal oder nicht); Adminiculum mit langen, dünnen Gona- pophysen (statt mit kurzen, dicken). Aufgrund dieser vielen wichtigen Unterschiede gegenüber allen Arten der Untergattung Tipula ist es unmöglich, setosipennis ın diese Untergattung aufzunehmen. Sie gehört aufgrund ihrer Merk- male in die Untergattung Yamatotipula, in der sie aber verwandtschaftlich isoliert steht. soror Wiedemann, 1820 (Abb. 12) Literatur: Wiedemann, 1820, 1828; Bergroth, 1888; Lackschewitz, 1930; Alexander, 1917, 1956a, 1956b, 1964; Wood, 1952; Den Hollan- der, 1975a. Abb. 12. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) soror (a—e wie Abb. 1). 52 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 Typus-Lokalität: Prom. bon. spei (Kap der Guten Hoffnung), Südafrika. Holotypus 9: Im Universitetets Zoologiske Museum, Kopenhagen (vid. L. Lyneborg, 1982). Bemerkung: Aufgrund von Beschreibungen und von Material, das Alexander bestimmt hat, konnte ich feststellen, daß Alexander seit etwa 1950 soror und mashona mit frater verwechselt hat. Beide erstgenannten Arten führt er seit da- mals als bevisiana, letztgenannte als soror. Die Fundorte, die er in seiner Südafrika Arbeit (1964) unter bevisiana anführt, gehören zum Teil zu soror, zum Teil zu mashona, die unter soror zum Teil zu soror, zum Teil zu mashona und zum Teil zu frater, die unter frater zum Teil zu frater und zum Teil zu consobrina. Auf- grund dieser Verwirrung kommt Den Hollan- der (1975a) nach Literaturstudien zu der Mei- nung, soror und frater seien identisch. Männchen. — Kopf oben und hinten braun, grau bereift; Rostrum braun mit deutlichem Nasus; Augen unter dem Kopf schmal getrennt, Trennung kaum breiter als das erste Fühler- glied; Palpen braun, Endglied schwarz; Fühler 13-gliedrig, zurückgeschlagen etwa bis zur Flügelbasis reichend, Basalglieder gelb, Geißel gelblichbraun, kaum dunkler als die Basalglie- der, die Geißelglieder an der Basis und am Ende ein wenig verdickt, Wirtelhaare etwa so lang wie die zugehörigen Glieder. Thorax braun, grau bestäubt; Mesonotum mit vier mehr oder weniger deutlichen, dunkelgerandeten Längs- streifen; Coxae und Femora etwa gleich hell- braun wie die Thoraxseiten, Femurende ver- dunkelt, Tibiae und Tarsenglieder dunkler bis schwarz; Tarsalklauen mit Mittelzahn; Flügel mit undeutlichen hellen Längsstreifen, deutli- cher in Zelle R,. Costalzelle und Stigmenfleck verdunkelt; Squamahaare undeutlich; Schwin- gerstiel hellbraun, Knopf ein wenig dunkler. Hinterleib hellbraun mit kaum sichtbaren Rücken- und Seitenstreifen; Mittelfortsatz des 9. Tergits am Ende auffallend geradlinig abge- stutzt; od breit birnförmig; id-Vorderteil mit Kamm, an der Außenseite mit Haarkissen, an der Innenseite mit wenigen langen Haaren; 1d- Hinterteil oben abgerundet, an der Vorderseite mit einem wenig deutlichen Vorsprung, auf dem eine Gruppe von Dornen steht, an der Außen- seite ohne Dorn, an der Innenseite mit einer ziemlich deutlich abgegrenzten Gruppe sensori- scher Poren; id-Haken auffallend kurz und breitbasig. Das Weibchen gleicht in allen eidonomischen Merkmalen dem Männchen, nur sınd die Fühler kaum länger als Kopf und Rostrum zusammen, und die Tarsalklauen ohne Mittelzahn. Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib: d 12—16 mm, 2 14—22 mm; Flügellänge: d 19—21 mm, 2? 19—20 mm. Verbreitung: Nur die weitere Umgebung von Kapstadt; von diesem Gebiet ist bis heute nur eine Art der Untergattung Tipula bekannt ge- worden, weshalb ich das Typus-® nicht überprüft habe. Biologie: Die von Wood (1952) und mir gese- henen Exemplare wurden von August bis No- vember und im Januar und März gesammelt. Die Art fliegt dort von Meereshöhe bis zu etwa 1500 m. Unterarten: Fast identisch mit soror ist mash- ona (Gebiet der Drakensberge und Zimbabwe). Ich fand nur einen konstanten Unterschied: so- ror hat 13 Fühlerglieder, mashona dagegen 14. Deshalb führe ich mashona Alexander als Unterart von soror Wiedemann (siehe unter mashona). speiseriana Alexander, 1930 (Abb. 13) Literatur: Alexander, 1956a; Den Hollander, 1975a; Theowald, 1977a. Typus-Lokalität: Kabara Camp, on south- west Slope of Mt. Mikeno, Kivu, Belgian Congo (jetzt Zaire). Holotypus d: Nach Alexander (1930) in sei- ner Sammlung. Ich sah Präparate auf Glas von drei Paratopotypen. Männchen. — Kopf oben grau, hinten braun; Rostrum braun mit deutlichem Nasus; Augen unter dem Kopf schmal getrennt, Trennung kaum breiter als das erste Fühlerglied; Palpen fast schwarz; Fühler 13-gliedrig, zurückge- schlagen etwa bis zur Flügelwurzel reichend, manchmal aber deutlich kürzer, Basalglieder gelblichbraun, die ersten zwei Geißelglieder zu- nehmend dunkler, weitere Geißelglieder dun- kelbraun bis schwarz, Wirtelhaare etwa so lang wie das zugehörige Glied. Thorax bräunlich; Mesonotum mit vier grauen dunkelbraungeran- deten Längsstreifen; Coxae und Beine braun, Femur- und Tibiaende verdunkelt, Tarsenglie- der fast schwarz; Tarsalklauen ohne Mittel- zahn; Flügel mit kaum sichtbaren Längsstreifen, ın der Zelle R, noch am deutlichsten, Costalzel- le und Stigmenfleck ein wenig dunkler, ein un- deutlicher Schattensaum entlang cu und m-cu; Squama mit etwa sechs kurzen schwarzen Haa- ren; Schwingerstiel- und Knopf geschwärzt. Hinterleib braun mit verdunkelten Rücken- und THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 53 Abb. 13. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) speiseriana (a—e wie Abb. 1). Seitenstreifen, an der Basis des 2. Sternits ein undeutlicher schwarzer Fleck; Vorsprung des 9. Tergits schmalbasig; od breit birnförmig; id- Vorderteil mit Kamm, an der Außenseite ohne Haarkissen, an der Innenseite mit wenigen lan- gen Haaren; :d-Hinterteil kappenförmig mit be- dorntem Vorsprung, an der Innenseite ohne Dorn, an der Außenseite mit einer zıemlich deutlich abgegrenzten Gruppe sensorischer Po- ren. Weibchen: dem Männchen ın fast allen eido- nomischen Merkmalen ähnlich, die Fühler aber sind meistens ein wenig kürzer. Lange von Thorax und Hinterleib: & 15—18 mm, © 19—22 mm; Flügellänge: d 17—21 mm, 2 17—21 mm. Verbreitung: In den Gebirgen östlich und westlich des Viktoria-Sees, wahrscheinlich auch Mt. Elgon (siehe Field notes by Edwards in Alexander, 1956a), bis heute nicht vom Kili- mandjaro bekannt. Biologie: Diese Species wurde in allen Mona- ten von Oktober bis April in den Gebirgen von 1500 bis 3500 m Seehöhe gesammelt. Edwards sammelte in 3500 m Höhe ein kurzflügeliges Weibchen dieser Art (Kenya, Aberdare, Nyeri Track, 10500 ft, X.1934, British Museum). In den verzeichneten Gebieten ist die Art häufig und findet sich wohl in jeder Ausbeute von dort. strigata Loew, 1866 (Abb. 14) Literatur: Riedel, 1914 (ist aber flagellicurta und lourensi); Alexander, 1978 (unter abyssinica Jaennicke). Typus-Lokalıtät: Nubien. Holotypus ¢: Verbleib unbekannt, nach Mit- teilung von Herrn Dr. H. Schuman befindet er sich nicht in der Sammlung Loew, Museum Berlin. Bemerkung: Die Beschreibungen von strigata Loew und abyssinica Jaennicke stimmen fast vollständig überein und sie passen bis in Einzelheiten auf die Exemplare, die Alexander (1978) als abyssinica anführt. Deshalb stelle ıch abyssinica Jaennicke, 1867 als jüngeres Syno- nym zu strigata Loew, 1866 und nehme die von Alexander als abyssinica angeführten Exempla- ren als Basıs der folgenden Beschreibung. 54 TIJDscHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 Abb. 14. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) strigata (a—e wie Abb. 1). Mannchen. — Kopf oben und hinten grau; Augen unter dem Kopf schmal getrennt, Tren- nung etwa zweimal so breit wie das erste Füh- lerglied; Rostrum gelb, an der Oberseite grau; Nasus deutlich; Palpen fast schwarz; Fühler 13- gliedrig, zurückgeschlagen etwa bis zur Flügel- wurzel reichend, das letzte Glied winzig, Ba- salglieder und größter Teil des ersten Geißel- gliedes gelb, weitere Glieder braun, die Wirtel- haare fast so lang wie die zugehörigen Glieder. Thoraxrücken und ein größerer Teil der Tho- raxseiten hellgrau bestäubt, Schildchen gelb- braun, Mesonotum mit drei kaum sichtbaren braunen Längsstreifen, die wohl die Mittellinie und die gemeinsamen Ränder von Mittel- und Seitenstreifen darstellen; Coxae und basale Hälfte der Femora gelb, distale Hälfte der Fe- mora bräunlich, Tibiae und Tarsenglieder braun bis schwarz, Tarsalklauen in der Mitte mit deut- lichem Zahn; Flügel glashell, Vorderrand bräunlich mit dunkelbraunem Stigmenfleck, cu bräunlich gesäumt; Schwinger dunkelbraun. Hinterleib an der Basıs gelb, ab Hinterrand des 3. Segmentes schwarz, die gelbe Basıs mit schmaler schwarzer Rückenstrieme und Teilen von Seitenstriemen, das 2. Sternit an der Basıs mit einem runden schwarzen Fleck. Hypopyg gelbbraun; Vorsprung des 9. Tergits mit schma- ler Basis; zd-Vorderteil mit durchsichtigem Kamm, außen am Unterrand mit einem Kissen kurzer weißer Haare, Innenseite mit einem Saum langer Haare; id-Hinterteil oben kap- penförmig mit bedorntem Vorsprung, an der Außenseite mit einem ziemlich großen dornför- migen Vorsprung, an der Innenseite mit einer scharf abgegrenzten Gruppe sensorischer Po- ren; od birnförmig. Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib 13—15 mm; Flügellänge 16—18 mm. Weibchen: Alexander (1978) kennt “a small number of both sexes” from Addis Abeba, ge- sammelt von Richter und Schäuffele. Die Weib- chen dieser Serie sind aber nicht mehr aufzufin- den. Er kennt auch ein Weibchen, gesammelt von Rothschild in Addis Abeba im Mai 1904. Von diesem Exemplar ist in der Sammlung THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula Alexander (Washington) nur ein Präparat mit einem Flügel und Teilen von zwei Beinen. Für rothschildi, die nach Alexander (1978) vielleicht mit abyssinica (= strigata) ıdentisch ist, siehe unter rothschildi. Verbreitung: Athiopien (Simen, Addis Abe- ba) und Nubien. Biologie: Die Exemplare von Addis Abeba, Ausbeute Richter und Schäuffele, wurden im Dezember in 3020 m Seehöhe gesammelt, das von Rothschild gesammelte Weibchen stammt vom Mai und unbekannter Höhe. Bemerkung: Riedel (1914) verzeichnet striga- ta vom Kilimandjaro und von Britisch-Ost- Afrika. Die Exemplare sind zum Teil im Mu- seum Paris und wurden von mir überprüft. Die Exemplare vom Kilimandjaro sind zum Teil fla- gellicurta, zum Teil lourenst, die von Britisch- Ost-Afrika konnte man im Museum Paris nicht mehr finden. Sie gehören wahrscheinlich zur dort häufig vorkommenden Art speiseriana. subaptera Freeman, 1950 (Abb. 15) Alexander, 1956a; Theowald, Literatur: 1977a. in un Typus-Lokalität: Tanganyika, Kilimandjaro. Holotypus d: Im British Museum (Natural History). Männchen. — Kopf oben und hinten silber- grau bereift; Rostrum braun mit deutlichem Nasus; Augen unter dem Kopf breit getrennt, Trennung mehr als zweimal so breit wie das er- ste Fühlerglied; Palpen dunkelbraun bis schwarz; Fühler lang, zurückgeschlagen fast bis zum Anfang des zweiten Hinterleibssegmentes reichend, 13-gliedrig, die Basalglieder gelblich- braun, Geißelglieder etwas dunkler, die längsten Wirtelhaare etwa halb so lang wie die zugehöri- gen Glieder. Thorax braun; Thoraxrücken dun- kler und silbergrau bereift, die Längsstreifen des Mesonotum kaum sichtbar; Beine nicht oder kaum verkürzt, braun, gegen Ende fast schwarz; Tarsalklauen ohne Mittelzahn; Flügel kaum entwickelt (1.5 mm); Schwingerstiel dun- kelbraun, Knopf schwarz, Hinterleib braungrau mit Silberschimmer und undeutlichen Rücken- und Seitenstreifen, Sternite dunkelbraun; Vor- sprung des 9. Tergits breitbasig; od breit birnförmig; id-Vorderteil ohne Kamm, an der Außenseite mit einem Kissen kurzer weißer Abb. 15. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) subaptera (a—e wie Abb. 1). 56 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 Haare, an der Innenseite lang behaart; :d-Hin- terteil klein, oben zangenförmig, an der Außen- seite mit Dorn, an der Innenseite mit verstreut stehenden sensorischen Poren. Weibchen. — In allen eidonomischen Merk- malen dem Männchen ähnlich, hat aber deutlich verkürzte und kurz behaarte Beine. Ich sah eın Männchen mit Länge von Thorax und Hinter- leib 9 mm und ein Weibchen mit Länge 21 mm. Nach der Originalbeschreibung sind Männchen und Weibchen 11—23 mm lang. Verbreitung: Tanzania, nur Kilimandjaro. Biologie: Diese Art wurde im Oktober an der Westseite des Kilimandjaro (Shira) in 4000— 4750 m Seehöhe gesammelt. Bemerkung: T. subaptera ist in vielen Merk- malen flagellicurta ähnlich. Im Gegensatz zu den kurzflügeligen Männchen der letztgenann- ten Art haben jene von subaptera verkürzte und verdickte Beine. Die Weibchen von flagellicurta haben im Gegensatz zu denen von subaptera spinnenartig behaarte Beine. Beide Arten sind einander deutlich nächstverwandt. subcunctans Alexander, 1921b Literatur: Lackschewitz, 1930 (unter czize- ki); Mannheims, 1952 (unter fusca). Typus-Lokalıtät: Sapporo (Japan). Holotypus 9: Im United States National Museum, Washington (Sammlung Alexander). Bemerkung: Diese Art wurde von Lacksche- witz (1930) und Mannheims (1952) deutlich be- schrieben und abgebildet. Sie hat eine weite Verbreitung im palaearktischen Raum, von Westeuropa bis in Japan. (submendosa Tjeder, 1941) = oleracea Lin- naeus, 1758 Bemerkung: Nach Tjeder, 1941, 1953, soll oleracea Linnaeus identisch mit paludosa Mei- gen sein. Er benannte oleracea sensu aut., nec Linnaeus, submendosa. Nach Überprüfung des Exemplares von oleracea in der Sammlung Lin- naeus (Hutson, Vane-Wright & Cranston, 1976) wurde klar, daß oleracea Linnaeus iden- tisch ist mit subcunctans Alexander. In I.C.Z.N. Opinion 1160 (1980) wurde der Name oleracea Linnaeus festgelegt fur oleracea sens. aut. Damit wurde submendosa ein jüngeres Synonym von oleracea. (venturu Loi, 1964) = plumbea Fabricius, 1781 (syn. nov.) Literatur: Den Hollander, 1975b. Typus-Lokalitat: Toscana, Fucecchio (Ita- lien). Syntypen: 12 Exemplare von der Typus-Lo- kalitat wurden verzeichnet. Sie sind wahr- scheinlich im Instituto di Entomologia agraria della Universita di Pisa. Bemerkung: Diese Art wurde Den Hollander (1975b) bekannt von Sardinien und Südfrank- reich (Var). Er stellte fest, daß diese Art nur identisch sein kônnte mit plumbea Fabricius. venturu Loi, 1964 ist damit ein jüngeres Syno- nym von plumbea Fabricius, 1781. (wollastoni Lackschewitz, 1936) = paludosa Meigen, 1830 Literatur: 1977b. Typus-Lokalitat: Madeira. Holotypus d: Im British Museum (Natural History). 1952; Theowald, Mannheims, zimbabwensis nov. spec. (Abb. 16) Tipula (Tipula) zimbabwensis nov. spec. Literatur: Den Hollander, 1975a (unter bevi- siana). Holotypus & und ein Paratypus d: South Rhodesia, Inyangani Mountains, 13.XI.1963, H. A. W. Paine-Smit leg.; im Zoologischen Mu- seum Amsterdam. Männchen. — Kopf oben grau, hinten braun; Rostrum braun, oben grau, mit deutlichem Na- sus; Augen unter dem Kopf ziemlich breit ge- trennt, Trennung zweimal so breit wie das erste Fühlerglied; Fühler 13- oder 14-gliedrig (beide Basalglieder der einzigen vollständigen Geißel sind zum Teil verwachsen), zurückgeschlagen bis zur Flügelbasis reichend, zwei oder drei ba- sale Glieder gelblich, weitere Glieder dunkel- braun, Wirtelhaare auffallend kurz, kürzer als die halbe Länge der zugehörigen Glieder. Tho- rax braun, Thoraxrücken größtenteils hellgrau bestäubt; Mesonotum mit undeutlichen dunkel- gerandeten Längsstreifen; Coxae und Femora _ bräunlich, Tibiae und Tarsenglieder dunkel- braun bis schwarz; Tarsalklauen ohne Mittel- | zahn; Flügel ein wenig gräulich getrübt, Vor- derrand und Stigmenfleck schwach bräunlich | gefärbt, keine hellen Längsstreifen und auch die Zelle R, nur wenig heller; Squama kaum oder gar nicht beborstet; Schwinger dunkelbraun. ! Hinterleib schwarz mit gelblichweißem Hinter- ! rand der Tergite und Sternite, 9. Tergit und 9. Sternit braun; Vorsprung des 9. Tergits schmal- basig und fast senkrecht abgestutzt; od birnför- | mig; zd-Vorderteil mit Kamm, an der Außensei- ! THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 57 te mit Haarkissen, an der Innenseite mit nur wenigen langen Haaren; :d-Hinterteil oben ab- gerundet, an der Vorderseite ohne Vorsprung, aber mit einer Reihe Borsten, an der Außenseite ohne Dorn, an der Innenseite mit einer deutlich abgegrenzten Gruppe sensorischer Poren; id- Haken normal lang und nicht, wie bei der ähnlı- chen soror, verkürzt. Das Weibchen ist unbekannt. Länge von Thorax und Hinterleib: d 11—12 mm; Flügellänge: 4 13—14 mm. Verbreitung: Bis heute nur von Zimbabwe bekannt. Biologie: Unbekannt. Name: Nach dem Herkunfstlande Zimbabwe (früher Southern Rhodesia). Bemerkung zu den südafrikanischen Arten In dem alphabetischen Verzeichnis kam mehrmals zur Sprache, daß Alexander in seinen Arbeiten die südafrıkanischen Arten verwech- selt hat. Er bearbeitete sie um 1920 und nach etwa 1950. In seiner Sammlung finden sich nur Belegstücke aus der zweiten Periode. Das Mate- rial der ersten Periode ging fast ausnahmslos an die verleihenden Museen zurück. Alexander hat wohl das spätere Material an Hand von Be- schreibungen und ungenügend detaillierten Ab- bildungen bearbeitet und sich deshalb in der In- terpretation der Arten geirrt. Den Hollander (1975a) hat nur Alexanders Beschreibungen be- nutzt und keine Typen studiert. Offenbar kam ihm die Sache nicht ganz geheuer vor. Tabelle 1 gibt einen Überblick über die Interpretation der nunmehr bekannten südafrikanischen Arten durch Alexander (um 1920 und nach 1950) und Den Hollander (1975a). Dieser Überblick wur- de zusammengestellt nach Überprüfung des von ihnen bestimmten Materials. Aufgrund dieses Überblicks sind Beschreibungen, Tabellen und Fundorte in den Arbeiten der genannten Auto- ren wohl besser zu deuten. Bestimmung Sichere Bestimmung der Männchen ist meis- tens nur möglich anhand des Baues des id. Von trockenen Exemplaren läßt sich mit Hilfe einer Nadel leicht ein od entfernen. Der zd ist dann sichtbar. Bestimmung der Weibchen ist schwie- riger und das Ergebnis oft unsicher, vor allem Abb. 16. Hypopyg von Tipula (T.) zimbabwensis (a—e wie Abb. 1). 58 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 weil von etwa einem Drittel der Arten die Weibchen noch unbekannt sind. Nach ihrer Verbreitung sind die Arten in vier Gruppen auf- zuteilen: a. palaearktische Arten Sie sind leicht zu bestimmen anhand der Ab- bildungen von Lackschewitz (1930) oder mit Tabellen und Abbildungen von Mannheims (1952). Für atlantica, italica errans und plumbea siehe unter den alphabethischen Verzeichnis (Seiten 33, 43, 48). Die zugehörigen Arten sind: atlantica Mannheims, 1962 — nur Madeira italica italica Lackschewitz, 1930 — nur Italien italica errans nov. subspec. — Balkanhalbinsel, Sardinien (und Korsika?) kleinschmidti Mannheims, 1950 — iberische Halbinsel mediterranea Lackschewitz, 1930 — ganzes westmediterranes Gebiet oleracea Linnaeus, 1758 — ganzes mediterranes Gebiet und West- und Mitteleuropa orientalis Lackschewitz, 1930 — ostmediterra- nes Gebiet bis Afghanistan im Osten und Agyp- ten und Sudan ım Süden paludosa Meigen, 1830 — West- und Mittel- europa plumbea Fabricius, 1781 — Italien und Süd- frankreich subcunctans Alexander, 1921 — Westeuropa bis Japan b. äthiopische Arten Diese Arten sınd leicht zu bestimmen anhand nunmehr bekannt Alexander, um als 1920, unter 1950, consobrina soror und bevistana mashona bevistana Alexander, nach unter der Abbildungen in dieser Arbeit. Sie sind: bicolor Loew, 1866 — Athiopien (Abb. 1) hollanderi Theowald, 1977 — Baale Berge (Abb. 7) loeffleri nov. spec. — Baale Berge (Abb. 9) strigata Loew, 1866 — Athiopien (Abb. 14) Es ist nicht auszuschließen, daß die haupt- sächlich palaearktische orientalis, die neuerlich auch von Ägypten und Sudan bekannt gewor- den ist, überdies in Athiopien vorkommt. c. Arten aus den Gebieten um den Viktoria-See Die zugehörigen Arten sind: capnioneura Speiser, 1909 — nur Kilimandjaro (Abb. 2) eumecacera Speiser, 1909 — nur Kilimandjaro (Abb. 4) flagellicurta Mannheims, 1958 — nur Kilimand- jaro (Abb. 5) lobeliae Alexander, 1956 — nur Mount Elgon (Abb. 8) lourensi Den Hollander, 1975 — nur Kilimand- jaro (Abb. 10) speiseriana Alexander, 1930 — ganzes Gebiet um den Victoria-See (Abb. 13) subaptera Freeman, 1950 — nur Kilimandjaro (Abb. 15) Für die fünf Arten des Kilimandjaro, die ein- ander im Bau des Hypopygs sehr ähnlich sind, gebe ich nachfolgend einen Bestimmungsschlüs- sel. Die beiden Arten lobeliae und speiseriana, die nicht vom Kilimandjaro bekannt sind, lassen sich leicht bestimmen mit Hilfe der Abbildun- gen. Den Hollander, 1975a, unter bevistana Tabelle 1. Interpretation der südafrikanischen Arten durch Alexander und Den Hollander. U THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 59 Seitenteil — an He Abb. 17. Hypopyg von Tipula (Acutipula) schulteni (a—e wie Abb. 1). 1. id-Vorderteil an der Außenseite mit einem Kissen kurzer, weißer Haare — id-Vorderteil an der Außenseite unbehaart 2. (Wahrscheinlich) nur kurzflügelig vorkom- mende Art mit deutlich verkürzten und verdickten Beinen subaptera — Normalflügelige Art, deren d zwar in etwa 3500 m Seehöhe kurzflügelig sind, in die- sem Falle aber normallange und nor- maldünne Beine haben ....... flagellicurta 3. Fühler zurückgeschlagen kaum bis zur Flügelbasis reichend ............ lourensı — Fühler sehr lang, zurückgeschlagen wenig- stens bis zum vierten Hinterleibssegment EUTIN 4 4. Auffallend kleine Art mit Thorax und dem ersten Hinterleibssegment goldgelb eumecacera e... ne. d. südafrikanische Arten Die zugehörigen Arten sind leicht zu bestim- men anhand der Abbildungen in dieser Arbeit. Von den beiden Unterarten von soror hat s. so- ror 13-gliedrige und s. mashona 14-gliedrige Fühler. Die Arten sind: consobrina nov. spec. — Zimbabwe, Mozambi- que (Abb. 3) frater Alexander, 1921 — Drakensberge, Zim- babwe (Abb. 6) soror soror Wiedemann, 1820 — um Kapstadt (Abb. 12) soror mashona Alexander, 1920 — Drakensber- ge, Zimbabwe (Abb. 12) zimbabwensis nov. spec. — Zimbabwe (Abb. 16) Bestimmung aller unter a—d angeführten Ar- ten ist auch mit Hilfe der im zweiten Abschnitt dieser Arbeit aufgestellten Kladogramme mög- lich. ZUR PHYLOGENIE Monophylie der Untergattung Tipula Die zur Untergattung Tipula gehörenden Ar- ten haben viele Merkmale gemeinsam und wur- den deshalb von Lackschewitz (1930) zusam- men in eine und dieselbe Artengruppe gestellt (oleracea-Gruppe), die seit Edwards (1931) als Untergattung geführt wird. Gemeinsame Merk- male sind: Rostrum etwas linger als Kopf; Na- sus etwa ein Drittel der Lange des Rostrums; Mesonotum mit vier dunkelgerandeten Längs- 60 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 streifen, bei Hochgebirgsarten aber meist durch hellgraue Bestäubung verdeckt; Costalzelle meist dunkler als Rest der Flügel; rs fast zwei- mal so lang wie m-cu; m-cu an der Spaltung von m, und m, oder kurz davor (proximal); m-Äste kurz behaart; Squamae mit zwei bis vier kurzen Borsten; Tibien der Mittelbeine mit zwei deutli- chen Dornen; 9. Tergit und 9. Sternit ringför- mig verwachsen; an den oberen Ecken der Ba- sistyli ein Büschel langer Haare; Hinterrand des 8. Sternits unbehaart und ohne Differenzierun- gen; Hinterrand des 9. Tergits in der Mitte mit einem distal eingeschnittenen und mit kleinen Dornen besetzten Vorsprung; od groß und id vollständig verdeckend; zd aus vier Teilen (Abb. 1, 17) zusammengesetzt: Vorderteil hackmes- serförmig, Seitenteil rinnenförmig, Hinterteil an der Außenseite des Vorderteils und am distalen Ende artcharakteristisch differenziert, Haken fingerförmig mit deutlicher unbehaarter Spitze, sensorische Poren (sensilla basiconica) auf der Innenseite des Hinterteils; Gonapophysen spa- telförmig und etwa so lang wie die Penishülle; Ovipositor mit ziemlich langen, schmalen, stumpf endenden Cercı. Durch diese Kombination von etwa 20, zum Teil plesiomorphen, zum Teil apomorphen Merkmalen ist die Untergattung Tipula gegen- über allen weiteren Untergattungen und Arten- gruppen deutlich abgegrenzt. Unter diesen Merkmalen sind drei auffallende Apomorphien, die sich sonst nirgendwo finden: der fingerför- mige Haken der id endet spitz und unbehaart, statt stumpf und behaart; die sensorischen Po- ren liegen an der Innenseite des id-Hinterteils statt an der Basıs; die oa sind stark vergrößert statt klein und verdecken die id vollständig. Aufgrund dieser drei Synapomorphien müssen die Arten der Untergattung Tipula als eine mo- nophyletische Gruppe betrachtet werden. Die Schwestergruppe der Untergattung Tipula Nach den Merkmalen von Larven, Puppen und Imagines sind die Untergattungen Acutipu- la, Tipula und Yamatotipula einander nächst- verwandt. Savtshenko (1966, 1979) ist der Mei- nung, dafs Tipula von Acutipula abgezweigt hat, nach Alexander (1935, 1965) steht sie vielleicht Yamatotipula näher. Tipula und Yamatotipula zeigen keine Syna- pomorphien, mit denen ein Schwestergruppen- verhältnis eindeutig belegt werden kann. Die Arten beider Untergattungen sehen einander ziemlich ähnlich. Die Merkmale, die sie gemein- sam haben, sind aber zum Teil Plesiomorphien, zum Teil Apomorphien, die auch in weiteren Untergattungen der Gattung Tipula vorkom- men. Die Arten beider Untergattungen haben z.B. den Hinterrand des 8. Sternits undifferen- ziert, eine Plesiomorphie, die sich, wie zu er- warten, auch findet in Artengruppen weiterer Untergattungen. Ein bedornter, am distalen En- de eingeschnittener Vorsprung am Hinterrand des 9. Tergits und dunkelgerandete Längsstrei- fen auf dem Mesonotum sind Apomorphien. Auch sie kommen bei Artengruppen weiterer Untergattungen vor. Unter den ziemlich vielen Merkmalen, die Tipula und Yamatotipula ge- meinsam haben, fand ich keine einzige Apo- morphie, die nur in diesen beiden Untergattun- gen vorkommt. Für die Vermutung Alexanders, daß diese beiden Untergattungen Schwester- gruppen sınd, fand ıch damit keine Evidenz. Aber auch die Auffassung Savtshenkos, daß Tipula und Acutipula Schwestergruppen sind, läßt sich nicht begründen. Acutipula zählt etwa 150 Arten, die zu mehr als 15 Artengruppen gehören. Es ist zweifelhaft, ob es Apomorphien gibt, mit denen die Monophylie von Acutipula eindeutig belegt werden kann, geschweige denn Apomorphien, mit denen das Schwestergrup- penverhaltnis mit Tıpula zu belegen ist. Die Untergattung Acutipula wurde von Alex- ander (1956a) und Savtshenko (1961) ın eine Reihe von Artengruppen unterteilt, die meist charakterisiert sind durch einen ein- oder zweispitzigen, bedornten oder unbedornten Vorsprung am Hinterrand des 9. Tergits und besonders durch den Bau des zd. Bei vielen Ar- tengruppen sind die zd ziemlich einfach gebaut und zeigen nur einen mehr oder weniger kom- plizierten Vorder- und Hinterteil, bei einigen sind sie deutlich aus vier Tielen zusammenge- setzt, und es kommen auch noch ein Seitenteil und ein Haken dazu. Derartig zusammenge- setzte 1d finden sich bei den Arten der euro- paischen maxima- und fulvipennis-Gruppe und bei den afrikanischen Arten der loveridger- Gruppe (Theowald, 1983). Beide erstgenannten Gruppen sind einander nachstverwandt (Ver- moolen, in Vorbereitung). Die /overidgei-Grup- pe dagegen, und wahrscheinlich die ganze zam- besiensis-Gruppe sensu Alexander, 1956a (De Jong, in Vorbereitung), steht der Untergattung Tipula am nachsten. Die id der Arten der loveridgei-Gruppe (schulteni, Abb. 17) und jene der Arten der Un- tergattung Tipula (vergl. z.B. mit bicolor (Abb. 1), soror (Abb. 12) und zimbabwensis (Abb. 16)) sind einander sehr anhlich und zeigen eini- THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 61 ge auffallende Synapomorphien gegenüber den Arten der maxima- und fulvipennis-Gruppe. Der id-Hinterteil ist bei allen Arten der erstge- nannten Gruppe verwachsen mit den drei ande- ren id-Teilen, er ist keulenförmig und am dista- len Ende artcharakteristisch differenziert. Bei den Arten der maxima- und fulvipennis-Gruppe dagegen (Vermoolen, 1983) ist er nicht mit den anderen Teilen verwachsen, mehr oder weniger dornförmig und verzweigt. Der Haken ist bei den Arten der /overidgei-Gruppe und jenen der Untergattung Tipula fingerförmig und ver- wachsen mit dem id-Hinterteil und dem id-Sei- tenteil, bei den Arten der maxima- und der ful- vipennis-Gruppe dagegen ist er niemals mit dem id-Hinterteil und dem :d-Seitenteil verwachsen, sondern breitbasig und fast dreieckig. Aufgrund dieser Synapomorphien stehen einerseits die lo- veridgei-Gruppe und die Untergattung Tipula, andererseits die maxima- und die fulvipennis- Gruppe einander am nächsten. Beide Paare von Gruppen haben vierteilige id; die vier Teile des id in der maxima- und fulvipennis-Gruppe sind aber sicher nicht homolog sondern analog zu je- loveridgei- Gruppe nen der loveridgei-Gruppe und der Untergat- tung Tipula. Aufgrund des Schwestergruppenverhältnisses der loveridgei-Gruppe (Untergattung Acutipu- la) und der Untergattung Tipula kommt es zu taxonomischen Anderungen. Sie werden aber erst veröffentlicht werden, wenn ein eingehen- des Studium über die einander wohl nächstver- wandten Untergattungen Acutipula, Platytipu- la, Tipula und Yamatotipula abgeschlossen ist (De Jong, in Vorbereitung). Die loveridgei-Gruppe zeigt gegenüber der Untergattung 7ipula eine auffallende Autapo- morphie: die Vorsprünge am Hinterrand des 9. Tergits sind — im Gegensatz zu fast allen mehr oder weniger verwandten Artengruppen — un- bedornt statt bedornt. In Kladogramm 1 ist das Verhältnis zwischen beiden Gruppen bildlich dargestellt. Die Apo- morphien sind: 1. :d-Hinterteil verwachsen mit Vorderteil, Seitenteil und Haken, und distal art- charakteristisch differenziert; 2. :d-Haken fin- gerförmig und verwachsen mit Hinter- und Sei- tenteil; 3. id-Haken am Ende zugespitzt; 4. sen- Untergattung Tipula wt ol Kladogramm 1. Das Schwestergruppenverhältnis von Tipula (Tipula). B Apomorphien, O Plesiomorphien. 62 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 sorische Poren an der Innenseite des :d- Hinterteils; 5. od stark vergrößert; 6. Vorsprün- ge am Hinterrand des 9. Tergits unbedornt. Verwandtschaftliche Beziehungen innerhalb der Untergattung Tipula Großeinteilung Eine Reihe von Arten läßt sich aufgrund von fast identischem Bau der id leicht zu Gruppen einander nächstverwandter Arten zusammen- fassen, z.B. oleracea — orientalis; kleinschmidti — mediterranea; soror soror — soror mashona; zimbabwensis — bicolor; flagellicurta — subap- tera — lourensi — eumecacera — capnioneura. Eidonomische Merkmale sind in diesen Grup- pen mosaikartig verstreut und zur Abgrenzung derselben unverwendbar. Deshalb werden sie auch nicht benutzt zur Einreihung von schwie- riger aufzustellenden Arten. Merkmale des Ovi- positors konnten nicht benutzt werden, weil von einem Viertel der Arten die Weibchen noch unbekannt sind. Die Phylogenie konnte deshalb nur mit Hilfe der Merkmale des Hypopygs der Männchen belegt werden. Aufgrund einiger deutlicher Apomorphien sind die Arten der Untergattung Tipula in drei Gruppen einzuteilen: die beiden Unterarten von soror, die afrotropischen Arten excl. soror, und die palaearktischen Arten. Im Gegensatz zu al- len weiteren Arten haben die beiden Unterarten von soror den Haken kurz, kaum länger als die Arten der loveridgei-Gruppe. Alle weiteren Ar- ten haben den Haken stark verlängert, eine deutliche Apomorphie. Die afrotropischen Arten haben ihn, wie so- ror, von der Basis bis zum Ende konisch zuge- spitzt, bei den palaearktischen Arten steht auf der Basıs ein langer Dorn, eine Apomorphie ge- genüber dem konisch zugespitzten Haken (vgl. Abb. 20a—d). Alle afrotropischen Arten, incl. soror, haben die Innenseite des id-Vorderteils deutlich be- haart wie die Arten der loveridgei-Gruppe, bei den palaearktischen Arten dagegen ist sie unbe- haart, eine Apomorphie. Bei primitiven Tipuli- den ist die Innenseite des 1d fast immer behaart. Auch im Bau des zd-Hinterteils gibt es Unter- schiede zwischen den afrotropischen und den palaearktischen Arten (Abb. 18 und 19). T. so- ror, bicolor, zimbabwensis und alle palaearkti- schen Arten haben einen zd-Hinterteil mit kur- zem Stiel, auf dem ziemlich hoch die sensori- schen Poren sitzen, und mit einem mehr oder weniger keulenförmigen distalen Ende. Die drei erstgenannten Arten haben das distale Ende un- Abb. 18. id-Hinterteil, von der Innenseite, der palaearktischen Arten Tipula (T.); a, subcunctans; b, paludosa; c, atlantica; d, mediterranea; e, kleinschmidti; f, italica; g, plumbea; h, orientalis; 1, oleracea. THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 63 afrotropische palaearktische soror soror Arten Arten soror mashona exkl. soror 11 10 ISEE 2.8.8.5 SHE CO 3 | Kladogramm 2. Die Großgruppen innerhalb der Untergattung Tipula. B Apomorphien, O Plesiomorphien. Abb. 19. :d-Hinterteil, von der Innenseite, einiger afrotropischen Arten von Tipula (T.); a, bicolor; b, speiseriana; c, lobeliae; d, capnioneura. 64 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 differenziert und unbedornt. Bei ıhnen stehen sensorische Dornen an der Vorderseite des Stiels. Die palaearktischen Arten dagegen haben das distale Ende differenziert. Bei kleinschmidti und plumbea sitzen sensorische Dornen von der Vorderseite des Stiels bis zum distalen Ende, bei den anderen Arten sitzen sie am differenzierten distalen Ende und an der Vorderseite des Stiels, wo bei kleinschmidti und plumbea sensorische Dornen stehen, sitzen jedoch nur noch einige Haare. Die afrotropischen Arten excl. soror, bi- color und zimbabwensis haben das Ende des id- Hinterteils reduziert (Abb. 19b—d). Der Hin- terteil ist im Vergleich zu den weiteren Teilen des id kürzer (vgl. auch Abb. 1—16). Die senso- rischen Poren liegen bei diesen Arten fast am Ende des id-Hinterteils, bei ihnen ist die Vor- derseite des Stiels mit den sensorischen Dornen stark differenziert. Es zeigen sıch damit deutlich zwei Entwicklungslinien: im afrotropischen Gebiet sehen wir eine Reduktion des distalen Endes des id-Hinterteils und eine starke Diffe- renzierung des sensorischen Feldes an der Vor- derseite des Stiels, im palaearktischen Gebiet dagegen eine auffallende Entwicklung des dista- len Endes des :d-Hinterteils und eine Reduktion des sensorischen Feldes an der Vorderseite des Stiels. Plesiomorph ist der Bau des id-Hinter- teils bei soror, bicolor und zimbabwensis. Apo- morph ist einerseits die Reduktion des distalen Endes und die starke Entwicklung der Vorder- seite des Stiels bei den afrotropischen Arten excl. soror, bicolor und zimbabwensis, anderer- seits die Differenzierung des distalen Endes, wie man sıe von den palaearktischen Arten kennt. Eine weitere Apomorphie der palaearktischen Arten ist das Vorkommen einer Reihe langer Haare vorne am Oberrand des id-Vorderteils. Sie finden sich nicht bei oleracea, bei der der id- Vorderteil fast zu einem Haken reduziert ist. Wir müssen wohl annehmen, daß bei dieser Art die Haare sekundär verloren gegangen sind. Die beiden Unterarten von soror haben viele Merkmale gemeinsam. Ich fand für sie aber kei- g Abb. 20. a—d, :d-Haken von Tipula (T.): a, schulteni; b, soror; c, afrotropische Arten excl. soror; d, palaearkti- | sche Arten; e—h, Verbindung zwischen id-Hinterteil und id-Haken von Tipula (T.): e, oleracea; f, mediterra- \ nea; g, atlantica; h, capnioneura. 65 THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula U9}1W 2U2S1}4109D]0d Diajdogns ISU94N0] D}1n21}}20D], DIgIDIIWNE DINIUOIUdDI 9D1]990]) DUDIJaSIads 119]//90) DI DDIS}S 1J9PUD)JOY J9]D4} DULIGOSU OI SISUIMGDG WIZ J0}091Q LO N "= ve @ 2, 2, 8. mA = an =. Bi EN en EE (Noe co, ON ON PI ES FA] Bi. me 2 a, @ Kladogramm 3. Die afrotropischen Arten von Tipula (Tipula), excl. soror. B Apomorphien, U] Plesiomor- phien. 66 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 AA 0 20 OC Abb. 21. Linker od, von der Aufenseite, der pa- laearktischen Arten (a—i wie Abb. 18). ne einzige Synapomorphie. Alle gemeinsamen Merkmale sind Plesiomorphien. Im Kladogramm 2 sind die angeführten Ver- hältnisse bildlich dargestellt. Die benützten Apomorphien sind: 7. Haken lang statt kurz; 8. Haken endet ın einem Dorn statt konisch; 9. In- nenseite des zd-Vorderteils nackt statt behaart; 10. distales Ende des zd-Hinterteils differenziert statt einfach oder reduziert; 11. Oberrand des id-Vorderteils mit Haarsaum statt mit Kamm oder statt ohne Kamm und ohne Haarsaum. Die afrotropischen Arten excl. soror Im Kladogramm 3 sind diese Arten geordnet aufgrund einer Reihe von Apomorphien. Diese sind: 12. zd-Hinterteil verkürzt (Abb. 19b—d, vgl. auch Abb. 1—16); 13. sensorische Dornen an der Vorderseite des id-Hinterteils sitzen zum Teil auf verdickter Basis (vgl. Abb. 19b—d mit 19a); 14. sensorische Poren an der Innenseite des :d-Hinterteils sitzen verstreut (bei allen Ar- ten weiterer verwandter Artengruppen sitzen sie nah aneinander auf einem abgegrenzten Feld (vgl. Abb. 19c—d mit 19a—b und mit 18));.15. distales Ende des zd-Hinterteils an der Vorder- seite zugespitzt statt kappenförmig (vgl. Abb. 19c—d mit 19b) (diese Apomorphie wird deut- lich, wenn man das Feld mit den sensorischen Borsten auf dem Stiel von soror, bicolor und zimbabwensis betrachtet: dieses Feld ist oben breit und abgerundet; bei Reduktion des dista- len Endes des zd-Hinterteils ergibt sich deshalb eine Kappe (Abb. 19b) und nicht eine schna- belförmige Spitze (Abb. 19c—d)); 16. innerhalb der Kappe ist ein halbmondförmiger Auswuchs, auf dem die sensorischen Borsten sitzen (Abb. 19b); (plesiomorph ist der Zustand bei lobeliae (Abb. 19c)); 17. :d-Hinterteil am distalen Ende zangenförmig (Abb. 19d); 18. zwischen Haken und :d-Hinterteil steht ein abgerundeter, stark behaarter Höcker (Abb. 20h) statt eines kaum auffallenden (Abb. 20e—g); 19. ein kleiner, scharfer Dorn an der Außenseite des zd-Hinter- teils (Abb. 2, 4, 5, 10, 15); 20. :d-Vorderteil ohne Kamm und ohne jegliche Behaarung; 21. der kappenförmige :d-Hinterteil ist an der Außenseite dornartig vergrößert (Abb. 7, 14); 22. Kamm des id-Vorderteils vorne umgeschla- gen (Abb. 7, 14); (kein Artefakt, denn sowohl die zwei Exemplare von hollander: und auch die vier von strigata, die mir bekannt sind, haben diesen vorne umgeschlagenen Kamm). Die palaearktischen Arten Im Kladogramm 4 sind diese Arten geordnet aufgrund einer Reihe von Apomorphien. Diese sind: 23. kissenförmiges sensorisches Feld vorne an der Unterseite des zd-Vorderteils nach hinten verdickt (Abb. 24b, c gegenüber a), hiermit zu- sammen finden sich Differenzierungen am dis- _ talen Ende des :d-Seitenteils (Abb. 23); 24. dis- tales Ende des id-Hinterteils an der Vorderseite abgeplattet, bei allen weiteren Arten, in denen es nicht reduziert ist, ist es abgerundet (Abb. ! 24e gegenüber f); 25. Haken fließend, ohne | Hocker, mit dem zd-Hinterteil verbunden (Abb. | 20e gegenüber f, g, h), bei allen weiteren Arten |. ist die Verbindung eckig oder mit Höcker; 26. | kissenf6rmiges sensorisches Feld liegt nicht an ! THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula Y) E © a rho eG E Bien 5 = 5 = Arne 7) Sk hete ee RS = = | © LL L RO) u c © no O NE D HET ES ade; das © a © U È O J © S i. d = + I 4 L — a 31 ta 30 29 # F 28 à 27 © 26 O a ® 25 = » = 7h 5 a 23 11 10 9 8 Kladogramm 4. Die palaearktischen Arten von Tipula (Tipula). B Apomorphien, O Plesiomorphien. 67 68 TijpscHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 }) N Abb. 22. Distales Ende des linken zd-Seitenteils, von oben, der afrotropischen Arten von Tipula (T.): a, bi- color, lobeliae, soror, zimbabwensis; b, capnioneura, eumecacera; c, lourensi; d, subaptera; e, flagellicurta; f, loeffleri, speiseriana; g, strigata, h, hollanderi, 1, consobrina, j, frater. der Unterseite, sondern an der Aufenseite des id-Vorderteils; 27. id-Seitenteil distal eckig an das sensorische Feld anschließend (Abb. 23h, i und 24b); 28. :d-Hinterteil distal verlingert und nach vorne gebogen (Abb. 18h, 1); 29. :d-Seiten- teil distal pottfischzahnahnlich nach außen ge- bogen (Abb. 23f, g); 30. zd-Hinterteil mit zahnförmigen Auswuchs an der Rückseite (Abb. 18f); 31. kegelförmige Auswüchse auf den sensorischen Poren dunkelgefärbt (bei allen weiteren Arten der Untergattung Tipula sind sie glashell). JAN NN Nicht benutzte Merkmale des Hypopygs Einige, manchmal deutlich sichtbare Merk- male des Hypopygs konnten nicht benutzt wer- den. a. — Adminiculum und Gonapophysen. Sie sind von einfachem Bau und ein wenig nach hinten gebogen, wie in vielen Artengruppen von Acutipula. Zwischen den Arten der Untergat- tung Tipula gibt es keine deutlichen Unterschie- de. Bei den Arten der loveridgei-Gruppe sınd die Gonapophysen ein wenig kürzer und dün- ner. Dieser Unterschied ist aber gering (siehe AAD REE Di | | | | f | g bu. Abb. 23. Distales Ende des linken zd-Seitenteils, von oben, der palaearktischen Arten von Tipula (T.) (a—1 wie Abb. 18). THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 69 auch De Jong, in Vorbereitung). b. — Vorsprung am Hinterrand des 9. Ter- gits. Bei den afrotropischen Arten mit Synapo- morphien 17—20 (Kladogramm 3) sind sie die Basis meist schmaler. Der Unterschied ist aber manchmal undeutlich, weshalb “breitba- sig” als Apomorphie den Synapomorphien 17— 20 nicht angefügt ist. 7. soror und zimbabwensis haben diesen bedornten Vorsprung geradlinig abgestutzt (Abb. 12, 16). Wie das Merkmal breit- oder schmalbasig zeigt sich auch dieses Merkmal nicht immer gleich deutlich und, zu- mal bei aufgeweichten Exemplaren, sind diese Unterschiede manchmal gar nicht mehr zu er- kennen. c. — Od. Sie sehen meist etwas birnförmig deutlich breitbasig, bei den anderen Arten ist aus, sind aber bei mehreren Arten distal verbrei- tert (Abb. 1, 3, 6, 9, 21). Die Verbreiterung kommt nicht immer auf dieselbe Weise zustan- de. Betrachtet man sie als Synapomorphie, dann AN u Se Abb. 24. a—c, distales Ende des linken id-Vorderteils und :d-Seitenteils von oben von Tipula (T.): a, medi- terranea; b, oleracea; c, italica; d—e, distales Ende des id-Hinterteils von Tipula (T.): d, mediterranea von der Seite; e, mediterranea Querschnitt; f, oleracea Querschnitt. werden viele der benutzten Synapomorphien zu Konvergenzerscheinungen. Auch in weiteren Untergattungen finden sich manchmal bei nah- verwandten Arten od von sehr verschiedener Form. d. — /d-Seitenteil. Bei den meisten Arten schließt er eng gegen den id-Vorderteil an, ist vorne mehr oder weniger abgestutzt und hat am distalen Ende an der Aufenseite einen kleinen Vorsprung (Abb. 22, 23). Bei vielen palaearkti- schen Arten ist das sensorische Feld an der Basis des id-Vorderteils nach hinten verdickt, und, damit zusammenhängend, ist das distale Ende des :d-Seitenteils artcharakteristisch differen- ziert (Abb. 24a—c). Die Art und Weise der Dif- ferenzierung konnten bei diesen Arten als Synapomorphien benutzt werden. Bei den afro- tropischen Arten dagegen finden sich nur vier auffallende Differenzierungen (Abb. 22g—)), die sich für das Feststellen von verwandtschaft- lichen Beziehungen unverwendbar erwiesen. e. — Dorn oder Buckel auf dem Stiel des zd- Hinterteils. Bei den palaearktischen Arten itali- ca, mediterranea, oleracea, orientalis und palu- dosa findet sich basal an der Vorderseite des Stiels des zd-Hinterteils ein mehr oder weniger buckelförmiger Dorn (Abb. 18). Bei oleracea und orientalis steht er immer an derselben Stelle und hat eine ähnliche Form, bei den anderen Arten aber nicht. Bei paludosa gibt es aus- nahmsweise Exemplare ohne Buckel, bei medi- terranea finden sich oft in einer und derselben Population Exemplare mit und Exemplare ohne Buckel. Das Vorkommen eines Buckels ist sicher apomorph. Für Kladogramm 4 konnte diese Apomorphie aber nicht benutzt werden. f. — Behaarung der Außenseite des :d-Vor- derteils. Eine Reihe afrotropischer Arten (Abb. 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16) hat eine mehr oder weniger auffallende Behaarung an der Aufen- seite des zd-Vorderteils. Manchmal sind es nur wenige längere Haare, manchmal sind es kür- zere Haare, die dann vielfach kissenförmig zu- sammenstehen. Ein solches Kissen kann vor- kommen am distalen Ende, in der Mitte oder an der Basis des :d-Vorderteils. Die Arten der lo- veridgei-Gruppe haben den :d-Vorderteil an der Außenseite unbehaart, und in der Untergattung Tipula ist eine derartige Behaarung wahrschein- lich eine Apomorphie. Sie wurde für das Fest- stellen von Verwandtschaften in den Klado- grammen 1—3 nicht benutzt, weil der Eindruck besteht, daß eine derartige Behaarung konver- gent bei mehreren Arten auftritt. © a a D 2 C 5 S = oO = <= ” o © i © ” c Le] > [ui = = = D d c = > ® o = = = © © © > De] E à n c D 5 = v < D Ss re A om + o Ss S Q © D 2 = = = > ha — ae Le] Su 5 n = En o o Ss 2 di a = 3 D = dv < = = = 9 E Si < © = = v A Q 3 © ° ~ = = Ss Ò © = a o cS) — v u A N ~ © = <= u 4 x o | d ° c c L o - 0-0 à © e a TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, Kladogramm 5. Zusammenfassende Übersicht. 1984 eumecacera lourensi flagellicurta subaptera kleinschmidti mediterranea atlantica paludosa subcunctans plumbea italica errans italica italica orientalis oleracea O ir) O oo 020 = u 31 30 Od 23 OS. M Eindeutige Synapomorphien, @ Autapomorphien und Hinweise auf Verwandtschaften, O Konvergent vorkommende Apomorphien. Autapomorphien und weitere Hinweise auf Verwandtschaften In den Kladogrammen 1—4 sind keine Auta- pomorphien verzeichnet. Als Synapomorphien sind nur diejenigen benutzt, die eindeutig bei den entsprechenden Arten vorhanden sind oder nicht, und die nicht konvergent auch noch bei einer oder mehreren weiteren Arten vorkom- men. Nicht benutzt sind einerseits die vielfach mosaikartig verstreut vorkommenden eidono- mischen Merkmale, anderseits Merkmale des Hypopygs, die entweder nicht eindeutig sind, oder die konvergent vorkommen. Aufgrund der benutzten Synapomorphien ist die Einteilung in Artengruppen, wie in den Kladogrammen 1—4 durchgeführt, ziemlich sicher richtig. In Kladogramm 5 sind die Kladogramme 1— 4 zusammengefaßt. Außerdem sind Autapo- morphien zugefügt. Aufgrund von in den Kla- dogrammen 1—4 nicht benutzten Merkmalen sind einige Arten zusammengefaßt und einige Artengruppen weiter aufgeteilt. Die dazu be- nutzten Merkmale sind manchmal schwerwie- gende, manchmal schwächere Apomorphien. Sie sind im Kladogramm 5 nicht mit Ziffern sondern mit Buchstaben bezeichnet und werden nachfolgend besprochen. Die beiden Unterarten von soror, die einander fast in allen Merkmalen identisch sind, sind zu- sammengestellt (a). Eine Apomorphie für mas- hona sind die 14-gliedrigen Fühler (b), die wir sonst nur bei paludosa finden. Es gibt keine Hinweise, aufgrund derer wir bicolor und zimbabwensis zusammenfassen können. Die auffallende orangegelbe Farbe von bicolor ist wahrscheinlich plesiomorph. Wir fin- den sie auch bei den Arten der loveridgei-Grup- pe. Autapomorphien für zimbabwensis sind: Tarsalklauen ungezahnt (c) und Augen unter dem Kopf breit getrennt (d). Beide Apomor- phien kommen konvergent auch bei einigen an- deren Arten vor und sind dort im Kladogramm ! THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 71 Karte 2. Verbreitung einiger afrotropischer Arten von Tipula (Tipula): 1, soror soror, 2, soror mashona, 3, zimbabwensis, 4, bicolor. 5 mit denselben Buchstaben bezeichnet. Mit Synapomorphie 16 stehen ım Klado- gramm 3 vier Arten ohne Synapomorphien (consobrina, frater, loefflerı und speiseriana) ge- genüber zwei Arten mit zwei Synapomorphien (hollanderi und strigata). Von diesen 6 Arten sind consobrina und frater zusammenzustellen, weil sie, den id-Hinterteil ausgenommen, einan- der sehr ähnlich sind und beide stark verkürtzte Fühler haben, eine Apomorphie, die sonst in der Untergattung 7ipula nicht vorkommt (e). 7. | consobrina hat nachfolgende Autapomorphie: Kappe des id-Hinterteils und Haken stark ver- größert (f). Von den vier weiteren Arten haben loeffleri, hollanderi und speiseriana die Tarsal- klauen ungezahnt (c), eine Apomorphie, die so verstreut vorkommt, daß man die drei Arten nur auf sie begründet nicht zusammenfassen kann. T. loeffleri, hollanderi und strigata haben alle die Augen unter dem Kopf breit getrennt (d), eine Apomorphie, die viel weniger verstreut vorkommt. Wir finden sie bei der isoliert ste- | henden zimbabwensis, bei allen Arten mit Syna- | pomorphien 14-15, bei den drei plesiomor- phen Arten atlantica, paludosa und subcunctans und bei den Arten mit Synapomorphie 29. Die breite Trennung der Augen unter dem Kopf präsentiert einen schwachen Hinweis darauf, daß die Arten loeffleri, hollanderi und strigata nahe zusammengehören. 7. hollanderi hat die konvergent vorkommende Autapomorphie: Fühler verlängert (g). Die Gruppe mit Synapomorphien 14—15 hat für ihren Zusammenhang noch zwei, allerdings nicht schwerwiegende, weil konvergent vor- kommende, Apomorphien: alle zugehörigen Arten haben die Augen breit getrennt (d) und alle haben die Tarsalklauen ungezahnt (c). Eine Autapomorphie von lobeliae sind die verlänger- ten Fühler (g), wie sie konvergent bei mehreren weiteren Arten vorkommen. Von den Arten mit Synapomorphien 17—20 haben die beiden ein- ander im Bau des Hypopygs fast identischen Arten flagellicurta und subaptera in der basalen Hälfte des id-Vorderteils an der Außenseite an genau derselben Stelle ein Kissen kurzer, weißer Haare (h), wie wir es beı keiner der weiteren Arten der Untergattung Tipula finden, und das Karte 3. Verbreitung einiger afrotropischer Arten von Tipula (Tipula): 5, speiseriana, 6, loeffleri, 7, fra- ter. 72 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 SE Sie SEE. Karte 4. Verbreitung einiger afrotropischer Arten von Tipula (Tipula): 8, consobrina, 9, capnioneura, eumecacera, flagellicurta, lourensi und subaptera, 10, lobeliae, 11, hollanderi, 12, strigata. damit eine schwerwiegende Synapomorphie darstellt (siehe auch den vorigen Paragraph). Sie haben überdies beide die Fühler verlängert (g), was aber konvergent bei mehreren Arten vor- kommt. Die beiden Arten capnioneura und eu- mecacera haben als Synapomorphien: Fühler sehr stark verlängert, fast bis zum Ende des Hinterleibs reichend (t) und einen langen Dorn an der Basis des zd-Hinterteils (1). Eine Autapo- morphie für eumecacera ist ihre Größe (j), diese Species ist viel kleiner als alle anderen Arten der Untergattung Tipula. T. lourensi hat den Dorn an der Außenseite des zd-Hinterteils ähnlich wie flagellicurta und subaptera, d.h. kurz und breit- basig (k), statt lang und schmalbasig wie capnio- neura und eumecacera. Nur mit dieser schwa- chen Begründung wurde lourensi zu beiden vor- hergenannten Arten gestellt. Autapomorph hat diese Art das erste abdominale Segment gleich hell wıe den Thorax und nicht, wıe bei anderen Arten, gleich dunkel wie das übrige Abdomen (1). T. kleinschmidti und mediterranea stehen al- len Arten mit Synapomorphie 23 gegeniber. In eidonomischen Merkmalen sind sie einander nicht sehr ähnlich. Die id beider Arten sind aber, den Hinterteil ausgenommen, fast iden- tisch (m) und deutlich verschieden von den id aller übrigen palaearktischen Arten. Aufgrund dieser Ahnlichkeit sind beide Arten zusammen- gestellt worden. 7. kleinschmidti hat plesio- morph sensorische Dornen an der ganzen Vor- derseite des id-Hinterteils, mediterranea da- gegen hat sie apomorph nur am distalen Ende, wie die meisten palaearktischen Arten. Die drei Arten atlantica, paludosa und sub- cunctans haben nur eine gemeinsame Apomor- phie, die aber in mehreren Gruppen auftritt: die Augen sind unter dem Kopf breit getrennt (d). Jede der drei Arten hat Autapomorphien. 7. at- lantica hat einen etwa fingerförmigen Fortsatz am distalen Ende des id-Hinterteils (n) und Karte 5. Verbreitung von Tipula (T.) kleinschmidti. Karte 6. Verbreitung von Tipula (T.) mediterranea. THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 73 überdies die Tarsalklauen ungezahnt (c). Letzt- genanntes Merkmal kommt in mehreren ande- ren Arten vor. 7. paludosa hat das distale Ende des id-Hinterteils blasenförmig vergrößert (0) und überdies 14 Fühlerglieder (b). Letztgenann- tes Merkmal kommt sonst nur noch bei soror mashona vor. T. subcunctans hat den Stiel des id-Hinterteils verbreitert (p) und die Fühlerba- salglieder schwarz (g). Beide Merkmale kom- men nur bei dieser Art vor. Von den beiden Unterarten von italica ist die typische stärker apomorph; sie hat den zd- Haken am distalen Ende kolbenförmig ge- schwollen (r). T. oleracea ist in höherem Grade apomorph als orientalis: sie hat den id-Vorderteil ha- kenförmig verschmälert und ohne Haarsaum (s). Kladogramm 5 gibt die Zusammenhange zwi- schen Arten und Artengruppen der Untergat- tung Zipula wider, begründet auf meist nicht konvergent vorkommende stärkere und schwächere Synapomorphien. Die in diesem Kladogramm entholtenen, konvergent vorkom- menden Apomorphien kommen alle auch in weiteren Untergattungen und Artengruppen Karte 7. Verbreitung von Tipula (T.) plumbea. der Tipuliden konvergent vor. Die verwandt- schaftlichen Verhältnisse zwischen den Arten und Artengruppen der Untergattung Tipula, wie in Kladogramm 5 dargestellt, sind somit wohl ziemlich gut fundiert. ZUR BIOGEOGRAPHIE Die Arten der Untergattung Tipula finden sich über die gesamte palaearktische und afro- tropische Region (Karte 1). Von den palaearkti- Karte 8. Verbreitung von Tipula (T.) italica italica. schen Arten ist eine (subcunctans) über das gan- ze Gebiet verbreitet, kommen zwei (paludosa und oleracea) im mediterranen Gebiet und überdies im übrigen Europa vor, und sind die meisten rein mediterran. Die afrotropischen Ar- ten sind in ihrer Verbreitung auf die montanen Gebiete Ostafrikas beschränkt, einige von ihnen haben dort sogar alpine Verbreitung. Das Hauptverbreitungsgebied läßt sich, wie folgt, aufteilen: 1. Süden Afrikas: die Gebirge von Kapstadt nach dem Norden bis zum Zambesi; 2. Zentralafrika: die Gebirge um den Viktoria- See; 3. die Gebirge von Athiopien; 4. ostmedi- terranes Gebiet: hauptsächlich Balkanhalbinsel und Italien; 5. westmediterranes Gebiet: haupt- sächlich Iberien und der palaearktische Teil von Nordafrika. Die drei afrotropischen Gebiete sind durch ausgedehnte trockene Steppen und Wüsten von einander getrennt. Jedes hat seine eigene charakteristische Fauna von Arten der Untergattung Tipula, was darauf hinweist, daß für diese Arten Austausch zwischen den ge- nannten Gebieten schwierig ist (Karte 2—4). Auch die beiden europäischen Gebiete haben je- weils ihre charakteristische Tıpula-Fauna, sind aber deutlich weniger stark von einander ge- trennt als die afrotropischen Gebiete (Karte 5— 13). Die Verbreitung mehrerer mediterraner Arten in Italien und auf den mediterranen In- seln ist unklar. Vielleicht sind diese Kultur- schädlinge in diesem alten Kulturgebiet ım Bal- last durch den Menschen verschleppt worden. Die Verbreitung von oleracea ın Finnland (Kar- te 13) ıst nach Mannheims, 1954, 1964. Es ıst kaum vorstellbar, daß er sich in der Bestim- mung geirrt hat. Es ist aber merkwürdig, daß diese Art ın Finnland sehr weit nördlich, ın 74 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 Karte 9. Verbreitung von Tipula (T.) italica errans. Skandinavien dagegen nur ım äußersten Süden vorkommt. Die Verbreitung von subcunctans ın Sibirien (Karte 10) ist unklar, weil dort nur we- nig gesammelt worden ist. Wahrscheinlich ist die Verbreitung dieser Art disjunkt und hat sich das Areal ziemlich rezent in einige Teilareale aufgeteilt. Aufgrund von Kladogramm 5 ıst ein Areo- gramm aufgestellt (Kladogramm 6). In diesem ist statt des Artnamens die Verbreitung ver- zeichnet. Übersichtshalber sind innerhalb der Gruppen die Arten nicht alphabetisch geordnet wie in Kladogramm 5, sondern nach Verbrei- tung: von links nach rechts die Arten aus dem südlichen Afrika, Zentralafrika, Athiopien, dem ostmediterranen Gebiet und dem westmediter- ranen Gebiet. Damit ein Vergleich mit Klado- gramm 5 erleichtert wird, sind die Namen der Arten abgekürzt hinzugefügt. Das Areogramm gibt keinen Anlaß zur Kritik an Kladogramm 5; im Gegenteil, die dort angeführten Verwandt- schaften, die größensteils auf deutliche Apo- Karte 10. Verbreitung von Tipula (T.) subcunctans. morphien, zum Teil aber auch auf schwächere Hinweise begründet sind, finden im Areo- gramm eine biogeographische Bestätigung. Aus dem Areogramm läßt sich die Geschichte der Untergattung Tipula ungefähr ablesen: 1. Durch Apomorphien 3—5 hat sich die Untergattung wahrscheinlich im Süden von Afrıka differenziert, wo wir jetzt noch die pri- mitiven Unterarten von soror finden, und wo auch die Arten der loveridgei-Gruppe heimisch sind. 2. Differenziert durch Apomorphie 7, hat sie sich von Südafrika über Ostafrika bis nach Europa verbreitet. Im südlichen Afrika finden wir noch die primitive zimbabwensis, in Athio- pien die primitive bicolor. In Zentralafrika hat die primitive Art sich durch Apomorphien 12— 13, in Europa durch Apomorphien 8—11 weiter differenziert. 2. Weil die Arten mit eee Karte 11. Verbreitung von Tipula (T.) paludosa. 14—15 alle alpin und jene mit Synapomorphie 16 fast durchwegs montan sind, hat in Zentral- afrıka wohl eine oekologische Differenzierung in eine alpine Art mit Synapomorphien 14—15 und eine montane mit Synapomorphie 16 statt- gefunden. 4. Die alpine Art mit Apomorphien 14—15 hat sich wenigstens über die Gebirge ôstlich des Viktoria-Sees verbreitet, wo jetzt alpine Arten auf Mount Elgon im Norden und am Kiliman- djaro im Süden nachgewiesen und aufgrund dieser Verbreitung wenigstens auch auf Mount Kenia und Aberdare Range zu erwarten sınd. 5. Die montane Art mit Apomorphie 16 hat sich über ganz Ostafrika verbreitet, wo jetzt die einander sehr ähnlichen frater im südlichen Afrika, speiseriana in Zentralafrika und loeffleri THEOWALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 75 in Äthiopien vorkommen. Erst- und letztge- nannte haben sich in ihrer Region jeweils in weitere Arten differenziert. 6. Die europäische Art mit Apomorphien 8—11 hat sich aufgespalten ın eine plesiomor- phe westmediterrane Art und eine wahrschein- lich ostmediterrane mit Apomorphie 23. 7. Die plesiomorphe westmediterrane Art hat sich aufgespalten in die iberische klein- schmidti und in die — aufgrund ihrer Verbrei- tung wahrscheinlich ursprünglich nordafrikani- sche — mediterranea. Letztgenannte hat sich später aber über das ganze westmediterrane Ge- biet verbreitet. 8. Die angenommene ostmediterrane Art mit Apomorphie 23 hat sich wohl wieder in eine plesiomorphe westmediterrane und in eine ost- mediterrane Art mit Apomorphien 24—25 auf- gespalten. 9. Die plesiomorphe westmediterrane Art hat sich erst über ein größeres Gebiet ausgebrei- tet. Dann hat sich das Areal aufgeteilt und in je- dem der Teilgebiete hat die Art sich weiter dif- ferenziert. Jetzt finden sıch drei jeweils hochdif- ferenzierte Arten ohne wesentliche Synapo- morphien: atlantica auf Madeira, paludosa ursprünglich in Iberien und mit einer deutlich nacheiszeitlichen Ausbreitung in Westeuropa, und subcunctans mit Verbreitung von West- europa bis Japan. Die heutige Verbreitung der letztgenannten Art in Westeuropa ist nacheis- zeitlich entstanden. Es fällt auf, daß es von die- ser Gruppe keine Art ın Nordafrika gibt. Lebt dort noch eine unbekannte Art, oder hat palu- dosa vielleicht früher eine weitere Verbreitung gehabt? Karte 12. Verbreitung von Tipula (T.) orientalis (auch Sudan, W. Darfur, Mts. Marra, 13°n.Br./ 24°30'5.L.). 10. Aufgrund rezenter Verbreitung müssen wir annehmen, daf$ die ostmediterrane Art mit Synapomorphien 24—25 sich im ostmediterra- nen Raum aufgespaltet hat in plumbea mit Apo- morphie 29 und orientalis mit Apomorphien 26—28. Die heutige Verbreitung von plumbea und nächsten Verwandten gegenüber orientalis (Karte 7, 8, 9 und 12) läßt vermuten, daf sich damals eine Art der Balkanhalbinsel gegenüber einer kleinasiatischen differenziert hat. 11. T. plumbea hat sich im italo-balkanischen Gebiet in plumbea und italica, und letztgenann- te wiederum in zwei Unterarten aufgespaltet: italica italica in Italien italica errans aut der Bal- kanhalbinsel und auf Korsika und Sardinien. In- Karte 13. Verbreitung von 7ipula (T.) oleracea. nerhalb dieser Gruppe ist plumbea am meisten plesiomorph und diese Art hat heute wohl nur noch Relikt-Verbreitung (Karte 7). 12. T. orientalis hat sich stark ausgebreitet: nach dem Osten bis Afghanistan, nach dem Süden bis Sudan, nach dem Westen bis Iberien. Im letztgenannten Gebiet hat sie sich weiter dif- ferenziert zu oleracea, die sich später bis nach Italien und nacheiszeitlich ùber Westeuropa bis auf die Balkanhalbinsel ausgebreitet hat. Die etwaige Differenzierung der Artengrup- pen und Arten der Untergattung Zipula läßt sich aufgrund des Areogrammes und der ge- nauen Verbreitungsdaten auf Karte 2—13 ganz gut erfassen. Offentsichlich hat es nur einmal ei- ne große Verbreitung von Südafrıka über Ost- afrıka bis nach Europa gegeben (Apomorphie 7). Im afrotropischen Raum hat es später noch einmal eine vergleichbare Verbreitung gegeben (Apomorphie 16). In Europa dagegen hat sıch dreimal eine Art über das ganze mediterrane 76 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 Di : a ce : x > + “ D PA ~ > = © a © ~ : x CA = ES v > © VE: È o a = a EEEN: S [Sn ess s 9 DREI Cp ru ri ke »” E ~ o ° = o ° & = <= © A = ~ a = x a IST © = E ~ > n N n Ò AI = = A o a v o _ 3 (= c 077 : = v = = = ca Kk er Je 2 < Cd a a © 5 ~ 5 o 3 9 = o o ° ° o ~ ~ ~ x = a v = = “ a a < = 5 i o o c oO ic & © tn rma = Tr Ei Sa zu 3 gar = Sie, 8 SR U SM ga SU CNET RTS = =o © = = v = = e= Sn a ; «> © = = OU o rin - um eu a = Ss sE 3 SE XC 2525 SS so Ru Os 22 SE DIA QUES 2 0% OZ 0% © = co = = = = n = O 4 .c £ À 2 9 va = = GE DE = E se o + + = c = = c © On ©) D c= ve v VT v £ 2 Lx = a ee ESE = £ Ss v = ® © o D : © 7 ® sn VE à ve © oO Oo oe + o peg a> DZ US u re] o a a a a « uu & E ‘in SEE ESME = =. 2 SES cen , 2.0 Loro o EB.) = = E + VET alia lS LE D v v © = = c = = cx o © c < = = = =) ee = = un 97 u— n n u > 2 3 = © © © © © © > :2 © = = = = u u n n v sx +? Q Q a n n Oo a N N N N WN N Yo Oo N did cf 4 © © oO. ©, = wx Bnn Bun © O © 30-31 21-22 29 26-28 © O 17-20 24-25 14-15 16 23 12-13 8-11 7 6 955 Areogramm 1. Areogramm basierend auf Kladogramm 5. Gebiet ausgebreitet (Apomorphie 8—11, 23 und 26—28), und einmal fand eine größere Ausbrei- tung ım ostmediterranen Raum statt (Apomor- phie 24, 25), wo eine der Arten (orientalıs), südlich bıs ın das afrotropische Gebiet (Sudan) gelangen konnte. Genaue Datierung dieser Vorgänge ist schwierig, wenn nicht gar unmöglich. Palynolo- gische Untersuchungen haben uns gelehrt, daß es im Pleistozän nicht vier Eiszeiten und Zwischeneiszeiten, sondern eine ganze Reihe kälterer und wärmerer Zeiten gegeben hat. Für an gemäßigtes Klima angepaßte Arten waren die Kaltzeiten wichtig. In diesen Zeiten lebten diese Species zurückgedrängt in südlichen Refugien, wo Artbildung stattfinden konnte. In Klima, das jenem von heute ähnelt, haben sie sich aber wieder über ganz Westeuropa ausgebreitet. Für die an wärmeres Klima angepaßten mediterra- nen Arten waren die Wärmezeiten des Pleisto- zäns wohl von größerer Bedeutung. Erst in sol- chen Zeiten konnten sie sich über größeren Tei- len Europas ausbreiten, womit bei Abkühlung Zurückdrängen in ein west- und ostmediterra- nes Refugium — und damit Artbildung — mög- lich wurde. Heute sind die mediterranen Arten — auch die mediterranen Arten der Untergat- tung Tipula — noch deutlich in ihren Refugien. Es gibt aber Hinweise dafür, daß wenigstens einige mediterrane Tipuliden nacheiszeitlich ei- ne größere Verbreitung gehabt haben. Sie kom- men heute als Relikt noch irgendwo in Mittel- oder Westeuropa vor, z.B. brunneinervis Pierre (Eifel und Ardennen), longidens Strobl (Arden- nen und bei Frankfurt/Oder), pilicauda Pierre (Mittelfrankreich: Puy de Döme), selenitica Wiedemann (Umgebung von Paris), pustulata Pierre (bei Frankfurt/Oder, im Harz und in der Umgebung von Paris). Eine größere Verbrei- tung können diese Arten nacheiszeitlich nur im warmen Atlantıkum gehabt haben (7.500— 5.000 v.h.), als es in Nordwesteuropa die höch- sten nacheiszeitlichen Sommertemperaturen gab (etwa 2° C höher als heute und etwa 18° C Mit- THEowALD: Die Untergattung Tipula 77 telwert). Sommertemperaturen von 18° C— 20°C fanden sich im Pleistozän etwa zehnmal und für deutlich längere Zeiten als während des Atlantıkums. Aufgrund dessen ist anzunehmen, daß mediterrane Arten sich im Pleistozän etwa zehnmal über Europa haben ausbreiten können und damit zusammenhängend etwa zehnmal wieder in Refugien zurückgedrängt wurden. Wir können aber nur fünf solche Vorgänge aus Areogramm 1 ablesen (Apomorphien 8—11, 23, 24-25, 26-28, 30—31). Dies bedeutet, daß Arten der Untergattung Tipula sich wahr- scheinlich wohl etwa zehnmal nach dem Nor- den ausgebreitet haben, aber weniger Male beim Anfang der Kaltzeiten in zwei isolierte Refugien zurückgedrängt wurden. Nicht auszuschließen ist aber, daß sie am Anfang einer Kaltzeit wohl in ein zweites Refugium kamen, sich dort aber nicht haben halten können. Vielleicht macht der Vergleich einer Reihe von Areogrammen medi- terraner Tipulidengruppen den Einfluß der Wärmezeiten des Pleistozäns auf die Verbrei- tung von wärmeliebenden Insekten deutlicher. Obwohl also genaue Datierung unmöglich ist, ist es warscheinlich, daß die Aufspaltung in Arten im palaearktischen Raum in den Kaltzei- ten der zweiten Hälfte des Pleistozäns stattge- funden hat. Die Aufspaltung der afrotropischen Arten mit Synapomorphien 12—13 ist wohl vom gleichem Alter. Das Entstehen der Unter- gattung Tiıpula hat dann wahrscheinlich Anfang Pleistozän oder Ende Tertiär stattgefunden, wie auch Savtshenko (1966, 1979), wenn auch aus ganz anderen Gründen, vermutet. LITERATURVERZEICHNIS Alexander, C. P., 1917. The crane-flies of South Afrı- ca in the South African Museum. — Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 17: 139—182. ——, 1920a. Undescribed crane-flies in the Paris Mu- seum: African species. — Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris 26: 134— 137. — —, 1920b. Undescribed crane-flies in the Paris Mu- seum: African species. — Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. _ nat. Paris 26: 402—406. ——, 1920c. New or little-known Tipulidae. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 5: 53—62. —, 1920d. New or little-known Tipulidae, Ethio- pian Species. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 5: 337— 331. —, 1921a. The Crane-flies of South Africa in the South African Museum. — Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 18: 181—228. ——, 1921b. Undescribed species of japanese crane- flies. — Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 14: 111—134. ——, 1930. The crane-flies, in: Report of the Har- vard-African Expedition upon the African Repu- blic Liberia and the Belgian Congo 2. — Contr. Harv. Inst. trop. Biol. Med. 5: 1004—1021. , 1935. New or little-known Tipulidae from eas- tern Asia. — Philipp. J. Sci. 57: 81—148. , 1956a. Tipulidae. In: Ruwenzori Expedition 1934—35 1, 7: 129—380. London. ——, 1956b. New of little-known Tipulidae in the Durban Museum. — Durban Mus. Novit. 4: 293—327. , 1957. The crane-flies from Southern Rhodesia in the Natal Museum. — Ann. Natal Mus. 14: 131—154. ——, 1960. New or little-known crane-flies from Portuguese East Africa. — Ann. Natal Mus. 15: 1—43. , 1962. Taxonomic studies of crane-flies of New- foundland. — Am. Phil. Soc. Year Book 1962: 267—271. ——, 1964. Diptera (Nematocera) Tipulidae. In: South African Animal Life, Results of the Lund University Expedition in 1950—1951, 10: 229— 441. — Stockholm. , 1965. New subgenera and species of crane-flies from California. — Pacif. Insects 7: 333—386. , 1978. New or little-known African Tipulidae in the Staatlichen Museum für Naturkunde in Stutt- gart. — Stuttg. Beitr. Naturk. (A) 304: 1—9. Bergroth, E., 1888. On some South African Tipulidae. — Ent. Tidskr. 9: 127—141. Bezzi, M., 1905. Ditteri Eritrei. — Bull. Soc. ent. Ital. 37: 195—304. Bigot, J. M. F., 1858. Ordre VII, Diptères. In: Voyage au Gabon. Archs. ent. (Thomson) 2: 346—376. Bloch, M. E., 1776. Beytrag zur Naturgeschichte des Kopals. — Beschäft. Berlin. Ges. naturf. Fr. 2: 91—196. Edwards, F. W., 1931. Some suggestions on the classi- fication of the genus Tipula. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) 8: 73— 82. Fabricius, I. C., 1781. Species Insectorum 2: I—VIII, 1—552. — Hamburg, Kilonii. Freeman, P., 1950. A subapterous species of Tipula from East Africa. — Entomologist 83: 61—63. Hollander, J. den, 1975a. The African species of the subgenus 7ipula. — Beaufortia 23: 131—140. , 1975b. Tipula (Tipula) plumbea Fabricius, 1781: designation of a neotype. — Bull. Zool. Mus. Un. Amsterdam 4: 53—58. —, 1975c. The growth of larvae of Tipula oleracea Linnaeus. — Tijdschr. Ent. 118: 67—82. , 1975d. The phenology and habitat of the species of the subgenus Tipula Linnaeus in the Nether- lands. — Tijdschr. Ent. 118: 83—97. Hutson, A. M., 1980. Tipulidae. In: Crosskey, R. W. (ed.) Catalogue of the Diptera of the Afrotropical Region: 47—91. — London. Hutson, A. M., R. I. Vane-Wright & P. S. Cranston, 1976. Revived proposals for stabilizing names in the Tıpula oleracea species-group. — Bull. zool. Nom. 33: 39—45. 78 TIJpscHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 3, 1984 1.C.Z.N., 1980. Opinion 1160. Tipula oleracea Lin- naeus, 1758 and related species (Insecta, Diptera): stabilisation by the use of the plenary powers. — Bull. zool. Nom. 37: 216—220. —, 1936. New species of Tipula from the Pyrenees and Madeira. — Proc. R. ent. Soc. London (B) 5: 109—112. Jaennicke, F., 1867. Neue exotische Dipteren aus den Museen zu Frankfurt a.M. und Darmstadt. — Abh. senckenb. naturforsch. Ges. 6: 1—99. Jong, H. de, (in Vorbereitung). Studies on the phylo- geny of the subgenera Acutipula Alexander, Platy- tipula Matsumura, Tipula Linnaeus and Yamatoti- pula Matsumura, with special references to the male genitalia. Jong, W. H. de, 1925. Een studie over emelten en hare bestrijding. — Verh. Mededel. Plantenz. Dienst Wageningen 42: 1—108. Kertesz, C., 1902. Catalogus Dipterorum 2. — Gui- lelmus Engelmann, Lipsiae. Lackschewitz, P., 1930. Die oleracea-Gruppe des Ge- nus Tipula. — Konowia 9: 257—278. Jackson, D. M., & R. L. Campbell, 1975. Biology of the European crane fly, Tipula paludosa Meigen, in western Washington. — Wash. St. Univ. Tech. Bull. 81: 1—23. Loew, H., 1866. Beschreibung einiger afrikanischen Diptera nematocera. — Berl. ent. Ztg. 10: 55—62. Loi, G., 1964. Tipula venturu n.sp. — Frustula ent. 7, 2:15. Mannheims, B., 1950. Die Tipula oleracea-Gruppe in Europa, ein Beispiel für Formenkreis-Parallelis- mus. Syllegomena biologica. Festschrift Klein- schmidt: 231—247. — Leipzig, Wittenberg/ Lutherstadt. ——, 1952. Subgenus Zipula. In: Mannheims, B. & Br. Theowald, Tipulidae. — Fliegen palaearkt. Reg. 3, 5, 1: 74—%. ——, 1954. Die Tipuliden Ostfennoskandiens. — Not. Ent. 34: 29—50. ——, 1958. Ostafrikanische Tipuliden. — Stuttg. Beitr. Naturk. 6: 1—12. ——, 1961. Afrikanische Tipuliden. — Stuttg. Beitr. Naturk. 60: 1—6. ——, 1962. Die Tipuliden Madeiras. — Notul. ent. 42: 130—136. ——, 1964. Tipuliden und Limoniiden aus Südwest- Häme (Finnland). — Lounais-Hämeen Luonto 15: 20—22. Meigen, J. W., 1818. Systematische Beschreibung der bekannten Europäischen zweiflügeligen Insekten 1:IXXXVI, 1—259. — Aachen. , 1830. Idem 6: I—XI, 1—401. Pierre, C., 1921. IV Dipteres. In: Faune entomologi- que des Isles Canaries. — Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris 27: 298—301. Riedel, M. P., 1914. Nematocera Polyneura. In: Voyage de Ch. Alluaud et R. Jeannel en Afrıque orientale (1911—1912). Résultats scientifiques. Insectes Diptères 3: 69—100. — Paris. Savtshenko, E. N., 1961. Tipulidae. In : Faune SSSR, N.S. 79: 1—486. — Akademii Nauk SSSR, Mos- kwa, Leningrad. ——, 1966. Tipulidae. In: Fauna Ukraini 14 (1): 1— 550. — Kiew. —, 1979. Phylogenie und Systematik der Tipulidae. — Tijdschr. Ent. 122: 91—126. (Savtshenko, E. N., 1966: 63—88, aus dem ukrainischen bearbeitet von B. Theowald & G. Theischinger). Schiner, J. R., 1864. Fauna Austriaca, Die Fliegen (Diptera) 2: I—X XXII, 1—658. — Wien. Simova, D., 1977. Diptéres Tipulides. In: Faune de Macedoine 3: 1—198. — Musée d’Histoire natu- relle, Skopje. Speiser, P., 1909. Orthorhapha Nematocera. In: Sjöstedt, B. Y. (ed), Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der schwedischen zoologischen Expedition nach dem Kilimandjaro, dem Meru und den umgeben- den Massaisteppen Deutsch-Ostafrikas 1905— 1906. 10, 4: 31—65. — Stockholm. Staeger, C., 1840. Systematisk fortegnelse over de i Danmark hidtil fundne Diptera, 2: Tipulidae terri- colae. — Naturh. Tidsskr. 3: 1—58. Theowald, Br., 1972. Die Tipuliden der kanarischen Inseln. — Bull. Zool. Mus. Un. Amsterdam 2: 135—146. ——, 1977a. Die ungeflügelten afrikanischen Arten der Untergattung Tipula mit Beschreibung einer neuen Art aus Ethiopien. — Bull. Zool. Mus. Un. Amsterdam 6: 53—57. , 1977b. Die Tipuliden von Makaronesien. Ein systematischer und zoogeographischer Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Inselfaunen. — Beaufortia 26: 1532504 —, 1983. Tipula (Acutipula) schulteni nov. spec. aus dem afrotropischen Region. — Bull. Zool. Mus. Un. Amsterdam 9: 137—141. Tjeder, B., 1941. Some thirty additions to the Swedish Fauna. — Opusc. ent. 6: 56—63. ——, 1953. The identity of‘ Tipula oleracea L. — Opusc. ent. 18: 111—115. Väly, A., 1982. Data to the knowledge of the Tipulids of Hungary. — Fol. ent. hung. 43: 251—253. Vermoolen, D., 1983. The Tipula (Acutipula) maxima group. I. Taxonomy and Distribution. — Bijdr. Dierk. 53: 49—81. , (in Vorbereitung). The Tipula (Acutipula) maxt- ma group. II Phylogeny and Biogeography. — Bijdr. Dierk. Wiedemann, C. R. G., 1820. Diptera exotica. I—XIX, 1—244. — Kiliae. ——, 1828. Außereuropäische zweiflügelige Insekten 1: I—X XXII, 1—608. — Hamm. Wood, H. G., 1952. The crane-flies of South-West Cape. — Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 39: 1—327. AFLEVERING 4 1984 DU TIJDSCHRIFT JOOR ENTOMOLOGIE = # UITGEGEVEN DOOR Pe DE NEDERLANDSE ENTSMOLOGISCHE, VERENIGING 2. Br INHOUD _— A synopsis of the South American species of Phyllogomphoides, ey and descriptions of three new taxa (Odonata, Gomphidae), pp. 79— 1—40. hrift vo or Entomologie, deel 127, afl. 4 Gepubliceerd 31-XII-1984 en LP 0 A CI LZ €. A“ | A SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF PHYLLOGOMPHOIDES, WITH A KEY AND DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW TAXA (ODONATA, GOMPHIDAE) by JEAN BELLE Onder de Beumkes 35, Velp, the Netherlands ABSTRACT A synopsis is given of the 25 representatives of the genus Phyllogomphoides Belle known from South America. The species are classified into eight groups, and a key to these species is given. Three taxa are introduced as new, viz., Ph. major (6 holotype and © allotype: Su- rinam River, Surinam), Ph. pedunculus (3 holotype: Rio Uaupés, Amazonas, Brazil), and Ph. pseudoundulatus (3 holotype: Rio Tapajés (Cachoeira I), Pará, Brazil). Descriptive and corrective notes on some of the previously described species are offered. The holotypes of Gomphoides fuliginosa Hagen in Selys and Gomphoides audax Hagen in Selys have been restudied. A neotype has been designated for Gomphoides selysi Naväs and the female is described for the first time. CONTENTS Page tee 79 Acknowledgements and disposition of material re eeen 80 eee 80 Keys to the South American species of Berllosomphoides................---.-...- 81 D... 83 Ph. fuliginosus (Hagen in Selys) ............. 84 Meda» (Hagen in Selys) ................. 85 AS) ee 86 mo Belle... 87 en belle ....................... 87 OV 87 ee 88 Mn obtatus (Needham)..................-. 89 ee. 89 mummanaromeda (Selys)..................+..- 89 + lle)... 89 | eee eee 89 eeen: 89 Ph. undulatus (Needham) … 90 tens (Belle).....................-. 90 i... 90 mene laris Belle ........................ 90 Ph. pedunculus spec. nov. .................. 90 Ph. pseudoundulatus spec. nov... ............ 91 ris Group......................... 91 Memesemicircularis (Selys) ................... 91 inch: (Belle) ....................... 92 SE PP er 92 Ph. brunneus Belle MO OUR nee Rd ok Gin dann 92 FU Cee KET eme «sde ca 92 TA Sn ee à Det à LE 93 Pb: Gntnlars Belle a EIN. AUT ALAN 93 Aue Groupe tg? RER IRRE 93 Phranseriens(Schys) it sinclar denovvi.es 93 Tb: regaları (Selys)....+dab in taenaria ze 93 Cornmiions Grotte eters ereen 94 Ph. cornutifrons (Needham) .... ri... ende 94 RÉF Es, reso vate nies See ae snars versn 94 INTRODUCTION The genus Phyllogomphoides Belle, 1970, comprises about forty species distributed all over the tropical parts of the New World, rang- ing from South Brazil, Paraguay and Bolivia northward through Central America to the southern and western borders of Texas in the USA. The species are predominantly forest dwellers, which avoid cultivated areas. Al- though little is known of the ecology of any of 79 the species, such field observations as have been recorded indicate that their larvae live in the small and large streams which cross the forests. Most of the males stay near the banks of the streams which gave them birth, but the females move into the forest and visit only again their parent streams for ovipositing. Hence females are particularly rare in collections. Of the 25 species known from South America, the females 80 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 4, 1984 of nine and the males of three species are un- known. Our knowledge of the genus is decided- ly scanty and it is virtually certain that several species wait to be discovered in the extensive jungles of the area involved. As Donnelly (1979) recently treated the Central American represen- tatives of this genus, I have confined myself to the South American congeners in order to avoid reiterations. Also it seems unnecessary to reca- pitulate the generic characters of Phyllogom- phoides since it has recently been compared with Gomphoides by Gloyd (1973) and Belle (1982), and with Jdiogomphoides by Belle (1984). Three new taxa have been detected, bringing the number of South American representatives of Phyllogomphoides up to 25. These three spe- cies are here described under the specific names major, pedunculus and pseudoundulatus. A neo- type for Phyllogomphoides selysi (Naväs) is des- ignated as it appears necessary to stabilize its identity. The previously unknown female of this species is also described. The Comstock-Needham nomenclature for the longitudinal veins is used. With the excep- tion of figs. 31 and 32, all illustrations are origi- nal camera lucida drawings (details completed by free hand) or have been made from photo- graphs (wings), while the figures representing colour patterns of the labrum and the pterotho- rax are diagrammatic and not drawn on scale. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL STUDIED I am indebted to many persons who have sent specimens on loan. The material studied for the preparation of this paper belongs to the institu- tions and personal collections mentioned below. The names are preceded by the acronyms used throughout the text of this paper, those of the collections in the institutions are proposed by Heppner & Lamas (1982). AC — Authors collection. ANSP — Academy of Natural Sciences, Phil- adelphia; Dr. Daniél Otte. BMNH — British Museum (Natural History), London; Mr. Peter H. Ward. CJ — Collection Jurzitza, Karlsruhe; Prof. Dr. Gerhard Jurzitza. CM — Collection Machado, Belo Hori- zonte; Prof. Dr. Angelo B. M. Macha- do. Co — Cornell University, Ithaca; Prof. Dr. L. L. Pechuman. FSCA — Florida State Collection of Arthro- pods, Gainesville; Prof. Dr. Minter ]. Westfall, Jr. — Institut Royal des Sciences Natu- relles, Brussels; Dr. Georges Demoulin. — Instituto de Zoologia Agricola, Universidad Central de Venezuela, Maracay; Dr. Janis Racenis (f) and Mr. Jorge De Marmels. — Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge; Mr. Charles Vogt. RNHL — Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke His- torie, Leiden; Dr. Pieter H. van Does- burg. USNM — National Museum of Natural His- tory (formerly United States National IRSN UCV MCZ Museum), Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.; Dr. Oliver S. Flint, Jr NHMV— Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna; Dr. A. Kaltenbach. — Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt- am-Main; Dr. Heinz Schröder. UMAA — University of Michigan, Ann Ar- bor; Dr. T. W. Moore. ZMHB — Zoologisches Museum, Humboldt Universität, East Berlin; Dr. Kurt K. Günther. ZMUH — Zoologische Institut und Zoolo- gisches Museum, Universität von Ham- burg, Hamburg; Prof. Dr. H. Strümpel. SMF Valuable information and help were also given by Mr. Carl Cook (Center), Dr. M. G. Emsley (Philadelphia), Mrs. Leonora K. Gloyd (Ann Arbor), and Dr. Jean Legrand (Parıs). SYSTEMATIC SECTION The genus Phyllogomphoides belongs to the Gomphoidinae, together with the genera Pro- gomphus, Aphylla, Phyllocycla, Gomphoides, and /diogomphoides. It is a rather heteroge- neous unit which is readily separated from Pro- gomphus in having the male anal triangle in the hind wing reaching the hind angle of the wing, from Aphylla by the presence of two long flag- ellae at the glans of the penis, from Phyllocycla | in not having the outer side of these flagellae fringed with microscopic serratures, and from | Gomphoides and Idiogomphoides in having, in | the hind wing of the male, vein A2, or a branch | of it, convergent with vein A3 towards the wing ! margin. The larvae of Phyllogomphoides exhibit | considerable differences in the structure of their « J. BELLE: South American Phyllogomphoides 81 labia, and there seems to exist some parallelism with the morphology of the adult dragonfly. Based on these labial structures the genus is di- visable into at least three sections (cf. Belle, 1982). In the present study the species are divi- ded into eight infrageneric groups, the proposed groupings being based on similarities found in the form of the caudal appendages and accesso- ry genitalia of the adult male and the labium of the larva. Iam well aware that thıs division must be considered provisional. At this stage, it is dif- ficult to determine the natural position of these groups within the genus since a given group fre- quently appears to display close relationships with several other groups. For the purpose of identification, however, it is more convenient to keep the adults united and combine them in one key. The species have several characters in com- mon but the great diversity in the male caudal appendages and the genital organs shows that they are not all closely related. This variety is sufficiently indicated in the key to the species. Separate keys have been prepared for the de- “termination of males and females. The keys should be used with caution as a number ot spe- cies is known only from a single specimen or from one sex. Identifications should always be checked against the complete descriptions. The groups have been treated in such a se- quence as to allow expression of apparent relationships. Within each group, however, the species are treated chronologically. For each species are given a list of references, drawings and locality records, the new material studied, and a description or descriptive notes. Refer- ences without comments or critical remarks have been omitted. Table 1 lists all species presently known from South America, including the new taxa intro- duced in the present paper. KEY TO THE SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF PHYLLOGOMPHOIDES Males (The males of audax, cornutifrons, and praeda- trix are unknown) 1. Anterior hamules conch-shaped .......... sensa Addii disc ee singularis — Anterior hamules of other structure ..... 2 2. Superior caudal appendages, in dorsal view, tweezers-shaped; each appendage more or Table 1. — Alphabetic list of names of the South American species of Phyllogomphoides, with type status and type location. Species Type holo lecto lost neo sex location 1. aculeus Belle, 1982 3,4 o) UMAA 2. andromeda (Selys, 1869) X 4 IRSN 3. angularis Belle, 1982 X 3 UMAA 4. annectens (Selys, 1869) X 3 IRSN 5. atlanticus (Belle, 1970) X d RNHL 6. audax (Hagen in Selys, 1854) X 9 ZMHB 7. brunneus Belle, 1981 X 3 FSCA 8. calverti (Kirby, 1897) X d BMNH 9. camposi (Calvert, 1909) X 3 ANSP 10. cassiopeia (Belle, 1975) X 3 USNM 11. cepheus Belle, 1980 X 3 CM 12. cornutifrons (Needham, 1944) X 9 CU 13. cristatus (Needham, 1944) X 3 iR 14. fuliginosus (Hagen in Selys, 1854) X 2 MCZ 15. imperator Belle, 1976 X 9 UCV 16. lieftincki (Belle, 1970) X d RNHL 17. major spec. nov. X 3 RNHL 18. pedunculus spec. nov. X 4 CM 19. praedatrix Belle, 1982 X 2 UMAA 20. pseudoundulatus spec. nov. X d SMF 21. regularis (Selys, 1873) X d IRSN 22. selysi (Navás, 1924) (X) X x d ANSP 23. semicircularis (Selys, 1854) X d IRSN 24. singularis Belle, 1979 X 3 FSCA 25. undulatus (Needham, 1944) X d CU 00 10. 14° . Anterior TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 4, 1984 less straight over whole length but slightly curving inward near apex Superior caudal appendages, in dorsal view, forcipate; each appendage strongly curving Ward Bar Sa Cr ee ae 5 . Pale collar of thoracic dorsum and second pale antehumeral stripes absent or vestigial andromeda SA ee We ae le TIT ae et EME wee These stripes well-developed . Face green with black band along free bor- der of labrum Cassiopeia Face black with green markings on clypeus sndlabrui. capra. ee cepheus hamules of very complicated form, with bulbous frontal part, lateral leaf- like expansion, and backwardly elongated PER LERNT RER TR EE 6 Anterior hamules of more simple structure tes ACT BET an ef 2 Inferior caudal appendage very short and deeply excised V-shaped ........... major Inferior caudal appendage about half as long as superiors and divided shortly be- yond its base into two branches ......... 7 . Second pale antehumeral stripes and pale metepisternal stripes absent or vestigial .... IE KOS EE A STARE imperator These stripes well-defined 2... mr. 8 . Large species; abdomen 56—57 mm (incl. caud. app.), hind wing 42 mm, costal edge of pterostigma in fore wing 5.5—5.8 mm. Pale basal marking of abdominal segment 7 covering far more than one-third of the seg- ment selysi Smaller species; abdomen 50—54 mm (incl. caud. app.), hind wing 36—37 mm, costal edge of pterostigma in fore wing 4.8—5.0 mm. Pale basal marking of abdominal seg- ment 7 covering one-third of the segment . fuliginosus Sum eem see ps, aaa cen nine ee = wi» ss) me sies setes ie we wi ss fake el ets fe mieten 6 . Superior caudal appendage with two ventral processes on proximal half ............ 10 Superior caudal appendage without or with a single ventral process on proximal half Sie eye © wd BAS A ANS ARE IE PAIA Lateral dilatations of abdominal segment 8 well-developed, leaf-like, and strongly con- vex rel diri ri MIO). camposi Lateral dilatations of abdominal segment 8 narrow and parallel-sided on apical half of serene Dur Bit Ab ee calverti Superior caudal appendage with a long, thin, finger-like basal-ventral spine ..... 12 Superior caudal appendage without or with a small basal-ventral spine or tooth ..... 17 43 1% 14. 15. 16. 122 Superior caudal appendage strongly turning downward to tip, apex obtuse ......... 13 Superior caudal appendage not turning | downward to tip, apex acute .......... 14 Length of penial cornua half the length of abdominal segment 3. First pale antehumer- al stripe broadly confluent with pale collar (fig Tree pseudoundulatus Length of penial cornua two-thirds the length of abdominal segment 3. First pale antehumeral stripes isolated (fig. 16) ....... undulatus Posterior margin of anterior hamules with an acute hook. Subtriangle in hind wings uncrössed'. 204 190908 CONS et 15 Posterior margin of anterior hamules with an excision. Subtriangle in hind wings crossed? 1500, OP BEER SAI 16 Penial peduncle (seminal vesicle) slender and excessively elongated, being about half the length of abdominal segment 2 (fig. 36) pedunculus Penial peduncle shorter, being about one- third the length of abdominal segment 2 .... angularis Superior caudal appendage with a superior tooth at about two-thirds the length ....... atlanticus Superior caudal appendage without superi- or tooth 2. 22. REM aculeus ae = ee @ 0.6 es eea ue site © am ste a ae Sl lel ele en = n u se 6) wv ew ws) ae“ + es nae je ele a e, min à nie en (en een aies . Inferior caudal appendage well-developed and divided shortly beyond its base into two branches ......... Aue) ab Em 18 Inferior caudal appendage very short and excised more or less V-shaped ......... 19 . Cornua of penis distinctly shorter than me- dian segment of penis (fig. 27). Inferior cau- dal appendage with bottom of excision as wide as length of either branch.... regularis Cornua of penis about as long as median segment of penis. Inferior caudal appendage with the length of either branch one and a half times the width of bottom of excision SEH. KATE ee annectens Superior caudal appendage with a superior tooth at about two-thirds the length .... 20 Superior caudal appendage without superi- of toothy to: 10, 13€ PS AE cristatus . Anterior hamules notched at inner margin . LE AR ALTRE ee u | Anterior hamules notched at posterior mar- pitt, PIPE Vi RES INA RTRT 21 . Labrum with a pair of pale spots . Leftincki Labrum entirely brown......... brunneus J. BELLE: South American Phyllogomphoides Females (The females of aculeus, angularis, annectens, atlanticus, calverti, camposi, pedunculus, pseudoundulatus and singularis are unknown) i. 10. Frons with a pair of large horns ........... OE ere ere. cornutifrons Mi houthorns .................. 2 . Pale collar absent; first pale antehumeral stripe more or less pear-shaped oblong..... deerne. andromeda Pale collar present; first pale antehumeral Birne of different shape................ 3 . Abdominal segment 8 with distinct lateral e... 4 Abdominal segment 8 without or with no evident lateral dilatations 12 Wie ae ni el ee à . Width of lateral dilatations of abdominal segment 8 a quarter the middorsal length of segment 8 or wider (figs. 5, 8)........... 5 Width of lateral dilatations of abdominal segment 8 one-sixth the middorsal length of segment 8 or narrower 10 He nin du aan ea eve . Second pale antehumeral stripe and pale metepisternal stripe present ............ These stripes undeveloped or vestigial SEIFE imperator ne Ss Se ss eeee see se se oss è . Labrum largely pale, with a black band Mens tree border ..........::.. Cassiopeia Labrum with a pair of pale spots ........ 7 . Vulvar lamina very widely excised; the ex- cision more or less semicircular; the lobes rather narrow and bluntly tipped.......... lensen ne praedatrix Vulvar lamina not very widely excised; the DE eeen nu à 8 . Pterostigma 6—7 mm long; excision of vul- var lamina more or less U-shaped (fig. 12); width of lateral dilatations of abdominal segment 8 nearly half the middorsal length of segment 8 major Pterostigma 5—6 mm; excision of vulvar lamina more or less V-shaped; width of lateral dilatations of abdominal segment 8 about one-third the middorsal length of segment 8 PRE Ssh te men + aa « ne © op TE et) . Large species; abdomen 55—56 mm (incl. cerci); hind wing 43 mm; lobes of vulvar lamina with projecting postero-lateral cor- ners (fig. 10) selysi Smaller species; abdomen 51—53 (incl. cer- ci); hind wing 37—38 mm; lobes of vulvar lamina with round postero-lateral corners (fig. 9) fuliginosus Large species; abdomen 50 mm (incl. cerci); Soe Sele was vld «ois e ats eee ei sa DE eeen es ss de «© cela +.» è na 83 hind wing 43 mm; vulvar lamina relatively small, its width about one-third the width of ninth sternum (fig. 11) audax — Smaller species; vulvar lamina relatively 12. 15. . Labrum entirely (reddish) brown Wee ore Oy CARA Gr Osan in 11 . Lateral dilatations of abdominal segments 8 and 9 equal in width; dorsum of prothorax with a pale twin-spot.......... undulatus Lateral dilatations of abdominal segment 8 twice as wide as that of abdominal segment 9; dorsum of prothorax entirely black ..... eee a ue tone Sem An cepheus Labrum black along free border... cristatus Labrum pale, green of (reddish) brown along free border 13 14 Labrum largely pale or with a pair of pale spots 15 o ettore a "uan eee ao dte Uus sle ple È a . Dorsum of prothorax entirely black; vulvar lamina excised V-shaped for two-thirds its length semicircularis Dorsum of prothorax with yellow twin- spot; vulvar lamina excised V-shaped for three-quarters its length ........ brunneus Labrum (reddish) brown with a pair of pale spots lieftincki Labrum entirely or largely pale ... regularis FULIGINOSUS GROUP The members of this infrageneric group are fuliginosus, audax, selysi, imperator, praedatrix and major. They are bound together by several striking features, in the adults as well as in the larvae, and there are some grounds for believing that a generic separation would be justifiable. The characters not encountered elsewhere in the genus are: (1) the regular division of both trian- gles and subtriangles into four cells in the fore wings and three in the hind (figs. 1—4); (2) the very peculiar conformation of the anterior geni- tal hamule of the male (cf. Belle, 1970a: 112); (3) the aberrant form of the penial cornua, each cornus having the tip truncate and the apical margin concave (figs. 24, 25); (4) the different development of the lateral dilatations ot the eighth abdominal segment in both sexes ot the same species, those of the female being some- what better developed than those ot the corre- sponding male (from the same locality); and in the larva, (5) the striking structure ot the lateral labial lobes having the inner margin smooth and slightly expanded on the apical half, and the end hook very large, sinuously pointed and sharply incurved. The members fuliginosus, audax, praedatrix 84 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 4, 1984 and major have the usual thoracic colour pat- . tern but in se/ys: the pale markings are more ex- tended and in zmperator the second pale antehu- meral stripe and pale metepisternal stripe are undeveloped or vestigial. The members of the fuliginosus group are known from the Amazon Basın, Mato Grosso, and the northern coastal area of South America. There exists a certain confusion among some members of the fuliginosus group. In 1894, Selys referred ten specimens of Phyllogomphoides from (Briush) Guyana to the species fuliginosus and audax but expressed doubt about the cor- rectness of his identification because he had not seen the female holotypes of the two species (loc. cit., page 178: “Il faudrait revoir les deux types de Hagen pour arriver à une certitude à cet égard”). Since I have been favoured to exam- ine these types, I can set forth that the gom- phids which he referred to fuliginosus belong to an undescribed species, here introduced under the specific name major, while the gomphids re- ferred to audax are the true fuliginosus. In the original descriptions (Selys, 1854), the measurements given for fuliginosus are “abdo- men 53 mm; hind wing 38 mm” and those of audax “abdomen 49 mm; hind wing 44 mm”. However, in Selys & Hagen’s Monographie des Gomphines of 1858 the measurements “abdo- men 49 mm; hind wing 44 mm” are (incorrect- ly) associated with fuliginosus and the mea- surements “abdomen 53 mm; hind wing 38 mm” with audax. Selys, probably confused by this transposition, referred the species with the largest wings (major) to fuliginosus and the spe- cies with the smallest wings (fuliginosus) to au- dax, a mistake in placement that has persisted down to the present day. Selys, then, described both sexes of major and fuliginosus under the names Gomphoides fuliginosa and Gomphoides audax, respectively. Needham (1944), apparent- ly being misled by Selys’ misidentification, gave a very detailed description and illustrations of the male of major, in the belief that he had the true fuliginosus in his hands. Belle (19702), fi- nally, trusting the identifications of the previous authors, erected the genus Phyllogomphoides with Gomphoides fuliginosa Hagen in Selys, 1854, as the type species, basing his generic di- agnosis on characters found in the adult male and larva of both major and fuliginosus but thinking to have before him the species fuligino- sus and audax, respectively. In size, major ap- proaches audax but in its morphology, it differs considerably from that species. Phyllogomphoides fuliginosus (Hagen zn Selys, 1854) (figs. 1, 5, 9, 14, 20, 24, 38) Gomphoides fuliginosa Selys, 1854: 74, 75 (55—56 sep.) — 2 Essequibo, Chile = error pro Guyana (cf. Ris, 1904: 16). Selys & Hagen, 1858: 450, 451, 463, 471—474 (190, 191, 203, 211—214 sep.), pl. 11 figs. 5a—d (2 occiput, genit. & apex abd.). Navas, 1916: 70 (key). Belle, 1970a: 112 (type species). Gloyd, 1974: 180. Gomphoides audax; Selys, 1894: Guyana). Phyllogomphoides audax; Belle, 1970a: 116—119 (6 Surinam), figs. (6 genit., app. & apex abd.; larval struct.), pls. 15b (& photogr. wings), 16b (pho- togr. exuviae). 176-178 (3 2 Material (in addition to that recorded by Belle, 1970a under audax). — Guyana: Demer- ara, 2 &, IRSN. — Venezuela: Territorio Feder- al Amazonas, Sanariapo, 23 March 1957, 1 ©, J. Racenis leg. (No. JR-03098); Puerto Ayacucho, 15—21 November 1982, 1 &, A. Chacon & G. Yepez leg. (No. 14420); same locality, 21 No- vember 1982, 1 4, G. Romero leg. (No. 14421); same locality, 28 October 1983, 1 ©, J. Sanchez leg. (No. 14433), UCV. The description of this species has been based on a single female. The holotype, formerly stored in the Museum of Copenhagen, is now in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cam- bridge, Massachusetts (MCZ type No. 12378). The female is dry pinned. The labels attached to the pin of the specimen are “Hagen” (white la- bel, printed), “fuliginosa” (white label, written), “Essequibo, Schmidt” (white label, written), and “Type 12378” (red museum label, printed). I have added the pin label “Phyllogomphoides fuliginosus (Hagen in Selys, 1854) comb. nov. | Holotype Rev. J. Belle, 1984”. The type specimen lacks the abdominal seg- | ment 8 with the specifically distinctive vulvar lamina. The tip of the abdomen (i.e. segments 9 and 10) is mounted on the label “Essequibo, , Schmidt”. The stylets (cerci) are broken off and | glued onto the apical part of the ultimate seg- | ment but not in the original position. Nearly all ! hairs of the occipital ridge are broken off and | lost. The hind wing (fig. 1) is 38 mm long, its : greatest width 10.2 mm, and its pterostigma 6 ! mm (costal edge 5.6 mm). Other measurements | J. BELLE: South American Phyllogomphoides 85 are to be found in the Monographie des Gom- phines under audax. The labrum of the type has a pair of large, subtriangular yellow spots (fig. 20). The occipi- tal ridge is slightly concave (fig. 38), and there is a large, yellow central spot on the rear of the occiput. The venation of the wings is blackish brown, including the frontal margin of the costae. The nodal index is 14 :21— 21 : 14/15 : 14—16 : 15 in fore and hind wings, respectively. The hind wings have a two-celled anal loop and the area posterior to vein Cu2 is four cells wide with an extra cell for a fifth row in the left hind wing. The veins Cul and Cu2 are slightly divergent towards the hind wing margin, i.e. there are three marginal cells be- tween Cul and Cu2 in the left hind wing and four in the right. In 1894, Selys gave descriptions (commu- nicated by Mac Lachlan) of both sexes of fuligi- nosus (under the name Gomphoides audax), the descriptions being based on four males and one female from Guyana. After the descriptions he enumerated the differences between fuliginosus and major (under the names Gomphoides audax and Gomphoides fuliginosa, respectively). Belle (1970a) published illustrations of the male of fu- | sis (under the name Phyllogomphoides au- ) The two males in the Institut Royal des Sci- ences Naturelles at Brussels may have belonged to the Mac Lachlan collection. The pin labels of these males read “Demerara” and “Gomphoides audax? Hag. 3”. One of the males has more- over two pin labels “103”. Dimensions of fuliginosus. Males from Suri- nam: total length 65—69 mm; abdomen 50— 53.5 mm (incl. app. 3.4 mm); fore wing 37—38 mm; hind wing 36—37 mm; greatest width of hind wing 10 mm; costal edge of pterostigma in fore wing 4.8—5.0 mm. For the males from Venezuela these numbers are 62—63; 49 (3.3); 34—35; 33—34; 9.5; 45 4.6. For the Venezu- elan female from Sanariapa: 64; 51 (2.1); 38.5; 37; 10.2; 5.3. For the Venezuelan female from Puerto Ayacucho: 62; 49 (2.5); 36; 34.5; 9.6; 14.9. Thus we see that the specimens from Vene- {zuela are somewhat smaller than those from Guyana and Surinam. i Phyllogomphoides audax (Hagen in Selys, 1854) (figs. 2, 7, 11, 22, 39) Gomphoides audax Selys, 1854: 75 (56 sep.) — 2 Bra- zil. Selys & Hagen, 1858: 473, 474 (213, 214 sep.), pl. 11 figs. 6a—d (2 occiput, genit. & apex abd.). The description of this species has also been based on a single specimen. It is a female proba- bly taken in Pará, Brazil (cf. Selys, 1894: 178 “sans doute du Para”). The species seems to be a rare gomphid, only the type being known so far. The holotype, stored in the Zoologisches Museum der Humboldt-Universitàt at East Berlin, is dry pinned. The pin labels are “2325” (white label, printed), “Type?” (red label, printed but question mark written), “Brasil” (green label, written), “audax Hag.” (green la- bel, written), “Zool. Mus. Berlin” (yellow label, printed; on reverse side written “I”), and “Gomphoides audax (Selys) Type?” (white la- bel, written). The question marks are wrong since this female is the only known specimen of this species. I have added the pin label “Phyllo- gomphoides audax (Hagen in Selys, 1854) comb. nov. Holotype Rev. J. Belle, 1984”. The type specimen is in a fairly good condi- tion. The colour pattern of the pterothorax is somewhat obliterated due to post mortem changes. The first pair of legs and the left sec- ond leg are missing. The right stylet (cercus) and the tip of the left stylet are broken off and lost. The lateral dilatations of the abdominal segment 8 are narrow, the width being only one-sixth the middorsal length of the segment (fig. 7). The labrum is largely yellow (fig. 22); ın other members of the fuliginosus group with a pair of yellow spots. The occipital ridge ıs al- most straight (fig. 39) and there is a large, yel- low central spot on the rear of the occiput. The thoracic colour pattern is similar to that of fuli- ginosus. The venation of the wings is blackish brown, including the frontal margin of the cos- tags Lhe: nodal index is; 42,:21— 1:13/13 : 16—15 : 13. The hind wings have the anal loop three-celled, the area posterior to vein Cu2 five to six cells wide, and the veins Cul and Cu2 markedly divergent towards the wing margin. The vulvar lamina (fig. 11) is rath- er small; its breadth is nearly one-third the width of the ninth sternum and its length is two-sevenths of the length of the ninth sternum. The posterior margin of the vulvar lamina is more or less excised U-shaped. The dimensions of the type are: total length 66 mm; abdomen 50 mm (incl. cerci); hind wing 43 mm; greatest 86 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 4, 1984 width of hind wing 11.5 mm; costal edge of pte- rostigma in fore wing 6.0 mm. These mea- surements are in agreement with those given in the original description of 1854 and with those given in the Monographie des Gomphines of 1858 for fuliginosus. The smallest of both spe- cies is fuliginosus but the difference appears greater than a mere comparison of hind wing lengths might imply. Phyllogomphoides selysi (Navas, 1924) (figs. 4, 6, 10, 15, 21) Gomphoides selysı Naväs, 1924: 318, 319 (6, 7 sep.), fig. (Sd apex abd.) — d Iquitos, Brazil. Gomphoides fuliginosa; Needham, 1944: 195 (2 Bra- zil). Phyllogomphoides selysi; Belle, 1970b: 254, 255, fig. (3 apex abd.). Material. — Peru: Dept. Loreto, Amazon River, San Juan (near Iquitos), August 1939, 2 3 (one of them neotype), Jose Schunke leg. (purchased from Joseph Hocking), ANSP. — Brazil: Amazonas, Amazon River (300 miles below Iquitos), 1 2, USNM. In 1924, Navas added a third member of the fuliginosus group, selysi, from Peru, basing his description on a single male collected in Pebas at the Amazon River. No new record has ap- peared in the literature until now. In the collec- tion of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia there are two similar Peruvian males from the nearby environment of Iquitos, the type locality of selysi. Prof. Westfall (Gai- nesville), who detected the gomphids in the Philadelphia Academy collection, has generous- ly turned them over to me for study. They cor- respond closely with Navas’ description and figure, except for the length of the insect and the length of the abdomen. Both lengths are about 8 mm greater for the present males. But the mea- surements given in that description, “Long. corp. 62.5 mm Long. abdom. 48 mm”, are prob- ably in error. It is virtually certain that one of the middle segments of the abdomen (which was obviously broken in fragments) was lacking or neglected during the measuring since the dis- parity in the length (8 mm) is about the length of each of these middle segments apart. Navas’ selyst shows very close affinity with fuliginosus and the question arises even whether selysi should be considered a subspecies of fuliginosus or not. Neotype designation of Gomphoides selysi Navas, 1924. — When I (Belle, 1970b) made a study of the Neotropical Gomphidae described by Navas, the holotype of Gomphoides selysi could not be re-examined because its location was unknown. Navas’ collections at the Jesuit’s Colegio de Salvador in Zaragoza were partly destroyed and the rest was divided up between the Colegio in Zaragoza and the Museo de Zo- ologia at Barcelona (cf. Lieftinck, 1965: 56). The late Prof. Dr. B. Elwood Montgomery made a search for the types of Navas during his European trip of 1968. In the Barcelona Mu- seum he succeeded in locating the types of four Neotropical Gomphidae out of five described by Navas but failed with the type of selysi. I have also written to the Museum of Zoology at Ann Arbor, Michigan, as Williamson had accu- mulated notes and drawings of types and speci- mens of Phyllogomphoides with the intention of monographing the genus. But in reply Mrs. Gloyd informed me that Navas’ type of selysi had never been sent to Williamson for study. She kindly sent to me a xerox copy of a letter (dated December 15, 1931) to Williamson in which Navás wrote: “’J’ai décrit encore deux espèces: Selysi du Pérou et Eugeniae de |’ Argen- tine; je ne les trouve plus. Je pense que le Selys: se trouve dans le Muséum de Paris...” When I visited the Paris Museum in 1977 I did not find any gomphid that recalled to this type. I therefore asked (June 17, 1983) Dr. Legrand to make a search for it. This he kindly did but he wrote me on August 31, 1983 that all his efforts remained ineffective. All in all, there is no rea- sonable hope that this type specimen is still ex- tant. The close relationship between this species and fuliginosus, however, makes it advisable to stabilize the identity of Gomphoides selysi Navás, 1924. A neotype is therefore designated here. The specimen selected is one of the two males from Peru recorded above, with the fea- tures summarized below. | Dimensions: total length 72 mm; abdomen 56 | mm (incl. caud. app. 3.6 mm); DL wing 44 mm | hind wing 42 mm; costal edge of pterostigma in | fore wing 5.9 mm. | Pale collar confluent with pale middorsal stripe and first pale antehumeral stripe. Thora- cic colour pattern shaped as shown diagramma- ! tically in fig. 15. Colour pattern of labrum simi- ! lar to that of fuliginosus. Lateral dilatations of abdominal segment 8 very broad, the greatest ! J. BELLE: South American Phyllogomphoides width of these lateral dilatations one-third the middorsal length of the segment. Venation of wings blackish brown but frontal margin of costae with a fine yellow line. Nodal index 15 : 21—22 : 16/16 : 16—16 : 14. Discoi- dal triangle and subtriangle three-celled in hind wings, four-celled in fore wings except for three-celled triangle of left fore wing. Hind wings with a two-celled anal loop, the veins Cul and Cu2 sub-parallel and the area posterior to Cu2 four (proximal) to five (distal) cells wide. The distinguishing features of the other male are: dimensions as in neotype male but costal edge of pterostigma in fore wing 5.5 mm; pale collar not confluent with pale middorsal stripe and first pale antehumeral stripes narrowed at their conjunction with pale collar; venational characters of wings as in neotype but all discoi- dal triangles and subtriangles in fore wings four-celled; nodal index 14 : 21-20 : 14/ 35 : 16—15 : 15. Female (first description; colours somewhat obliterated; tips of right wings broken off and lost; abdomen bristled, broken between seg- ments 4 and 5; lateral leaf-like expansions of ab- dominal segment 8 eaten by tropical scavangers (fig. 6); right cercus broken off and lost). — To- tal length 72 mm; abdomen 56 mm (incl. cerci 3.2 mm); hind wing 43 mm; greatest width of hind wing 11.5 mm; costal edge of pterostigma in fore wing 5.8 mm. Colour pattern resembling that of neotype male but pale markings on labrum more round- ed (fig. 21), first pale antehumeral stripes not distinctly connected with pale collar, and pale marking of abdominal segment 7 extended on basal half of segment only. Wings hyaline, venation dark brown includ- ing frontal margin of costae. Membrane of wings at base with brown patches reaching to just beyond arculus (patches better developed than in the present males). Discoidal triangle and subtriangle four-celled in fore wings, three- celled in hind wings. Supratriangle three-celled in fore wings, two-celled in hind wings. Nodal index 16 : 24—23 : 16/19 : 17—20 : 18. Second anal interspace of hind wings with two rows of cells but that of left hind wing with three mar- ginal cells. Anal loop in hind wings two-celled. Cul and Cu2 in either hind wing very slightly diverging towards wing margin. Vulvar lamina one-fourth as long as ninth sternum, at base two-thirds the width of eighth F 87 sternum, its posterior margin excised V-shaped; the lobes with projecting corners, the interval between lobes about 90° (fig. 10). Posterior margin of lateral dilatation of segment 9 with teeth. Stylet (cercus) somewhat longer than middorsal length of ninth segment, pale for its apical two-fifths. Ph. selysi is stouter, more robust and larger than its nearest ally, fuliginosus. The difference in size is most striking. The consistent differ- ences between the male caudal appendages of both species are very slight. The lateral leaf-like dilatations of the abdominal segment 8 are bet- ter developed than in fuliginosus, the greatest width of these expansions being one-third of the middorsal length of the segment, in fuliginosus only a quarter of the middorsal length of the segment. The two males have the first pale ante- humeral stripes confluent with the pale collar, in fuliginosus they are not connected with the pale collar. And finally, the pale basal marking of the abdominal segment 7 reaches far beyond the submedian transverse groove, while in fuligino- sus only to this groove. The female differs from fuliginosus in having the outer corners of the lobes of the vulvar lamina more produced. Phyllogomphoides imperator Belle, 1976 Phyllogomphoides imperator Belle, 1976: 197—200, figs. (2 occiput, thorax, genit. & apex abd.) — 2 San Fernando de Atabapo, Venezuela. Mr. Cook wrote to me on February 3, 1983, that he had a male of imperator from El Inferno, Territorio Federal Amazonas, Venezuela. The male’s colour pattern is essentially the same as that of the female holotype of this species with the second pale antehumeral stripe and the pale metepisternal stripe undeveloped. In conforma- tion, the male inferior caudal appendage resem- bles that of fuliginosus and selysi by the presence of well-developed branches. These data were communicated by Mr. Cook, who has gener- ously given me permission to use them to con- struct the key for the genus. A description ot the male by him is in progress. Phyllogomphoides praedatrix Belle, 1982 Phyllogomphoides praedatrix Belle, 1982: 3—5, figs. (2 thorax, genit., frons & apex abd.) — © Abuná, Mato Grosso, Brazil. Phyllogomphoides major spec. nov. (figs. 3, 8, 12, 23, 25, 40) 88 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 4, 1984 Gomphoides fuliginosa; Selys, 1894: 175—178 (4 © Guyana). Needham, 1944: 195—197 (3 Surinam, sub fuliginosus), pl. 15 figs. 8a—d (d genit., app. & apex abd.). St. Quentin, 1967: 138. Negomphoides fuliginosa; Räcenis, 1970: 25, 26 (4 Venezuela), fig. (¢ apex abd.). Phyllogomphoides fuliginosus; Belle, 1970a: 113— 115, 118, 119, figs. (d app. & apex abd.; larval struct.), pls. 15a (d photogr. wings), 16a (photogr. exuviae). Geijskes, 1971: 665 (d French Guyana). St. Quentin, 1973: 343 (d Pará, Brazil, sub fuligi- nosa). Gloyd, 1973: 6. Donnelly, 1979: 247, 248. Material (in addition to that recorded by Belle, 1970a under fuliginosus). — Guyana: De- merara, 2 d, IRSN. — Surinam: Surinam River, Aroesobanja Falls, 5 January 1959, 1 © (in co- pula), J. Belle leg.; Kabalebo River, Avanavero (bank of river), 22 August 1973, 2 d, D. C. Geijskes leg., RNHL. — Venezuela: Bolivar, Canaima, 20 February 1958, 1 6, J. Rácenis leg.; T. F. Amazonas, Cacuri del Ventuari, 21 February 1959, 1 d, Cruxent et al. leg; Bolivar, Rio Paramichi, 9 January 1962, 1 do, Brewer leg.; Bolivar, Región Alto Caura, Cuchine (300 m), 11 April 1963, 1 d, 1 ®; same locality, 12 April 1963, 1 à, all collected during Expedition La Salle; Bolîvar, Kanarakuni (450 m), 3 Feb- ruary 1965, 1 d, Dr. Capriks leg.; T. F. Amazo- nas, Puerto Ayacucho, Estación de Piscicultura Fonaiap, 3 February 1983, 1 4, G. A. Romero leg.; Bolivar, Rio Caroni, San Francisco de Las Babas, 7—13 April 1983, 1 g, J. de Marmels leg., UCV. In 1894, Selys published descriptions (com- municated by MacLachlan) of both sexes of ma- jor (under the name Gomphoides fuliginosa), based on four males and one female taken in Guyana. Needham (1944) redescribed in length and illustrated the male of major (under the name Gomphoides fuliginosa), basing his de- scription on seven males from adjoining Suri- nam. Belle (1970a) gave illustrations of the adult male and a description of its larva from a reared female under the name Phyllogomphoides fuligi- nosus, all after specimens from Surinam. In size, major can be compared with audax but the females of these species show striking differences. The veins Cul and Cu2 of the hind wings are sub-parallel in major; they diverge markedly towards the wing margin in audax (figs. 2, 3). The lateral leaf-like dilatations of ab- dominal segment 8 of major are much better de- veloped than those of audax. The greatest width of these expansions is nearly half the middorsal length of segment 8; in audax only one-sixth the middorsal length of segment 8 (figs. 7, 8). The labrum of major has the usual symmetric pair of yellow spots, while that of audax is largely yellow (figs. 22, 23). The male of audax is unknown but I think that it will present the same characteristics. The chosen holotype of major is a male la- beled “Surinam”, “Surinam River, Gansee, 27 Sept. 1957, J. Belle leg.”, and “Phyllogom- phoides major spec. nov. Holotype d Det. J. Belle, 1984”. It is in the author’s collection but eventually will be deposited in the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie at Leiden together with all other types in his collection. Some features of the holotype are: total length 77 mm; abdomen 58.5 mm (incl. caud. app. 4 mm); fore wing 45.5 mm; hind wing 44 mm; greatest width of hind wing 6.5 mm; costal edge of pterostigma in fore wing 6.3 mm. Vena- tion of wings brown but frontal margin of cos- tae yellow at base of wings. Discoidal triangle and subtriangle four-celled in fore wings, three- celled in hind wings. Supratriangle three-celled in fore wings, two-celled in hind wings. Nodal index 15 :23—25 : 15/19 : 16—18 : 17. Hind wings with a four-celled (right) and five-celled (left) anal triangle, with a two-celled anal loop, with area posterior to Cu2 four to five cells wide, and with two marginal cells between Cul and Cu2 in either wing. The males from Guyana may also have be- longed to the MacLachlan collection. They have the pin labels “B. Demarara” and “Gomphoides fuliginosa Hag. 6”. One of the males moreover has two pin labels “102”. The other specimens formerly recorded by me under the name Phyllogomphoides fuligino- sus (cf. Belle, 1970a) as well as the present ones should be considered paratypes. The superior caudal appendages of the males from Venezuela have the subapical, superior inner strip and the inferior inner tooth at one-third length general- ly longer and more acuminate than those of the males from Surinam. CRISTATUS GROUP The species cristatus does not fit satisfactorily into any of the groups discussed in this paper. It is classified here as a separate group. Phyllo- gomphoides cristatus resembles several other species of the genus but it is aberrant in the male caudal appendages by the simplified structure of the superiors which lack any protuberance, and J. BELLE: South American Phyllogomphoides 89 by the extremely reduced inferior. The penis re- sembles that of the fuliginosus group but the ap- ical margin of the truncate cornua is not con- cave. The larva of this group and that of the an- dromeda group and undulatus group, discussed below, has the inner margin of the lateral labial lobe armed with a few blunt teeth. Phyllogomphoides cristatus is known only from Surinam. Phyllogomphoides cristatus (Needham, 1944) (fig. 26) Gomphoides cristatus Needham, 1944: 202—204, pl. 15 figs. 10a—c (6 genit. & apex abd.) — d Paroe River, Surinam. Calvert, 1948: 65, 66. Lieftinck, 1971: 82, Phyllocycla (Cyclophylla) cristatus; St. Quentin, 1967: 142; 1973: 346 (key). Negomphoides cristatus; Belle, 1970a: 126—130, figs. (d 2 apex abd; 2 3rd femur; larval struct.), pls. 17b (6 photogr. wings), 18a (2 photogr. wings), 21a (photogr. exuviae); 1982: 2. Phyllogomphoides cristatus; Gloyd, 1973: 6. Only the location of the right pair of wings of the male holotype of this species is known. According to Needham (1944) the type should be in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia, but the staff of this institution was not able to locate it (Dr. Emsley 1966, pers. comm.). As Needham made his studies of 1944 in the Cornell University, Ithaca (New York), I wrote to Prof. Pechuman for information. He kindly made a search for the type in the Cornell collections and on August 17, 1982 informed me as follows: “Gomphoides cristatus. C.U. Type No. 3070. & holotype, 2 wings only; probably Needham returned the rest of the specimen to Philadelphia; there is no locality data on slide with wings. © allotype in an enve- lope; in our type book it is noted you saw the © allotype and said it was undulatus”. I have also asked Prof. Westfall (Gainesville) for the whereabouts of the type and he kindly replied on November 9, 1982: “I had no record of any specimen of Gomphoides cristatus Needham, 1944, in my notes. I have a list of all the type specimens in the Philadelphia Academy collec- tion when I was there and the name does not appear in that list. I also made a list of the spe- cies represented in the collection and it is not there.” ÄNDROMEDA GROUP This group is composed of the three species andromeda, cassiopeia and cepheus. The feature possessed in common is the more or less twee- zers-shaped conformation of the male superior caudal appendages. The wide range of andromeda is very strik- ing; it covers the area from the northern coast of South America to the northern regions of Ar- gentina. The distribution of the other two mem- bers of the group seems to be restricted to Para- guay and the Brazilean State of Mato Grosso. Phyllogomphoides andromeda (Selys, 1869) (fig. 28) Cyclophylla andromeda Selys, 1869: 194, 195 (31, 32 sep.) — © Caripi, Parä, Brazil. Calvert, 1948: 66 (andromache lapsus pro andromeda). Phyllocycla andromeda; St. Quentin, 1973: 346, 347 (key; d Goiás, Brazil). Negomphoides andromeda; Belle, (d 2 Surinam), figs. (4 thor., occiput, genit. & app.; d © apex abd.; larval struct.), pls. 19b (4 photogr. wings), 20a (2 photogr. wings), 21c (photogr. exuviae). Geijskes, 1971: 665 (d 2 French Guyana). Lieftinck, 1971: 73. Phyllogomphoides andromeda; Gloyd, 1973: 6. Belle, 1977: 291 (sub andromedae). Jurzitza, 1981: 117 (Argentina, sub andromedae). Belle, 1982: 2 (sub andromedae). 1970a: 145—150 Material. — Argentina: Missiones, Parque Nacional Iguazu, Apepü, 22 January 1979, 1 © (AC), 3 2; 20 February 1979, 1 6, all G. Jurzit- za leg. CJ. — Brazil: Para, Rio Tapajés, Itaitu- ba, April 1921,2 9,1 2, A. H. Fassl leg, SMF. — Surinam: Coppename River, Raleigh Falls (on light), 7 March 1972, 1 2, D. C. Geijskes leg., RNHL. — Venezuela: T. F. Amazonas, Piedras Pintadas, 8 March 1957, 1 d (teneral), J. Racenis leg., UCV (No. JR— 13219). The present female from Surinam has the subtri- angle in the right hind wing two-celled; the sub- triangle in the hind wings of this species is nor- mally open. Phyllogomphoides cassiopeia (Belle, 1975) Gomphoides cassiopeia Belle, 1975: 129—133, figs. (4 occiput, thor. & app.; 2 genit.; d 2 apex abd.) — 3 © San Pedro, Paraguay. Phyllogomphoides cassiopeiae; Belle, 1980: 177. Phyllogomphoides cepheus Belle, 1980 Phyllogomphoides cepheus Belle, 1980: 176—180, figs. (4 head, dorsum thor. & app.; d © apex abd.) — 4 © Sinop, Mato Grosso, Brazil. UNDULATUS GROUP This group is made up of the six species #n- 90 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 4, 1984 dulatus, atlanticus, aculeus, angularis, peduncu- lus, and pseudoundulatus. The feature possessed in common, which permits recognition of the group, is the possession of a long, thin basal spine at the inferior margin of each male superi- or caudal appendage. The group is chiefly Amazonian in its distri- bution but two members, undulatus and atlanti- cus, also occur in the northern coastal area of South America. Phyllogomphoides undulatus (Needham, 1944) (figs. 16, 29) Gomphoides undulatus Needham, 1944: 199—201, pl. 15 figs. 9a—e (d genit., app. & apex abd.), 203, 204 (2, under Gomphoides cristatus, cf. Belle, 1970a: 126) — d ® Litani River, Surinam; dg Ma- paoni River, Territorio do Amapa, Brazil. Geijskes, 1964: 40, 41, fig. (9 apex abd.). St. Quentin, 1973: 344 (key; 6 2 Pará, Brazil). Lief- tinck, 1971: 118. Negomphoides undulatus; Belle, 1970a: 131—133, figs. (6 app. & apex abd.; © 3rd femur; larval struct.), pls. 18b (6 photogr. wings), 19a (2 pho- togr. wings), 21b (photogr. exuviae); 1972: 236. Phyllogomphoides undulatus; Gloyd, 1973: 6. Belle, 1977: 291. Kiauta, 1979: 268, 269. Belle, 1982: 2. Phyllogomphoides atlanticus (Belle, 1970) Negomphoides atlanticus Belle, 1970a: 133—136, figs. (d occiput, genit., app. & apex abd.), pl. 20b (d photogr. wings) — d Coppename River & Brownsberg, Surinam. Lieftinck, 1971: 76. Gomphoides atlanticus; St. Quentin, 1973: 344 (key). Phyllogomphoides atlanticus; Gloyd, 1973: 6. Phyllogomphoides aculeus Belle, 1982 Phyllogomphoides aculeus Belle, 1982: 5—8, figs. (d thor., genit. & app.) — d Iquitos, Peru. Phyllogomphoides angularis Belle, 1982 Phyllogomphoides angularis Belle, 1982: 8—11, figs. (3 thor., genit. & app.) — d Porto Velho, Am- azonas & Belém, Para, Brazil. Phyllogomphoides pedunculus spec. nov. (figs. 18, 3336) Gomphoides atlanticus; St. Quentin, 1973: 345. Material. — Brazil: Amazonas, Rio Uaupés, Taraqua, 18 August 1964, 1 d (holotype), Ma- chado & Pereira leg., CM. The specimen here recorded is No. 78 of St. Quentin (1973), who provisionally placed it un- der atlanticus. In fact the male belongs to a new species which is very closely related to angula- ris. It differs from atlanticus and agrees with an- gularis by the uncrossed subtriangle in the hind wings (fig. 34) and in having the posterior mar- gin of the anterior hamules armed with an acute hook (fig. 35). It differs from angularis in hav- ing the first pale antehumeral stripes not con- fluent with the pale collar and in having the penial peduncle (seminal vesicle) excessively elongated being about half as long as the second abdominal segment (fig. 36); it is only one-third the length of the second abdominal segment in angularis. The superior caudal appendages are not curved so very strongly mesad as in angula- ris (fig. 33). Male (holotype; thorax partly crushed; legs broken off except for the right third leg; abdo- men broken between segments 3 and 4). — To- tal length 52 mm; abdomen 39.5 mm (incl. caud. app. 2.0 mm); hind wing 30 mm; costal edge of pterostigma in fore wing 4.0 mm. A brown species marked with green, resem- bling angularis. Head brown, the following green: a large ob- long spot on each side of labrum, basal half of mandibles externally, anteclypeus, lateral sides of postclypeus, and superior surface of frons for its anterior half. Prothorax with a middorsal pale twin-spot on middle lobe. Thoracic colour pattern shaped as shown diagrammatically in fig. 18. Tibiae, tarsi and claws black. Lamina tibialis of first tibiae one-third the tibial length. Wings hyaline but extreme bases very slightly flavescent. Wing venation blackish brown but frontal margin of costae proximal to nodus with a very fine yellow line. Nodal index 11 : 19— 20 : 12/13 : 15—15 : 11. Cubito-anal interspace of either fore wing with an extra cross-vein at level of arculus. Anal triangle in hind wings made up of four (right) and five (left) cells. Abdomen predominantly dark brown, the pale markings green on basal segments, yellow on other segments. Segments 1 to 6 with a pale middorsal line which becomes very fine on apex of 5 and on 6. Sides of 1 and 2 pale. Sides of 3 to 6 with pale basal spots which become shorter on rear segments, successively, reaching to a point three-quarters the way along the segment on 3, and to a point a quarter the way along the seg- ment on 6. Base of 7 pale to submedian trans- verse groove. Accessory genitalia and caudal appendages shaped as shown in accompanying figures. Gen- J. BELLE: South American Phyllogomphoides 91 ital hamules pale, the chitinized tip of the hooks brown. Penial peduncle brown, its posterior margin deeply cleft and with a strong median tooth on the bottom of the cleft. In profile, the apical segments of the abdomen, including the caudal appendages, are very similar to those of angularis. Phyllogomphoides pseudoundulatus spec. nov. (fig. 17) Material. — Brazil: Parä, Rio Tapajés (Ca- choeira I), May 1920, 1 d (holotype), A. H. Fassl leg., SMF. The resemblance between this species and un- dulatus is so strong that on a superficial view they can easily be confused. With the exception of the penile organs, the morphological differ- ences are very slight and they can better be stated by direct comparison than by description. The new species, here introduced under the spe- cific name pseudoundulatus, is somewhat small- er and more delicate than undulatus. The cornua of the penis, when pressed close to the venter of the abdomen, reaches to a point half-way be- tween the base and the submedian transverse groove of the third abdominal segment; in un- dulatus to a point on level with these grooves. The lateral dilatations of the abdominal seg- ments 8 and 9 are twice as narrow as those in undulatus. The superior caudal appendages ot both species are very similar in configuration but those of pseudoundulatus are a trifle more slender. The most striking difference in the col- oration is found on the thoracic dorsum. In pseudoundulatus the first pale antehumeral stripe is wide and broadly confluent with the pale collar, while in undulatus it is narrow and does not reach the pale collar (figs. 16, 17). Male (holotype; head partly and thorax com- pletely hollowed out by scavangers; thoracic colour pattern largely obliterated by post mor- tem changes; fragmented). — Total length 53 mm; abdomen 41 mm (incl. caud. app. 2.1 mm); hind wing 28 mm; costal edge of pterostigma in fore wing 3.5 mm. A brown specimen with pale markings, seem- ingly yellow originally. Face brown. Labrum with nondescript lighter markings (in undulatus, black with a symmetric pair of green spots). Base of mandibles pale. Vertex dark brown. Occipital plate brown. Prothorax blackish brown. Thoracic colour pattern shaped something like in fig. 17. Tho- racic dorsum dark brown with broad pale stripes. Sides of pterothorax largely pale. Brown midlateral stripe partly developed. Brown femoral stripe indistinct. Ventral side of femora pale (in #ndulatus, the ventral side of the second and third pair of fe- mora is blackish brown). Lamina tibialis of first tibiae one-third the tibial length. Flavescence at extreme bases of wings less de- veloped than in undulatus. Reticulation of wings less dense than in #ndulatus. Nodal index 13 : 18—17 : 10/12 : 13—13 : 12. Abdomen predominantly dark brown, almost black on middle segments. Segments 1 and 2 similar to those of undulatus but segments 3 to 7 lacking pale dorsobasal markings. Instead, the sides of 3 are largely pale, medially interrupted by black, and the sides of 4 are pale at both ends only. SEMICIRCULARIS GROUP The species composing this large group are very nearly allied inter se. Most of its members occur in Central America. Three species, viz. semicircularis, lieftincki and brunneus, belong to the fauna of South America. However, there is always a possibility that members known hith- erto from Central America turn up in Colom- bia, and conversely. Features possessed in com- mon and not encountered elsewhere in the ge- nus include the semicircular form of the male superior caudal appendages and the crenate in- ner margin of the lateral labial lobes of the larva. The range of this group covers the whole area of Central America and the northwestern part of continental South America, southward to Bo- livia. Phyllogomphoides semicircularis (Selys, 1854) (fig. 30) Gomphoides semicircularis Selys, 1854: 75, 76 (56, 57 sep.) — d “South America”. Selys & Hagen, 1858: 469, 475, 476, 686 (209, 215, 216, 426 sep.), pl. 12 figs. 1a—g (d occiput, genit., app. & apex abd.). Fraser, 1940: pl. 6 fig. 5 (penis; cf. Belle, 19702: 154; 1982: 13), St. Quentin, 1967: 139, 150; 1973: 344 (key). Negomphoides semicircularis; Belle, 1970a: 152—155, figs. (d thorax, genit., app. & apex abd.). Phyllogomphoides semicircularis; Gloyd, 1973: 6. Belle, 1982: 2, 3, 11—14, figs. (penis; 2 genit.; d 2 Colombia, Venezuela. Erratum: 13, line 12 from top: “eastern” should read “western”). 92 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 4, 1984 Phyllogomphoides lieftincki (Belle, 1970) Negomphoides lieftincki Belle, 1970a: 154—158, figs. (3 thorax, app. & apex abd.; d © genit.) — d 9 Tingo Maria, Huallaga River & Mishuyacu, Peru; d 2 Chácara, Bolivia. Lieftinck, 1971: 97. Belle, 1972: 236, figs. (4 dorsum thorax). Gomphoides lieftincki; St. Quentin, 1973: 344 (key). Phyllogomphoides lieftincki; Gloyd, 1973: 6. Material. — Bolivia: Dept. Santa Cruz, Bue- navista (400 m), November 1930, 2 d, Fr. Stein- bach leg., UMAA. — Peru: Dept. Huänuco, Shapajilla (630 m), 22 July 1938, 1 dg, Felix Woytkowski leg, UMAA; Dept. Huánuco, Tingo Maria, November 1949, 1 6, H. A. Al- lard leg., USNM; Dept. Junin, Prov. Jauja, Dis- trict Andamarca, Satipo (750 m), January 1937, 1 4, K. Meskendahl leg., ZMUH; same locality, no date, 1 d; April (no year), 1 6; June 1941, 1 3; May 1945, 2 6; June 1945, 1 d ; May 1947, 1 3, all Pedro Paprzycki leg.; Dept. Junin, La Merced, Hda “La Salud” (3500’), no date (no date on field envelope, but date on others in same purchase are for March & June 1931. Rec’d VIII-1943, via Pacific Coast Biol. Serv. LKR Gloyd), 28, Juan de Rıyas 5. lee; Dept: Junin, Sani Beni (840 m; 8 km east of Satipo), 9 December 1935, 1 ®, Felix Woytkowski leg., UMAA. Phyllogomphoides brunneus (Belle, 1981) Phyllogomphoides brunneus Belle, 1981: 173—176 (4 thor., apex abd., genit., app. & wings; 2 genit.) — 3d 2 Macas & Limöncocha, Ecuador. Belle, 1982: 13: Material. — Ecuador: Napo-Pastaza, C-Z trail, between Campamento & Zatazyacu [From Macintyre’s letters, this locality would seem to be not far from EI Partidero. L. K. Gloyd], 4 August 1935, 1 2; Napo-Pastaza, Puyo, 16 March 1957, 1 d (teneral), both William Clarke-Macintyre leg, UMAA; Santiago-Za- mora, Zumbi, Rio Zamora (Elev. 700 m, ca. 3230:),8,,,78°26° Wij October 19410 ale ©; UMAA; same locality, 29 October 1941, 1 d (AC), both David B. Laddey leg. — Venezuela: Tachira, Rio Negro, 11—13 December 1980, 1 d, J. de Marmels leg., UCV. Phyllogomphoides brunneus hitherto was known from Ecuador only; its discovery in Venezuela extends the range of this species con- siderably eastwards. The colour design of the thoracic dorsum va- ries greatly in this species. The male from Vene- zuela has the first pale antehumeral stripes cu- neiform and broadly confluent with the pale collar. The second pale antehumeral stripes are reduced to a dorsal spot, a kind of reduction al- so observed in the related congeners semicircu- laris and lieftincki (cf. Belle, 1970a: 157; 1972: 231; and 1982: 14). The Ecuadorian male and female from Napo- Pastaza have completely undeveloped second pale antehumeral stripes, while the first pale an- tehumeral stripes are not connected with the pale collar. The pale collar and antehumeral stripes are weakly developed in the female, and they are about twice as narrow as those in the male. One of the males from Santiago-Zamora is stored in a triangular envelope with the field note: “Sometimes found in deep woods, away from water, D.B.L.”. CALVERTI GROUP In this group I place the two very closely re- lated species calverti and camposi. The most striking features in common are the fundamen- tal similarity in the form of the male superior caudal appendages and the penis. Each superior caudal appendage has two inferior processes on the proximal half while the preputial fold of the penis (c.f. Fraser, 1940: 544) is much produced ventrally (figs. 31, 32). Tentatively I place singularis in this group as well. I have long hesitated about its classifica- tion as the male abdominal terminalia are un- known. But judging from the conformation of the accessory genitalia, singularis seems to fit best into the calverti group. This disposition may later be confirmed when better material be- comes available. The distribution of camposi is remarkable in that it occurs in the western part of the Andean Cordilleras while the other two members of the group are known from the Amazon and eastern Bolivia. Apparently the Andean watershed of- fers no barrier to the spread of the group. Phyllogomphoides calverti (Kirby, 1897) (fig. 31) Cyclophylla calverti Kirby, 1897: 613, 614, pl. 12 fig. ! 2 (8 whole insect) — d Pará, Brazil. Kimmins, 1969: 292. Gomphoides calverti; Campion, 1920: 134—136, 141, ! pl. 6 figs. 6, 7 (d apex abd. & penis). Fraser, 1940: 4 pl. 6 fig. 6 (penis). | Phyllocycla calverti; St. Quentin, 1973: 346 (key). Phyllogomphoides calverti; Gloyd, 1973: 6. J. BELLE: South American Phyllogomphoides 93 Phyllogomphoides camposi (Calvert, 1909) (fig. 32) Gomphoides camposi Calvert, 1909: 219—221, pl. 7 fig. 127 (6 apex abd.) — d Quevedo, Ecuador. Campion, 1920: 134—136, 141, pl. 7 figs. 8, 9 (d genit.). Campos R., 1922a: 2, 31; 1922b: 86 (Pal- enque & Quevedo, Ecuador). Naväs, 1916: 71 (key). Phyllocycla (Cyclophylla) camposi; St. Quentin, 1973: 346 (key). Phyllogomphoides camposi; Gloyd, 1973: 6. Phyllogomphoides singularis Belle, 1979 Phyllogomphoides singularis Belle, 1979: 39—41, figs. (6 thorax, 3rd tibia, genit. & detail wing) — d Todos-Santos, Bolivia. ANNECTENS GROUP This group is composed of two closely linked species, annectens and regularis. The two im- portant features shared by these species are also the fundamental similarity in the form of the male caudal appendages and the penis. Each ‚male superior caudal appendage has a strong in- ferior tooth at the extreme base. The penis is pe- culiar in having the stem provided with an ob- tuse apical, dorsal spine, in having the median segment unusually stout and the cornua broad and grooved (fig. 27). The range of this group seems to be restricted to the eastern regions of the South American highland. Phyllogomphoides annectens (Selys, 1869) Gomphoides ? annectens Selys, 1869: 192, 193 (29, 30 sep.) — d Nova Friburgo, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Calvert, 1905: 152. Gomphoides annectens; Selys, 1873a: 766 (38 sep.); 1873b: 506 (62 sep.). Calvert, 1909: 221. St. Quentin, 1973: 344, 345 (key; d Minas Gerais, d 2 Paraiba, d Parana, 2 Mato Grosso). Cyclophylla (Phyllocycla) annectens; St. Quentin, 1967: 140, 141, figs. (6 thorax, genit. & app.; ? genit.; d 9 Rio Grande do Sul); 1973: 344 (key). Negomphoides annectens; Belle, 1970a: 138—141, figs. (3 genit. & app.; Santa Catarina). Phyllogomphoides annectens; Gloyd, 1973: 6. Don- nelly, 1979: 261. Belle, 1982: 1. Material. — Brazil: Rio Grande do Sul, no date or collector, 1 2, NHMV. This species was decribed after two males as may be apparent from the measurements given in the original description “Abdomen 44—46. Aile inférieure 37—38”. In the Selysian collec- tion in Brussels there are three specimens placed under Gomphoides annectens: (1) a male in fairly good condition; it was selected as the lec- totype by me (cf. Belle, 1970a); (2) a male, lack- ing the abdomen, with the labels “P Br” (green label), “Cyclophylla ? annectens. De Selys a ren- voyer” (an old label in Selys’ handwriting), “det. Selys Gomphoides annectens Selys” (a re- cent white label in an unknown handwriting), and “Paratypus” (red museum label); (3) a fe- male, lacking the apical half of the abdomen, with the labels “Para schl.” (green label), “Gomph. annectens” (an old label in Selys’ handwriting), and “Paratypus” (red museum la- bel). This specimen was called the allotype fe- male of Gomphoides annectens by St. Quentin (1967: 141). The female, however, belongs to the genus Aphylla Selys. The male lectotype of annectens is peculiar in having the end segments of the abdomen dense- ly covered with rather long, stiff hairs. Phyllogomphoides regularis (Selys, 1873) (hgs:43,19,27,37) Gomphoides regularis Selys, 1873a: 765, 766 (37, 38 sep.) — d © Carrancas, Minas Gerais, Brazil. Naväs, 1916: 71 (key). St. Quentin, 1973: 344 (key). Cyclophylla (Phyllocycla) regularis; St. 19672133: Negomphoides regularis; Belle, 1970a: 141—145, figs. (6 app.; d 2 genit.; ? apex abd.; d 9 Santa Cat- arina). Phyllogomphoides regularis; Gloyd, 1973: 6. Donnel- ly, 1979: 261. Belle, 1982: 1. Quentin, Material. — Brazil: Rio Grande do Sul, no date or collector, 1 2, NHMV. Brazil ? :1 © (teneral), Scheider (Berlin) leg., SMF. The examples of this species recorded from Santa Catarina by me (Belle, 1970a) differ from those of Minas Gerais in having the prothorax entirely dark brown, whereas in the (type) spec- imens from Minas Gerais the prothorax is largely pale with dark brown markings on the middle lobe only. But the most striking differ- ence is found in the thoracic colour pattern which in the specimens from Santa Catarina is composed of black, brown and white-green stripes (fig. 19). This colour difference between the thoracic stripes is also observed in annectens but in less degree. The present female from “Brazil ?” has the same coloration as the (allotype) female from Minas Gerais. The female from Rio Grande do Sul was referred to annectens by St. Quentin but 94 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 4, 1984 is referable to regularis since the end segments of the abdomen are scarcely provided with hairs, a character displayed by the male holo- type and female allotype ot regularis. The ptero- thorax of the female from Rio Grande do Sul is completely eaten out by scavengers, while the thoracic colour pattern cannot sufficiently be studied because it is largely obliterated. St. Quentin’s figure 5d of its vulvar lamina is quite misleading. The excision is in fact much deeper. The configuration of the vulvar lamina of this female is as shown by my camera lucida draw- ing fig. 13. CORNUTIFRONS GROUP The position of the sole member of this group, cornutifrons, is not clear as long as the male sex of this species is unknown. The pecu- liar characteristic of the female, viz. the pres- ence of a pair of large horns on the top of the frons, has led me to keep this species in a sepa- rate group. Phyllogomphoides cornutifrons is known only from the isle of Trinidad. Phyllogomphoides cornutifrons (Needham, 1944) Aphylla cornutifrons Needham, 1944: 194, 195, pl. 14 fig.6( frons) — © Tunapuna, Trinidad. Negomphoides cornutifrons; Belle, 1970a: 150, 151, figs. (9 frons, apex abd. & 3rd femur). Phyllogomphoides cornutifrons; Gloyd, 1973: 6. REFERENCES Belle, J., 1970a. Studies on South American Gomphi- dae (Odonata) with special reference to the species from Surinam. — Stud. Fauna Suriname 11: 1— 158; pls. 1-21. Belle, J., 1970b. On the Neotropical Gomphidae of Longinos Navás (Odonata). — Tijdschr. Ent. 113: 253— 260. Belle, J., 1972. Further studies on South American Gomphidae (Odonata). — Tijdschr. Ent. 115: 217—240. Belle, J., 1975. Two new gomphine species from Para- guay (Anisoptera: Gomphidae). — Odonatologica 4: 129—135. Belle, J., 1976. Three new gomphine species from Venezuela (Anisoptera: Gomphidae). — Odona- tologica 5: 197—206. Belle, J., 1977. Some gomphine material from Suri- nam, preserved in the Leyden Museum of Natural History, with a note on the larva of Desmogom- phus tigrivensis Williamson (Anisoptera: Gomphi- dae). — Odonatologica 6: 289—292. Belle, J., 1979. A new species of Phyllogomphoides Belle, 1970 from Bolivia (Anisoptera: Gomphi- dae). — Odonatologica 8: 39 —41. Belle, J., 1980. Two new gomphoidine species from Brazil (Anisoptera: Gomphidae). — Odonatologi- ca 9: 173—180. Belle, J., 1981. A new species of Phyllogomphoides from Ecuador (Odonata: Gomphidae). — Ent. Ber. Amst. 41: 173—176. Belle, J., 1982. Some new and interesting South Amer- ican species of Phyllogomphoides in the Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan (Insecta: Odonata: Gomphidae). — Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 701: 1—14. Belle, J., 1984. Zdiogomphoides, a new genus from Brazil (Odonata: Gomphidae). — Ent. Ber., Amst. 44: 106—109. Calvert, P. P., 1905. Aeshnidae. — Biologia cent.-am. (Neuroptera): 145—196, 398—399; tabs. 7—8, 10. Calvert, P. P., 1909. Contributions to a knowledge of the Odonata of the Neotropical region, exclusive of Mexico and Central America. — Ann. Carneg. Mus. 6: 73—280; pls. 1—9. Calvert, P. P., 1948. Odonata (dragonflies) of Karta- bo, Bartica District, British Guiana. — Zoologica, N.Y. 33: 47—87; pls. 1—2. Campion, H., 1920. Some new or little known gom- phine dragonflies from South America. — Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 6: 130—141; pls. 6—7. Campos R., F., 1922a. Catalogo sistemätico y sinon- imico de los Odonatos regionales. — Rev. Col. Rocafuerte, Guayaquil, Ecuador: 1—75; 3 pls. Campos R., F., 1922b. Especies nuevas de insectos ec- uatorianos. — Rev. Col. Rocafuerte, Guayaquil, Ecuador: 84—92. Donnelly, T. W., 1979. The genus Phyllogomphoides in Middle America (Anisoptera: Gomphidae). — Odonatologica 8: 245—265. Fraser, F. C., 1940. A comparative study of the penes of the family Gomphidae (order Odonata). — Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (A) 90: 541—550; pls. ia Geijskes, D. C., 1964. The female sex of Cacus mungo, Gomphoides undulatus, Planiplax phoeni- cura, Planiplax arachne and Dythemis williamso- ni. — Stud. Fauna Suriname 7: 36-47. Geijskes, D. C., 1971. List of Odonata known from French Guyana, mainly based on a collection brought together by the Mission of the “Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle”, Paris, (1) (2). — Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. (N.S.) 7 (3): 655—677. Gloyd, L. K., 1973. The status of the generic names Gomphoides, Negomphoides, Progomphus, and Ammogomphus (Odonata: Gomphidae). — Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 668: 1—7. Gloyd, L. K., 1974. A correction concerning the gen- der of the generic name Gomphoides (Anisoptera: Gomphidae). — Odonatologica 3: 179—180. Heppner, J. B. & G. Lamas, 1982. Acronyms for world museum collections of insects, with an em- phasis on Neotropical Lepidoptera. — Bull. ent. Soc. Am. 28: 305—315. Jurzitza, G., 1981. Lista provisional de los odonatos J. BELLE: South American Phyllogomphoides 95 del Parque Nacional Iguazü, provincia de Mis- iones, Repüblica Argentina. — Notul. odonatol. 147,118. Kiauta, B., 1979. The karyotypes of some Anisoptera from Surinam. — Odonatologica 8: 267—283. Kimmins, D. E., 1969. A list of the type-specimens of Odonata in the British Museum (Natural History) Part 2. — Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) 23: 287— 314. Kirby, W. F., 1897. List of the Neuroptera collected by Mr. E. E. Austen on the etc., during the recent expedition of Messrs. Siemens Bros. Cable S. S. “Faraday”, with descriptions of several new spe- cies of Odonata (dragonflies). — Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 19: 598—617; pls. 12, 13. Lieftinck, M. A., 1965. Macromia splendens (Pictet, 1843) in Europe, with notes on its habits, larva, and distribution (Odonata). — Tijdschr. Ent. 108: 41—59, pl. 5. Lieftinck, M. A., 1971. A catalogue of the type-speci- mens of Odonata preserved in the Netherlands, with a supplementary list of the Odonata types described by Dutch scientists deposited in foreign institutional collections. — Tijdschr. Ent. 114: 65—139; pls. 1—7. Naväs, L., 1914-1923. Neuröpteros colombianos. — Boll. Soc. Cienc. nat. (Bogotà), 1914: 141—148; 1916: 6—13, 21—29, 67—73, 105-110, 119— 121, 137—143, 150-154; 1919: 137—144; 1920: 169—176; 1922: 201—208, 233—240; 1923: 265—272, 279—280. Navas, L., 1924. Odonatos nuevos o interesantes. — Mem. Real. Acad. Cienc. Barcelona 18: 315—332. Needham, J. G., 1944. Further studies on Neotropical gomphine dragonflies. — Trans. Am. ent. Soc. 69: 171—224; pls. 1416. Racenis, J., 1970. Los odonatos de la regiön del Auyantepui y de la Sierra de Lema, en la Guayana venezolana. 2. Las familias Gomphidae, Aeshni- dae y Corduliidae. — Acta biol. venez. 7: 23—39. Ris, F., 1904. Odonaten. — Ergeb. Hamb. Magal. Samm. 9: 3—44. Selys Longchamps, E. de, 1854. Synopsis des Gom- phines. — Bull. Acad. r. Belg. 21: 23—112 (3—93 sep.). Selys Longchamps, E. de, 1869. Secondes additions au synopsis des Gomphines. — Bull. Acad. r. Belg. (2) 28: 169—208 (5—45 sep.). Selys Longchamps, E. de, 1873a. Troisiémes additions au synopsis des Gomphines. — Bull. Acad. r. Belg. (2) 35: 732—774 (5—46 sep.). Selys Longchamps, E. de, 1873b. Appendices aux troisièmes additions et liste des Gomphines, décrites dans le synopsis et ses trois additions. — Bull. Acad. r. Belg. [2] 36: 492—531 (47—87 sep.) Selys Longchamps, E. de, 1894. Causeries odonatolo- giques. — Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 38: 163—181. Selys Longchamps, E. de & H. A. Hagen, 1858. Mo- nographie des Gomphines. — Mém. Soc. r. Sci. Liége 11: 257—720 (VIII + 460 pp. sep.); 23 pls.; 5 tabs. St. Quentin, D., 1967. Die Gattung Gomphoides Selys (Ordnung Odonata) und ihre Verwandten in der neotropischen Region. — Beitr. neotr. Fauna 5: 132—152. St. Quentin, D., 1973. Die Gomphidenfauna Südame- rikas. — Annln naturh. Mus. Wien 7: 335—363. 96 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 4, 1984 mm En III “BPS SW naone = ==> = = ss LL DA I LTR EO 200 TT lon I CR HL TEE IRA > SS Figs. 1—3. Right hind wing in Phyllogomphoides: 1, fuliginosus, 2 holotype; 2, audax, 2 holotype; 3, major, © allotype. Fig. 4. Left hind wing of first described © of Phyllogomphoides selysi. J. BELLE: South American Phyllogomphoides 97 Figs. 5—8. Left profile view of apical segments of abdomen in Phyllogomphoides: 5, fuliginosus, 2 Venezuela; 6, selysi, first described © (possible outline of dilatation indicated by dotted line); 7, audax, 2 holotype; 8, major ? allotype. Figs. 9—13. Ventral view of vulvar lamina in Phyllogomphoides: 9, fuliginosus, 2 Venezuela; 10, selysi, first described 9 ; 11, audax, 2 holotype; 12, major, © allotype; 13, regularis, Rio Grande do Sul, Bra- zil. > 98 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 4, 1984 20) 22 2 Figs. 14—19. Thoracic colour pattern in Phyllogomphoides: 14, fuliginosus, 2 Venezuela; 15, selysi, d neotype; 16, undulatus, 3 Surinam; 17, pseudoundulatus, 3 holotype; 18, pedunculus, 8 holotype; 19, regularis, & Santa Catarina, Brazil. Figs. 20—23. Colour pattern of labrum in Phyllogomphoides: 20, fuliginosus, ? holotype; 21, selysı, first described © ; 22, audax, 2 holotype; 23, major, 2 allotype. | J. BELLE: South American Phyllogomphoides 27 Figs. 24— 30. Right profile view of penis in Phyllogomphoides: 24, fuliginosus, & Surinam; 25, major, 3 para- type Surinam; 26, cristatus, & Surinam; 27, regularis, & Santa Catarina, Brazil; 28, andromeda, & Surinam; 29, undulatus, 3 Surinam; 30, semicircularis, $ Colombia. 99 100 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 4,1984 ESRI AI RTS Figs. 31, 32. Left profile view of penis in Phyllogomphoides: 31, calverti, & holotype (after Calvert in Campion, 1920); 32, camposi, & holotype (after Calvert in Campion, 1920). Figs. 33—36. Phyllogomphoides pedunculus, 3 holotype: 33, tenth abdominal segment and caudal appendages, dorsal view; 34, right pair of wings; 35, acces- sory genitalia, ventral view; 36, the same, right profile view. Figs. 37—40. Occipital plate in Phyllogomphoides: 37, regularis, 2 Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil; 38, fuliginosus, 2 holotype; 39, audax, 2 holotype; 40, major, 2 allotype. JEF EL 127 AFLEVERING 5 1984 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE UITGEGEVEN DOOR 2 | DE NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING 7 INHOUD Le + CZÁR. — New and little known Mesitiinae from southern Europe and Africa u Fi) dsc! hrift voor Entomologie, deel 127, afl. 5 Gepubliceerd 31-XII-1984 NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN MESITIINAE FROM SOUTHERN EUROPE AND AFRICA (HYMENOPTERA, BETHYLIDAE) by L. MOCZAR Hungarian Natural History Museum, Baross u. 13, H-1088 Budapest ABSTRACT Of the South European and African Mesitiinae (Bethylidae) 19 species and subspecies are listed from new localities in the Mediterranean and Ethiopian regions, and from Southern U.S.S.R. Six new species are described: Anaylax pardoi sp. n. (9), Clytrovorus suarezi sp. n. (2), Metrionotus bekkeri sp. n. (6), Sulcomesitius grahamensis sp. n. (2), S. zambiensis sp. n. (6), and Heterocoelia nikolskajae sp. n. (9 4). INTRODUCTION In spite of the increasing number of known Mesitiinae species of the world, a raise from 35 (Kieffer, 1914) to 175 (Möczär, 1984), collec- tions still yield numerous specimens which prove to be new species or to represent new lo- cality data. The present species were mostly col- lected in the Mediterranean region and in the southern territories of the U.S.S.R., and partly in the Ethiopian region. I received extensive help from many col- leagues, to whom I express my sincere thanks: C. van Achterberg (Leiden, the Netherlands), M. Koponen (Helsinki, Finland), G. Pagliano (Torino, Italy), J. Suarez (Almeria, Spain), V. I. Tobias (Leningrad, U.S.S.R.), and H. Townes (Gainesville, Florida, U.S.A.). Anaylax pardoi sp. n. (figs. 1—3) Female. — Length 4 mm. Black, mandibles and clypeus (except its basis), lower side of scape, anterior joint of antennae, anterior tibiae partly, tarsal segments, both ends of femora yel- lowish brown, rest brown; posterior margin of pronotum, abdominal tergites dark reddish translucent, sometimes last abdominal segments partly yellowish brown. Wings short, reaching at most to posterior margin of propodeum, veins light brown. Body very sparsely covered with light and short hairs. Head elongated, remarkably longer than broad (42 : 34), strongly broadened behind eyes (viewed from above), nearly parallel just behind eyes, lateral corners rounded (fig. 1), posterior margin weakly arched, occipital carina very nar- 101 row; surface of head smooth, polished and fine- ly alutaceous with scattered deep punctures (fig. 1) and with a row of denser punctures along eyes, frontal sulcus narrow and short before an- tennal sockets (on some paratypes less devel- oped); ocelli very small, situated in an acute an- gle, outer margins with a hardly visible deepen- ing, ocelli separated from each other by half the distance to the nearest eye (6 : 12); eyes re- markably flat, elongated, distincly longer than broad (15 : 12), separated from mandibles by half their breadth (6 : 12) or by length of anten- nal joint 2; anterior margin of clypeus weakly arched, lateral sides parallel, surface raised into a sharp high longitudinal keel. Antennal joints except scape short, joints 2, 3, (fig. 1), and 13 at most twice as long as broad, joints 4, 7—11 of equal length, and 5 and 6 distinctly shorter than broad, length (and breadth) proportions of an- tennal joints 1—13 = 15 (6): 6 (3): 4 (3): 3.5 (3.5): 3.5 (4): 3.5 (4): 4 (4): 4 (4): 4 (4): 4 (4): 4 (4): 3.5 (3): 6 (3). Pronotum about as long as broad (22: 22— 24), anterior corners rounded (fig. 1), posterior margin weakly arched, surface sculptured like head, longitudinal furrow absent. Mesonotum, scutellum smooth, shining, alutaceous with few punctures (fig. 2), parapsidal furrow not dis- tinct, notaulices with sharp margins, gradually converging towards scutellum. Propodeum short, medially as long as half the transverse diameter (14 : 14), all carinae and areas present, only sublateral carinae weakly developed ante- riorly (in one paratype also posteriorly on left side), sublateral area alutaceous, partly finely shagreened, shining medially (fig. 3), with a 102 short carina (fig. 2) and some wrinkles on ante- ro-medial part, postero-lateral corners acute without a separate spine (fig. 3), sometimes tip shghtly raised. Lateral side of propodeum with ER N wrinkles. Episternum with a diagonal groove below tegulae. Abdomen smooth, shining, tergite 2 aluta- ceous basally and polished with only some fine punctures (fig. 2), tergites 3—6 alutaceous. Male. — Unknown. Holotype: ©, “Taurirt B. Sicar-Marruecos A. Pardo coll. vi.1973” (Hym. Typ. No. 3694 Zool. Dept., Hungarian Nat. Hist. Museum, Budapest). — Paratypes: 4 2 with the same lo- cality and date (1 2, Hym. Typ. No. 3695 Hun- garian Nat. Hist. Museum, Budapest; 1 ©, coll. Suarez, Almeria, Spain; 1 ©, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden; 1 ©, British Mu- seum, Natural History, London). I name this species in honour of the collector, A.Pardo. This species ıs related to A. moczarı (Nagy, 1968) and A. integer (Kieffer, 1906) but differs chiefly by the head and pronotum, which is smooth, shining, and with scattered deep punc- tures (fig. 1), by the propodeum (fig. 3), by the fine punctures on tergite 2 (fig. 2), by the largely black colour, etc. Clytrovorus suarezisp.n. (figs. 4, 5) Female. — Length 3—4 mm. Black, anterior half of clypeus and mandibles, lower side of an- tennal joints 1—3, pronotum except three black spots, mesonotum, tegulae and scutellum except black anterior part, central area and posterior vertical part of propodeum, trochanters, femora apically, tibiae basally and apically, as well as tarsal joints 1—3, brownish red, abdomen part- ly dark reddish translucent. In one paratype the three dark spots of the pronotum are largely fused, and the lateral parts of the mesonotum outside notaulices as well as scutellum largely black; in two other paratypes the brownish red colour extends over malar space, over the whole pronotum, mesonotum and scutellum; more- over, in a lighter paratype (Almeria), mandibles, nearly the entire thorax, lateral side of propo- deum and tibiae yellowish red, only propodeal disc in lateral half and thorax below tegulae black. Wings short, reaching only to propo- TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 5, 1984 deum. Body covered with sparse short, white hairs. Head elongated, distinctly longer than broad (47 : 41), strongly broadened and nearly parallel just behind eyes (viewed from above), lateral corners rounded (fig. 4), posterior margin weakly arched, surface smooth, polished and finely alutaceous with scattered deep punctures (fig. 4), and with a row of denser punctures along eyes, frontal sulcus short, developed only before antennal sockets; ocelli very small, situ- ated in an acute angle, outer margins narrowly excised, ocelli situated nearer to each other than to nearest eye (8:12); eyes remarkably flat, elongated, distinctly longer than broad (17 : 14), separated from mandibles by a dis- tance equaling length of antennal joint 2; ante- rior margin of clypeus arched, lateral sides par- allel, surface raised longitudinally into a sharp, high medial keel. Antennal joints short, except joints 1, 2 and 13, which are at least twice as long as broad, joint 3, which is nearly one-and- a-half time as long as broad; joints 4—9 hardly longer than broad, 10—12 as long as broad; length (and breadth) proportions of antennal joints 1-13 = 18 (7): 7 (3.5): 5.5 (4): 5 (4.5): 5 (4.5): 5 (4.5): 5 (4.5): 5 (4.5): 5 (4.5): 4.5 (4.5): 45 (4.5): 44%) DEE Pronotum nearly as long as broad (24 : 25), anterior corners rounded (fig. 4), lateral sides only weakly, gradually diverging towards tegu- lae, posterior margin slightly arched, surface uniformly finely alutaceous and shining with more scattered deep punctures than on head, without a trace of longitudinal furrow. Mesono- tum, scutellum alutaceous, shining, only with very few punctures (fig. 4), parapsidal furrow weakly developed, notaulices deeper, distinctly convergent towards scutellum. Propodeum re- markably short, as long as half the transverse diameter (15 : 15), central carina distinct, medi- an carinae hardly developed, and hardly percep- tible, discal carinae parallel medially but diverg- ing anteriorly and also posteriorly over less than one-fifth of its length (fig. 4), sublateral carina absent, lateral and transverse carinae well devel- oped posteriorly, sublateral area with foveae of | rather larger size along anterior margin but with smaller ones along lateral and posterior margins, surface of sublateral areas moderately bending ! postero-laterally towards spines and sharply | curved down along its whole lateral margin, be- | cause of this the lateral carınae lying conspicu- Móczár: Mesitunae 103 Figs. 1—3. Anaylax pardoi sp. n., 2. 1, head and pronotum; 2, scutellum, propodeum and abdomen; 3, scutel- lum and propodeum. Figs. 4-5. Clytrovorus suarezi sp. n., 2. 4, head and thorax; 5, abdomen. Fig. 6. Mesitius africanus africanus Kieffer, 2, head in frontal view. Fig. 7. Clytrovorus horvathi (Kieffer), 2, thorax. Fig. 8. Mesitius ghilianii Spinola, 2, thorax. 104 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 5, 1984 ously deeper. Lateral spine hardly distinct, tips slightly raised, lateral side of disc finely wrinkled diagonally, its basis granulated similar to episternum, latter with deep diagonal groove below tegulae. Abdomen smooth, polished, tergite 1 with only few very fine, 2 with some fine and scat- tered punctures (fig. 5), tergite 2 basally, 3—6 finely alutaceous. Male. — Unknown. Holotype: ©, “Taurirt B. Sicar-Marruecos A. Pardo coll. v.1973” (Hym. Typ. No. 3696 Hun- garian Nat. Hist. Museum, Budapest). — Para- types 17 2:2 © with the same data (Hym. Typ. No. 3697—3698 Hungarian Nat. Hist. Mu- seum, Budapest); 1 2, “La Joys Almeria J. Sua- rez leg. 2.1v.60”, Spain (Hym. Typ. No. 3699, Budapest); 1 2, “Taurirt B. Sicar-Marruecos A. Pardo coll. 25.vi.1971” (Rijksmuseum van Na- tuurlijke Historie, Leiden); 1 2 with the same locality and collector, but data: “v.1972” (Hym. Typ. No. 3700, Budapest); 2 2 with the same data, but dated: “vi.1973” (coll. Suarez, Alme- ria, and Hym. Typ. Ne. 3701, Budapest); 8 9 with the same date, but dated: “v.1974” (2 9, British Museum, Natural History, London; 2 2, coll. Suarez, Almeria; 2 9, coll. Nagy-Arga- man, Yaffo, Israel; 2 2, Hym. Typ. No. 3702— 3703, Budapest) and 2 © with the same data, but dated: “vi.1974” (coll. Suarez, Almeria, and Hym. Typ. No. 3704, Budapest). I name this species in honour of the outstand- ing specialist of Mutillidae, Mr. Javier Suarez of Almeria, Spain. This species is similar to C. zavadili (Hoffer, 1936), but differs by the shorter and obtuse spine of the propodeum, by the margin of the central area of the propodeum not being con- vergent anteriorly as well as posteriorly, by the lack of a small, rectangular fovea in this area, by the colour, etc. This species is related to C. horvathi (Kieffer, 1906) (fig. 7) but differs mainly by the head and pronotum-mesonotum-scutellum not being granulated, by the propodeum without an acute spine, by the central area not being strongly broadened anteriorly and not parallel-sided pos- teriorly, by the surface of the sublateral area not gradually bending down towards lateral margın and spine, by the pronotum not having a deep and narrow longitudinal furrow (fig. 7), etc. Mesitius africanus africanus Kieffer, 1906 (fig. 6) Mesitius africanus Kieffer, 1906: 401 (2). Mesitius africanus africanus; Möczär, 1970a: 190, 192 (2). Specimens examined: 1 ®, Zoco el Arba, Marruecos vi.1963 (Budapest); 1 2, San Roque, Cadiz, J. Ramirez, 7.11.1976 (Budapest). 1 9; Cadiz, J. de Ferrer 7.11.1976 (coll. Suarez, Al- meria); 1 ©, Algeciras, 15—22.1v.1926, Lind- berg (Helsinki). This species differs from M. cameroni camer- oni Kieffer, 1906, chiefly by the only superfi- cially punctured head (fig. 6), by the head being slightly shining instead of mat, by the sublateral area being scatteredly wrinkled and mat instead of striated and shining, etc. It was reported from Morocco (Kieffer, 1906), Spain (Kieffer, 1908), France (Picard, 1932), and Algeria (Móczár, 19702). Mesitius apterus (Cameron, 1888) Epyris apterus Cameron, 1888: 171. Mesitius apterus; Moczar, 1970a: 191 (©). Mesitius apterus; Möczär, 1983: 203 (2). Specimens examined: 2 9, Zoco el Arba Mar- ruecos, vi.1963, Spain (Budapest and coll. Nagy-Argaman). This species is easy to distinguish from the re- lated M. szaboi Möczär, 1970, by the longitudi- nal furrow before the antennae, by the distinctly concave lateral margin of the spoon-like keel of the clypeus, as well as by tergite 2 being without very fine scattered punctures. It was reported from Gibraltar (Cameron, 1888) and Morocco, Jordan (Möczär, 19704, 1983). Mesitius ghilianii Spinola, 1851 (fig. 8) Mesitius ghiliani Spinola, 1851:73 (9). Mesitius ghilianu; Móczár, 1970a: 190, 194 (2). Specimens examined: 6 2, Taurirt (Beni Si- car): Marruecos, Melilla 7.vii. and 20.1x.1972, ! v.-24.vi.1974, Spain (4 2 Budapest and 2 © coll. Suárez). — 1 2, Algeria, Buoira (= Bougie) 23.v.1981, leg. Boffa-Casale-Giachino-Risi- Scaramozzino (Budapest). | The above specimens correspond to those de- scribed from France (Móczár, 1970a: 190, 195)4 but the length varies between 4.2—6.5 mm; the Móczár: Mesitunae 105 grooves of the ocelli are distinctly smaller than those in the French specimens and similar to the ones reported from Egypt (Möczär, 1983). In addition to the description: the surface of the sublateral areas (fig. 8) not shagreened nearly over its whole surface but only on its anterior half (1 2) and smoothly shining with only a very fine trace of striae nearly on its whole sur- face (5 2), pronotum not with fine but with dis- tinct punctures (fig. 8), and length of head four- fifths of its breadth. These differences are not essential and fall within te varıation of this spe- cies. This species was reported before from Sicily (Spinola, 1851), Corsica (Marshall, 1874), Gi- braltar (Cameron, 1889), Gallia (Dalla-Torre, 1898), Tunis, Algeria (Picard, 1932), Corfu (Nagy, 1969) and Egypt (Móczár, 1983). Metrionotus egypticus Móczár, 1974 _ Metrionotus egypticus Möczär, 1974: 174, 175 (©). Metrionotus egypticus; Möczär, 1983: 204 (G nov.). Specimens examined: 1 ®, Wadi Feran 4.11.1935 and 1 © Helwan 11.1.1936, Egypt (Budapest). This species is closely related to /ncertosulcus soikai Möczär, 1970, from which it differs chief- | ly by the distinct and narrow longitudinal fur- row of the pronotum, by length and breadth proportions of the pronotum (12 : 19, instead of | 16:19), etc. | = It was reported from Egypt (Möczär, 1974, 1983). Metrionotus bekkeri sp. n. (figs. 9, 10) Male. — Length 3.5 mm. Black, antennae, clypeus, mandibles, tegulae, legs and last ab- dominal segments yellowish brown, anterior half of mandibles, tarsal segments 1—3 yellow- ish, pronotum posteriorly, tergite 1 in anterior half, lateral side of abdomen dark reddish brown, translucent. Wings normally developed, | fore wings hardly infuscated, veins and ptero- stigma brownish, yellowish only basally. Body ‘| sparsely covered with white hairs, antennae ‚| with suberect hairs, latter distinctly shorter than | diameter of antennal joints. Head one-fourth shorter than broad, remark- ably broadened behind eyes (fig. 9), sides con- . | vergent (viewed from above), posterior margin ‚nearly straight, occipital margin narrowly im- pressed; ocelli in a slightly acute angle POL- : OOL = 4:5, outer margins of ocelli with shining grooves; head shagreened, only weakly shining with shallow, larger punctures (fig. 9), frontal sulcus developed from fore ocellus up to antennal sockets but interrupted medially; eyes remarkably small, hardly longer than broad, malar space as broad as the length of antennal joint 3, or mandibles separated from eyes by a distance of two-thirds length of eyes; anterior margin of clypeus nearly straight with obtuse lateral corners, sides parallel, surface raised into a sharp high keel medially. Antennal joints slen- der, 1 and 13 the longest, 3—7, as well as 8—10, and 11 and 12 of equal length, joints 3—7 hard- ly longer than 8—10, all joints at least twice as long as broad, the pedicel excepted, which is only 1.75 times as long as broad, length (and breadth) proportions of antennal joints 1—13 = 5 ():35 Ch DPI OLIE ae if 2 6): 4 (1.5): 335 (er 0: I 32:3 (1.2): 5 (1.2). Pronotum hardly longer than three-quarters of its breadth (9 : 11), anterior corners slightly obtuse, lateral sides hardly convex medially and strongly diverging towards tegulae, posterior margin moderately arched, surface shagreened, hardly shining, with scattered larger but shallow punctures (fig. 9), longitudinal sulcus narrow, ending before posterior margin, mesonotum and scutellum shagreened, only moderately shining, with few fine and scattered punctures (figs. 9, 10), parapsidal furrow only in trace pre- sent, notaulices deep, gradually converging to- wards scutellum, longitudinal furrow absent. Propodeum longer than half its transverse diameter, central areas (fig. 10) well sculptured, sublateral areas granulated, not shining, surface of disc remarkably convex, postero-lateral cor- ners lying conspicuously deep and slightly acute, their tips raised, practically without a dis- tinct spine. Episternum shagreened below tegu- lae, behind transversal groove granulated latero- ventrally. Abdominal tergite 1 smooth, polished, with- out punctures, 2 shagreened basally, with very fine and scattered punctures medially and pol- ished posteriorly. Female. — Unknown. Holotype: d, “Sarepta Bekker 66” (Lenin- grad). I named this species in honour of its collector. This species is related to M. zuluensis (Möczär, 1971), from which it differs mainly by the an- tennae being without dense proclinate hairs, by 06 TIIDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 5, 1984 à + Hi ‘+ 17 Figs. 9—10. Metrionotus bekkeri sp. n., 3,9, head, pronotum and mesonotum; 10, scutellum and propodeum. | Figs. 11—17. Heterocoelia nikolskajae sp. n. 11, scutellum and propodeum (2); 12, abdomen (*); 13, first | antennal joints (4); 14, propodeum (d); 15, abdomen (6), 16, head, pronotum and mesonotum (2); 17, head, pronotum and mesonotum (6 ). L Moczar: Mesitunae 107 the pronotum having no distinct spine, by its larger size, by the ratio spine to length of pro- podeum being not 2 : 11, etc. Heterocoelia nikolskajae sp. n. (figs. 11—17) Female. — Length 5.3 mm. Black, antennae (except the light brownish joints 6—13), ante- rior half of mandibles and clypeus, legs, except coxae brown basally, yellowish red, basal parts of clypeus and mandibles as well as tegulae, brown, hind femora and tibia yellowish brown, abdominal tergite 1, lateral side of 2 and apical segments posteriorly dark brownish red, trans- lucent. Wings normal, fore wings only weakly brownish infuscated, veins brown. Body and eyes with sparse, white hairs. Head as long as broad (28 : 28), distinctly broadened behind eyes, sides gradually conver- gent (viewed from above), occipital margin nar- rowly impressed; ocelli in a rectangle, posterior ocelli as far from each other as from nearest eye, POL : OOL = 5 : 6, outer margins with shin- ing grooves; head with very dense, larger but not very deep punctures (fig. 16), spaces be- tween punctures fused into more or less longi- tudinal wrinkles, surface shining, frontal sulcus well-developed above antennal sockets; eyes large and rather convex, elongated, three-quar- ters as broad as long (9 : 12), separated from mandibles by a distance of nearly two-thirds length of eyes (7 : 12): anterior margin of cly- peus moderately arched with obtuse corners, raised into a sharp, high keel medially. Antennal joints rather slender, scape very long, distinctly longer than antennal joints 2 and 3 together, Joints 2—3 twice as long as broad and distinctly longer than 4—12, all joints longer than broad except 3—5, which are as long as broad, length (and breadth) proportions of antennal joints 1213 = 11 (4): 4 (2): 5 (2.4): 3.5 (3.5): 3.5 (3.5): 3.5 (3.5): 3 (2.5): 3 (2.5): 3 (2.5): 3 (2): 3 (2): 3 Q): 4 (2) Pronotum about two-thirds as long medially (excluding collar) as broad in front (13 : 18), an- terior corners rounded, lateral sides parallel and diverging from middle towards tegulae, posteri- or margin nearly straight and broadly impressed (fig. 16), surface smooth, shining with dense minute and few larger punctures in anterior half, longitudinal furrow narrow and deep, es- pecially anteriorly. Mesonotum, scutellum smooth, shining with minute dense punctures (fig. 16), parapsidal furrow narrow and rather deep, notaulices broader and deeper with sharp margins, strongly converging in anterior half, parallel medially and diverging before posterior margin. Longitudinal furrow of mesonotum, as well as basal sulcus on scutellum, absent. Scutel- lum with some larger punctures laterally. Pro- podeum short, distinctly shorter medially than half its transverse diameter (10:12) (fig. 11), coarsely sculptured, all carinae present, lateral sides parallel, moderately diverging, beginning with spines, latter acute (viewed from above), truncate from the side, short, only about as long as one-third of length of propodeum medially (4 : 11). Lateral sides of disc along upper margin with a parallel wrinkle ending in vertical and postero-lateral edge of propodeum before spine. Sides of thorax rather coarsely sculptured, epis- ternum with deep and broad groove below te- gulae. Abdomen smooth, tergites 1 and 2 polished, 1 with very fine punctures medially on dorsal side (fig. 12), 2 finely granulated basally, with fine and scattered punctures, except on side, and a small area medially in front of posterior margin, last tergites finely granulated with very fine punctures. Sternite 2 with scattered, deep and also minute punctures mixed with larger ones. Male. — Length 3.6—3.9 mm. Coloration similar to female, but mandibles, clypeus and antennae entirely yellowish red, except apical brown tip of joint 13 and the more brownish coxae. Wings similar to female. Sparse white hairs of body longer than in female. Antennae with short, typical, proclinate hairs (fig. 13). Head, ocelli correspond to female, POL- : OOL = 4:5, sculpture of head finer, punc- tures smaller and shallower (fig. 17), spaces be- tween punctures not forming longitudinal wrinkles, frontal sulcus shallower but also de- veloped below fore ocellus, malar space nar- rower, only one-third as long as eye (3 : 9). An- tennal joints remarkably slender, joint 3 1.75 times as long as 2 (fig. 13), joints 1 and 13, as well as 3—10 nearly of equal length, joints at least twice as long as broad, except pedicel, length (and breadth) proportions of antennal joints 1—13 = 6 (3): 3.5 (2.5): 5.5 (2.5): 5 (2.5): 5 (2.2): 5 (2): 5 (2): 5 (2): 5 (2): 5 (2): 4.4 (2): 4 (2): 6 (2) (after allotype). Pronotum similar to female (8 : 12), surface moderately shining owing to rather dense small- er and few larger scattered punctures (fig. 17), and to finely shagreened interspaces; longitudi- nal furrow very shallowly developed anteriorly, in one paratype (of same locality as allotype) uniformly deep on its whole length, in other 108 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 5, 1984 paratype (Kondara) only posterior present. Mesonotum, scutellum as in female. Propodeum (fig. 14) remarkably longer than in female, near- ly as long as half its transverse diameter (8 : 8.5), lateral spine minute, as long as wide at basis, tip projecting dorsally. Sides of thorax with finer sculpture than in female. Tergites similar to those in female, but tergite 2 with more scattered, distinct and deep punctures (fig. 15), but sternite 2 with denser and deeper uni- form punctures. Holotype: 2, “Khodzha-obo-gari S skl. Gis- sar xr. Nikolskaja, 29.vu.944”, Tadzıkskaja S.S.R., NW from Dusambe (Leningrad). — Al- lotype: d, “Khodzha-obi-garı S skl. Gissar xr. Nikolskaja 28.v11.944 (Leningrad). — Para- types: 1 d the same data as holotype (Budapest, Hym. Typ. No. 3705); 1 d, the same locality but 17.vin.1944 (coll. Nagy-Argaman); 1 6, “Kondara 1100 m. d. Varzob, Tadzk. Gussakovskij 19.v1.938”, Tadzıkskaja S.S.R., 30 km NW from Dusambe (Budapest, Hym. Typ. No. 3706). I name this species in honour of the collector, the late outstanding chalcidologist M. N. Nikolskaja. This species seems to represent a transitional form between the genera Heterocoelia and Met- rionotus. It can be included in Metrionotus on the basis of the sculpture of the pronotum, but it was nevertheless placed in Heterocoelia be- cause of features of the propodeum and the head, and also because of its relation to the closely related species H. hungarica (Kieffer, 1906) and H. c. carceli (Westwood, 1874). The female is easy recognizable by the black head (except antennae, mouth parts and part of clypeus), by the thorax and abdomen as well as by the rather smooth, shining pronotum with few larger punctures in anterior half, which dis- tinguishes it from all other Heterocoelia species. The male differs from H. hungarica by the pronotum being not densely and coarsely punc- tured and tergite 2; it differs from HH. c. carceli especially by the pronotum usually being with- out narrow and deep longitudinal sulcus and without rather dense and larger punctures, as well as by tergite 2, which has more scattered and distinct punctures with larger smooth pol- ished interspaces, etc. Heterocoelia carceli carceli (Westwood, 1874) Mesitius carceli Westwood, 1874: 166, pl. 31 fig. 9 (2). Heterocoelia carceli carceli; Möczär, 1971: 306, 308, 314 (28). Specimens examined: 6 2, Sarepta, Krasno- darmejsk, Russian S.S.R., Bekker, 1866, 1867, 1868 (Leningrad) and 4 2, 1 d with the same data (Budapest). — 1 6, Dorzaband m. Lenko- ran Talish Mountains, Azerbaidzhan S.S.R., coll. Veltishchev 21—26.viii.1938 (Leningrad) and 1 d with the same data (Budapest). — 1 9, M. San. Autan. Malaga, v.1946, Cobos Sauchex (Budapest). Additionally this species has been reported from the following territories: Mediterranean coast and Austria (Kieffer, 1906), England (Westwood, 1874), the Netherlands (Hoffer, 1936), Yugoslavia, Hungary (Moczar, 1971), South Russian S.S.R. (Nagy, 1968), and “Orient.” (Schulz, 1906). Heterocoelia carceli obscura (Kieffer, 1906) Mesitius carceli var. obscurus Kieffer, 1906: 411, 535, 545 (6) (incorrectly attributed to Snellen van Vol- lenhoven). Mesitius carceli obscurus; Kieffer, 1914: 303 (4). Heterocoelia carceli carceli var. obscura; Möczär, 1971: 308, 315 (8). The citation of Snellen van Vollenhoven, 1867 (Tijdschr. Ent. 10: 222) given by Kieffer (1904: 40) is incorrect, because neither in Snellen van Vollenhoven’s paper (1867, p. 222-226!)) nor in any of his other publications any trace of the name “obscurus” has been found. Consequent- ly, I propose to accept the opinion of C. van Achterberg (in litt.) that Kieffer is the author of obscurus. The first reference by Kieffer was based on a male. Kieffer (1906: 411, 535) in his catalogue mentioned neither a date nor a locali- | ty, as he did for other species, which indicates that he had no printed source or specimen; per- haps he received a letter from Snellen van Vol- lenhoven near the end of his life, containing data | on “obscurus”. On the other hand, Kieffer | (1914: 303) recorded this species from “Hol- | land”. In the Leiden collection there is an old la- | 1) The single unnamed taxon really is a Proctotrupid, | not a Bethylid, according to fig. 4 in Snellen Van Vol- | lenhoven’s paper of 1867. | Moczar: Mesitunae 109 bel, written by Snellen van Vollenhoven “obscu- rus Voll.”. Unfortunately, the above four speci- mens were collected in Italy and not in “Holland”, they are females and not males and clearly represent Heterocoelia nagyı Möczär, 1969, and not H. carceli (Westwood). After the information kindly supplied by C. van Achter- berg no male specimens of Mesitius carceli were found in the collection, so the original material is considered to be lost. In the collection of Budapest (Hung. Nat. Hist. Mus.) there is a male specimen, which per- fectly corresponds to Kieffer’s description of carceli obscurus, collected at the foot of the Mountain Alps “Köszeg, Mehely”. I here desig- nate this specimen as neotype (Hym. Typ. No. 3707 Mus. Budapest). Kieffer’s description can be supplemented as follows: frons and vertex differently punctured, latter only with superficial punctures, inter- spaces shagreened, hardly shining. Punctures of pronotum with sharper margins than in carcelı carceli (Westwood). Tergite 2 slightly more densely punctured than in carceli, but not so deeply and densely as in halidayi (Westwood, 1874). Tergite 2 more extensively granulate bas- ally than in carcelı. This subspecies is known from Hungary on- ly. Heterocoelia nagyi (Móczár, 1969) Mesitius nagyı Móczár, 1969: 373 (©). Heterocoelia nagyi; Möczär, 1971: (28). Heterocoelia nagyi; Nagy, 1972: 14 (dé). 306, 307, 313 Specimens examined: 2 9, Piemont Asti, Gri- bodo (Leiden). 1 2, Italy, Gribodo (Leiden), 1 2, Pedem(onte), Gribodo (Leiden). 1 2, Borgo- male, 25.vi.1982, Piemonte, Italia, leg. Pagliano (Torino). 1 2, S. Benedetto Belbo, 26.v11.1980, Langhe-Piemonte, leg. Pagliano (Budapest). 1 2, Paterna, Alpujarras (Alm.), J. Suarez (Buda- pest). This species was reported before from: Cor- sica, Italy, France (Möczär, 1969), Greece (Möczär, 1971), Greece: Insel Ka (Nagy, 1972). Heterocoelia hispanica (Cameron, 1888) Epyris hispanicus Cameron, 1888: 169 (@). Mesitius hispanicus; Kieffer, 1905: 111. Heterocoelia hispanica; Möczär, 1971: 306, 317 (2). Specimens examined: 1 2, San Roque, Cadiz, J. Ramirez (Budapest). 1 2, Montejaque, Mala- ga, Espana, A. Pardo (Budapest). This species was described from Gibraltar (Cameron, 1888). Further data are unreliable Owing to erroneous synonymisation with Mesi- tius carceli Westwood (Kieffer, 1906). With certainty known from Spain only. Heterocoelia nigriventris (Dahlbom, 1845) Cleptes nigriventris Dahlbom, 1845: 1 (2). Heterocoelia nigriventris; Dahlbom, 1854: 22. Heterocoelia nigriventris; Möczär, 1971: 306, 318 (?). Specimens examined: 1 ?, Tanger, Morocco, 25—29.iv.1926, Lindberg (Helsinki). 1 9, Meknes, 570, 16.1v.1963 (Budapest). This species was reported from North Africa (Dahlbom, 1845; Picard, 1932, etc.), and from CO coast (Marshall, 1874; Nagy, 1968). Sulcomesitius capensis (Kieffer, 1911) Mesitius capensis Kieffer, 1911: 455 (2). Sulcomesitius capensis; Móczár, 1970b: 411, 413, 426 (2, d nov). Specimens examined: 1 ®, Grahamstown, 20.x.1970, S. Afr., leg. H. and M. Townes (Gai- nesville, Florida). Known from South Africa only (Kieffer, 1911; Móczár, 1970b). Sulcomesitius consimilis Móczár, 1970 Sulcomesitius consimilis Möczär, 1970b: 411, 413, 430 (28). Specimen examined: 1 ©, Hluhluwe Game Res., 13.x1.1970, S. Afr., leg. H. and M. Townes (Gainesville, Florida). This species was reported from South Africa before (Möczär, 1970b). Sulcomesitius erdoesi Möczär, 1970 Sulcomesitius erdoesi Möczär, 1970b: 413, 429 (4). Specimen examined; 1 d, St. Lucia Estuary 15.x1.1970, S. Afr., leg. H. and M. Townes (Gai- nesville, Florida). It was reported from South Africa (Móczár, 1970b). Sulcomesitius grahamensis sp. n. (figs. 18—23) Female. — Length 5.8 mm. Head and thorax yellowish, partly darker red with blackish spots on upper side of antennae distally, on frons in- 110 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 5, 1984 cluding ocelli, on lower parts of head and on lateral areas of propodeum; legs brownish or, partly, lighter brownish red; abdomen black, segments dark reddish, translucent posteriorly. Wings rather short, reaching about the middle of tergite 2, fore wings dark brownish infus- cated except base, tip and a rather broad trans- verse band outside of cells, veins dark brown, pterostigma yellowish brown. Body covered with sparse short white hairs, tergites without a tuft of short white haırs (fig. 23). Head distinctly longer than broad (58 : 50), remarkably broadened behind eyes, sides straight and distinctly converging, corners rounded, occipital carına arched, margin nar- rowly impressed; ocelli in a sharp acute angle; hind ocelli separated from each other by a dis- tance shorter than three-quarters of that from eyes, POL :OOL = 7:9, outer margins of ocelli with deep shining grooves; frontal sulcus very short, frons weakly shining with rather deep (fig. 18) and scattered punctures (com- pared to S. masneri Möczär, 1984), interspaces shagreened; eyes relatively larger, convex, lon- ger than broad (21 : 18), separated from mandi- bles by a distance of about four-fifth length of eye (15 : 18); anterior margin of clypeus re- markably protruding and nearly straight with rounded corners laterally, surface raised longi- tudinally into a sharp, high keel medially. An- tennae short, flagellar joints slightly thickened medially, antennal joints 1—3 slender (fig. 21), jount 3 longer than 2, 7 longer than 5—6 or 8— 12, scape 2.5 times longer than broad, joints 2— 3 about twice as long as broad, 4—12 broader than long, length (and breadth) proportions of antennal joints 1—13 = 20 (8): 8 (4.5): 10 (5): 5 (5-:5):4.5 (5:59:45 (5) EEE): 4 (5):4 (5): 7 (4). Pronotum 1.2 times broader than long (34 : 28), anterior corners obtuse, sides nearly parallel, slightly concave anteriorly, diverging towards tegulae, posterior margin slightly emar- ginate and shallowly impressed, surface sha- greened, nearly granulated with larger punc- tures than on head, longitudinal furrow remark- ably deep and narrow. Mesonotum finely shagreened, hardly shining, with scattered punctures, parapsidal furrow and notaulices well-developed and sharply margined (fig. 19), longitudinal furrow shallow. Scutellum slightly impressed medially, moderately shining. Propo- deum short, as long medially as half its trans- verse diameter before spine, lateral margins gradually diverging backwards (fig. 20), spines strongly acute (viewed from above and from the side), shorter than two-thirds length of propo- deum (14 : 23). AIl carinae and areas well-de- veloped, sublateral areas finely transversely wrinkled, sublateral carinae nearly straight, not bending before posterior margin of propodeum, because of this lateral area remarkably broader before spine than in S. masneri. Side of propo- deum wrinkled diagonally also with a parallel longitudinal and stronger wrinkle below upper and along posterior margins, fusing at base of spine. Episternum coarsely sculptured with a rather deep and broad furrow transversely be- low tegulae. Abdomen smooth, shining, tergite 1 polished, only with very scattered punctures, tergite 2 granulated on its basal third (fig. 23), with dis- tinct, not deep and rather dense punctures me- dially and polished without any punctures on its posterior third, except for a very small finely alutaceous streak just along posterior margin, sides with fine denser punctures to posterior margin, except the broad polished and impunc- tate ventro-lateral margin on its whole length (fig. 22). Tergites 2—6 smooth, shining, partly alutaceous and partly with fine scattered punc- tures with semicircular impressions on posterior margins. Sternite 2 shining, deeper punctured only basally, more scattered medially and poste- rıorly. Male. — Unknown. Holotype: ©, “Grahamstown x-20-70 S. Afr. H. and M. Townes” (Gainesville, Florida). This species is similar to S. masneri Möczär, 1984 (reported from Sri Lanka) but differs chiefly by tergite 2 being without dense and deep punctures medially and without small pol- ished area postero-medially, by the deeper and more sparsely punctured head, by the shallow and not well margined longitudinal furrow of the mesonotum, by the antennal joints 2—3 be- ing of different length, by the colour, etc. Sulcomesitius zambiensis sp. n. (figs. 24—27) Male. — Length 4.3 mm. Black, apical half of mandibles, hind tibiae partly on inner side, last | tarsal joints partly, posterior margins of tergite 2—3, segments 4—7, brownish red, partly dark _ See. Wings long, reaching to the posterior ! end of abdomen, fore wings distinctly blackish | infuscated with broad lighter basis and a light band outside of cells, veins dark brown. Body sparsely covered with short, light hairs, anten- nae with very short brown proclinate hairs. Móczár: Mesıtiinae 111 Figs. 18—23. Sulcomesitius grahamensis sp. n., 2. 18, head in front; 19, mesonotum, scutellum; 20, propo- deum; 21, antennal joints; 22, abdomen in lateral view; 23, abdomen. Figs. 24—27. Sulcomesitius zambiensis sp. n., d. 24, head, vertex; 25, posterior part of head, pronotum and mesonotum; 26, abdomen in lateral view; 27, | propodeum and abdomen. 112 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 5, 1984 Head as long as broad (28 : 29), remarkably broadened backwards and parallel behind eyes (viewed from above), posterior margin nearly straight with very deep impressed row of irreg- ular foveolae (figs. 24, 25), the larger ones situ- ated behind ocelli; ocelli in a distinct obtuse an- gle, POL : OOL = 5 : 6, outer margins of ocelli with deep larger grooves (figs 24, 25); frontal sulcus shallow; head with coarse deep and very dense punctures, interspaces of vertex distinct and granulate (fig. 24), especially between ocelli and eye; clypeus semicircularly rounded and raised as a longitudinal sharp and high keel me- dially; eye very convex, slightly broader than three-fourths its length (9 : 11), separated from mandible by length of OOL or by hardly more than half the length of an eye (6 : 11). Antennae unusually thick and flattened, joints only slight- ly longer than thick, except joints 1, 3 and 10— 13, inner sides of joints 5—10 curved, outer side straight, outer tips of these joints acute apically, inner ones rectangular, joints 2, 4—9 hardly longer than broad, 1, 12—13 at least twice as long as broad, length ci breadth) proportions of joints 1—13 = 8 (4): 5 (4): 7 (4.5): 5.5 (4.5): 5:5 (4.5): 6:5) 26 (3) 2614): 6 (SOS) TIRO 4.5 (2): 7 (2). Pronotum only two-thirds as long as its breadth anteriorly (14:21), anterior corners sharply triangularly protruding (fig. 25) owing to a wrinkle emerging on side and reaching cor- ners, sides concave up to middle and diverging backwards, posterior margin only weakly arched, surface with very coarse, dense and deep punctures, latter larger than on vertex, few spaces granulated, longitudinal furrow deep and broad only in front. Mesonotum shagreened, hardly shining with scattered smaller and some larger punctures, notaulices broad, very deep and cross-wrinkled, parapsidal furrow weakly developed, longitudinal furrow broad and deep, developed only in posterior half (fig. 25). Scu- tellum without median sulcus, with deep and larger punctures. Propodeum strongly sculp- tured, all carinae well-developed, areas trans- versely wrinkled, propodeum as long medially as half transversal breadth of disc (14 : 13.5), lateral spine remarkably acute (fig. 27), also when viewed side and conspicuously long, near- ly as long as four-fifth length of propodeum medially (11:14), side of propodeum with dense and larger not deep punctures, with a strong parallel wrinkle along upper and posteri- or margins, fusing into spine, this area strongly cross-wrinkled. Episternum strongly punctate with a diagonal deep groove below tegulae. Abdomen smooth, shining, tergite 1 polished with scattered distinct punctures medially and laterally, tergite 2 granulated basally with rather deep and rather dense punctures medially (fig. 27), with denser punctures laterally except the polished antero-lateral triangle (fig. 26) and the medio-posterior area. Last tergites distinctly punctured. Sternite 2 with deep dense punc- tures. Female. — Unknown. Holotype: 4, “Zambia Africa Copperbelt Pr. Mwekera 323 i 1982 J. Selander leg.” from Dept. Agr. Forest., Zool. Univ. Helsinki in ex- change in Budapest (Hym. Typ. No. 3708). This species is closely related to S. townesia- nus Moczar, 1983, but differs chiefly by tergite 2 being without sparse punctures laterally be- fore ventro-lateral polished margin, by the ocel- li not forming a right angle, by the vertex having no interspaces, by the area before the occipital carina being irregularly foveolate, by the prono- tum being only slightly longer than half the frontal breadth, by the longer lateral spine of propodeum, by the colour, etc. Pycnomesitius peringueyi (Kieffer, 1913) Mesitius peringueyi Kieffer, 1913: 329 (2). Pycnomesitius peringueyi; Moczar, 1971: 301, 302 (9, d new). Specimen examined: 1 d, Eshowe, Natal, 19.x1.1970, S. Afr., H. and M. Townes (Gaines- ville, Florida). Reported from South Africa: Natal (Kieffer, 1913). Pycnomesitius densepunctatus Möczär, 1971 Pycnomesitius densepunctatus Móczár, 1971: 167 (9 3). Specimens examined: 2 6, Eshowe, Natal, 19.1x.1970, S. Afr., H. and M. Townes (Gaines- ville, Florida, and Budapest). Reported from South Africa (Móczár, 1971). REFERENCES Cameron, P., 1888. Descriptions of twenty-three new species of Hymenoptera. — Mem. Proc. Man- chester lit. phil. Soc. (4) 1: 159—183. Cameron, P., 1889. A decade of new Hymenoptera. Proctotrupidae. — Mem. Proc. Manchester lit. phil. Soc. (4) 2: 11—14. Dahlbom, A. G., 1845. Dispositio methodica spe- | cierum Hymenopterorum secundum familias in- sectorum naturales. Particula secunda Chrysis in : sensu Linnaeano: 1—21.— Lund, Berlin. Moczar: Mesitunae 113 Dahlbom, A. G., 1854. Hymenoptera Europaea prae- cipue Borealia per familias, genera, species et va- rietates deposita atque descripta. Tomus secundus Chrysis in sensu Linnaeano, i-xxill, 1—412, pls. 1—12. Dalla Torre, C. G. de, 1898. Chalcididae et Proctotru- pidae. — Catalogus Hymenopterorum 5: i-vill, 1—598. Hoffer, A., 1936. Genus Mesitius Thoms. in der Ce- choslovakei (Bethylidae, Hym.-Vespoid.). — Cas. ësl. Spol. ent. 33: 119—124, figs. 1—3. Kieffer, J. J. & T. A. Marshall, 1904-1906. Procto- trypidae. — In: André, Species des Hyménoptères d’Europe et d’Algérie 9; 1904: 1—64; 1905: 65— 288; 1906: 289—552, pls. i-xx1. Kieffer, J. J., 1905. Description de nouveaux Procto- trypides exotiques. — Annls Soc. sci. Bruxelles 29:95—142, fig. 114. Kieffer, J. J., 1908. Hymenoptera. Fam. Bethylidae. — In: Wytsman, Genera Insectorum 76: 1—50, pls. i-ili. Kieffer, J. J., 1911. Cynipides et Béthylides de l’Afri- que du Sud (Hymenopt.). — Annls Soc. ent. Fr. 80: 451—462. Kieffer, J. J., 1913. Nouveaux Serphides de l’Afrique du Sud. — Boll. Lab. Zool. gen. agr. Portici 7: 324—331. Kieffer, J. J., 1914. Hymenoptera. Bethylidae. — Das Tierreich 41: 1—595, figs. 1—205. Marshall, T. A., 1874. Description of a new European species of Bethylides (Hymenoptera: Oxyura). — Entomologist mon. Mag. 10: 222—223. Möczär, L., 1969. New Mesitius species Hymeno- ptera: Bethylidae). — Acta zool. hung. 15: 371— 377, fig. 1. Moczar, L., 1970a. Mesitinae of world with new gen- era and species. I. (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae). — Acta zool. hung. 16: 175—203, fig. 1—16. Möczär, L., 1970b. Mesitinae of world, genera Sulco- mesitius Moczar and Metrionotus Moczar. Il. (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae). — Acta zool. hung. 16: 409—451, figs. 1—8. Moczar, L., 1971. Mesitinae of world, genera “Mesiti- us Spinola”, Pilomesitius Möczär Parvoculus Möczär, Pycnomesitins Möczär and Heterocoelia Dahlbom. III. (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae). — Ac- ta zool. hung. 17: 295—332, figs. 1—9. Möczär, L., 1974. On another new species of the ge- nus Metrionotus Móczár (Hymenoptera: Bethyli- dae: Mesitinae). — Acta biol. Szeged. 20: 173— 172, Möczär, L., 1983. New data of Bethylidae from the Priesner’s collection. — Acta biol. Szeged. 29: 203—204. Moczar, L., 1984. Oriental Mesitiinae (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae). — Folia ent. hung. 45: 109—150, figs. 1—181. Nagy, C. G., 1968. A new record of Mesitinae (Hymenoptera, Bethylidae). — Memorie Soc. ent. ital. 47: 168—176, figs. 1—9. Nagy, C. G., 1969. Sur la sous-famille Mesitinae Ber- land (Hym., Bethylidae). — Lucr. Sta. zool. marit. Agigea, 3: 275—300, figs. 1—33. Nagy, C. G., 1972. Taxonomic remarks on Mesitinae (Hymenoptera, Bethylidae). — Memorie Soc. ent. ital. 51: 5—18, figs. 1—12. Picard, F., 1932. Contribution a l’étude des Mesitius du bassin méditerranéen (Hymenoptera Bethyli- dae). — Soc. ent. Fr., Livre cent.: 403—414, figs. 1-3. Schulz, W. A., 1906. Standgut. — Spolia Hym.: 76— 269. Snellen van Vollenhoven, S. C., 1867. Drie nieuwe soorten van inlandsche Hymenoptera. — Tijdschr. Ent. 10: 222—226, pl. 10. Spinola, M. 1851. Compte rendu des Hyménoptères inédits provenants du voyage entomologique de M. Ghiliani dans la Para en 1846. — Memorie Acad. Sci. Torino (2) 13: 19—94. Westwood, J. O., 1874. Thesaurus entomologicus Oxoniensis; or Illustrations of new, rare and in- teresting insects, for the most part contained in the collections presented to the University of Oxford by the Rev. F. W. Hope, 4: 1—205, 40 pls. — Ox- ford Clarendon Press. DEEL 127 AFLEVERING 6 1984 __ TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE UITGEGEVEN DOOR a mae ZOOL DE NEDERLANDSE D OI VERÉRIGINC 16 1995 | + Scelionoidea) described by Haliday and Walker and preserved in the l Museum of Ireland and the British Museum (Natural History). 1. Des- jdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 127, afl. 6 Gepubliceerd 31-XII-1984 n e THE TYPES OF PLATYGASTRIDAE (HYMENOPTERA, SCELIONOIDEA) DESCRIBED BY HALIDAY AND WALKER AND PRESERVED IN THE NATIONAL MUSEUM OF IRELAND AND THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 1. DESIGNATION OF LECTOTYPES by H.J. VLUG Instituut voor Plantenziektenkundig Onderzoek, Binnenhaven 12, Wageningen, The Netherlands and M. W. R. DE V. GRAHAM 5 Salisbury Crescent, Oxford, Great Britain Abstract A survey is given of the Platygastridae described by Haliday and Walker from the British Isles. The relevant collections at the British Museum (Natural History) and the National Museum of Ireland have been studied and analysed as to types of pins, characteristics of mounting and, often subsequently attached, labels. Lectotypes are designated for nearly all species. Eurostemma Szelényi, 1938, is found to be a junior synonym of Allotropa Foerster, 1856. INTRODUCTION Although Masner (1965) published a paper on the types of the Proctotrupoidea in the British Museum (Natural History) (BMNH) and in the Hope Department of Entomology at Oxford, the Platygastridae described by Haliday and Walker have continued to be largely ignored. No less than 113 British, Irish and Scottish spe- cies of Platygastridae have been described by Haliday and Walker. In addition to the BMNH material, the present authors have also studied the type specimens preserved in the National Museum of Ireland (NMI), Dublin. Two store- boxes at NMI, part of the Haliday collection and numbered 16 and 23, contain the majority of his own and Walker’s platygastrid types. An account of the Haliday collection has been pub- lished by O’Connor & Nash (1982). Graham (1982) has provided additional notes on its his- tory. Thanks to Dr. J. P. O’Connor, the senior author had the relevant contents of boxes 16 and 23 on loan for over a year. From this material 84 lectotypes have been designated. In addition, 27 lectotypes have been selected from 115 the material of the BMNH and one lectotype has been designated from specimens in the “Na- turhistorisches Museum”, Vienna. One species was not represented in any of the above institu- tions and it has to be regarded as a nomen dubi- um. Three species, renamed by Kieffer, have al- so been included in this paper. The examined collections are amongst the earliest made of the Platygastridae and they provide therefore a sound foundation for the study of the group. Although many taxa de- scribed by Nees (1834) are ot earlier date, a larger number of species were described by Haliday and Walker. The Nees material has been lost and as a consequence neotypes for his species will have to be established eventually. We have restricted our study to those species which were described by Haliday in 1833, Walker and Haliday in 1835 and Walker in 1838. On page 218 of his 1835 paper Walker states: “In the first volume of the Entomological Magazine there is an excellent methodical ar- rangement of these and other minute Hymeno- ptera, by Mr. Haliday; who, by the loan of his 116 MSS. and collection contributed much to the following descriptions—”. The species de- scribed by Haliday, but which appeared in Walker’s paper are therefore quoted as “Hali- day in Walker” when Walker mentions: “(Hali- day, MSS.)” or in the case of [phitrachelus lar: “(Haliday)”. However, whenever Walker states:- “(Haliday, Gurus: Brit Ent. 309), Walker must be considered the authority. This situation arises because these names appeared in a list without any description (Curtis, 1830), Walker merely using the Haliday names for his own descriptions. For Platygaster velutinus, Walker only provides a figure of the male and female antennae. Although P. elongatus also ap- peared in Curtis (1830) without a description, Haliday has been retained as the authority since he characterized it in his 1833 key. The type localities quoted in this paper are cited as they appeared in the original descrip- tions. Most of them are “near London” (which is actually near Southgate [Graham, 1979]), “New Lanark” (Scotland) and “Holywood” (Ireland, collected by Haliday). A handwritten “Catalogue of Irish Insects” by Haliday is preserved in NMI. Although it has never been published, it is cited in this pa- per; undoubtedly it postdates 1838. TYPE DESIGNATIONS Unless Masner (1965) states explicitly “Lec- totype”, his designations are not considered val- id. The term “unique” employed by him does not refer to either a holotype or a lectotype. This difficulty also arises with the labels, affixed to the BMNH material; these could indicate syntype status in some instances. Although both Haliday and Walker utilized a variety of pins for their specimens, short En- glish pins were used mainly for the Platygastri- dae. Haliday usually colour-coded the pin- heads as follows: red (English), green (Irish) and white (Scottish). In some cases, coloured la- bels were used to indicate provenance. Such evi- dence has enabled the authors to choose some lectotypes based upon the locality data given in the original descriptions. Whenever the pin- heads were uncoloured and no other relevant data was available, a lectotype was selected if the relevant specimen agreed exactly with the published description. Walker and Haliday mounted their specimens in different styles. The former glued the specimens carelessly on the card which was cut regularly in a rectangular shape. He pinned the card exactly in the mid- TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 6, 1984 point along an edge. By contrast, Haliday care- fully glued his specimens on their cards, spread- ing out the antennae, wings and legs. As Gra- ham (1982) and O’Connor & Nash (1982) have pointed out, he pinned the often irregularly cut card in a corner. The BMNH material was re- pinned with continental pins by James Water- ston in 1928 (J.W. labels). Since the original pins were not retained, this action may have de- stroyed evidence indicating provenance. When specimens were not labelled according to species (e.g. Haliday box 16), we have at- tempted to assess the concept of a particular species by studying the original descriptions in detail and by examining its location in the origi- nal arrangement of the material in the box. The junior author made a detailed plan of the con- tents of this box in 1961, enabling a careful study of Haliday’s arrangement to be made. A copy of this drawing has been deposited in NMI. In 1961, the junior author listed the contents of Haliday boxes 16 and 23. This has provided a basis for type selection. The numbers cited in this paper refer to that list. The BMNH types have a different numbering system. All lecto- types have been given a red label stating “Lecto- type H. J. Vlug 1982” and a determination label with “det. H. J. Vlug 1982”. The NMI material has been mounted on polyporus blocks which is staged with continental-type pins. The original labels and pins have been preserved. The types are labelled either “box 16” or “box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under...” THE 1838 SPECIES The arrangement of Walker’s descriptions in his 1838 paper are even more complex than those of 1835 and the sequence has caused many problems for subsequent students. Later work- ers have been confused and this applies particu- larly to Kieffer (1914, 1926). Szelényi has al- ready mentioned this difficulty in his 1938 pa- per on /nostemma. Walker’s descriptions follow the form of an identification key. The genus /nostemma com- mences with the word “Fem.” and then contin- ues with a morphological description of /. hispo. | This is followed by the species number viz. | “Sp.l. Ino. Hispo. Fem.” and a short characteri- ! zation of the coloration. Next, he gives a de- ! tailed description of the colours, commencing ! with © “Found by Mr. Haliday” etc. The next species, ! I. favo and all subsequent ones are treated in a with “Ater;”. The description ends VruG & De V. GRAHAM: Types of Platygastridae 117 similar manner. Each species description is therefore split into two sections by the insertion of the relevant species number, one part appear- ing above the number, the other below it. This is a most unusual system causing misinterpreta- tion because normally a complete species de- scription would follow its number in a list. Kieffer (1914) erred by starting in the case of J. hispo with “Sp. |. Ino. Hispo” and ending just above “Sp. 2 Ino. Favo”. He omitted the first part of the description of /. hispo and included the initial section of /. favo with the second one of I. hispo, thus combining the descriptions of the two species. Similarly, because he had be- come confused by Walker’s sequence, he mixed up the description of /. favo with that of /. bot- er, I. boter with that of J. europus and J. euro- pus with that of J. ocalea. He listed J. ocalea among the unrecognized species (“Ungenügend beschriebene Arten”), thus merely providing a translation of the second part commencing with “Sp. 5. Ino. Ocalea”. With the exception of two individuals la- belled “boter”, no specimens were provided with a specific name in either BMNH or NMI. No. 1198 in NMI does fit the description of /. hispo but it has a label with “/nostemma syrinx” on it. This manuscript name occurs in Haliday’s catalogue where it ıs given the number 5. By contrast, /. hispo is numbered 4. Apparently, Haliday considered these two species separate and consequently no. 1198 ıs not considered to be a syntype of /. hispo. I. favo is number 3 in the catalogue. In Haliday’s collection it is repre- sented by nine specimens and these all fit the description. /. boter is represented by four spec- imens, two of which have the labels mentioned above. There are three specimens of J. europus which fit accurately the species description ex- cept that Walker cites a male. However, he states: “antennae clavatae” and “8us. 9us. et 10us. lati, clavam fingentes fusiformem” which fits a female antenna. Undoubtedly, Walker mistook his specimen (a female) for a male and miscounted the antennal segments which, in fact, are 9-segmented. It is, of course, possible that he never saw the relevant material, Haliday providing him with the description, and that a typographical error occurred. We are certain that J. europus was described from specimen no. 1225, a female glued on a card. The remaining male and female, mounted together on a single card (1226—1227), may have been subsequently collected by Haliday who provided them with a green-headed pin and a green label. It is possible that these two specimens are those which ap- pear in his catalogue as follows: europus & ulex”. mecrida 3 “buchaetus 10 Evidently Haliday recognized /. europus and I. mecrida to be synonymous, but this has yet to be confirmed. The type of /. mecrida has been found in the Vienna Museum (Vlug, 1973); ap- parently this was the specimen on which Foerster founded the genus Allotropa. The Hal- iday collection contains two specimens which closely fit the description of /. ocalea. The spe- cies appears to belong to the genus Metaclisis. Szelényi (1938) placed it in Parinostemma but this is now considered to be a synonym of Metaclisis (Masner, 1965, 1981). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We wish to offer our sincere thanks to Dr. ]. P. O’Connor for his kind help and hospitality during the two periods the senior author has spent in Dublin, for the loan of the Haliday col- lection and for his critical reading of the manu- script. Thanks are also due to Dr. N. D. M. Fer- gusson and the staff of the BMNH for their support and loan of types, Dr. M. Fischer of the Vienna Museum for the loan of relevant materi- al, Dr. H. H. Evenhuis, Dr. L. Masner and Dr. L. Huggert for their useful comments and for reading the manuscript, the Uyttenboogaart- Eliasen Foundation and the staff ot the Research Institute for Plantprotection for giving the se- nior author the opportunity to spend some weeks in Dublin and London, and Mr. C. van der Horst, Wageningen, for revising the English text. Amblyaspis Foerster Amblyaspis abas (Walker) Platygaster abas Walker, 1835: 238 (3 2). Amblyaspis abas (Walker); Kieffer, 1914: 397. Type locality: “July and August; on grass in woods; near London. New Lanark, Scotland.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “abas”; “1055”; “Box 16”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The type is pinned with a red-headed pin, indicating its English origin. Two more males, nos. 254 and 255, in NMI do not belong to A. abas. 118 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 6, 1984 Amblyaspis belus (Walker) Platygaster belus Walker, 1835: 235, 236 (2). Amblyaspis belus (Walker); Kieffer, 1914: 408. Type locality: “Found rarely at Holywood, in Ireland, by Mr. Halıday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “Belus”; green label (Irish); 2397 “Boxe 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster belus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One other female (240) and one other male (243) under this name in NMI be- long to different species. Amblyaspis crates (Walker) Platygaster crates Walker, 1835:236(G). Amblyaspis crates (Walker); Kieffer, 1914: 410. Platygaster crates Walker, Vlug, 1973: 181. Type locality: “September; Isle of Wight”. Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “245”; “Box 23. Stood in original Halıday col- lection under Platygaster crates”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Four other males and females (244 and 246—248) in NMI belong to different species. Amblyaspis furius (Walker) Platygaster furius Walker, 1835: 234, 235 (8 2). Amblyaspis furius (Walker); Kieffer, 1914: 408; Masner, 1965: 132. Type locality: “July and August; near Lon- don. September; Isle of Wight. Penzance, Corn- wall. Found in Ireland, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “furius”; “999”; “Box 16”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The material in NMI under the numbers 230—234 and 1019 does not be- long to A. furius. The female in BMNH 9.563 has no type status. Amblyaspis nereus (Walker) Platygaster nereus Walker, 1835: 233 (3 2). Amblyaspis nereus (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 112. Type locality: “July; on grass in woods; near London. September; near Linton, North Dev- onshire.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “216”; “Box 23. Stood in original Halıday col- lection under Platygaster nereus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The other specimens in NMI (nos. 215, 217, 218 and 1012—1015) and the male in the Vienna Museum (Vlug, 1973) do not belong to A. nereus. Amblyaspis otreus (Walker) Platygaster otreus Walker, 1835: 236, 237 (8 2). Amblyaspis otreus (Walker); Kieffer, 1914: 395; Mas- ner, 1965: 132. Type localıty: “August to October; on grass in fields; near London. September; Isle of Wight. New Lanark, Scotland. Found in Ire- land, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “Otreus”; “1020”; “Box 16”; det. and type la- bels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The males and females, nos. 249—251 and 1021 in NMI and 9.562 in BMNH, are not conspecific. Amblyaspis prorsa (Walker) Platygaster prorsa Walker, 1835: 237,238 (8 2). Amblyaspis prorsa (Walker); Kieffer, 1914: 404; Masner, 1965: 133. Type localıty: “May to September; on grass in woods; near London. Isle of Wight; New Forest, Hampshire. New Lanark, Scotland.” Lectotype male (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster prorsa, Wk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J. W.); Prorsa WERE SR ONE TYPE HYM. 9.565”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The material in NMI (252, 253 and 1022—1024) does not belong to this species. Amblyaspis roboris (Haliday) Platygaster roboris Haliday, in Walker, 1835: 234 (8). Amblyaspis roboris (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 112. Platygaster roboris Walker; Vlug, 1973: 182. Type locality: “Found in Ireland, by Mr. Haliday”. Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “roboris”; “1308”; “Box 16”; det. and type la- | bels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Seven additional males .and females in NMI (nos. 226, 228, 989, 990, 992, 993 and 1307). The specimens 225, 2275 229 and 1306 are different species; no. 991 has a red pin head, so this specimen cannot have type status; the specimen in the Vienna Museum (Vlug, 1973) has not been reexamined. | Amblyaspis scelionoides (Haliday) | Platygaster scelionoides Haliday, in Walker, 1835: 235 4 (2): Amblyaspis scelionoides (Walker); Kieffer, 1914: 409. Type locality: “Found in Ireland, by Mr. Haliday.” Viuc & De V. GRAHAM: Types of Platygastridae 119 Léctotype female (designated here), in NMI: “Scelionoides”; “14.” (1814); “Scelionoides”; green ticket; “155”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster scelionoi- des”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Nos. 156, 157 and 235—238 in NMI are differ- ent species. Amblyaspis tritici (Walker) Platygaster tritici Haliday, in Curtis, 1830: folio 309 (second page) (nomen nudum). Platygaster tritici Walker, 1835: 233, 234 (6-9 first description). Amblyaspis tritici (Haliday); Foerster, 1856: 112. Amblyaspis tritici (Curtis); Muesebeck and Walkley, 1956: 326, 327. Type locality: “Found by Mr. Haliday on Cerealia and willows in England and Ireland. March to May, and October; on grass; near London. June; New Forest, Hampshire. Sep- tember; Cumberland; New Lanark, Scotland.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “220”; “Box 23. Stood in original Halıday col- lection under Platygaster tritia”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two more males, nos. 219 and 222 in NMI are paralectotypes. The rest of the material in NMI under this name (nos. 221, 223, 224, 994-998, 1296—1301 and 1315—1317) is different in many aspects; some specimens may prove to be A. triti when more is known about variation within this species. The male in the Vienna Museum (Vlug, 1973) is a different species. Isocybus Foerster Isocybus cotta (Walker) Platygaster cotta Walker, 1835: 242 (2). Isocybus cotta (Walker): Foerster, 1856: 114. Isocybas (sic!) cotta (Walker); Walker, 1872: 540. Isocybus cotta (Walker); Muesebeck & Walkley, 1956: 362. _ Type locality: “June; New Forest, Hamp- shire.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “273”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster cotta”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The remainder ot the specimens under this name in NMI (nos. 272, 274 and 275) do not fit the description. Isocybus erato (Walker) Platygaster erato Walker, 1835: 241(d). Isocybus erato (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 114. Isocybas (sic!) erato (Walker); Walker, 1872: 540. Isocybus erato (Walker); Masner, 1965: 133. Type locality: “September; near Keswick, in Cumberland.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “269”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster erato”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The female no. 1083 in NMI (Irish origin) and the female no. 9.615 in BMNH have no type status. Isocybus matuta (Walker) Platygaster matuta Walker, 1835: 241, 242 (3 2). Isocybus matuta (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 114. Isocybas (sic!) matuta (Walker); Walker, 1872: 540. Isocybus matuta (Walker); Masner, 1965: 133. Type locality: “September; near Keswick, Cumberland.” Lectotype male (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster matuta Wlk” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J.W.)”; “Matuta Wk”; “TYPE”; “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.616”; det. and type labels (H. ]. Vlug, 1982). Two further males, nos. 270 and 271, in NMI are paralectotypes. The lectotype has been remounted by Vlug and the right wings are mounted on a separate microslide, which is pinned on the same pin as the lecto- type. Isocybus walkeri Kietfer Platygaster ruficornis (Latreille), sensu Walker, 1835: 240 (figs. 10-12). Isocybus ruficornis (Latreille); Foerster, 1856: 114. Isocybus walkeri Kieffer, 1926: 727 (3 2). Type locality: “July; on grass beneath trees; near London. England, Ireland, and Scotland, in marshes, Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “1091”; “Box 16”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Four other males (nos. 1087, 1088, 1090 and 1092) and three females (nos. 1084— 1086) in NMI are paralectotypes. Nos. 265— 268 and 1089 are not conspecific. Leptacis Foerster Leptacis halia (Walker) Platygaster halia Walker, 1835: 229 (dé). Synopeas halia (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 114; Fitton et al.,1978:122. Type locality: “August; on grass in fields; near London.” 120 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 6, 1984 Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “196”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster halia”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Leptacis laodice (Walker) Platygaster laodice Walker, 1835: 221, 222 (?). Leptacis laodice (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 113. Type locality: “June; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “182”; “lectotype” (handwritten by Graham); “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster laodice”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The female 9.575 in BMNH under this name belongs to Platygaster attenua- ta Walker. Leptacis nice (Walker) Platygaster nice Walker, 1835: 222 (3). Leptacis nice (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 113; Masner, 1965: 134. Type locality: “June; on grass beneath trees; near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “181”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster nice”; det. and type la- bels (H. ].- Vlug, 1982). One male, 9576 BMNH is paralectotype; this specimen is badly damaged. Leptacis nydia (Walker) Platygaster nydia Walker, 1835: 221 (2). Leptacis nydia (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 113. Synopeas nydia (Walker); Masner, 1965: 142; Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Type locality: “June; Windsor Forest. — July; on grass ın fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “180”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster nydia”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One other female, no. 179, ıs paralectotype. Leptacis ozines (Walker) Platygaster ozines Walker, 1835: 230, 231 (8 2). Synopeas ozines (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 114. Leptacıs ozines (Walker); Masner, 1965: 134. Synopeas ozines (Walker); Kozlov, 1966: 99. Type localıty: “August; on grass ın fields; near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “202”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster ozines”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One more female (no. 201) in NMI is paralectotype. The numbers 199, 203, and 204 in NMI and the female in BMNH (9.586) do not agree with the description and belong to Synopeas. No. 200 in NMI, placed under P. ozines, belongs to the family of Scelio- nidae. Piestopleura Foerster Piestopleura catilla (Walker) Platygaster catillus Walker, 1835: 219 (figs. 2, 3) (2). Catillus walkeri Foerster, 1856: 111, 112 (6 2). (In- valid change of Walker’s species name catillus). Piestopleura walkeri Foerster, 1856: 144. Piestopleura catillus (Walker); Thomson, 1859:75 (6 2); Walker, 1872: 540 (fig. on p. 536); Muese- beck & Walkley, 1956: 384; Masner, 1965: 135. Type locality: “June; on grass beneath trees; near London. New Forest, Hampshire. Mr. Haliday has found it under the shade of trees, once at Holywood, and once in Galway, Ire- land.” Lectotype female (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster catilla, Wlk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rear- ranged 1928, J:W.)”; “Catillus Wk”; “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.568”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The males and females in NMI do not belong to P. catilla. Piestopleura mamertes (Walker) Platygaster mamertes Walker, 1835: 227 (8; 2?). Synopeas mamertes (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 114; Marshall, 1873: 19 (3; 2?); Kieffer, 1926: 686 (B); Fitton et al., 19782122. Platygaster mamertes (female), see Synopeas ma- mertes Kieffer. Type locality: “Found in September, on wil- lows, in Kent; and at Holywood, in Ireland, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: white label; “mamertes”; “953”; “lectotype” (handwritten by Graham); “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster | mamertes”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two more males, nos. 193 and 954 in | NMI are paralectotypes. Piestopleura seron Walker Platygaster seron Walker, 1835: 226, 227 (d). Synopeas seron Walker; Foerster, 1856: 114; Kozlov, 1971: 62; Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Viuc & De V. GRAHAM: Types of Platygastridae 121 Type locality: “September; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “192”; “Type”; “Box 23. Stood in original Hal- iday collection under Platygaster seron”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Seven more specimens of P. seron in NMI are not consid- ered types (nos. 948, 951, 952, 1284, 1285, 1287 and 1288). Platygaster Latreille Platygaster abia Walker Platygaster abia Walker, 1835: 258, 259 (3 2). Type locality: “New Lanark, Scotland. Sep- tember; Cumberland.” Lectotype female (designated here), ın BMNH: “NL” (New Lanark); “Platygaster abia Wlk” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J. W.)”; “Abia CPE; B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.595”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Paralec- totype female, no. 1109, in NMI with red pin- head (most probably originating from Cumber- land). The male no. 349 in NMI is a different species. Platygaster abisares Walker Platygaster abisares Walker, 1835: 262 (3 2). Type locality: “Autumn; near London. Isle of Wight. Land’s End, Cornwall. Found in Ire- land, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “abisares”; “1133”; “Box 16”; det. and type la- bels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Paralectotype male, no. 369, in NMI. The female no. 9.596 in BMNH does not fit the description. Platygaster acrisius Walker Platygaster acrisius Walker, 1835: 244 (2). Prosactogaster acrisius Walker; Kieffer, 1926: 765 (2). Platygaster acrisius Walker; Fitton et al., 1978: 121. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “277”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster acrisius”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The female no. 278 in NMI is another species. The lectotype is missing A9 and A10 of the left antenna. Platygaster aegeus Walker Platygaster aegeus Walker, 1835: 261 (@). Type locality: “Found in Ireland, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “56”; “aegeus” (green label); “aegeus”; “426”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster aegeus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two more femaies, nos. 1130 and 1131, are conspecific but there is no evidence of type locality; most probably these females were collected in England and identified after the description of the species. Platygaster athamas Walker Platygaster athamas Walker, 1835: 264, 265 (2). Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “389”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster athamas”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster attenuata Walker Platygaster attenuatus Haliday, in Curtis, 1830, folio 309 (second page) (2) (nomen nudum). Platygaster attenuatus Haliday; Walker, 1835: 245 (3 2) (figs. 14

, 15) (first description). Prosactogaster attenuata (Haliday), Dalla Torre, 1898: 470; Kieffer, 1926: 767 (fig. 305). Platygaster attenuatus Haliday; Masner, 1965: 135. Type locality: “April and May; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in BMNH: “939”; “Platygaster attenuatus, Hal.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collec- Hon (eeatranecea 1928 |. WJ: LYPE’”: “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.622”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Paralectotypes male 280 and female 1074 in NMI. Platygaster bucolion Walker Platygaster bucolion Walker, 1835: 258 (d). Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “348”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster bucolion”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster cebes Walker Platygaster cebes Walker, 1835: 256 (4). Type locality: “New Lanark, Scotland.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “341”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- 122 lection under Platygaster cebes”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster chrysippus Walker Platygaster chrysippus Walker, 1835: 250 (2). Prosactogaster chrysippus Walker; Kieffer, 1926: 773, 774. Platygaster chrysippus Walker; Masner, 1965: 136. Type locality: “May; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster chrysippus, Wk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J.W.)”; “Chrysippus Wk.”; “TYPE* » “BM. TYPE GYM. 9.6297; des /and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The female no. 301 in NMI is another species. Platygaster cleodaeus Walker Platygaster cleodaeus Walker, 1835: 262 (4 2). Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “365”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster cleodaeus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). A male and a fe- male, nos. 363 and 364 respectively, do not agree with the description. Platygaster cochleata Walker Platygaster cochleatus Walker, 1835: 274 (©). Platygaster cochleata Walker; Dalla Torre, 1898: 471. Synopeas cochleata Walker; Kieffer, 1914: 432. Synopeas cochleatus Walker; Fitton et al., 1978:122. Type locality: “Found at Holywood, in Ire- land, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: Green label and green pin head. “980”; “Box 16”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Par- alectotypes females: 168 and 983—985 in NMI. The females 981 and 982 in NMI are not con- sidered to be paralectotypes because they bear a white label which indicates Scottish origin. The paralectotypes do not have green pin heads and/or green labels, but there is no evidence that they should not be of Irish origin. Platygaster cratinus Walker Platygaster cratinus Walker, 1835: 255 (2). Platygaster cratina Walker; Dalla Torre, 1898: 471. Type locality: “New Lanark, Scotland.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: 22 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 6, 1984 “334”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster cratinus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One female, no. 333, is a different species. Platygaster cyrsilus Walker Platygaster cyrsilus Walker, 1835: 247 (2). Prosactogaster cyrsilus Walker; Kieffer, 1926: 772. Platygaster cyrsilus Walker; Masner, 1965: 136. Type locality: “May; on grass in fields; near London. Found in Ireland, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “290”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster cyrsilus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The female in BMNH, no. 9.626 and the females in NMI, nos. 291 and 1053-1058, do not fit the description. Platygaster deipyla Walker Platygaster deipyla Walker, 1835: 256 (6). Type locality: “May; on grass beneath trees; near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “342”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster deipyla”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster demades Walker Platygaster demades Walker, 1835: 249, 250 (3 ©). Prosactogaster demades Walker; Kieffer, 1926: 773. Platygaster demades Walker; Masner, 1965: 136. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster demades, Wk. and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J.W.)”; “Demades Wk.”; “TYPE”; “B.M. TYPE NM 96287 der zug type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Paralectotype male no. 298 in NMI. The specimens 297 and 1065 in NMI are different species. Platygaster dictys Walker Platygaster dictys Walker, 1835: 254, 255 (©). Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “331”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster dictys”; det. and type : labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The type lacks the head and the four basal segments of the left an- tenna and the three basal segments of the right antenna. VruG & DE V. GRAHAM: Types of Platygastridae 123 Platygaster dryope Walker Platygaster dryope Walker, 1835: 266 (6). Type locality: “Found in Ireland, by Mr. Halıday.” Lectotype female (!) (designated here), in NMI: “Dryope”; green label; “Type”; “169”; “Box 23. Stood in original Halıday collection under Platygaster dryope”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The female, 9.599 in BMNH does not fit the description (= Amblyaspis sp.). Walker described a male but has certainly mis- taken the sex; the type fits the description excel- lently. It is a species with a short metasoma and this might be the reason of Walker’s mistake; he apparently did not or miscounted the metaso- mal segments and did not pay attention to the fourth antennal segment. Platygaster elongata Haliday Platygaster elongatus Haliday, in Curtis, 1830, Folio 309 (second page) (? sex) (nomen nudum); Hal- iday, 1833: 270 (? sex) (first description); Walker, 1835: 244 (2). Platygaster elongata Haliday ; Dalla Torre, 1898: 472. Prosactogaster elongata (Haliday); Kieffer, 1926: 769. Platygaster elongata Haliday; Fitton et al, 1978: 121. Type locality: “June and July, on grass at Southgate.” (Haliday, in Curtis, 1830). (The Walker estate was at Southgate. This place was situated just outside the city of London in Walker’s time (Graham, 1979). Available material: Three females: no. 279, which could very well be a Walker specimen; nos. 1081, 1082, which excellently fit the de- scription of Walker, 1835, but are of Irish prov- enance (green pin head) and mounted obviously by Haliday. The description of Haliday (1833) only states: “Antennae apice sensim vel parum erassiores articulo 3tio. minuto vel penitus obliterato... b. Scutellum obtusum...”; the fe- male No. 279 fits this description well. Howev- er, the extensive description of Walker (1835) cannot be after this specimen but is instead ob- viously based on the Irish specimens. Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: 279”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster elongatus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster ennius Walker Platygaster ennius Walker, 1835: 261 (2). Type locality: “Found in Ireland, by Mr. Halıday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “Ennius” ; green label; “427”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster ennius” ; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster eriphyle Walker Platygaster eriphyle Walker, 1835: 257 (2). Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “343”; “Box 23. Stood in original Halıday col- lection under Platygaster eriphyle”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster euhemerus Walker Platygaster eubemerus Walker, 1835: 264 (9). Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “388”; “Box 23”. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster euhemerus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster evadne Walker Platygaster evadne Walker, 1835: 257 (6 2); Masner, 1965: 137. Type locality: “June and July; near London. New Forest, Hampshire.” Lectotype male (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster evadne Wlk” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, EN) Lune Wik’; “TYPE”; "BM. TYPE HYM. 9.592”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Paralectotype male no. 344 ın NMI. The female no. 345 in NMI is a different species and the female ın BMNH ıs not a Walker specimen. Platygaster filicornis Walker Platygaster filicornis Halıday, in Curtis, 1830: folio 309 (second page) (d) (nomen nudum); Walker, 1835: 236 (4) (first description). Amblyaspis filicornis (Haliday); Kieffer, 1914: 404 (3); Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Type locality: “Found by Mr. Halıday, at Holywood, in Ireland.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “filicornis” (handwritten on green label); “429”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster filicornis”; det. and type la- bels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two more males, nos. 986 and 987, are paralectotypes, in NMI. 124 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 6, 1984 Platygaster galenus Walker Platygaster galenus Walker, 1835: 251, 252 (?). Type locality: “Found in Ireland, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “Galenus”; “428”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster galenus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The type is pinned on a pin with a green head. One more female, no. 1159 in NMI is paralectotype. The male, 9.602 in BMNH has no type status. The specimens 305—309 in NMI under this name belong to a different species and are in fact syn- types of Platygaster otanes Walker. Platygaster gorge Walker Platygaster gorge Walker, 1835: 250, 251 (9 9). Prosactogaster gorge Walker; Kieffer, 1926: 764, 765. Platygaster gorge Walker, Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “303”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster gorge”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One more male, no. 302 in NMI isa paralectotype. Platygaster gyge Walker Platygaster gyge Walker, 1835: 245, 246 (9). Prosactogaster gyge Walker; Kieffer, 1926: 774. Platygaster gyge Walker; Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Type locality: “April; on grass beneath trees; near London. Found in Ireland, by Mr. Hal- iday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “Gyge”; “1079”; “Box 16”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The type is glued on a penta- gonal piece of cardboard with a greenheaded pin. Two more females, nos. 281 and 1080 in NMI are paralectotypes. The female 1078 does not belong to the type series and the female 282 is of a different species. Platygaster ilione Walker Platygaster ilione Walker, 1835: 267 (6). Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “ılione” ; “398”; “Box 23. Stood in original Hal- iday collection under Platygaster ilione”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster inermis Walker Platygaster inermis Haliday, in Curtis, 1830: folio 309 (second page) (nomen nudum). Platygaster inermis Walker, 1835: 266, 267 (6 ©) (first description). Type locality: “May; on grass beneath trees; near London. Found in Ireland, by Mr. Hal- iday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “394”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster inermis”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The female no. 395 in NMI is a paralectotype and lacks the greater part of the body. The females nos. 1160-1166 in NMI are different species. The female in the Vienna Museum (Vlug, 1973) is a Synopeas sp. In the case of Platygaster inermis there is no evidence for the provenance of the lectotype, but it may be either England or Ire- land. Platygaster iolas Walker Platygaster iolas Walker, 1835: 251 (9). Prosactogaster iolas Walker; Kieffer, 1926: 765. Platygaster iolas Walker; Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “304”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster 1olas”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One other female in the Vienna Museum (Vlug, 1973) is a different species, Platygaster demades. Platygaster laricis Haliday Platygaster laricis Haliday, in Walker, 1835: 264 (8). Type locality: Haliday.” A male was mentioned in the description, but obviously the sex has been mistaken; the de- scription states: “antennae pallide piceae, cor- poris dimidio longioris, extrorsum crassiorus; articulus lus. flavus; 2us. et sequentes ad Sum. fulvi; 7us. et sequentes lati, quasi nodosi:”. This resembles the description of a female and indeed female no. 165 exactly fits this description. Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “laricis” (handwritten on a green label); “165”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster laricis”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Female no. 166 in NMI dif- “Found in Ireland, by Mr. Viuc & De V. GRAHAM: Types of Platygastridae fers slightly and is not considered a paralecto- type. Platygaster leptines Walker Platygaster leptines Walker, 1835: 232 (4). Synopeas leptines Walker; Marshall, 1873: 19; Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Type locality: “July; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “214”; “Box 23. Stood in original Halıday col- lection under Platygaster leptines”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The specimens nos. 212 and 213 in NMI are not conspecific. Platygaster lysicles Walker Platygaster lysicles Walker, 1835: 259—260 (9). Type locality: “Found in August by Mr. Hal- iday, in marshes and grass in drains, at Holy- wood, Ireland. September; on grass in fields; near London. Isle of Wight. New Lanark, Scot- land.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “355”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster lysicles”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two other females, nos. 1106 and 1107 in NMI are paralectotypes. Specimens nos. 356, 373 and 1108 in NMI be- long to different species. Platygaster manto Walker Platygaster manto Walker, 1835: 263 (3 2). Type locality: “From spring to autumn; on grass in fields; near London. September; Isle of Wight. New Lanark; Scotland. Found in Ire- land, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype male (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster manto, Wlk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 8028, JW)”; “Manto Wk”; “TYPE”; “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.598”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). In NMI one female, no. 1154, and one male, no. 378, are designated as paralecto- types. | Platygaster minthe Walker Platygaster minthe Walker, 1835: 261 (2). Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “Minthe”; “362”; “Box 23. Stood in original 125 Haliday collection under Platygaster minthe”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster munita Walker Platygaster munitus Walker, 1835: 245 (2). Platygaster munita Walker; Dalla Torre, 1898: 474. Prosactogaster munita Walker; Kieffer, 1926: 771— 772 (fig. 308). Platygaster munitus Walker; Masner, 1965; 137. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “283”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster munitus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two more fe- males, nos. 1169 and 1170 in NMI are paralec- totypes. Male no. 284 in NMI is not considered a paralectotype and female 9.623 in BMNH is slightly different. Platygaster nisus Walker Platygaster nisus Walker, 1835: 260 (2). Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “361”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster nisus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster oebalus Walker Platygaster oebalus Walker, 1835: 248—249 (2). Prosactogaster oebalus Walker; Kieffer, 1926: 773. Platygaster oebalus Walker; Masner, 1965: 137. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster oebalus, Wk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rear- ranged 1928, J.W.)”; “Oebalus Wk.”; “TYPE”; “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.627”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Another female, no. 296 in NMI is a paralectotype. Platygaster oeclus Walker Platygaster oeclus Walker, 1835: 258 (3 2). Misocyclops oeclus Walker; Kieffer, 1926: 792, 793. Platygaster oeclus Walker; Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Type locality: “Found in Ireland, by Mr. Haliday. May; near London. New Lanark, Scotland.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “347”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster oeclus”; det. and type 126 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 6, 1984 labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The other males and females in NMI, nos. 346, 1110—1115 and 1144 and female 9.631 in BMNH are different spe- cies. The lectotype appears to be an original Walker specimen. Platygaster olorus Walker Platygaster olorus Walker, 1835: 255, 256 (62); Masner, 1965: 138. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “335”; “Box 23. Stood in original Halıday col- lection under Platygaster olorus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One male, no. 336 ın NMI, is a paralectotype. Female no. 337 ın NMI and female 9.590 in BMNH belong to dif- ferent species. Platygaster orcus Walker Platygaster orcus Walker, 1835: 250 (2). Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “orcus” ; “1052”; “Box 16”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The female no. 300 ın NMI is a paralectotype. A male under this name, no. 299 in NMI has no type status because Walker only described a female. The pin of the lecto- type has a red head. Platygaster orus Walker Platygaster orus Walker, 1835: 254 (3 2); Masner, 1965: 138 (type designation). Polygnotus orus (Walker), Vlug, 1973: 182. Type locality: “Common in June; near Lon- don. Found in Ireland, by Mr. Halıday.” Lectotype female (designated by Masner, 1965), in BMNH: “Platygaster orus Wlk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 04928; Je Way GAO rp NIE SIRE SB: Mic FAURE ONNIE MEE. type L.M.” One more male is paralectotype. Additional material: Two specimens in BMNH and nine specimens in NMI appear under this name but only one belongs to P. orus. Platygaster oscus Walker Platygaster oscus Walker, 1835: 259 (d 2); Masner, 1965: 138. Type locality: “Ireland, Mr. Haliday. Near London, England. New Lanark, Scotland.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “oscus” (at underside of the mounting card); “354”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster oscus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Three more females, nos. 1127—1129 in NMI and one female, 9.594 in BMNH are paralectotypes. Nos. 350—353 and 1105 in NMI are not conspecific with the type. Platygaster otanes Walker Platygaster otanes Walker, 1835: 252 (4 2). Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “313”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster otanes”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two more females, nos. 312 and 1117 in NMI are paralectotypes. The nos. 1118 and 1119 in NMI belong to P. otanes but have no type status since they have the green pin heads and thus are of Irish origin. The specimens nos. 305—311 and 1116 in NMI under this name are different species. Platygaster pedasus Walker Platygaster pedasus Walker, 1835: 265, 266 (©); Masner, 1965: 138. Type localıty: “July; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster pedasus, Wlk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, JW) “PRedams N “TY PE”; “BMY PE HIM GOOR raed type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The female no. 392 in NMI is of a different species. The lecto- type has the last antennal segment of the right antenna missing. Platygaster pelias Walker Platygaster pelias Walker, 1835: 247, 248 (9). Prosactogaster pelias (Walker); Kieffer, 1926: 772. Platygaster pelias Walker; Masner, 1965: 138. Type locality: “Found near London. August; on willows, in Ireland; Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “294”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster pelias”; det. and type | labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two more females, | nos. 1063 and 1064 in NMI are paralectotypes. | The lectotype seems to originate from England and is Walker material. The two paralectotypes | are apparently from Ireland and are labelled: | VruG & DE V. GRAHAM: Types of Platygastridae “Salix Aug.”; a small square label “31” (which means 1831) and a label “Pelias”. Both these fe- males are glued on one card. In the NMI are two more females (nos. 292 and 293) and in the BMNH one female (9.624); these specimens have strong notauli, whereas Walker states: “mesothoracis parapsıdum suturae vix conspic- uae;” these are not considered paralectotypes. Platygaster philinna Walker Platygaster philinna Walker, 1835: 255 (©). Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “332”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster philinna”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster pleuron Walker Platygaster pleuron Walker, 1835: 253 (d ©). Polygnotus pleuron (Walker); Kieffer, 1926: 739, 740 (fig. 300a, b). Platygaster pleuron Walker; Masner, 1965: 138 (type designation). Type locality: “April to June; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated by Masner, 1965), in BMNH: “Platygaster pleuron Wk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collec- tion (Rearranged 1928, J.W.)”; “Pleuron Wk.”; “TYPE”; “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.607”; “Lecto- type L.M.”. One more male is paralectotype in BMNH. Additional material: One male in BMNH and one male in NMI (no. 314). The rest of the specimens in NMI belong to different species (nos. 315—318 and 1093—1098). Platygaster plotina Walker Platygaster plotinus Walker, 1835: 265 (& 2); Masner, 1965: 139. Type locality: “Found near London.” … Lectotype male (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster plotinus WIk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J.W)”; “Plotinus Wk.”; “TYPE”; “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.593”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Three specimens under this name in NMI (390, 391 and 1145) do not belong to P. plotina. Platygaster rutubus Walker Platygaster rutubus Walker, 1835: 242 (6). Isocybus rutubus (Walker); Kieffer, 1926: 724; Fitton et al., 1978: 121. 127 Type locality: “June; Windsor Forest.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “276”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster rutubus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster sagana Walker Platygaster sagana Walker, 1835: 267 (G 2); Masner, 1963: 139; Type localıty: “July; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster sagana, Wlk.” and “Stood under this name ın old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J.W.)”; “Sagana Wk.”; “TYPE”; “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.601”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One female, no. 396 and one male, no. 397 in NMI are paralec- totypes. Platygaster sonchis Walker Platygaster sonchis Walker, 1835: 253 (G 2); Masner, 1965: 139. Type locality: “April to July; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “320”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster sonchis” ; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The female in BMNH (9.587) does not fit the description. The speci- mens nos. 319 and 321—323 in NMI belong to different species. Platygaster sterope Walker Platygaster sterope Walker, 1835: 256 (2); Masner, 1965: 139. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster sterope WIk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rear- ranged 1928, J.W)”; “Sterope Wk.”; “TYPE”; “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.591”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster strato Walker Platygaster strato Walker, 1835: 263, 264 (3 2). Type locality: “New Lanark, Scotland.” Lectotype male (designated here), in BMNH: “NL” (at underside of mounting card, which has a gold-painted edge; NL means New Lan- ark); “Platygaster strato WIk.” and “Stood un- 128 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 6, 1984 der this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928; JW)" sr Strato Wk? SINPESXSRM. TYPE HYM. 9.597”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The male no. 384 ın NMI has also the remark NL and ıs considered paralectotype. In NMI are four more specimens under thıs name (383 and 385—387), which are not con- sidered to be paralectotypes. Platygaster taras Walker Platygaster taras Walker, 1835: 253, 254 (d 2); Mas- ner, 1965: 139 (type designation). Type locality: “May; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated by Masner, 1965), in BMNH: “Platygaster taras Wk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J.W.)”; “Taras Wk.”; “TYPE”; “BM TYPE HY Me 95887; Sbeeto- type L.M.” Four males and females are paralec- totypes, in BMNH. The specimens in NMI, nos. 324—327, do not belong to P. taras. Platygaster tisias Walker Platygaster tisias Walker, 1835: 247 (9). Prosactogaster tisias (Walker); Kieffer, 1926: 772. Platygaster tisias Walker; Masner, 1965: 139. Type locality: “May; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster tisias, WIk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rear- ranged! 1928; Wi); psa Wik PE: “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.625”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two more females, nos. 287 and 288 in NMI are designated as paralecto- types. Nos. 285, 286 and 289 in NMI are differ- ent species. Platygaster (Urocyclops) vaenia Walker Platygaster vaenia Walker, 1835: 248 (2). Misocyclops vaenia (Walker); Kieffer, 1926: 778, 779. Platygaster vaenia Walker; Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Type locality: “May; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “1167”; “Box 1677 der. and type bels (Fi |: Vlug, 1982). The type has the red pin head which indicates its English origin. The female no. 295 in NMI is a Leptacis sp. P. vaenia be- longs in the subgenus Urocyclops Maneval (sen- su Huggert, 1974). Platygaster vestinus Walker Platygaster vestinus Walker, 1835: 260 (d). Platygaster vestina Walker; Dalla Torre, 1898: 477. Platygaster vestinus Walker; Kieffer, 1926: 824; Masner, 1965: 140. Type locality: “September; near the Land’s End, Cornwall.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI; “360”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster vestinus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Another male, no. 358 in NMI is a paralectotype. The females 9.603 in BMNH and nos. 357 and 359 in NMI have no type status. The males in the Vienna Museum under this name are not conspecific. Platygaster xeneus Walker Platygaster xeneus Walker, 1838: 453 (2). Misocyclops xeneus (Walker); Kieffer, 1926: 781, 782. Platygaster xeneus Walker; Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Type locality: “Found by Mr. Haliday, in September, at Holywood, near Belfast, Ire- land.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “September 1836” (handwritten, on underside of mounting card); “xeneus” (handwritten, on green label); “Type”; “167”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster xeneus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Platygaster zosine Walker Platygaster zosine Walker, 1835: 266 (4). Polygnotus zozini (sic!) (Walker); Marchal, 1897: 93. Platygaster zosine Walker, Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “zozine” (sic!) (handwritten); “393”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under — Platygaster zosine”; det. and type labels (H. J. | Vlug, 1982). Synopeas Foerster Synopeas abaris (Walker) Platygaster abaris Walker, 1835: 230(d 2). Synopeas abaris (Walker); Marshall, 1873: 19; Mas- ner, 1965: 140. Type locality: “August to October; on grass beneath trees; near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in BMNH: | “Platygaster abaris, Wk.” and “Stood under this : name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, VruG & De V. GRAHAM: Types of Platygastridae 129 Nes CAbans Wk”; “TYPE”; “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.580”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two more males, nos. 197 and 198 in NMI are paralectotypes. Synopeas acco (Walker) Platygaster acco Walker, 1835: 229 (2). Synopeas acco (Walker); Marshall, 1873: 19. Type locality: “Found in Ireland, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: green label (Irish provenance); “432”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster acco”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). In NMI some of the remaining specimens under this name (box 16) belong to Synopeas acco but their provenance is uncertain (nos. 973—979). Synopeas craterus (Walker) Platygaster craterus Walker, 1835: 224 (2). Ectadius craterus (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 113, 144. Polymecus craterus (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 113, 144. Synopeas craterus (Walker); Thomson, 1859: 71. Ectadius craterus (Walker); Kieffer, 1926: 654. Leptacis craterus (Walker); Muesebeck & Walkley, 1956: 349. Synopeas craterus (Walker); Masner, 1964: 149; Mas- ner, 1965: 141; Kozlov, 1971: 62. Type locality: “July; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “crateru” (at underside of mounting card; “s” is cut off); “craterus”; “1168”; “Box 16”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). In NMI two ad- ditional females (nos. 185 and 1291) and in BMNH one female (9.632) are paralectotypes. Synopeas euryale (Walker) | Platygaster euryale Walker, 1835: 229 (2). Synopeas euryale (Walker); Marshall, 1873: 19. Type locality: “Found once at Holywood, in Ireland, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “23” (1823?); “Euryale”; green (Irish) label; “964”; “Box 16”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The type is pinned with a green headed pin. The specimens nos. 159—162 in NMI do not belong to S. euryale. Synopeas hyllus (Walker) Platygaster hyllus Walker, 1835: 274 (2). Misocyclops hyllus (Walker); Kieffer, 1926: 778. Type locality: “Found in Ireland, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “Hyllus”; “1035”; “Box 16”; det. and type la- bels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Nine other females, nos. 399, 1033, 1034 and 1036-1042 in NMI are paralectotypes. The female 9.630 in BMNH is a Platygaster sp. Synopeas jasius (Walker) Platygaster jasius Walker, 1835: 228 (4 2). Synopeas jasius (Walker); Marshall, 1873: 19. Type locality: “August and October; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI; “194”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster jasius” ; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The male no. 195 in NMI is not conspecific; it resembles Synopeas rhanis. Synopeas larides (Walker) Platygaster larides Walker, 1835: 232 (4). Synopeas larides (Walker); Marshall, 1873: 19; Mas- ner, 1965: 141. Type locality: “July; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in BMNH: “Platygaster larides, Wlk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928 FW PS Landes"; “TYPE”; “B.MSTYPE HYM. 9.582”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One further male, no. 211 in NMl ıs a paralectotype. Synopeas mamertes Kieffer Platygaster mamertes Walker, 1835: 227 (4; 9 ?). Synopeas mamertes (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 114; Marshall, 1873: 19 (6; 2 ?); Kieffer, 1926: 686 (G, not 2) (Proved to be a Piestopleura sp. See Piesto- pleura mamertes.) Ectadius mamertes (Walker); Kieffer, 1926: 654 (©). (This is Kieffer’s interpretation of the 2 doubtful- ly included in Walker’s description, so it should be Ectadius mamertes Kieffer, 1926.) Ectadius gynomamertes Hincks, 1944: 38 (2, not à) (this is an invalid renaming because the descrip- tion of Kieffer, 1926, is valid); Fitton et al., 1978: 127. Type locality: “Found in September, on wil- lows, at Holywood, in Ireland, by Mr. Hal- iday.” 130 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 6, 1984 Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “Salix | Aus”; 277 (4827); Maemenes: “1018”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One more female paralectotype in NMI (no. 1016). A third female, no. 1017 in NMI presum- ably is not Irish. Synopeas myles (Walker) Platygaster myles Walker, 1835: 226 (9). Synopeas myles (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 114; Mar- shall, 1873: 19; Kozlov, 1971: 62; Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Type locality: “Found at Holywood, in Ire- land, by Mr. Halıday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “type 2”5 431”; “Box»s23.:Stoed in senismal Haliday collection under Platygaster myles”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two more females, nos. 965 and 966 in NMI are par- alectotypes. No. 967 in NMI is of a different species. Synopeas (Sactogaster) osaces (Walker) Platygaster osaces Walker, 1835: 222, 223 (2). Sactogaster osaces (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 113, 114. Synopeas osaces (Walker), Fitton et al., 1978: 122. Type locality: “September; on grass in fields; near London. Found once in September on wil- lows at Holywood, in Ireland, by Mr. Haliday.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “ventr”s “13” ((1813);! Sosacesks(greensslabel, handwritten); “164; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster osaces”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). In spite of the fact that Walker collected more material from the surroundings of London, this Irish specimen is the only specimen which could be found in both BMNH and NMI. It fits the orig- inal description well. Synopeas rhanis (Walker) Platygaster rhanis Walker, 1835: 225, 226 (2). Synopeas rhanis (Walker); Marshall, 1873: 19; Mas- ner, 1965: 142. Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “191”; “Box 23”; “Stood ın original Halıday collection under Platygaster rhanıs”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One more female, 9.579 in BMNH is a paralectotype; this speci- men lacks the m etasoma. Synopeas sosis (Walker) Platygaster sosis Walker, 1835: 224, 225 (3 9). Synopeas sosis (Walker); Marshall, 1873: 19; Muese- beck & Walkley, 1956: 401; Masner, 1965: 142 (type designation). Platygaster sosis Walker; Vlug, 1973: 182. Type localıty: “May to August; on grass in fields; near London. Found by Mr. Haliday on willows, at Holywood, in Ireland.” Lectotype male (designated by Masner, 1965), in BMNH: “Sosis Wk”; Platygaster sosis WIk”; and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J.W.”; “TYPE”; “Lectotype L.M.”; “selected as lectotype of Platygaster sosis Walker, 1835 male. By L. Masner, (-13.XII:1965%;.. SB: Mio ay BE Rie 9.578”; “Synopeas sosis (Walk.) det. Huggert -77”. One more male in BMNH is paralecto- type. Most of the additional material in NMI is conspecific (nos. 186—190 and 968—972). Left antenna and left wings of the lectotype are mounted on a microslide and pinned on the same pin as the lectotype by L. Huggert. Synopeas (Sactogaster) tarsa (Walker) Platygaster tarsa Walker, 1835: 227, 228 (©). Synopeas tarsa (Walker); Marshall, 1873: 19. Sactogaster tarsa (Walker); Kieffer, 1926: 664. Synopeas (Sactogaster) tarsa (Walker); Kozlov, 1978: 647— 664. Type locality: “August; on grass in fields; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: Green label; “163”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday collection under Platygaster tarsa”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). In spite of the green “Irish” label, I regard this specimen as the lectotype; the description fits accurately and this green label might eventually have been changed because of the four different pin holes in it. In addition, the method of mounting and _ of pinning the mounting card indicates that it might be a Walker specimen. Synopeas trebius (Walker) Platygaster trebius Walker, 1835: 231 (3 @). Synopeas trebius (Walker); Marshall, 1873: 19; Mas- ner, 19652143. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: | “207”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster trebius”; det. and type | labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One female, no. 208 in | NMI is a paralectotype. The rest of the speci- | mens in NMI, nos. 205, 206 and 209 and the VruG & De V. GRAHAM: Types of Platygastridae 131 specimen in the BMNH 9.581 are different spe- cies. Synopeas velutinus (Walker) Platygaster velutinus Haliday, in Curtis, 1830: folio 309 (second page) (? sex) (nomen nudum). Platygaster relutinus (sic!) Walker, 1835: 216 (6?) (figs. 5, 6) (first description). Platygaster velutinus Walker, 1872: 536 (49) (2 figs.); Kieffer, 1914: plate 10, figs. 5, 6. There exists no actual description of this spe- cies. The name appeared for the first time in Curtis’ “British Entomology” of 1830, where it is headed under the section I: “Scutellum pro- duced or mucronated” ; however, this cannot be adopted as a description. Later, Walker gives figures of both male and female antennae in his paper of 1835 (plate 12, figs. 5, 6). The species appears here under the name Platygaster reluti- nus, what seems to be a typographical error (a handwritten “v” and “r” can be rather similar). Walker, in 1872, gives again the same figures of the antennae; here the species name is cited as Platygaster velutinus. In the Haliday collection in NMI one Synopeas female was found, pro- vided with the name “velutinus”. It was mounted by Halıday and it stands above a label in Walker’s handwriting “velutinus”. There is no indication of provenance. Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “velutinus”; “430”; “Box 23. Stood in original Halıday collection under Platygaster velutinus”; det. and type la- bels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Trichacis Foerster Trichacis didas (Walker) Platygaster didas Walker, 1835: 240 (3 2). Trichacıs didas (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 115. Trichasis (sic!) didas (Walker); Walker, 1872: 540. Trichacıs didas (Walker); Masner, 1965: 143. _ Type locality: “June; on grass in woods; near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “264”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster didas”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two more females, no. 263 in NMI and 9.614 in BMNH are paralecto- types. Trichacis pisis (Walker) Platygaster pisis Walker, 1835: 238, 239 (3 ©). Trichacis pisis (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 115. Trichasis (sic!) pisis (Walker); Walker, 1872: 540. Trichacis pisis (Walker); Muesebeck & Walkley, 1956: 404; Masner, 1965: 143. Type locality: “May and June; on grass in woods; near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “256”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster pisis”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). One male, no. 259 and one female, no. 258 in NMI are paralectotypes. Nos. 1070 and 1071 in NMI have no type status (Irish origin). The nos. 257 in NMI and 9.613 in BMNH are different species. Trichacis remulus (Walker) Platygaster remulus Walker, 1835: 239, 240 (3 ©). Trichacis remulus (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 115. Trichasis (sic!) remulus (Walker); Walker, 1872: 540. Trichacis remulus (Walker); Muesebeck & Walkley, 1956: 404; Masner, 1965: 143. Type locality: “June; on grass in woods; near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “262”; “Box 23. Stood in original Haliday col- lection under Platygaster remulus”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two more fe- males, no. 261 in NMI and 9.612 in BMNH are paralectotypes. Acerotella Masner Acerotella boter (Walker) Inostemma boter Walker, 1838: 454, 455 (d ©). Acerota boter (Walker); Kieffer, 1914: 372, 373; Szelényi, 1938: 102. Acerotella boter (Walker); Masner, 1964: 148; Mas- ner, 1980: 1291—1303. Type locality: “Found by Mr. Haliday, in September, at Holywood, near Belfast, Ire- land.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “boter”; “1202”; “Box 16”; det. and type labels (H.J. Vlug, 1982). One female and one male in NMI, respectively nos. 1200 and 1201, are para- lectotypes. No. 1199 is mounted in quite a dif- ferent way and is thus not considered to be a paralectotype. Allotropa Foerster Eurostemma Szelényi, 1938, syn. nov. Allotropa europus (Walker) Inostemma europus Walker, 1838: 455 (0). Metaclisis europus (Walker); Kieffer, 1914: 366, 367. 132 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 6, 1984 Parinostemma europus (Walker); Kieffer, 1926: 566, 567. Eurostemma europus (Walker); Szelényi, 1938: 99, 102; Muesebeck & Walkley, 1956: 353. Metaclisis europus (Walker); Fitton et al., 1978: 120. Type locality: “Found by Mr. Haliday, at Holywood, near Belfast, Ireland.” Lectotype female (see introduction) (desig- nated here), in NMI: “1225”; “Haliday. NMI 20-2-82”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Additional material: nos. 1226, 1227 in NMI. Allotropa mecrida (Walker) Inostemma mecrida Walker, 1835:273 (3 2). Allotropa mecrida (Walker); Foerster, 1856: 109; Walker, 1872: 540; Muesebeck & Walkley, 1956: 326; Vlug, 1973: 180. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype male (designated here), in “Natur- historisches Museum” in Vienna: “Or. Ex.”; “20. Hal.” and something written in scribbling handwriting, possibly gothic (written by Foerster); - “Forse: (printed); “Collect AG. Mayr”; “All. Mecrida Hal. det. Förster”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1984). Additional material: One male and one female ın “Natur- historisches Museum” in Vienna, collected and mounted on micropins by Foerster. No material found either in NMI or BMNH. Inostemma Haliday Inostemma favo Walker Inostemma favo Walker, 1838: 454 (2). Acerota favo (Walker); Kieffer, 1914: 372 (3 2). Inostemma favo Walker; Szelényi, 1937—38: 112. Acerota favo (Walker); Kozlov, 1966: 97. Inostemma favo Walker; Fitton et al., 1978: 120. Type locality: “Found by Mr. Halıday, at Holywood, near Belfast, Ireland.” Because Kieffer (1914) combined both the description of Inostemma favo and Inostemma boter, he con- cluded that Walker described a male as well as a female. In fact, only a female was described by Walker. Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “1182”; "Box 167 det.jand ope labels (EI Vlug, 1982). Three females in NMI, nos. 1180, 1181 and 1186 are paralectotypes. Four females in NMI, nos. 1174—1177, glued together on one card, are not considered paralectotypes be- cause they bear a label “39”, which means 1839. These specimens are therefore of later date. The female no. 1179 in NMI also has no type status because it is English (red pin head). Inostemma hispo Walker, nomen dubium Inostemma hispo Walker, 1838: 453, 454 (2). Brachinostemma hispo (Walker); Szelenyi, 1937—38: i Parinostemma hispo (Walker); Szelényi, 1937—38: 112: Brachinostemma hispo (Walker); Szelényi, 1938: 102. Metaclisis hispo (Walker), Fitton et al, 1978: 120. Type locality: “Found by Mr. Halıday, at Holywood, near Belfast, Ireland.” Remarks: see introduction. Inostemma lycon Walker Inostemma lycon Walker, 1835: 269, 270 (2); Mas- ner, 1965: 130. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), ın BMNH: “TYPE”; “lycon Wk.”; “Inostemma lycon, Wk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J.W.)”; “B.M. TYPE'HYM 9.553”; det. and type lavers (Fig? Vlug, 1982). Inostemma melicerta Walker Inostemma melicerta Walker, 1835: 269 (©). Inostemma melicerata (sic!) Walker; Masner, 1965: 130. Type locality: “June and July; near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in BMNH: “TYPE”; “melicerta Wk.” “Inostem- ma melicerta, Wk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J.W.)”; “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.551”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The females under this name in NMI are different species. Inostemma menippus Walker Inostemma menippus Walker, 1835: 270 (4 ©); Mas- ner, 1965: 130. Type locality: “July; on grass in woods; near London.” | Lectotype female (designated here), in BMNH: “Inostemma menippus, Wk.” and ! “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J.W)”; “Menippus Wk”; ! “TYPE”; “B.M. TYPE) HY Mo 95542 der ane type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two females, ! nos. 1194 and 1195 in NMI are considered para- ! lectotypes. VruG & DE V. GRAHAM: Types of Platygastridae 133 Inostemma walkeri Kieffer Inostemma bosci (Jurine) (sensu Walker), Walker, 1835: 268, 269 (& ©). Inostemma walkeri Kieffer, 1914:384 (& 2); Masner, 1965: 130 (type designation). Type locality: “On grass in woods, near Lon- don; during the summer and autumn. June; New Forest, Hampshire. New Lanark, Scot- land. Found by Mr. Haliday, on Cerealia, in England, Ireland and Scotland.” Lectotype female (designated by Masner), in BENEN Bosc”; “TYPE”; “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.552”; “Lectotype L.M.” The lectotype has the left antenna missing. Two females and two males are paralectotypes. Iphitrachelus Haliday Iphitrachelus lar Haliday Iphitrachelus lar Haliday, in Walker, 1835: 273, 274 (8) (fig. 1); Walker, 1851: 453 —458. Iphitrachelus lar Walker, Muesebeck & Walkley, 1956: 362; Masner, 1957: 1 (redescription). Type locality: “Found in August, by Mr. Haliday, in the Isle of Arran, Scotland.” Lectotype male (designated here), in NMI: “Collin Glen”; “1173”; “Box 16”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two males, nos. 1171 and 1172, which are conspecific, are not consid- ered type material; they are of Irish origin. The female, described by Walker, 1851, could not be found. Isostasius Foerster Isostasius atinas (Walker) Inostemma atinas Walker, 1835: 272 (2). Monocrita atinas (Walker); Foerster, Muesebeck & Walkley, 1956: 372. Isostasius atinas (Walker); Masner, 1965: 131. 185671 1095 Type locality: “Found near London”. Lectotype female (designated here), in BMNH: “Inostemma atinas, Wk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rear- ranged 1928, J.W)”; “Atinas Wk.”; “TYPE”; “B.M. TYPE HYM. 9.557”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Isostasius scrutator (Walker) Inostemma scrutator Walker, 1835: 270, 271 (©). Isostasius scrutator (Walker); Bazin, 1856: 27—30 (fig. 5); Masner, 1965: 131 (type designation). Type locality: “June; on grass in woods; near London. Found rarely by Mr. Haliday, on Ce- realia, at Holywood, in Ireland.” Lectotype female (designated by Masner, 1965), in BMNH: “Dsvgns. 6852”; “Jnostem- ma scrutator Wk.” and “Stood under this name in old BM collection (Rearranged 1928, J.W)”; “a scrutatoe IBE sc B Mi LYPE HYM, 9.558”; “Lectotype L.M.”; “Selected as lecto- type of J. scrutator Walk. by L. Masner 7.X11.1961.” Additional material: One female ın BMNH and sıx females, nos. 1203—1208 in NMI. Metaclisis Foerster Metaclisis areolatus (Haliday) Inostemma areolata Haliday, in Walker, 1835: 272 (4 2), (figs. 16—20). Metaclisis areolata (Haliday); Foerster, 1856: 109. Metaclisis areolatus (Haliday); Kieffer, 1926: 569, 570; Muesebeck & Walkley, 1956: 369; Vlug, 1973181. Type locality: “Found by Mr. Haliday, on grass in drains of the seacoast, at Holywood, in Ireland;” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: “H. Wood”; green label; “1223—4”; “Haliday N.M.I. 20-2-82”; “Box 16”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). Two females are glued to- gether on one card: nos. 1223 and 1224; the right female, no. 1224, has been chosen as lecto- type. Four males and ten females in NMI are paralectotypes (nos. 1121, 1210, 1211 and 1213—1223). The female in the Vienna Museum (Vlug, 1973) is considered to be a paralectotype. Metaclisis ocaleus (Walker) Inostemma ocalea Walker, 1838: 456 (2). Parinostemma ocalea (Walker); Szelényi, 1937—38: 125.126. Metaclisis ocalea (Walker); Fitton et al., 1978: 120. Type locality: “Found near London.” Lectotype female (designated here), in NMI: small white label; “1045”; “Box 16”; det. and type labels (H. J. Vlug, 1982). The mounting card is provided with two females of which one is mounted on its side, close to the pin, missing head and metasoma; this female is a paralecto- type. The other female, far removed from the pin, is mounted on its back and is designated as the lectotype. These females are obviously mounted by Haliday whereas the description is from Walker. Nevertheless, these specimens could have been caught and/or mounted by 134 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 6, 1984 Haliday although the type locality ıs near Lon- don. The lectotype exactly fits the description. REFERENCES Bazin, M. C., 1856. Notice sur un Insecte qui a causé les plus grands Ravages dans nos dernières Récoltes de blé sur pied, Cécidomyie du Froment, et quelques-uns de ses Parasites. Entomologie ap- pliquée à l’agriculture: 27—30. — Paris. Curtis, J., 1830. British Entomology; being illustra- tions and descriptions of the genera of insects found in Great Britain and Ireland: containing coloured figures from Nature of the most rare and beautiful species, and in many instances of the plants upon which they are found: folio 309. — London. Dalla Torre, C. G. de, 1898. Catalogus Hymenopte- rorum. Hucusque descriptorum systematicus et synonymicus. V: Chalcidiae et Proctotrupu: 152 pp. — Aachen. Fitton, M. G. et al., 1978. In: Kloet, G. S. and W. D. Hincks: A check list of British Insects. 4: Hymenoptera. — Handbks Identif. Br. Insects 11 (4): 1—ıx, 1—159. Foerster, A., 1856. Hymenopterologische Studien. 2: Chalcidiae und Proctotrupii: 152 pp. — Aachen. Graham, M. W. R. de V., 1979. “Ambulator.” Francis Walker, English entomologist (1809—1874). — Entomologist’s Gaz. 30: 7—20. Graham, M. W. R. de V., 1982. The Haliday collec- tion of Mymaridae (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Chal- cidoidea) with taxonomic notes on some material in other collections. — Proc. R. Ir. Acad. 82B: 189—243. Haliday, A. H., 1833. An essay on the Classification of the Parasitic Hymenoptera of Britain, which correspond with the Ichneumones minuti of Lin- naeus. — Ent. Mag. 1: 259—276. Haliday, A. H., 18? Catalogue of Irish insects. Un- published. Hincks, W. D., 1944. Notes on the nomenclature of some British parasitic Hymenoptera. — Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 13: 30—39. Huggert, L., 1974. Taxonomical studies on the species belonging to Urocyclops Maneval (Hym. Procto- trupoidea, Platygastrinae). — Ent. Tidskr. 95: 58—63. Kieffer, J. + Js. 1914: ln, Andrés Species ides Hyménoptères d'Europe xi: Proctotrypidae (3): 448 pp., pls. ı—xıı. Kieffer, J. J., 1926. Scelionidae. — Tierreich 48: 885 Pp: Kozlov, M. A., 1966. Notes on Scelionidae and Platy- gasteridae (Hymenoptera, Proctotrupoidea) of Moldavia (in Russian). — Trudy moldav. nauch- no-issled. Inst. Sadov. Vinigr. Vinod., (Ent.) 13: 93—100. Kozlov, M. A., 1971. Proctotrupoids (Hymenoptera, Proctotrupoidea) of the USSR. — Horae Soc. ent. U. Soviet 54: 3—67. Kozlov, M. A., 1978. Identification of the insects of the European part of the USSR. Hymenoptera 2. Platygastridae. — Opred. Faune SSSR 120: 647— 664. Marchal, P., 1897. Les Cécidomyies des Céréales et leurs parasites. — Annl Soc. ent. Fr. 66: 1—105. Marshall, T. A., 1873. A catalogue of British Hymenoptera; Oxyura: 27 pp.— London. Masner, L., 1957. Remarks to the genus /phitrachelus Walker, 1835 (Hym. Scelionidae). — Cas. ésl. Spol. ent. 54: 1—8. Masner, L., 1964. A comparison of some Nearctic and Palearctic genera of Proctotrupoidea (Hymeno- ptera) with revisional notes. — Cas. ésl. Spol. ent. 61: 123—155. Masner, L., 1965. The types of Proctotrupoidea (Hymenoptera) in the British Museum (Natural History) and in the Hope Department of Entomo- logy, Oxford. — Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ento- mology) 1: 154 pp. Masner, L., 1980. The Nearctic species of Acerotella Masner (Hymenoptera, Proctotrupoidea, Platy- gastrıdae). — Can. Ent. 112: 1291—1303. Masner, L., 1981. Revision of the Nearctic species of Metaclisis Foerster (Hymenoptera, Platygastridae, Inostemmatinae). — Can. Ent. 122: 1069—1091. Muesebeck, C. F. W. & L. M. Walkley, 1956. Type species of the genera and subgenera of parasitic wasps comprising the superfamily Proctotrupoi- dea (Order Hymenoptera). — Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 105: 319 —419. Nees von Esenbeck, C. G., 1834. Hymenopterorum Ichneumonibus affinum Monographiae, Genera Europeae et Species Illustrantes 2: 297—310. O’Connor, J. P. & R. Nash, 1982. Notes on the ento- mological collection of A. H. Haliday (1806— 1870) in the National Museum of Ireland, with a recommendation for type designations. — Proc. R. Ir..Acad!82B: 1691753 Szelenyi, G. von, 1937—38. Über Paläarktische Sce- lioniden (Hym. Proct.) I. Zur Systematik der Gat- tung /nostemma Walk. — Annls hist.-nat. Mus. natn. hung. 31: 108—128. Szelenyi, G. von, 1938. Über eine verkannte Gattung der Platygasteriden, nebst Beschreibung zwei neuer Arten aus der Familie der Scelioniden (Hym. Proctotr.). — Folıa ent. hung. (ser. n.) 3: 97—106. Thomson, C. G., 1859. Sveriges Proctotruper. Tribus | VII. Platygastrini. — Ofvers. K. VetenskAkad. | Förh. 16:69—87. Vlug, H. J., 1973. The species of Platygastridae | (Hymenoptera, Proctotrupoidea) in the collection | of the “Naturhistorisches Museum” in Vienna with special reference to the types of Förster. — |. Entomophaga 18 (2): 175—184. Walker, F., 1835. On the species ot Platygaster, & c. Viuc & De V. GRAHAM: Types of Platygastridae 135 nt. Mag. 3: 217—274; explanation ot plate on tions of various new species. — Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 7: 210—216. 838. Descriptions of some Oxyuri. — Walker, F., 1872. Notes on the Oxyura. — Family 1. 5:453—458. Platygasteridae. — Entomologist 6: 535—542. 851. Notes on Chalcidites, and Descrip- VA" È ot X ‘ AFLEVERING 7 1984 TIJDSCHRIET 'OOR ENTOMQLOGIE 5 ; UITGEGEVEN DOOR aa Tiny D TY A bea ivi DE NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING - Gepubliceerd 31-XII-1984 REVISION OF THE GENERA OF BRACONINI WITH FIRST AND SECOND METASOMAL TERGITES IMMOVABLY JOINED (HYMENOPTERA, BRACONIDAE, BRACONINAE) by C. VAN ACHTERBERG Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands ABSTRACT The genera of the Braconini with the 1ste and 2nd tergites immovably joined are keyed and illustrated. Four new genera are described: Apotosoma (type-species: A. latimarginale sp. nov.), Aspidobracon (type-species: A. pierrei sp. nov.), Hyboteles (type-species: H. toxopeusi sp. nov.), and Pedinopleura (type-species: P. emarginata sp. nov.). In addition to the four new type-species, three new species are described: Apotosoma melateles sp. nov., Aspidobracon hesperivorus sp. nov., and A. noyesi sp. nov. A lectotype is designated for Physaraia furcata (Guérin-Méneville, 1848). The genera are divided into two new sub- tribes: the Physaraiina (based on the genus Physaraia Shenefelt), and the Aspidobraconina (based on the genus Aspidobracon nov.) INTRODUCTION During my visit to the Paris Museum in 1979 I received a vial with specimens belonging to a genus unknown to me, reared by Mr. Jacques Pierre from Acraea cepheus (L.) (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae, Acraeinae) on Caloncoba wel- witschu Gilg. (Flacourtiaceae) and supposed to be infesting the egg-stage of the host. However, the vial contained no traces of eggs, only a chrysalis of the butterfly with a hole in it, and several cocoons of the parasites. Considering this, as well the size of the adult parasite (2.7-3 mm) and of the eggs of the host (1—1.5 mm by 0.5 mm), it is certainly not an egg-parasite. There remains the possibility that the eggs were infested, and that the embryo of the parasite re- mained dormant till the larva of the host was large enough for complete development of the parasite. However, this would indicate that it is an endoparasite, a feature unknown up to now in the Braconinae. For the moment it is most likely that the host reared from the egg-stage | (Mr. Pierre, in litt.) was infested in the larval or pupal stage and that the gregarious parasite-lar- vae live as parasite in the host-chrysalis. The emergence from the pupa of the host is an ex- ceptional feature in the Braconinae. All other genera of Braconinae are (as far known) ectopa- rasitic on holometabolous larvae. In this paper the genus Aspidobracon is described to include this species, together with other taxa in the Bra- conini possessing the peculiar feature of the im- movably joined 1st and 2nd tergites. For the terminology used in this paper, see Van Achterberg, 1979: 242-249; the term “thyloid” (not mentioned in that paper) is used for the elongate sensillae on the antennal seg- ments (figs. 2, 16, 136), and for the term “sub- ocular groove”, see fig. 72. PHYLOGENY The group of genera treated in this paper be- longs to the tribe Braconini Stephens of the Bra- coninae, defined by the robust scapus, which is truncate apically and ventrally as long as dorsal- ly or somewhat shorter (in lateral view) (figs. 12, 45, 111, 137) and by vein Ir-m of hind wing shorter than vein SC+RI (figs. 3, 30, 114, 138). The genera of the Braconini with 1st and 2nd tergites immovably joined (figs. 1, 41, 135) share a strong and complete medio-longitudinal carina on the propodeum (figs. 117, 147, but ab- sent (secondarily lost?) in Physaraia), and meso- scutum regularly and (rather) densely setose. These features are also present in the Plesiobra- con group as defined by Van Achterberg (1983: 185). Especially the Afrotropical genus Carini- bracon Van Achterberg, 1983, resembles the genera treated in this paper. It has the 6th ter- gite sculptured, and it shares the strong dorsal carinae of the 1st tergite with several genera. Different are the movably joined Iste and 2nd 137 138 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 tergites, the wide obtuse lobe of the tarsal claws, and the minute medio-basal area of the 2nd ter- gite. Both other genera of the Plesiobracon group differ by the smooth 6th tergite. The ge- nus Xenema Van Achterberg, 1983, differs also by the robust 2nd submarginal cell of the fore wing (but shares with Physaraia the medial cari- na on the mesoscutum and the sculpture of the head and mesoscutum). The genus Plesiobracon Cameron, 1903, differs by the shape of the claws, of the 4th tergite, and by the sculpture of the metasoma. The genera treated in this paper fall into two distinct groups: the Physaraiina (subtribus nov., containing only Physaraia Shenefelt, 1978) and the Aspidobraconina (subtribus nov., based on Aspidobracon gen. nov., and including six more genera). The Physaraiina differ by six apomor- phous character-states from the Aspidobraconi- na: i) the reduction of the metasomal sutures, ii) 3rd tergite forked posteriorly, in) 4th-6th ter- gites completely retracted, iv) lateral margin of 2nd and 3rd tergites slanted inwards, v) clypeus with dorsal carina, vi) mesoscutum with medial carina more or less developed. Except for the immovably joined 1st and 2nd tergites, and the medial carina of the metanotum, scarcely any synapomorphous character-states united the Physaraiina with the Aspidobraconina; this makes it uncertain if they are sister-groups, as depicted in fig. 153. Because no other group is known to be more related, this arrangement is the most plausible for the moment, despite the lack of synapomorphies. Table 1. Synoptic table of most important character-states of the genera treated in this paper. Genus Plesiobracon group = = apomorphous ist and 2nd tergite immovably joined metasomal sutures largely absent 3rd tergite forked clypeus with dorsal carina mesoscutum with complete carina lateral margin of 2nd and 3rd ter- gites slanted inwards claws simple eyes with subocular groove metanotum with longitudinal carina @ fe: OC FO | @ OF La propodeum with longitudinal carina pleural sulcus smooth @ mesosternal suture ® smooth 6th tergite emarginate O antescutal depression ® present lateral margin of 3rd À tergite lamelliform 3rd tergite widened O laterally ovipositor short G metanotum protruding O 3rd tergite with ® antero-lateral grooves dorsal carinae of ist ® tergite absent Physaraia @@ 6 © CO retracted O Ore SO OLO O ® & = ® ® © ® ® ® ® ® ® O @) ® (@) (@) O ® Dioxybracon © | 2 O w © © O O ® ® ® ® ® O © O O O O ® Apotosoma O 069 6 6 06 060 6 0 OO 0 0 OO © © Pedinopleura Eutropobracon O= plesiomorphous ist and 2nd tergite movably joined metasomal sutures completely developed 3rd tergite without fork clypeus without dorsal carina mesoscutum without longi- tudinal carina 3rd tergites confluent wi rest of tergites, directe ventrally eyes without subocular groove metanotum without longitudinal carina propodeum without longitudinal carina pleural sulcus crenulate mesosternal groove 6th tergite truncate antescutal depression absent lateral margin of 3rd tergite thick 3rd tergite not widened laterally ovipositor comparatively metanotum blunt dorsally 3rd tergite without anter lateral grooves CAO oi B OO 06 Dier 86 © 0 OO © SE OF COQ © Mele 00 29295987 29:7 SEO OF e@ O. ®@@00 O © OO 00 © e ON 0 0 DO O © Aspidobracon O O@@ o 0 ee OO e e Se © 0 DO O © Prilomacroploea dorsal carinae of list ter present lateral margin of 2nd "a claws with lobe or lame 10 smooth | VAN ACHTERBERG: Genera of Braconini 139 The Aspidobraconina consist of two sub- groups (fig. 153); the group including Pedino- pleura gen. nov. and three other genera has | a subocular groove, the pleural sulcus and |} mesosternal suture smooth, and occurs in New | Guinea (three genera), Australia (one genus), | Malagasy (one genus) and Oriental Region (one ì genus). The other group (including Aspidobra- | con gen. nov. and two other genera) has these | three characters in the plesiomorphous state | (except Eutropobracon, which has a virtually | smooth mesosternal suture) and is provisional because of the lack of synapomorphies. All | three genera of this group occur in the Oriental Region, with additional species in the Afrotrop- | ical Region and Japan. For further details of the | supposed phylogenetic relationships, see fig. | 153; the majority of the characters used for the | analysis are listed in table 1. KEY TO THE GENERA OF BRACONINI WITH 1ST AND 2ND METASOMAL TERGITES IMMOVABLY UNITED 1. Carapace of 1st—3rd tergites without deep transverse sutures medially (fig. 1); 4th— 6th tergites retracted (figs. 1, 6); 3rd tergite forked apically (fig. 6); clypeus with dorsal carina (fig. 8); mesoscutum with medial ca- rina (fig. 11), but sometimes absent; (sub- Efa nov.) ...:.............. Nrs. Physaraia Shenefelt i — Carapace of 1st—3rd tergites with deep and | complete transverse sutures (figs. 13, 66, 121); 4th—6th tergites exposed; 3rd tergite truncate apically (fig. 27); clypeus without dorsal carina (figs. 26, 33, 91); mesoscutum without medial carina (figs. 35, 46, 64); (subtribe Aspidobraconina nov.)........ 2 2. Eye with distinct subocular groove (figs. 21, 29, 72); pleural sulcus smooth (figs. 13, 29, 54, 68); posterior half of mesosternal suture smooth; tarsal claws with a (small) ventral lobe (figs. 22, 51) or simple (figs. 37, Me... 3 | — Eye without subocular groove (figs. 82, 97, I 109, 135); pleural sulcus crenulate (figs. 82, 109, 122, 135); posterior half of mesosternal suture crenulate, exceptionally obsolete or smooth (e.g., Eutropobracon); tarsal claws simple (fig. 102, 142), exceptionally with EE deer edna EE 6 3. Metanotum without complete medio-longi- tudinal carina (fig. 78); 6th tergite strongly convex (fig. 68); lateral lamelliform margin of 3rd tergite narrow, similar to margin of 2nd tergite (figs. 68, 77); dorsal carinae of Ist tergite united (fig. 80); tarsal claws without lobe (fig. 75).. Hyboteles gen. nov. Metanotum with complete lamelliform me- dio-longitudinal carina (fig. 35); 6th tergite at most moderately convex (fig. 29); lateral lamelliform margin of 3rd tergite widened, and wider than margin of 2nd tergite (figs. 13, 29, 41, 63, 151); dorsal carinae absent (es 66, 149), or if present then not united (figs. 27, 39, 53); tarsal claws with small acute lamella (figs. 22, 51) or virtually ab- senno RITIRO gM 4 . Notauli present (figs. 20, 35, 46); dorsal ca- rinae of Ist tergite present, and more or less lamelliform (figs. 27, 39, 53); frons without narrow V-shaped groove (figs. 32, 44); lateral margin of 2nd tergite not (fig. 13) or abruptly (fig. 29) widened posteriorly; me- dial carina of metanotum tooth-shaped pro- truding (figs. 13, 29, 41); base of 4th—6th iéraiteswuvarablen (figa 13, (129,0 41) el NO ebete sine else solo 5 Notauli absent (fig. 64); dorsal carinae of Ist tergite largely absent (figs. 66, 149); frons with narrow V-shaped groove near antennal sockets (figs. 65, 152); lateral mar- gin of 2nd tergite gradually widened poste- riorly (figs. 63, 151); medial carina of meta- notum not protruding (fig. 54); 4th—6th tergites with deep transverse depressions basally (figs. 67, 151) Apotosoma gen. nov. . Fifth and 6th tergites deeply impressed bas- ally (figs. 29, 41); 6th tergite (rather) shal- lowly emarginate medio-apically (figs. 40, 47); propleuron flattened and with small posterior flange (figs. 29, 41); occipital flange very wide, about as wide as mandi- ble-base and distinctly removed from base of mandible (figs. 29, 33, 41, 52); middle lobe of mesoscutum with pair of grooves anteriorly (figs. 35, 46); mesopleuron densely sculptured: (824). ...... 1 intl 3600 eend Pedinopleura gen. nov. Fifth and 6th tergites less impressed basally (fig. 13); 6th tergite deeply incised medio- apically (fig. 28); propleuron comparatively convex and without distinct posterior flange (fig. 13); occipital flange narrow, much narrower than width of mandible- base and close to base of mandible (figs. 13, 26); middle lobe of mesoscutum without pair of grooves anteriorly (fig. 20); meso- pleuron sparsely sculptured (fig. 13) ....... D HS Ce ES LE Dioxybracon Granger 140 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 6. Third tergite without lamelliform lateral margin (fig. 97); 6th tergite semi-circularly emarginate medio-apically (fig. 108, but less in d); 2nd tergite with medial carina more or less developed (fig. 107); antescutal de- pression present (fig. 97); malar suture (rather) deep (ig. ya N, Philomacroploea Cameron — Third tergite with lamelliform lateral mar- gin (figs. 82, 109, 122, 135); 6th tergite truncate (fig. 96) or protruding (figs. 121, 134, 144); 2nd tergite without medial carina (figs. 95, 121, 148); antescutal depression absent (figs. 82, 122) or present as narrow cleft (fig. 135); malar suture variable ..... 7 7. Third to 5th tergites medially much shorter than laterally (fig. 95); 6th tergite truncate apically (fig. 96); ovipositor sheath some- what longer than metasoma (fig. 86); tarsal claws with lobe (fig. 90); metanotum not protruding (fig. 81); vein cu-a of fore wing shortly postfurcal (fig. 85); dorso-lateral ca- rinae of 1st tergite strong and lamelliform (fig. 82); angle between veins 1-SR and C+SC+R of fore wing about 55° (fig. 84); propodeal tubercle present (fig. 82)........ Eutropobracon Ramakrishna Ayyar — Third to 5th tergites medially about as long as laterally (fig. 121); 6th tergite protruding medio-apically (figs. 121, 134, 144); ovipo- sitor sheath shortly protruding beyond apex of metasoma (figs. 109, 122, 135); tar- sal claws without lobe (figs. 113, 130, 142); metanotum somewhat protruding (figs. 109, 122, 135); vein cu-a of fore wing inter- stitial (figs: 114, 138); dorso-lateral carinae of 1st tergwe absent (figs, 1092122135); angle between veins 1-SR and C+SC+R of fore wing more than 70° (figs. 115, 127, 141); propodeal tubercle absent (fig. 109) . . Ven A PCT Aspidobracon gen. nov. PHYSARAIINA subtribus nov. Syn.: Gastrothecini Fahringer, 1928 (invalid, based on junior homonym). Diagnosis. — Head in lateral view comparati- vely small (fig. 1), but in some species larger than in type-species; scapus truncate apically (fig. 12); clypeus with dorsal carina (fig. 8); pro- natal sides anteriorly curved towards mesoscu- tum (fig. 1); mesoscutum densely setose and with medial carina (fig. 11), but sometimes ab- sent; scutellar sulcus crenulate and comparati- vely wide (fig. 11); vein cu-a of fore wing sub- interstitial (fig. 3); vein 1r-m of hind wing short (fig. 3); fore tibia without pegs or spines; pro- podeum with pair of tubercles (fig. 1) and with- out medial carina; 1st—3rd metasomal tergites forming a strongly convex carapace, without deep transverse sutures medially and no antero- lateral grooves (figs. 1, 7); carapace with 3 pairs of spiracles, situated distinctly above ventral rim of carapace (fig. 1); ventral margin of 2nd and 3rd tergites slanted inwards and not lamelli- form; 3rd tergite emarginate medio-apically and forked posteriorly (fig. 6); 4th—6th tergites completely retracted (fig. 1). Contains only the genus Physaraia Shenefelt, 1978; the biology is unknown. Physaraia Shenefelt, 1978 Shenefelt, 1978: 1714—1716. Type-species: Gastrotheca furcata Guérin- Méneville, 1848 (original designation). Gender: feminine. Syn.: Gastrotheca Guérin-Méneville, 1848, nec Fitzinger, 1843. Diagnosis. — Body finely rugose-coriaceous (figs. 1, 5—7, 11); eyes glabrous and slightly emarginate (fig. 8); antescutal depression ab- sent; mesoscutum widely truncate anteriorly (fig. 11); propleuron rather flat (fig. 1); precoxal sulcus scarcely impressed (fig. 1); mesosternum without crenulate medial suture; pleural sulcus mainly smooth and shallow (fig. 1); metapleural flange large, lamelliform and obtuse (fig. 1); no- tauli shallowly impressed (fig. 11); metanotum with crest-shaped complete medial carına (fig. 11), and not protruding dorsally (fig. 1); antero- dorsal part of propodeum differentiated from posterior part, short, about as long as metano- tum dorsally; propodeum ın lateral view acute anteriorly (fig. 1); propodeal spiracle rather large and just behind middle of propodeum; an- gle between veins 1-SR and C+SC+R about 70° (fig. 3); tarsal claws with acute, robust sub- medial lobe, which is yellowish pectinate (fig. 9); whole 1st tergite strongly convex (fig. 7), its dorsal carinae meeting each other medially (fig. 7), and without dorso-lateral carinae (fig. 1); ovipositor protruding far beyond apex of meta- | soma, long (fig. 1); hypopygium of ® large and | acute apically (fig. 1). | Rather small genus, most species known from the Afrotropical region, but the type-species has | been reported from North Africa (Egypt, Li- ! bya), and one species has been described from | VAN ACHTERBERG: Genera of Braconini 141 the Oriental Region (P. sumatrana Enderlein, 1905). There exists no reliable key to the species of Physaraia. Physaraia furcata (Guérin-Méneville) (figs. 1—12) Guérin-Méneville, 1848: 349—350; fig. 4; Shenefelt, 1978: 1715. Redescribed after © from Ethiopia (Ara) compared with the lectotype; length of body 7.7 mm (including spines), of fore wing 7.1 mm. Head. — Antennal segments 47 (with many thyloids, fig. 2), length of 3rd segment 1.1 times 4th segment, length of 3rd, 4th, and penultimate segment 1.5, 1.4, and 1.3 times their width, re- spectively; length of maxillary palp 0.8 times height of head; occipital carina absent, but with weak striae somewhat resembling a carina; length of eye in dorsal view 1.4 times temple (fig. 5); temple finely striate-coriaceous, dull, weakly roundly narrowed behind eyes; POL : diameter of ocellus : OOL = 5 : 4 : 10; frons and vertex coriaceous; face finely rugose-coria- ceous; malar suture shallow; length of malar space 1.2 times basal width ot mandible. Mesosoma. — Maximum width of mesosoma equal to maximum width of head; length ot mesosoma 1.2 times its height; precoxal sulcus reticulate-coriaceous anteriorly, more rugose posteriorly (fig. 1); rest of mesopleuron coria- ceous; antero-dorsal part of propodeum rather coarsely reticulate and laterally coriaceous; pos- terior part of propodeum subvertical, medially, almost smooth, and with two pairs of posteri- orly converging carinae. Wings. — Fore wing: r : 3-SR : SR1 = 8:20: 27; SR1 weakly sinuate (fig. 3); 1-CU1 : 2-CU1 = 1 : 28; 2-SR : 3-SR : r-m = 11 : 20 : 9; m-cu antefurcal, and subparallel to 1-M (fig. 3). Legs. — Hind coxa coriaceous dorsally; length of femur, tibia and basitarsus of hind leg 3.6, 7.6, and 5.2 times their width, respectively; length of hind spurs both 0.5 times hind basitar- sus. Metasoma. — Length of 1st tergite 0.6 times its basal width, slightly coriaceous, almost smooth in front of dorsal carinae, and coarsely reticulate behind carinae; length of ovipositor sheath 0.70 times fore wing. Colour. — Brownish-yellow; antenna (but radix yellowish), stemmaticum and ovipositor sheath, black; wing membrane uniformly light brownish; wing veins brown; pterostigma rath- er dark brown, but medially yellowish. Redescribed after specimen in Muséum Na- tional d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris: “Labor. Co- lonial Museum, Abyssinie, Ara, Latham, 29.3.07”, “Museum Paris, Abyssinie, 1910, J. Surcouf”, “Conspecific with lectotype of Gas- trotheca furcata G., Van Achterberg, 1978”. Lectotype in same institute (in box 99 with label “Proctotrupide determine-Braconidae”) and here designated: “63”, “Museum Paris, Abyssi- nie, Ferret & Galinier, 1059 bis —92”, “Type!”, “Gastrotheca furcata Gue., Abyssinia” (an old handwritten label). Fore legs are absent, anten- na and ovipositor are damaged, Ist metasomal suture weak, but complete, medial carina of mesoscutum present, but more weakly devel- oped than in the specimen figured. Shenefelt’s statement (1978: 1815) that the type of P. furcata is the specimen in the Staats- sammlung at Munich (from the locality “Port Natal”) is not considered to be a lectotype des- ignation. This © is the only paralectotype and may belong to another species. ASPIDOBRACONINA subtribus nov. Diagnosis. — Head in lateral view of normal size (figs. 13, 29, 109); scapus truncate (figs. 15, 31, 45); clypeus without dorsal carina (figs. 26, 33, 91); dorsal margin of pronotal sides straight or bent downwards near notauli (figs. 13, 97, 109, 122); mesoscutum densely setose, and without medial carina (figs. 35, 46, 64); scutellar sulcus crenulate, wide to rather narrow (figs. 20, 46, 64); vein SRI of fore wing straight; vein cu- a of fore wing interstitial (Gig. 30) to shortly postfurcal (figs. 14, 85); vein Ir-m of hind wing (rather) short (figs. 14, 30, 57); fore tibia with- Out pegs or spines; propodeum with complete lamelliform medio-longitudinal carina (figs. 63, 146); antero-dorsal part of propodeum not dis- tinctly differentiated from posterior part (figs. 54, 109); tubercles of propodeum absent (figs. 29, 54), except in Eutropobracon (fig. 82) and lateral carina sometimes somewhat protruding (fig. 13); Ist—3rd tergites forming a rather strongly convex carapace (figs. 13, 29), with two deep transverse sutures (figs. 13, 29, 95, 121), with (figs. 29, 109) or without (figs. 41, 97) antero-lateral grooves; carapace with three pairs of spiracles situated distinctly above ven- tral rim (figs. 29, 82); 3rd tergite truncate poste- riorly (figs. 27, 95); ventral margin of 2nd and 3rd tergites projected ders (figs. 13, 29, 122), and lamelliform (figs. 13, 29, 68), except in Philomacroploea (fig. 97); 4th—6th tergites dis- tinctly exposed, strongly sclerotized and sculp- 142 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 tured (figs. 13, 41, 68, 109), but largely smooth in Apotosoma (tigs. 54, 67, 150). Contains the genera Apotosoma gen. nov.; Aspidobracon gen. nov.; Dioxybracon Granger, 1949; Eutropobracon Ramakrishna Ayyar, 1928; Hyboteles gen. nov.; Pedinopleura gen. nov.; and Philomacroploea Cameron, 1905. The subtribe is restricted to the Palaeotropics and Japan. Apotosoma gen. nov. Type-species: Apotosoma latimarginale sp. nov. Etymology: from “apotomos” (Greek for “cut off, abrupt”) and “soma” (Greek for “body”), because of the truncate apex of the metasoma. Gender: neuter. Diagnosis. — Eye not emarginate (fig. 59), and with subocular groove (fig. 54); frons with narrow V-shaped groove near antennal sockets (figs. 64, 151); propleuron without flange poste- riorly and normal (fig. 54); precoxal sulcus ab- sent (fig. 54); pleural sulcus and mesosternal su- ture smooth; metapleural flange rather larger, obtuse and lamelliform (fig. 54); notauli absent (fig. 63), scutellar sulcus comparatively narrow (fig. 64); metanotum with complete lamelliform, non-protruding medio-longitudinal carina (fig. 64); vein cu-a of fore wing interstitial (fig. 57); tarsal claws nearly simple, somewhat protrud- ng medially and finely pectinate subbasally (fig. 62); dorsal carinae of 1st tergite (largely) absent (figs. 66, 149) and without dorso-lateral carinae (figs. 54, 151); lateral margin of 2nd tergite gradually widened posteriorly (figs. 63, 151); 4th—6th tergites with deep transverse depres- sions basally (figs. 54, 67, 151); 6th tergite rath- er flat fig. 54); ovipositor distinctly protruding beyond apex of metasoma, moderately long (fig. 54); hypopygium of ® rather large and some- what protruding medio-apically. Small genus, only known from New Guinea. Contains the type-species and A. melateles sp. nov. The biology is unknown. Key to the species of the genus Apotosoma 1. Head and pterostigma yellowish-brown; lateral margin of 1st tergite comparatively wide and of 3rd tergite comparatively nar- row (fig. 151); medial groove of vertex ob- solescent (fig. 152); 1st and 2nd metasomal sutures narrowly sculptured (figs. 148, 151); 3 apical segments of antenna blackish, contrasting with other (yellowish) segments (figs. 150); length of fore wing about 4 mm; 2nd and 3rd tergites smooth (fig. 149); an- tennal segments about 34 (4); propodeum with lateral carinae posteriorly eee APT gee ag vei melateles sp. nov. — Head largely black; pterostigma (dark) brown; lateral margin of Ist tergite com- paratively narrow and of 3rd tergite com- paratively wide (fig. 54); medial groove of vertex distinct (fig. 65); Ist and 2nd metaso- mal sutures more widely crenulate (figs. 54, 66); 3 apical segments of antenna dark brown, concolorous with preceding seg- ments; length 5.0—5.6 mm; 2nd and 3rd tergites partly punctate (fig. 66); antennal segments about 46 (2); propodeum with- out lateral carinae posteriorly (fig. 54) latimarginale sp. nov. Apotosoma latimarginale sp. nov. (figs. 54—67) Holotype, 2, length of body 5.8 mm, of fore wing 5.5 mm. Head. — Antennal segments 46, length of 3rd segment 1.2 times 4th segment, length of 3rd, 4th, and penultimate segments 2.3, 2.0 and 1.2 times their width, respectively; length of maxil- lary palp 0.6 times height of head; length of eye in dorsal view 3.5 times temple (fig. 65); temple punctulate; POL : diameter of ocellus : OOL = 4 : 4 : 7; frons, vertex and face punctulate; length of malar space 1.3 times basal width of mandible; malar suture deep. Mesosoma. — Length of mesosoma 1.3 times its height; ventral half of mesopleuron punctu- late, rest smooth; episternal scrobe indistinct (fig. 54); mesoscutum and scutellum punctulate; surface of propodeum punctulate; lateral carina of propodeum absent (fig. 54). Wings. — Fore wing: r : 3-SR : SR1 = 27 : 68; 2-SR.::3=-SR : ram = 185727 i mew slightly converging to 1-M posteriorly (fig. 57). Legs. — Hind coxa punctulate; length of fe- mur, tibia, and basitarsus of hind leg 4.1, 9.5, and 6.4 times their width, respectively; length of hind spurs 0.35 and 0.30 times hind basitar- sus. Metasoma. — Length of Ist tergite 0.7 times its apical width, its surface smooth, with shal- | low and crenulate medio-longitudinal suture and near anterior third with pair of depressions (fig. 66); 2nd tergite with some punctures and without antero-lateral grooves; 3rd tergite with pair of shallow antero-lateral grooves (fig. 54) and with some punctures (fig. 66); 2nd suture VAN ACHTERBERG: Genera of Braconini 143 coarsely crenulate and medially widened (tig. 66); apex of 6th tergite widely truncate and slightly emarginate medially (fig. 67); length of ovipositor sheath 0.31 times fore wing. Colour. — Brownish-yellow; head (but temple ventrally, eye margins partly, mandible, labrum and pair of patches above toruli, yellow- ish), antenna (but radıx, scapus and pedicellus partly apıcally, and annellus, yellowish), hind tarsus, and ovipositor sheath, black or dark brown; pterostigma, parastigma, and wing veins (but bases of C+SC+R, M+CU1 of both | wings, and 1A of fore wing, completely yellow- ish), (dark) brown; wing membrane light brown. Holotype ın Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden: “Neth. Ind.-Amer. New Gui- nea Exp., Lower Mist Camp, 14—1550 m, 31.1.1939, L. J. Toxopeus leg.” Paratypes: 2 ? in same institute: “Neth. Ind.-American New Guinea Exped., Sigi Camp, 1500 m, 26.11.1939, L. J. Toxopeus”, other specimen from same lo- cality, but 18.11.1939. Variation: Length of fore wing 5.0—5.6 mm, of body 5.5—5.8 mm; antennal segments 46 (2 2); length of ovipositor sheath 0.29—0.32 times fore wing. Apotosoma melateles sp. nov. (figs. 149—152) Holotype, &, length of body 3.6 mm, of fore wing 3.8 mm. Head. — Antennal segments 34, length of 3rd segment 1.3 times 4th segment, length of 3rd, 4th and penultimate segments 2.4, 1.9, and 1.9 times their width, respectively; maxillary palp hidden in glue; length of eye in dorsal view 2.6 times temple (fig. 152); temple, frons and ver- tex, smooth; face punctulate; POL : diameter of ocellus : OOL = 3 : 3 : 10; length of malar space 1.3 times basal width of mandible. Mesosoma. — Length of mesosoma 1.5 times its height; mesopleuron smooth; episternal serobe (virtually) absent; mesoscutum and scu- tellum smooth; surface of propodeum smooth; propodeum with short lateral carina posteriorly. Wings. — Fore wing: r : 3-SR : SR1 = 5 : 12 : 33; 2-SR : 3-SR : r-m = 8 : 12 : 4; m-cu parallel to 1-M. Legs. — Hind coxa smooth; length of femur, tibia, and basitarsus of hind leg 4.6, 9.6 and 8 times their width, respectively; length of hind tibial spurs 0.30 and 0.25 times hind basitarsus. Metasoma. — Length of 1st tergite 0.8 times its apical width, its surface smooth, except for an indistinctly crenulate shallow medial groove (fig. 149), its lateral margin wide (fig. 151); 2nd and 3rd tergites smooth; 2nd suture narrowly crenulate medially (fig. 149); 2nd—6th tergites with indistinctly crenulate and oblique incom- plete antero-lateral grooves (fig. 151). Colour. — Yellowish-brown; pterostigma and wing veins yellowish-brown; wing mem- brane slightly infuscated; posterior half of hind tarsus, and 3rd—10th antennal segments some- what infuscated; 3 apical antennal segments blackish (fig. 149), and rest of antenna yellow- ish. Holotype in British Museum (Natural Histo- ry), London: “Papua: Mondo, 5,000 ft, 11.1934, L. E. Cheesman, B.M. 1934—321”. Aspidobracon gen. nov. Type -species: Aspidobracon pierrei sp. nov. Etymology: from “aspidos” (Greek for “shield”) and the generic name “Bracon”, be- cause the metasoma is shield-like and the spp. resemble the genus Bracon. Gender: masculine. Diagnosis. — Eye not emarginate (figs. 110, 132, 140), and without subocular groove (figs. 109, 122, 135); malar suture shallow (fig. 140); frons without V-shaped grooves (fig. 146); an- tescutal depression absent (fig. 109) or present as a narrow cleft (fig. 135); propleuron with narrow posterior flange (figs. 109, 122), but ab- sent in noyesi sp. nov. (fig. 135), normal (fig. 109) to flat (fig. 135); precoxal sulcus at least shallowly impressed (figs. 109, 135); pleural sul- cus (figs. 122, 135), and mesosternal suture (finely) crenulate; metapleural flange small (figs. 109, 122) or absent (fig. 135); notauli complete, not meeting posteriorly and smooth (figs. 117, 131) or finely crenulate (fig. 147); scutellar sul- cus rather wide (figs. 117, 131); metanotum with complete (pierre: sp. nov.) or incomplete (other spp.) medial carina, slightly protruding dorsally (figs. 116, 122, 135); angle between veins 1-SR and C+SC+R of fore wing more than 70° (figs. 115, 127, 141); vein cu-a of fore wing interstitial (fig. 114); tarsal claws simple figs. 113, 130), but somewhat widened and fine- ly pectinate in noyesi (fig. 142); dorsal carinae of Ist tergite present and united (figs. 132, 148), without dorso-lateral carinae (figs. 109, 122, 135); lateral margin of 2nd and 3rd tergites nar- row, lamelliform, and not widened (fig. 135); 2nd tergite without medial carina (fig. 121); 3rd—5th tergites medially about as long as 144 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 laterally (fig. 121); 4th—6th tergites with shal- low basal depressions (fig. 135); 6th tergite moderately convex (figs. 122, 135), and pro- truding medio-posteriorly (figs. 121, 134, 144); ovipositor shortly protruding beyond apex of metasoma (figs. 134, 135); hypopygium of 2 variable. Small genus, known from the Oriental (two spp.) and Afrotropical region (one sp.), and reared from Hesperiidae and Nymphalidae-Ac- raeinae. Key to the species of the genus Aspidobracon 1. Sixth tergite of metasoma comparatively acutely protruding apically (fig. 121); meta- notum with complete medial carina (fig. 117); precoxal sulcus at least medially finely sculptured (fig. 109); propodeum distinctly sculptured medially (fig. 117); 2nd submar- ginal cell of fore wing somewhat longer (fig. 114; vein 3-SR about 3 times vein r); (Ainatropical peiectaee mi pierre sp. nov. — Sixth tergite less protruding apically (figs. 134, 144); posterior half of metanotum without medial carina (figs. 131, 147); pre- coxal sulcus smooth medially (figs. 122, 135); propodeum (except for medial carina and some crenulae) smooth medially (figs. 133, 147); 2nd submarginal cell of fore wing shorter (figs. 124, 138; vein 3-SR about 2 tinesivenr ron less); (Guenta))pos AN 2 2. Temple behind eye with conspicuous black spot; body with black pattern; antennal segments of 2 35—37; scapus black; 6th tergite more gradually narrowed apıcally (fig. 144); claws more robust (fig. 142); (In- noyesi sp. nov. — Temple behind eye without black spot; body (nearly) completely brownish-yellow; antennal segments of 2 33—34; scapus yel- lowish; 6th tergite more abruptly narrowed apically (fig. whe claws less robust (figs. 130); (Sri Lanka) .... hesperivorus sp. nov. Aspidobracon pierrei sp. nov. (figs. 109—121) Holotype, 2, length of body 3.0 mm, of fore wing 2.5 mm. Head. — Antennal segments 31 (long and densely setose (figs. 111, 112)), length of 3rd an- tennal segment 1.1 times 4th segment, length of 3rd, 4th, and penultimate segments 2.0, 1.8, and 1.7 times their width, respectively; length of maxillary palp 0.8 times height of head; length of eye in dorsal view 3.4 times temple (fig. 120); temple smooth; vertex, frons and face, punctu- late; POL : diameter of ocellus : OOL = 7 : 5 : 19; length of malar space 1.4 times basal width of mandible. Mesosoma. — Length of mesosoma 1.3 times its height; precoxal sulcus coarsely (rugose-) punctate, rest of mesopleuron punctulate (fig. 109); mesoscutum and scutellum slightly punc- tulate; metanotum with complete medial carina (fig. 117); surface of propodeum coarsely trans- versely rugose (fig. 117). Wings. — Fore wing: r : 3-SR : SR1 = 10: 29 : 63; angle between 1-SR and C+SC+R 88° (fig. 115); 2-SR : 3-SR : r-m = 17 : 29 : 15; m- cu somewhat converging posteriorly to 1-M (fig. 114). Legs. — Hind coxa smooth; length of femur, tibia and basitarsus of hind leg 4.6, 8.0, and 5.3 times their width, respectively; length of hind spurs 0.4 and 0.3 times hind basitarsus. Metasoma. — Length of 1st tergite 0.6 times its apical width, its surface coarsely reticulate (fig. 121), its dorsal carinae weak; 2nd and 3rd tergites reticulate-rugose, with rather shallow antero-lateral grooves as in following tergites (fig. 109); 3rd and following tergites apically smooth, with a subapical transverse shallow groove (figs. 109, 121); 6th tergite rather acute- ly protruding posteriorly (fig. 121); length of ovipositor sheath 0.10 times fore wing; hypopy- gium medium-sized and apically truncate. Colour. — Brownish-yellow; legs light yel- lowish; pterostigma and veins light brown; ped- icellus slightly darker than scapus; wing mem- brane subhyaline. Holotype in Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris: “Gabon, Makokou, 0°34'N— 12°52’ Es, 81-1976 Je Pierre love anal ® parasite of Acraea cepheus on Caloncoba wel- | witschi G.”. Paratypes: 24 d and 9 ® with same labels; pterostigma in both sexes sometimes dark brown, antenna (except scapus) also largely dark brown, and stemmaticum brown. However, males occur similarly col- | oured as ?-holotype. Further 14 2 and 2 dg paratypes: “Mali, Koro, (caterpillar) on millet”, “coll. 20.ix.1979, wlts x.1979”, one 2 from De- © cember 13, 1979, Mopti Koro. Malar suture rather deep, mesosternal groove sometimes only | finely crenulate, further as holotype. Variation: antennal segments of ® 28 (1), 29 | (3), 31 (4) or 32 (1), of & 27 (1), 29 (5), or 30 (2); length of body 2.7—3.0 mm, of fore wing 2.2— | VAN ACHTERBERG 2.6 mm; length of ovipositor sheath 0.07—0.10 times fore wing. Paratypes are deposited in the museums at Leiden, Paris, London, and in the collections of USDA, Beltsville, and of Dr. D. Quicke (Nottingham). Note. This species is named after Mr. Jacques Pierre (Paris), the specialist of the Acraeinae, who was the first to discover its host. Aspidobracon hesperivorus sp. nov. (figs. 122—134) Holotype, 2, length of body 2.5 mm, of fore wing 2.6 mm. Head. — Antennal segments 34, length of 3rd segment 1.2 times 4th segment, length of 3rd, 4th and penultimate segment 2.3, 2.0, and 2.0 times their width, respectively; length of maxil- lary palp 0.7 times height of head; length of eye in dorsal view 3.2 times temple (fig. 132); temple, vertex, frons and face smooth and pu- bescent; POL : diameter of ocellus : OOL = 8 : 7 : 16; length of malar space 1.4 times basal width of mandible. Mesosoma. — Length of mesosoma 1.3 times its height; precoxal sulcus only impressed and smooth (fig. 122) rest of mesopleuron largely smooth dorsally, superficially coriaceous ven- trally (fig. 122); mesoscutum smooth; scutellum sparsely punctulate; metanotum with short in- complete carina (fig. 131); surface of propo- deum smooth (fig. 133). Wings. — Fore wing: r : 3-SR : SR1 = 6 :9: 36; angle between 1-SR and C+SC+R 89° (fig. 126); 2-SR : 3-SR : r-m = 8 :9 : 6; m-cu slight- ly converging to 1-M posteriorly (fig. 124). Legs. — Hind coxa coriaceous-punctulate; length of femur, tibia, and basitarsus of hind leg 4.2, 8.0, and 5.0 times their width, respectively; both hind spurs 0.3 times hind basitarsus. Metasoma. — Length of Ist tergite 0.5 times its apical width, its surface reticulate, and its dorsal carinae distinct (fig. 133); 2nd—5th ter- gites rugose-reticulate and with complete ante- ro-lateral diverging grooves (fig. 122); 3rd—5th tergites smooth apically and with subapical transverse crenulate groove; 6th tergite rugu- lose, rather angled laterally, and rather weakly protruding medio-apically (fig. 134); length of ovipositor sheath 0.12 times fore wing; hypopy- gium medium-sized, somewhat protruding pos- teriorly. Colour. — Brownish-yellow, antenna (except yellowish scapus), stemmaticum and ovipositor sheath, dark brown; pterostigma and most veins, brown; wing membrane subhyaline. : Genera of Braconini 145 Holotype in British Museum (Natural Histo- ry), London: “Ceylon, Galle, 19.vii.1928, Dr. J. C. Hutson, pupa of a Hesperid on paddy (Ory- za sativa), 6802”. The probable host is Erionota thrax (Linnaeus) (Dr. R. de Jong, pers. comm.). Paratypes: 7 © and 5 a, all with same label, ob- viously a series of gregarious specimens. Depos- ited in the British Museum (Natural History), Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie at Lei- den, and in the collection of Dr. D. Quicke (Nottingham). Variation: Antennal segments of 2 33 (3) — 34 (3), of d 31 (1) — 32 (3); length of body 2.5—2.9 mm, of fore wing 2.5—2.6 mm; length of ovipositor sheath 0.11—0.14 times fore wing. Aspidobracon noyesi sp. nov. (figs. 135—148) Holotype, 9, length of body and of fore wing both 3.0 mm. Head. — Antennal segments 37, length of 3rd segment 1.1 times 4th segment, length of 3rd, 4th and penultimate segment 2.2, 2.0, and 1.7 times their width, respectively; length of maxil- lary palp 0.9 times height of head; length of eye in dorsal view 3.0 times temple (fig. 146); temple, frons (laterally), vertex, and face, punc- tulate; POL : diameter of ocellus : OOL = 5 : 3 : 9; length of malar space 1.4 times basal width of mandible. Mesosoma. — Length of mesosoma 1.1 times its height; precoxal sulcus only medially shal- lowly impressed and with some curved striae in front (fig. 134); rest of mesopleuron indistnctly punctulate; mesoscutum and scutellum smooth; metanotum with short incomplete carina ante- riorly (fig. 147); surface of propodeum smooth, except for some crenulae near medial carina (fig. 147). Wings. — Fore wing: r :3-SR :SR1= 6:11: 36; angle beween 1-SR and C+SC+R 74° (fig. 141); 2-SR : 3-SR : r-m = 9 : 11 : 6; m-cu paral- lel to 1-M (fig. 138). Legs. — Hind coxa largely smooth; length of femur, tibia and basitarsus of hind leg 3.5, 9.0, and 5.0 times their width, respectively; length of hind spurs 0.35 and 0.5 times hind basitarsus. Metasoma. — Length of 1st tergite 0.6 times its apical width, its surface coarsely rugose-re- ticulate, in front of dorsal carınae medially deeply impressed and with V-shaped crenula- tion (fig. 148), and dorsal carinae absent basally; 2nd—6th tergites coarsely rugose-reticulate, with shallow antero-lateral grooves; 3rd—5th tergites with subapical, transverse crenulate 146 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 grooves (fig. 135); 6th tergite gradually nar- rowed apically and only slightly angled laterally (fig. 144); length of ovipositor sheath 0.12 times fore wing; hypopygium large, and acute apically (fig. 135). Colour. — Yellowish-brown; patch behind eyes, frons medially, stemmaticum and area be- hind it, scapus, pedicellus, mesonotal lobes largely, metasoma dorsally (but yellowish are: sides and base of metasoma, 1st and 2nd tergites medially widely, 3rd—6th tergites posteriorly and medially narrowly), black; rest of antenna, pterostigma (apically lighter), wing veins, and ovipositor sheath, dark brown; propodeum partly, humeral plate apıcally, base and apex of hind tıbıa, middle and hind tarsı infuscated; rest of legs, palpı, and temples ventrally, light yel- lowish; wing membrane slıghtly infuscated. Holotype in British Museum (Natural Histo- ry), London; “India: Karnataka, Mudigere, 26.x.—4.x1., 1979, J. S. Noyes”. Paratypes: 3 2 (one in Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, rest in BM(NH)), two are topotypic and with same dates, the 3rd is labelled: “India: T. Nadu, Valparai, (Cinchona), 20—22.x.1979, J.S. Noyes”. Variation: Length of body 3.0—3.1 mm, of fore wing 2.8—3.1 mm; antennal segments 35 (2), 36 (1), and 37 (1); length of ovipositor sheath 0.10—0.13 times fore wing; colour rath- er variable; propodeum sometimes partly infus- cated only and yellowish part of 3rd tergite wider medially or propodeum largely black and frons more extensively dark. This species is named in honour of Dr. J. S. Noyes, who brought together an important collection of Braconidae during his stay in India. Dioxybracon Granger, 1949 Granger, 1949: 88; Shenefelt, 1978: 1683. Type-species: Dioxybracon bimucronatus Granger, 1949 (original designation). Gender: masculine. Diagnosis. — Eyes not emarginate (fig. 26); and with subocular groove (fig. 21); frons with- out V-shaped groove; occipital flange narrow, much narrower than width of base of mandible, and close to base of mandible (figs. 13, 26); pro- pleuron comparatively convex and without dis- tinct posterior flange (fig. 13); precoxal sulcus absent; mesopleuron sparsely sculptured (fig. 13); pleural sulcus and mesosternal suture smooth; middle lobe of mesoscutum without pair of grooves anteriorly (fig. 20); notauli pre- sent (fig. 20); scutellar sulcus wide (fig. 20); me- dial carina ot metanotum complete, lamelliform and obtusely protruding (fig. 13); vein cu-a of fore wing slightly postfurcal (fig. 14); tarsal claws with acute lamella (fig. 22); dorsal carinae of 1st tergite complete, lamelliform and running parallel posteriorly (fig. 27); lateral margin of 3rd tergite lamelliform and wider than margin of 2nd tergite (fig. 13); 4th and 5th tergites rath- er weakly impressed basally (fig. 13); 6th tergite deeply incised medio-apically (fig. 28); oviposi- tor distinctly protruding beyond apex of meta- soma medium-sized (fig. 13); hypopygium of 9 subtruncate apically and medium-sized. Small genus, contains the type-species only and is restricted to Malagasy. The biology is un- known. Dioxybracon bimucronatus Granger (figs. 13—28) Granger, 1949: 89, fig. 116; Shenefelt, 1978: 1683. Paralectotype, 9, length of body 5.6 mm, of fore wing 4.0 mm. Head. — Antennal segments 43 (according to original description 42—43), length of 3rd seg- ment 1.3 times 4th segment, length of 3rd, 4th, and penultimate segment 1.9, 1.5, and 1.3 times their width, respectively; length of maxillary palp 0.6 times height of head; length of eye in dorsal view 3.2 times temple (fig. 23); frons, vertex and face sparsely punctulate; POL : diameter ocellus : OOL = 7 : 7 : 15; length of malar space 1.4 times basal width of mandible. Mesosoma. — Length of mesosoma 1.5 times its height; mesopleuron sparsely punctulate (fig. 13); mesoscutum and scutellum finely punctate; surface of propodeum largely finely rugose, but anteriorly smooth and with some transverse striae near medial carina (fig. 20). Wings. — Fore wing:r:3-SR :SR1= 6 : 16: 38; angle between 1-SR and C+SC+R 60° (fig. 25); 2-SR : 3-SR : r-m = 12 : 16 : 8; m-cu con- verging to 1-M posteriorly and short (fig. 14). Legs. — Hind coxa smooth; length of femur, tibia, and basitarsus of hind leg 3.8, 6.8, and 6.4 times their width, respectively; length of hind spurs 0.3 and 0.45 times hind basitarsus. Metasoma. — Length of 1st tergite 0.5 times its apical width, its surface coarsely reticulate, and in front of dorsal carinae slightly concave (fig. 27); 2nd tergite without antero-lateral grooves, weak on 3rd tergite (fig. 13); 2nd—6th tergites coarsely reticulate; 2nd—4th tergite VAN ACHTERBERG: Genera of Braconini 147 slightly serrate apically (fig. 13); length of ovi- positor sheath 0.26 times fore wing; hypopygi- um subtruncate apically and medium-sized. Colour. — Brownish-yellow; scapus, pedi- cellus, and ovipositor sheath, dark brown; pte- rostigma, antenna (except both basal segments), veins C+SC+R (except base), and 1-R1, and parastigma, brown; wing membrane slightly in- fuscated. Lectotype here designated, 2, in Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris: “Mada- gascar, Bekily, Reg. Sud de l’Ile”, “Muséum Pa- ris, x1.36, A. Seyrig”, “Type”. Paralectotypes, 2 2 topotypic; figured ® collected in March, 1930, not in February as mentioned bij Granger. Eutropobracon Ramakrishna Ayyar, 1928, stat. nov. Ramakrishna Ayyar, 1928: 40; Shenefelt, 1978: 1461 (synonym of Bracon Fabricius). Type-species: Eutropobracon indicus Rama- krishna Ayyar, 1928 (original designation). Gender: masculine. Diagnosis. — Eyes not emarginate and with- out subocular groove (figs. 82, 91); frons with medial groove (fig. 93); occipital flange narrow and close to base of mandible (fig. 82); antescu- tal depression absent; propleuron without pos- terior flange (fig. 82); precoxal sulcus slightly impressed (fig. 82); mesopleuron distinctly sculptured (fig. 82); pleural sulcus finely crenu- late (fig. 82); mesosternal suture smooth; mid- dle lobe of mesoscutum without grooves (fig. 92); notauli complete and finely crenulate (fig. 92); scutellar sulcus wide (fig. 92); medial carina of metanotum short (fig. 92), not protruding (fig. 82); propodeum with tubercles (fig. 82); angle between veins 1-SR and C+SC+R of fore wing about 55° (fig. 84); vein cu-a of fore wing shortly postfurcal (fig. 85); tarsal claws with ob- tuse lobe (fig. 90); dorsal carinae of 1st tergite complete, united in one curve posteriorly and lamelliform (fig. 95); lateral margin of 3rd ter- gite narrow and lamelliform (fig. 82); 3rd—5th tergites medially much shorter than laterally (figs. 82, 95); 5th and 6th tergites distinctly im- pressed basally and convex (fig. 82); 6th tergite apically truncate and lamella slightly upcurved (figs. 82, 96); ovipositor far protruding beyond apex of metasoma, long (figs. 82, 86); hypopy- gium of © rather large and truncate apically. Small genus, contains the type-species only and is known only from India. The biology is unknown. Eutropobracon indicus Ramakrishna Ayyar, stat. nov. (figs. 82—96) Ramakrishna Ayyar, 1928: 40, 41, fig. XI-3; Shene- felt, 1978: 1498 (as synonym of Bracon koshunen- sis Watanabe, 1934). Lectotype, ®, length of body and of fore wing both 3.5 mm. Head. — Antennal segments 34, length of 3rd segment 1.1 times 4th segment, length of 3rd, 4th and penultimate segments 2.0, 1.8 and 1.8 times their width, respectively; length of maxil- lary palp 0.6 times height of head; length of eye in dorsal view 2.6 times temple (fig. 93); frons, vertex and face punctulate; POL : diameter of ocellus : OOL = 9 : 8 : 18; length of malar space 0.9 times basal width of mandible. Mesosoma. — Length of mesosoma 1.4 times its height; mesopleuron rather coarsely punctate (fig. 82); mesoscutum and scutellum punctulate (fig. 92); surface of propodeum largely smooth, except some crenulae near medial carina and ru- gae near tubercles (figs. 82, 92). Wings. — Fore wing: r : 3-SR : SR1 = 7 : 11 : 36; angle between 1-SR and C+SC+R 55° (fig. 84), 2-SR : 3-SR : r-m = 10 : 11 : 8; m-cu paral- lel to 1-M (fig. 85). Legs. — Hind coxa smooth; length of femur, tibia and basitarsus of hind leg 3.6, 8.3 and 6.2 times their width, respectively; length of hind spurs both 0.5 times hind basitarsus. Metasoma. — Length of 1st tergite 0.5 times its apical width, its surface largely smooth (fig. 94), and its dorso-lateral carinae behind spira- cles strong and lamelliform (fig. 82), slıghtly concave in front of dorsal carinae; 2nd—6th ter- gites reticulate-punctate, with shallow antero- basal, curved and crenulate depressions (fig. 82); medial length of 3rd tergite 0.6 times medi- al length of 2nd tergite (fig. 95); 2nd suture nar- rowly crenulate (fig. 95); length of ovipositor sheath 0.63 times fore wing. Colour. — Brownish-yellow; 2nd—5th ter- gites with pair of sublateral brown patches; pte- rostigma brown; apex of antenna, ovipositor sheath, stemmaticum partly, and hind tarsus largely, dark brown; wing membrane hyaline. Lectotype here designated, in Tamil Nadu University, Coimbatore: “S. India, Walayar 148 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 forests (now state of Kerala), 29—30 Nov. 1924, Ramakrishna Coll.” Paralectotypes: 4 2, of which 1 2 examined; same label as lectotype, and a label “Eutropobracon indica (sic!) n.g. & sp.”. Very similar to lectotype, length of fore wing 3.3 mm, of body 3.4 mm, length of ovipo- sitor sheath 0.67 times fore wıng. Hyboteles gen. nov. Type-species: Hyboteles toxopeusi sp. nov. Etymology: from “hybos” (Greek for “hump”) and “telos” (Greek for “end”), be- cause of the humped apical segment of the metasoma. Gender: neuter. Diagnosis. — Eyes not emarginate (fig. 76) and with subocular groove deep (figs. 68, 72); frons with medial groove only (fig. 79); occipi- tal flange narrow and close to base of mandible; posterior flange of propleuron obsolete (fig. 68); precoxal sulcus absent; mesopleuron largely smooth; pleural sulcus and mesosternal suture smooth; middle lobe of mesoscutum without grooves (fig. 78); notauli complete and shghtly crenulate (fig. 78); scutellar sulcus wide (fig. 78); medial carina of metanotum short (fig. 78) and not protruding (fig. 68); propodeum without tubercles; angle between veins 1-SR and C+SC+R about 45°; vein cu-a of fore wing subinterstitial (fig. 73); claws without lobe (fig. 75); dorsal carinae of 1st tergite united and con- nected to medial carina (fig. 80); lateral margin of both 2nd and 3rd tergites narrow and lamelli- form (fig. 68); 4th and 5th tergites shallowly de- pressed anteriorly; metasomal tergites without antero-lateral depressions (fig. 68); 6th tergite deeply impressed basally and truncate apically (figs. 68, 81); ovipositor sheath protruding but short (fig. 68); hypopygium of © large and sub- truncate apically. Small genus, contains the type-species only, and is restricted to New Guinea and North Australia. The biology is unknown. Hyboteles toxopeusi sp. nov. (figs. 68—81) Holotype, 2, length of body 5.7 mm, of fore wing 5.0 mm. Head. — Antennal segments 45, length of 3rd segment 1.2 times 4th segment, length of 3rd, 4th, and penultimate segments 2.0, 1.6, and 1.7 times their width, respectively; length of maxil- lary palp 0.7 times height of head; length of eye in dorsal view 4.0 times temple (fig. 79); POL : diameter of ocellus : OOL = 4 : 3 : 6; frons, vertex and face smooth; anterior tentorial pits more pronounced than in the other taxa (fig. 76); length of malar space 1.2 times basal width of mandible. Mesosoma. — Length of mesosoma 1.4 times its height; mesopleuron indistinctly punctulate (fig. 68); mesoscutum slightly punctulate (fig. 78); scutellum smooth; surface of propodeum sparsely and finely punctulate (fig. 78). Wings. — r : 3-SR : SR1 = 14 : 31 : 54; angle between 1-SR and C+SC+R 44° (fig. 69); 2- SR : 3-SR : r-m = 19 : 31 : 13; m-cu converging to 1-M posteriorly (fig. 73). Legs. — Hind coxa punctulate; length of fe- mur, tibia and basitarsus of hind leg 4.4, 9.7, and 6.8 times their width, respectively; length of hind tibial spurs 0.20 and 0.25 times hind ba- sitarsus. Metasoma. — Length of 1st tergite 0.6 times its apical width, its surface coarsely longitudi- nally rugose, with finer reticulation between ru- gae (fig. 80), weakly concave and smooth in front of dorsal carinae; 2nd—6th tergites with coarse longitudinal rugae and finer reticulation in interspaces (figs. 80, 81); length of ovipositor sheath 0.12 times fore wing. Colour. — Brownish-yellow; apical 17 seg- ments of antenna yellowish, rest of flagellum, outer side of scapus and pedicellus, pterostigma and ovipositor sheath, dark brown; apical half of hind tarsus infuscated; wing veins brown; wing membrane light brown. Holotype in the Rijksmuseum van Natuur- lijke Historie, Leiden: “Neth. Ind.-Amer. New Guinea Exp. 1938—39, Hollandia vii.(19)38, L. J. Toxopeus lg.”. Paratypes in British Museum (Natural History), London, and Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden: “Mackay, Queensland, 1909—45” (1 2) and “Australia, N. Queensland, Redlynch, 20.x.1938”, “Papuan Australian Expedition B.M. 1947—48” (17 d). Named in honour of its collector Prof. Dr. L. J. Toxopeus (1894—1951), who collected many new species of Braconidae in New Guinea. Variation: Antennal segments of 2 43—45, of d 35 (1}—37 (4)—38 (1); length of body of 2 5.1—5.7 mm, of d 3.3—4.2 mm; length of fore wing of 9 5.0—5.2 mm, of d 3.3.—4.0 mm; 5—17 apical segments of antenna yellowish (-brown), usually 8 segments. Pedinopleura gen. nov. Type-species: Pedinopleura emarginata sp. nov. Etymology: from “pedinos” (Greek for VAN ACHTERBERG: Genera of Braconini 149 “flat”) and “pleura” (Greek for “side”), because of the flattened propleuron. Gender: feminine. Diagnosis. — Eyes with deep subocular groove (figs. 29, 33, 41) and not or indistinctly emarginate (figs. 33, 52); frons with medial groove only (figs. 32, 44); occipital flange very large, about as wide as mandible base and dis- tinctly removed from base ot mandible (figs. 29, 33, 41, 52); malar suture distinct (fig. 33); poste- rior flange of propleuron present (figs. 29, 41); propleuron flattened (fig. 29); precoxal sulcus absent; mesopleuron densely sculptured (figs. 29, 41); pleural sulcus and mesosternal suture smooth; middle lobe of mesoscutum with pair of grooves anteriorly (figs. 35, 46); notauli com- plete and smooth; scutellar sulcus medium- sized (figs. 35, 46); medial carina ot metanotum complete and lamelliform (figs. 35, 46), distinct- ly protruding (figs. 29, 41); propodeum without tubercles (lamelliform carina may be present: fig. 41); angle between veins 1-SR and C+SC+R = 50°—65° (figs. 36, 48); vein cu-a of fore wing (sub)interstitial (figs. 30, 43); sur- ‚roundings of vein cu-a ot hind wing glabrous (fig. 34); claws at most with minute acute lobe (fig. 51); dorsal carinae of 1st tergite parallel- sided posteriorly and lamelliform (figs. 39, 53); lateral margin of 3rd tergite widened, wider than margin of 2nd tergite medially (figs. 29, 41); 4th—6th tergites deeply impressed basally (figs. 29, 41); 2nd—6th tergites with groove to spiracles (P. emarginata, tig. 29) or without grooves (P. koshunensis, tig. 41); 6th tergite (shallowly) emarginate medio-apically (figs. 40, 47); ovipositor sheath distinctly protruding, medium-sized (figs. 29, 41); hypopygium of ? medium-sized and truncate apically. Key to species of the genus Pedinopleura nov. 1. Lateral lamella of 1st—3rd tergites wide, and emarginate near level of 2nd metasomal spiracle (fig. 29); 3rd—5th tergites com- pletely yellowish; anterior depressions of 4th—6th tergites largely smooth (figs. 29, 40); face only punctulate (fig. 33); only lateral aspect of scapus and pedicellus partly black; 6th tergite of © widely emarginate (fig. 40); Australian (New Guinea) ........ | ESSE emarginata sp. nov. — Lateral lamella of 1st—3rd tergites narrow and not emarginate (fig. 41); 3rd—5th ter- gites with pair of black spots; anterior de- pressions of 4th—6th tergites distinctly cre- nulate (fig. 41); face distinctly transversely rugulose (fig. 52); scapus and pedicellus completely black; 6th tergite of ® more acutely incised (fig. 47); Oriental (Taiwan) koshunensis (Watanabe) Pedinopleura emarginata sp. nov. (figs. 29—40) Holotype, ®, length of body 6 mm, of fore wing 4.8 mm. Head. — Remaining antennal segments 26, apical segments missing, length of 3rd segment 1.3 times 4th segment, length ot 3rd and 4th segment 2.2 and 1.7 times their width, respecti- vely; length ot maxillary palp 0.7 times height of head; length ot eye in dorsal view 3.8 times temple (fig. 32); POL : diameter ot ocellus : OOL = 4 : 3 : 6; frons and vertex smooth; face punctulate; length of malar space 1.2 times basal width of mandible. Mesosoma. — Length of mesosoma 1.5 times its height; mesopleuron densely punctulate and setose (fig. 29); metapleural flange comparative- ly large and obtuse (fig. 29); mesoscutum and scutellum punctulate; surface ot propodeum smooth, with posterior third ot lateral carina present posteriorly (fig. 29). Wings. — Fore wing: r : 3-SR :SR1=8:18: 41; angle between 1-SR and C+SC+R 63° (fig. 36); 2-SR : 3-SR : r-m = 12 : 18 : 9; m-cu con- verging to 1-M posteriorly (fig. 30). Legs. — Hind coxa punctulate; femur, tibia and basitarsus of hind leg 3.8, 8.8, and 5.8 times their width, respectively; length of hind spurs both 0.3 times hind basitarsus. Metasoma. — Length ot 1st tergite 0.6 times its apical width, its surface with some rugae, rest smooth and dorsal carinae absent basally (fig. 39); lateral margin ot 1st—3rd tergites very wide and emarginate near 2nd spiracle (tig. 29); 4th—6th tergites deeply impressed and largely smooth basally (fig. 29); 2nd tergite reticulate- rugose, 3rd—6th tergites only (partly obliquely) rugose (figs. 29, 39, 40); 6th tergite widely emarginate (fig. 40); length of ovipositor sheath 0.21 times fore wing. Colour. — Yellowish-brown; small patch be- hind stemmaticum, outer side of scapus and pedicellus, and ovipositor sheath, blackish; hind tarsus largely infuscated; pterostigma and most veins, dark brown; vein C+SC+R of fore wing largely yellowish; rest of antenna brown; wing membrane somewhat intuscated. Holotype in British Museum (Natural Histo- ry), London: “Papua: Mondo, 5,000 ft, 11.1934, L. E. Cheesman, B.M. 1934—321”. 150 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 Pedinopleura koshunensis (Watanabe) comb. nov. (figs. 41—53) Bracon koshunensis Watanabe, 1934: 186, 187, fig. 1; Shenefelt, 1978: 1498. Holotype, 2, length of body 5.2 mm, of fore wing 3.7 mm. Head. — Antennal segments 37 (according to original description 37—46), length of 3rd seg- ment 1.1 times 4th segment, length of 3rd, 4th and penultimate segments 1.6, 1.4, and 1.3 times their width, respectively; length of maxillary palp 0.6 times height of head; length of eye in dorsal view 2.5 times temple (fig. 44); temple punctate, dorsally aciculate-striate (fig. 41); frons obliquely finely rugose (fig. 44); vertex and face transversely rugose; POL : diameter of ocellus: OOL = 3 : 4 : 10; length of malar space 1.4 times basal width of mandible. Mesosoma. — Length of mesosoma 1.4 times its height; mesopleuron densely and coarsely punctate anteriorly, remotely punctulate poste- riorly (fig. 41); metapleural flange small (fig. 41); mesoscutum medially punctate-coriaceous, laterally rugulose; scutellum punctulate (fig. 46); surface of propodeum superficially rugo- lose; lateral carina of propodeum long, lamelli- form and anteriorly angular (fig. 41). Wings. — Fore wing: r :3-SR : SR1 = 7 : 19 : 42; angle between 1-SR and C+SC+R 52° (fig. 48); 2-SR : 3-SR : r-m = 12 : 19 : 9; m-cu con- verging to 1-M posteriorly and comparatively short (fig. 43). Legs. — Hind coxa smooth; length of femur, tibia and basitarsus of hind leg 3.2, 6.2 and 5.3 times their width, respectively; length of hind spurs 0.3 and 0.4 times hind basitarsus. Metasoma. — Length of 1st tergite 0.5 times its apical width, its surface reticulate and dorsal carinae present basally (fig. 53); lateral margin of Îst—3rd tergites rather narrow, gradually widened posteriorly (fig. 41); 4th—6th tergites with deep and crenulate basal groove (fig. 41); 2nd—6th coarsely reticulate-rugose; 6th tergite rather weakly acutely emarginate (fig. 47); length of ovipositor sheath 0.19 times fore wing. Colour. — Yellowish-brown; 3rd—5th ter- gites with a dark spot at each side; antenna and ovipositor sheath, black; stemmaticum infus- cated; pterostigma and parastigma dark brown; wing membrane subhyaline. Holotype in the Institut für Pflanzenschutz- forschung at Eberswalde-Finow (and not in Sapporo as indicated by Shenefelt): “Kankau (=Koshun), (Formosa), H. Sauter, vii.1912”, “Bracon koshunensis Watanabe, 9, Type”. Par- atypes: 2 d and 6 9, of which are examined 1 d (Eberswalde-Finow, “allotype”) and 3 2 (two at Eberswalde-Finow and one in Budapest Mu- seum). Male has antenna yellowish and also 6th tergite with pair of black dots and apically slightly emarginate, antennal segments 52 (not 49—50 as stated in original description); length of antenna equal to length of body (distinctly shorter in @, fig. 41). Variation: Antennal segments 37—52; length of body 5.2—6 mm, of fore wing 3.7—4.3 mm; length of ovipositor sheath 0.19—0.20 times fore wing. Philomacroploea Cameron, 1905 Cameron, 1905: 87; Shenefelt, 1978: 1713—1714. Type-species: Philomacroploea basimacula Cameron, 1905 (monotypic). Gender: feminine. Diagnosis. — Eyes without subocular groove (fig. 97) and not emarginate (fig. 106); frons and vertex with shallow medio-longitudinal depres- sion (fig. 101); occipital flange narrow and close to mandible base (fig. 97); malar suture rather deep (figs. 97, 106); antescutal depression pre- sent (fig. 97); posterior flange of propleuron ab- sent; propleuron normal (fig. 97); precoxal sul- cus only medially impressed (fig. 97); meso- pleuron distinctly sculptured anteriorly (fig. 97); pleural sulcus and mesosternal suture finely crenulate (fig. 97); middle lobe of mesoscutum without grooves; notauli crenulate and proba- bly complete (fig. 105); scutellar sulcus medi- um-sized (fig. 105); medial carina only anterior- ly present at metanotum (fig. 105) and slightly obtusely protruding dorsally (fig. 97); propo- deum without tubercles and no lateral carina (fig. 97); angle between veins 1-SR and C+SC+R of fore wing about 70° (fig. 103); vein cu-a of fore wing interstitial (fig. 98); sur- roundings of vein cu-a of hind wing densely se- tose; claws simple (fig. 102); dorsal carinae of 1st tergite united and connected to medial cari- na (fig. 107) and dorso-lateral carinae indistinct (fig. 97); 1st—3rd tergites without differ- entiated lateral lamelliform margin (fig. 97); 4th—6th tergites slightly impressed basally (fig. 97); 2nd—6th tergite without antero-lateral grooves; 6th tergites (shallowly) semi-circularly emarginate medio-apically (fig. 108, but less in 3); ovipositor sheath of type-species short (fig. VAN ACHTERBERG: Genera of Braconini 151 97); hypopygium of 2 medium-sized and obtu- sely protruding apically. Small genus, known from the Oriental region and probably Japan. The type-species has been reared from Nymphalidae-Danainae. According to Shenefelt (1978) 3 spp. should be included: the type-species (with short ovipositor, fig. 97), P. pleuralis (Ashmead, 1906) with ovipositor sheath as long as metasoma, and P. cameroni Subba Rao & Sharma, 1960. However, the in- clusion of the latter two species may be incor- rect. Philomacroploea basimacula Cameron (figs. 97—108) Cameron, 1905: 88 (2, not 6); Shenefelt, 1978: 1713, 1714. Lectotype, 2, length of body 3.8 mm, of fore wing 3.4 mm. Head. — Antenna incomplete, remaining seg- ments 19, length of 3rd segment 1.3 times 4th segment, length of 3rd and 4th segments 1.5 and 1.2 times their width, respectively; length of maxillary palp of paralectotype 0.4 times height of head; length of eye in dorsal view 2.6 times temple; POL : diameter of ocellus : OOL = 10 :9 : 14; frons, vertex and face smooth; length of malar space 1.2 times basal width of mandible. Mesosoma. — Length of mesosoma 1.2 times its height; mesopleuron partly rugulose ante- riorly, rest punctulate (fig. 97); metapleural flange small and blunt (fig. 97); mesoscutum and scutellum finely punctulate; surface of pro- podeum largely smooth, but antero-laterally with patch of punctures (figs. 97, 105). Wings. — Fore wing: r : 3-SR : SR1 = 11 : 19 : 66; angle between 1-SR and C+SC+R 67° BS 2-OR : 3-SR : r-m = 17 : 19 : 12; m-cu subparallel to 1-M (fig. 98). Legs. — Hind coxa punctulate; length of fe- mur, tibia and basitarsus of hind leg 4.4, 8.2 and 5.0 times their width, respectively; length of hind spurs 0.25 and 0.3 times basitarsus. Metasoma. — Length of 1st tergite 0.6 times its apıcal width, its surface (punctate-)reticulate (fig. 107); 2nd tergite with medial carina (fig. 107); 2nd—6th tergite punctate-reticulate (fig. 97); length of ovipositor sheath 0.07 times fore wing. Colour. — Dark brown; head, mesosoma (but ventral half of mesopleuron, metapleuron, and mesosternum dark), brown; legs, palpi, te- gulae, ovipositor sheath, large patch at posterior half of 1st and 2nd tergite medially, posterior margins of 3rd—Sth tergites, brownish-yellow; wing membrane subhyaline; pterostigma dark brown, veins rather dark brown. Lectotype here designated, in British Mu- seum (Natural History), London: “Type”, “B.M. Type Hym. 3.c.506”, “Philomacrophoea (sic!) basimacula Cam., Type, Ceylon, Bred” (in Cameron’s handwriting), “P. Cameron Coll., 1914—110”. Paralectotype: 1 2, same museum and labels as lectotype. Variation: Length of body 3.7—3.8 mm, of fore wing 3.3—3.4 mm, length of ovipositor sheath 0.07—0.10 times fore wing. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to express my gratitude to the follow- ing persons for the loan of types and of new taxa: especially to Dr. K. D. Ghorpade (Hebbal, Bangelore) who travelled a long distance to col- lect the Ramakrishna Ayyar-types, to Mr. T. Huddleston (London), Dr. S. Kelner-Pillault (Paris), Prof. Dr. T. Kumaraswami (Coimba- tore), Dr. J. Oehlke (Eberswalde-Finow), Dr. J. Papp (Budapest), Mr. J. Pierre (Paris), Dr. D. Quicke (Nottingham), and Mr. B. Sigwalt (Pa- ris). Dr. R. Wharton (College Station) provided useful corrections to the text. REFERENCES Achterberg, C. van, 1979. A revision of the subfamily Zelinae auct. (Hym., Braconidae). — Tijdschr. Ent. 122: 241—479, figs. 1—900. Achterberg, C. van, 1983. Six new genera of Braconi- nae from the Afrotropical Region (Hym., Braco- nidae). — Tijdschr. Ent. 126: 175—202, figs. 1— 147. Cameron, P., 1905. On the phytophagous and parasit- ic Hymenoptera collected by Mr. E. Ernest Green in Ceylon. — Spolia zeyl. 3: 67—97. Fahringer, J. 1928. Aethiopische Region. — Opuscula braconologica 5: 1—50. Granger, C., 1949. Braconides de Madagascar. — Mem. Inst. scient. Madagascar A: 1—428, figs. 1-26: Guérin-Méneville, F. E., 1848. Voyage en Abessinie exécuté pendant les années 1839—1843 par M. Le- febure 6: 239—390, pls. 7, 8. Ramakrishna Ayyar, T. V. , 1928. A contribution to our knowledge of South Indian Braconidae. I Vi- pioninae. — Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Ent. 10: 29—60, 3 pls. Shenefelt, R. D., 1978. Braconidae, pt. 10. — Hym. Cat. (nov. ed.) 15:1425—1872. Watanabe, C., 1934. H. Sauter’s Formosa-Collection: Braconidae. — Insecta matsum. 8: 182—205, figs. 1—6. , DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE 152 Jo aseq ‘ZI ‘joodse jesaop ‘xe10YI ‘9 ‘20adse Jessop ‘pray ‘ S ‘eUU92ZUE € XUTELIR TIN ‘8 “Gx S: TI 6 T:(X p =)eut-oreos ‘OT ‘4 ‘E “I ‘yoadse 193n0 ‘euuaque Ty 357] pury ‘OI ‘Me? pury 19100 ‘6 ‘29adst eruo ‘pray ‘8 ‘goodse jesıop ‘0113191 18] ‘ ‘ioodse [es10p ‘ouZI91 pig jo xode doi “(orptaouojN-uupnD) vavoanf vIWADSKGT ‘TI1 SSI p !sdurm ‘€ !euuarur } O X9 de ‘7 ‘aoadse [etage] ‘snugey ‘] * à “ery ‘ei "* VL !8T_97 ET OZ X G #77 ‘17 “OLX TEST 6181 ST E(X 1 =) auIj-apeos :pz “LI ‘41 ‘EI ‘20adse jesıop ‘and191 Y19 yo xade ‘gz ‘isadse Jessop ‘s911819) Jewosersw pic—as] ‘/z ‘9odse jeruoaz ‘peay ‘97 “Burm 9107 JO YS-] ura ‘67 ‘Baj pury ‘pz ‘20dse [esıop ‘pray “ez “MED pury aouur ‘77 ‘240018 zejnoogns ‘17 ‘109dse [es10p “ewososau ‘07 Hornsodrao jo xode “61 f209dse esaie] “wnaoueraw gj feuuaue ‘/] ‘euuarue jo xade ‘gj ‘sadse jere] Joino ‘snjpootpad pur sndeos ‘Gy ‘s8urm ‘py fisodse [esoae] ‘snaqey ‘ey ‘8 ‘odArered “odurın SNIVUOAINULIG UOIPAGAXOIT "BT—EL ‘SBI, 153 VAN ACHTERBERG: Genera of Braconini TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 154 x GIZESX TT IOP GE ‘SE “EE TEX 7190 “HE TE f(x 1 =) ourp-opuos :8ç ‘OE ‘67 "Wadse [es10p ‘0113191 Y19 ‘op ‘10adse [es10p ‘118.101 pewoserau is] “6¢ ‘Boy pury “gE “ME pury ‘ZE SSUIM 9107 JO YS-] UTDA ‘9€ ‘joodse [USIOP ‘EUIOSOSOU "GE ‘SUIM pury JO oseq ‘pe ‘oodse jeruoay ‘pray ‘ce ‘joodse [PSIOP ‘pray ‘Te ‘aoadse 191n0 ‘vuuaiur jo aseq ‘TE ‘SHUMA ‘OE faoadse jezorer ‘snugey ‘67 ‘è ‘ad A10[oy “Aou ‘ds 19 ‘U93 vypursavusa VANA]dOUPa] ‘Op—67 "SII XSL 8b SX TI TS I ‘pp X ST IS ‘Gp Tp ‘(x 1 =) aum-a]eos :€S ‘OS “6b “Lt ‘Ep ‘Tp “Wadsv jesaop ‘9113191 jewoseraun 18] ‘gg ‘190d5se [EIUOIY “pray ‘76 “efo pury domo 6 “89 pury ‘Og ‘10adse Jessop ‘9 Jo 3113191 19 Jo xade ‘6p !SUIA 210} JO YS-] UTDA ‘gp ‘1oodse [es1op “3 jo 9113191 Y19 Jo xode “7p fivadse [essop ‘ewososaw ‘gp ‘19adse 191n0 ‘snjppstpad pue sndeos ‘cp ‘29adse [esıop ‘proy ‘pp !sdurm ‘ep feuuaiue Jo xade ‘zp oodse jer2e] ‘smarqey “Tp “(Pp ‘adAresed zo Gp ing) & ‘odAojoy ‘(aqruere Ai) ssuaunqgsod vunojdowpa] "ES— |p ‘SL 155 VAN ACHTERBERG: Genera of Braconini TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 156 ‘x 6:79 ‘96 ‘(x ] =) autp-ageos :09 ‘96 “PG ‘eG ‘19adst [es10P ‘9113191 Y19 ‘/9 f1vadse [es10p ‘sa118191 [EWIOSEIOUI PICS] ‘99 ‘19odse jesıop ‘ewososau ‘pg ÎS9UTIII PIC pur puz JO UTSJIEUI [U1918T ‘eg : ME pury J93N0 ‘79 ‘Zum 310} JO YS-] UIAA ‘19 ‘89] pury ‘09 ‘joodse [EQUO] ‘euuarue JO aseq “ZG 4 4 = i à 5 * nee ‘sBurm € Ls ‘euuaiue jo xade 6 "X 0:49 9 TI 66 86 pray ‘99 f10adse [esiop € (4 pray ‘66 ‘129dse 19InO œuuaue ‘Gg ‘39adse jezore) ‘snarqey ‘46 ‘3 ‘odA10[oy ‘sou ‘ds 19 ‘ua’ appundırungpg pwmosojody */9—4¢ ‘SSI "REEL TA OLK ZEG O4 ‘TZ ‘69 (X I =) aurp-aqeos :pZ ‘EZ ‘89 ‘20adse Jessop ‘0118191 Y19 ‘]g S19adsv Jessop ‘s0118191 jewoserow puz pue ıs ‘og :199dse [essop ‘pray ‘67 ‘199dse jesiop ‘ewos -osaur ‘g/ !5113192 pie jo urdıeur jersae] ‘// ‘199dse jezuoag ‘pray ‘9/ “ME[D pury 19110 “G/ 89] pury ‘py ‘sFurm ‘EZ f2AO018 Jepnooqns ‘Zz {20adse 19InO ‘sn[[oorpad pue sndeos ‘77 ‘euuaiue jo xode ‘07 ‘Burm 910} Jo YS-] UIA ‘69 ‘9odse jera2e] ‘smigey ‘89 ‘è ‘odAiojoy ‘Aou ‘ds ‘19 ‘u98 1sn2d0x01 s92109G(H ‘18—89 ‘SLI 157 VAN ACHTERBERG: Genera of Braconini TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 oo n "x 11:96—b6 ‘76 IX S'I:C6 ‘16 X ST :06 ‘88 ‘8 PBX I =) QUI]-a[eos :68 ‘98 “G8 ‘C8 ‘78 “joodse [esIop ‘9118191 419 ‘96 ‘190dse [es1op ‘9118191 pig pur PUZ ‘66 ‘joodse [esiop ‘9118191 [ELWIOSEJOU IS] ‘46 ‘aoadse fesiop ‘pray ‘6 ‘a9adse [essop ‘EWIOSOSOU ‘76 ‘joodse jeiuo1 ‘peoy ‘]6 ‘efo pury 19INO ‘06 ‘S9] pury ‘gg ‘euuaiue jo xade ‘gg ‘a0adse 191n0 ‘syuoudos jeuusgue YIpAIS] ‘7g ‘TOUS -odtao ‘9g ‘sFurm “gg ‘Burm 9107 JO YS-] UTSA “pg ‘EUUDIUE ‘CB ‘goodse jesore] ‘snugey ‘78 ‘3 ‘9dA10199] ‘IAA euysuyeurey SHIP ur uoIP‘GOdOLNT '96— 78 ‘SSI 159 : Genera of Braconini VAN ACHTERBERG "XC TOI : X S'I SOI ‘ZOI ‘SOI ‘XxX Z :901 "POL cor “TOI "ODI F(X 1 =) AUIJ-A[LIS :66—/6 ‘199dse [USIOP ‘9114191 Y19 ‘801 hoodse [US1OP ‘9114191 puz pur as] ‘701 f19adse |PIUO1} ‘proy ‘90] tavadse [EStOp "rwosossw ‘GOT ‘sandro Pig 40 uideu [UE “pol ‘Aura 910} JO YS-I UDA “EOL ‘Meo appt 4910 ‘zor Hoodse [es10p ‘pray “TOL ‘Siuotudos JEUUAIUL YIp_S] ‘001 :89] pury ‘66 ‘SAUIM ‘86 ‘10dse [PAoqvy “snaiqey ‘76 ‘è ‘ad. 410199] UOTE") P]HIPUISVG] VIOJMOAIVULONG "SOI —/6 SI nr M te it nina tion: n nf dé etti LL “SIT OU f(x I =) aum-2pe0s :611 #11 ‘601 ‘209dse jesıop RES ON 2G AD ATO ‘ewoseraw ‘]7] ‘i0odse jesıop ‘peau ‘071 “Say purty “611 ‘adAreıed 9 zo ıdjed ‘gy ‘a0adse Tesıop “ewososaw ‘/]] ‘190dse jesa2ej “wnıouerau “OT | ‘Zum 9107 JO YS-] UI2A “CT ] ‘SBUTA ‘]] !MeJ9 pury J9INO ‘ETL -euusjur JO xode ‘71] ‘10odse ı9ıno ‘sn]p291pad pue sndeos ‘yy ‘299dse jesuoyz ‘pray “OTT fa0adst yesoiey ‘snargey “601 ‘(9 ‘adAavaed jo g1] anq) à “adArojoy “Aou ‘ds 19 ‘93 194491d uoovaqgopidsy *1TI—601 ‘SSI TIJDscHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 oel 160 tree” SA ES S Ti Ir vit (RE PETE BEI "X TELTL:X S'T!OCI GEL ‘STI ‘(XI =) auy-apeos :971 471271 ‘209dse jesiop ‘9319191 429 ‘per :199dse jesiop ‘9118191 jewoseraw 18] pue wnopodoad “eg S19adse [eS10p ‘pray “zer ‘29adse [es10p ‘xezour ‘JET MF pury ‘OEL f109dse 10InO ‘snpoorpod pue sndeos ‘671 ‘19adsv |essop ‘pray ‘871 “Burm 9107 Jo YS-] utdA ‘71 ‘Boy pury ‘97] ‘euuaiue jo xode ‘67 !sdurm ‘47] feuuaiue ‘zj favadse jeroge] ‘snarqey ‘7718 ‘odAojou “Aou ‘ds 19 "ud smuonnuadsay uosvagopidsy "PEI—zZI ‘SÙ 161 VAN ACHTERBERG: Genera of Braconini "x SG TBI IPT ‘EHI OI x GZ CH] ‘CHI “IH GEL ‘LEI ‘(x J) auıp-afe9s :CpI BEI ‘OEI ee iele jes1op “9113191 Is] ‘gpI ‘190dse jesıop “ewososaur ‘/p] ‘aadse jesıop ‘peoy ‘9p] ‘euuaiue jo xode ‘cp ‘109dst jesıop ‘9118191 jewoseraw YI9 py] ‘dal pury ‘eyy “aejo pury ‘741 SSUIM 910} JO YS-] UIA ‘II fqoadse jeruoug ‘pray Op] fousodrA0 ‘GET ‘saura “se fivadse Jaino ‘sn[poorpad pue sndeos ‘7¢] ‘euuaiue ‘gE] Goodse qesoIe] “snargey ‘GEL “3 ‘adAiojoy ‘aou ‘ds 19 ‘uas ısodou uodImigopidsy ‘84 1T-GEI sr] TijDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 5 16 VAN ACHTERBERG: Genera of Braconini 163 Figs. 149—152. Apotosoma melateles gen. et sp. nov., holotype, d. 149, 1st—4th metasomal tergites, dorsal as- pect; 150, apex of antenna; 151, 1st—+th tergites, lateral aspect; 152, head, dorsal aspect. 149, 151, 152: scale- line (= 1x); 150: 2.5 x. 164 claws with lobe (\) metanotum protruding 6th tergite emarginate Hyboteles claws simple ovipositor short TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 7, 1984 er a Philomacroploea Pedinopleura lateral margin of 3rd 7) Ze tergite non-lamelliform Aspidobracon 6th tergite rather convex ET = 6th tergite emarginate Apotosoma antescutal depression present vein 1-SR of fore wing subvertical dorsal carinae of 2nd-6th tergites with ist tergite absent antero-lateral grooves ovipositor short metanotum more or less protruding 3rd tergite widened laterally claws simple 6th tergite strongly convex lateral groove subocular groove present pleural sulcus smooth mesosternal suture smooth E 3rd tergite with REED ORT ACON (weak) antero- (Y ovipositor propodeal tubercles medium-sized present mesosternal suture smooth 2 tarsal claws with lobe (/) subocular groove absent (]) pleural sulcus Physaraia crenulate metasomal sutures reduced Ath-6th tergites retracted mesoscutum without medio-longitudinal (|) 3rd tergite forked apically Plesiobracon group ist and 2nd tergite movably joined 153 carina clypeus with dorsal carina mesoscutum with medio-longitudinal carina 2nd and 3rd tergites slanted inwards laterally (7) ist and 2dn tergite immovably joined medio-longitudinal carinae of metanotum and propodeum present mesoscutum densely setose (Dmalar suture present (|)scutellar sulcus (rather) wide Fig. 153. Cladogram of the genera treated in this paper. vu et La 9 ur vn hj verli RER a ac 9 Pe» | pra 4 nf 4 het - "+ Pd ; | u 2 - 8 L # oe iets Pad) ah se ee 3 Sopot agi ur + ; dn 18 ern ot: iL o dio enen at j È 8: Be ea % 1 “3 DEEL 127 AFLEVERING 8 1984 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE > 09 UITGEGEVEN DOOR i & 7 DE NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING 2 INHOUD schrift voor Entomologie, deel 127, afl. 8 Gepubliceerd 14-VI-1985 NEW SPECIES OF STIGMELLA FROM THE GAMBIA (LEPIDOPTERA, NEPTICULIDAE) by BERT GUSTAFSSON Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stockholm, Sweden ABSTRACT Descriptions or redescriptions of adults and immature stages of the following Nepticuli- dae are presented: Stigmella rhomboivora n. sp., S. allophylivora n. sp., S. ficivora n. sp., S. ziziphivora n. sp., S. birgittae n. sp., S. maytenivora n. sp. and S. wollofella (Gustafsson, 1972). INTRODUCTION The Nepticulidae on which the present paper is based were collected by me in The Gambia from 3—15 November 1981 and 30 Novem- ber—13 December 1982. The visits were con- fined to the western part of The Gambia, mainly the surroundings of Bakau and Banjul. Hitherto only three species of Nepticulidae had been de- scribed from The Gambia (Gustafsson, 1972). They were all collected in a searchlight on the ship MS “Lady Wright” on 5 December 1970. The terminology used in the descriptions mainly conforms with Scoble (1983) (adults) and Gustafsson (1981) (larvae). The descrip- tions of larvae refer to the final instar. Generic characters are mentioned in the generic descrip- tion only. Stigmella Schrank, 1802 Diagnosis. — Stigmella can be distinguished from Trifurcula and Ectoedemia by the absence of signa reticulata in the bursa, the absence of a scale patch on the underside of the hindwing in the males (Trifurcula), and by the rectangularly shaped epistomal ridge in the larvae. Description. Adult. — Very small moths with a wingspan of 3—5.3 mm. Head. — Palps shining, yellowish grey. An- tennae more than half length of forewing, scape expanded into a large eyecap. Tuft on front of head and vertex. A collar attached to the back of the head. Wings. — Forewings roughly scaled, some- 165 times with a shining, postmedial fascia. Cilia distinctly or indistinctly separated by a row of darker scales. Hindwing narrow, grey with grey fringe. Abdomen. — Pale ventrally. Male with anal tufts on eighth tergite. Male genitalia. — Tegumen and vinculum of variable form. Uncus bilobed. Gnathos with a pair of lateral processes, the horizontal element sometimes with a tongue-shaped projection. Valvae of variable shape. Transtilla present, ventral arms present or absent. Juxta present or absent. Aedeagus well sclerotized. Vesica with cornuti of various shape. Female genitalia. — Bursa copulatrix with or without pectinations, signum present or absent. Apophyses relatively short. Larva. — Head prognathous, partially re- tracted into thorax with heavily sclerotized en- do-skeletal ridges. Epistomal ridge rectangular. Anterior and posterior tentorial arms of same length. Labial palpi consisting of two short seg- ments provided with a long seta in the apical area. Prothorax with a broad ventral sclerite and a paired dorsal sclerite. Abdomen without pig- mentation. A spinose integument of various ex- tent present or absent. Prothorax with 13 pairs of setae, mesothorax with 11 pairs, abdominal segments 1—8 with 6 pairs, 9 with 3 pairs and 10 with 2 pairs of setae. In the anal end a pair ot strongly sclerotized, small bands. Calli (ambu- latory warts) well defined on meso- and meta- thorax, as well as on abdominal segments 2—7. Distribution. — It is likely that the present species are confined to the western part of Afri- ca, but future investigations will prove. 166 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 8, 1984 (1985) Pe ZA ui 4 le h/t {ya wer] 4 LU ty Fig. 1. Stigmella rhomboivora n.sp. A, B, Male genitalia. C, Female prothoracic sclerites, dorsal and ventral view. G, Leaf- wise. genitalia. D, Larval chaetotaxy. E, F, Larval | mine. — Scales = 0.1 mm, except where indicated other- | GUSTAFSSON: Stigmella from The Gambia Stigmella rhomboivora n. sp. (figs. la—g) Type locality. — Bakau, Kotu Stream. Type material. — Holotype d, Kotu Stream: ex larva on Triumfetta rhomboidea Jacq., 9.x1.1981, emerged 16.x1.1981. Paratypes: Same locality as holotype, 11 d, 11 2, ex larva on 7. rhomboidea Jacq, 9— 15.xi.1981, emerged between 16.xi and 1.x11.1981; 18 d, 21 9, ex larva on 7. rhomboi- dea Jacq., 1—12.x11.1982, emerged between 9.x11.1982 and 7.1.1983; Bakau: 17 d, 14 2, ex larva on 7. rhomboidea Jacq., 3—10.xi.1981, emerged between 9—23.x1.1981; 3 d, ex larva on T. rhomboidea Jacq., 30.x1.1982, emerged 9.x11.1982. Diagnosis. — Deviates from the closely re- lated charistis Vari, 1963, especially in the fe- male genitalia. There is only one signum in bür- sa copulatrix in charistis, but more than five in rhomboivora. Description. Male. — Wing expanse 3.7—4.2 mm. Thorax and forewing dark fuscous with straw yellow apex and light greyish fringe. Antennae brown- ish, eye-caps yellowish white, tuft on front of head and vertex yellowish, collar yellowish white. Genitalia (figs. 1a, b). — Tegumen slightly curved; ventral plate of vinculum of median length, anterior extension excavated; uncus weakly bilobed; gnathos with a pair of short horns, lateral processes longer; valves excavated at tip to form two small hooks; transtilla with ventral arms fairly long; length of aedeagus ap- proximately that of genital capsule, broad with a large, irregular patch of denticulate cornuti on vesica. Female. — Wing expanse 3.4—4.4 mm. No noticeable difference in habitus from male. Genitalia (fig. 1c). — Ductus bursae and bur- sa copulatrix approximately 2.5 times as long as apophyses; bursa copulatrix covered with min- ute spines; signum consisting of some small, narrow teeth; anterior apophyses with broad base, curved towards tip; posterior apophyses straight and narrow, almost of same length as anterior ones. Pre-imaginal stages. — Eggs laid on the upper surface of the leaf. Larva (figs. 1d—f): length 2.8—4.2 mm, diameter 0.7 mm; head light brown with endoskeletal ridges dark brown; maximum width 0.3 mm, maximum length 0.3 167 mm. Thorax and abdomen yellowish green. Prothorax without spines, meso- and metatho- rax with a patch of spines between the D1 and SD1 setae, spinose on the calli and on a big patch in front of the SV1 setae. Abdominal seg- ments 1—7 spinose between the SV1 setae, seg- ment 8 spinose between the D1 and SVI setae, segment 9 spinose between the SV1 setae, seg- ment 10 with some spines in front of the setae. Abdominal segment 10 with 2 pairs of setae, the ventral pair shorter than the dorsal one. Examined larvae. — 1 ex., Banjul N’Ding, 13.x1.1981; 5 ex., Kotu Stream, 14.x1.1981; 2 ex., Kotu Stream, 10.x11.1982; 10 ex., Kotu Stream, 12.x11.1982. Mine (fig. 1g). — A long and slender ophio- nome with a central frass-line. Cocoon. — Yellowish white. Host plant. — Triumfetta rhomboidea Jacq. (Tiliaceae). Stigmella allophylivora n. sp. (figs. 2a—f) Type locality. — Banjul N’Ding. Type material. — Holotype d, Banjul N’Ding; ex larva on Allophylus cf. africanus Beauv., 7.x11.1982, emerged 27.x11.1982. Paratypes. — Same locality as holotype, 2 à, 1 2, ex larva on A. cf. africanus Beauv., 7.x11.1982, emerged between 27.x11.1982 and 10.1.1983. Diagnosis. — Deviates from the related allo- phylica Scoble, 1978, in the male genitalia, espe- cially in the aedeagus. The vesica of allophylivo- ra is marked with large and strongly sclerotized teeth, so as in contrast to the inconspicuous ring of denticles in allophylica. Description. Male. — Wing expanse 4.4—4.6 mm. Thorax and forewing dark greyish fuscous, with bronze and a few purple reflections, fringe dark grey- ish. Antennae greyish brown, eye-caps yellow- ish white, tuft on front of head and vertex orange-yellow, collar shining yellowish. Genitalia (figs. 2a, b). — Tegumen compris- ing an arcuate band, slightly swollen at ends; ventral plate of vinculum of median length, an- terior extension short, weakly excavated; uncus weakly bilobed; gnathos broadly U-shaped with the lateral arms somewhat curved inwards; valves broad with small, papillate style widely separated from cuiller; juxta narrow, spatula- 168 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 8, 1984 (1985) Fig. 2. Stigmella allophylivora n.sp. A, B, Male genitalia. C, D, Larval prothoracic sclerites, dorsal and ventral view. E, Female genitalia. F, Leaf-mine. — Scales = 0.1 mm, except where indicated otherwise. GUSTAFSSON: Stigmella from The Gambia 169 RENE LA as war ed ree RE Naa ues sia Fig. 3. Stigmella ficivora n.sp. A, B, Male genitalia. C, D, Larval prothoracic sclerites, dorsal and ventral view. E, Female genitalia. F, Leaf-mine. — Scales = 0.1 mm, except where indicated otherwise. 170 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 8, 1984 (1985) formed; transtilla robust with ventral arms long; aedeagus 0.75 times length of genital cap- sule, vesica with a number of large teeth posteri- orly and a centrally placed arcuate thickening. Female. — Wing expanse 4.0 mm. No notice- able difference in habitus from male. Genitalia (fig. 2e). — Ductus bursae longer than apophyses; bursa copulatrix pectinate, without signum. Pre-imaginal stages. — Eggs laid on the lower surface of the leaf. Larva (figs. 2c, d): length 3.6—4.0 mm, diameter 0.7 mm; head light brown with endoskeletal ridges dark brown. Thorax and abdomen yellowish green. Protho- rax without spines, meso- and metathorax with a patch of spines between the D1 and SDI setae, spinose on the calli and on a big patch in front of the SV2 setae. Abdominal segments 1—8 spinose between the SV1 setae and on a patch in front of the L1 setae, on the dorsal side without spines in segment 2—5, segment 9 spinose be- tween the SV1 setae, segment 10 with a few spines in front of the setae. Abdominal segment 10 with 2 pairs of setae, the ventral pair shorter than the dorsal one. Fxamined larvae. — 3 ex., Banjul N’Ding, 7.x11.1982. Mine (fig. 2f). — A long ophionome with the frass deposited as a compact line in the initial part, as zig-zag arcs in the middle part, and as separate granules in the end part. The larva emerges through upper surface of leaf to pu- pate. Cocoon. — From yellowish to brownish. Host plant. — Allophylus cf. africanus Beauv. (Sapindaceae). Stigmella ficivora n. sp. (figs. 3 a—f) Type locality. — Bakau. Type material. — Holotype d, Bakau: ex lar- va on Ficus parasitica coll., 30.x1.1982, emerged 20.x11.1982. Paratypes. — Same locality as holotype, 2 9, ex larva on F. parasitica coll., 30.x1.1982, emerged 20.x11.1982. Diagnosis. — It has a similar gnathos to platyzona Vari, 1963, but shows a much longer valve and the ventral plate of the vinculum is not so deeply excavated. Description. Male. — Wing expanse 3.0 mm. Thorax and forewing dark fuscous with a purplish reflec- tion, a broad, postmedial fascia, shining yellow- ish white. Antennae greyish brown; eye-caps yellowish, tuft on front of head and vertex orange-yellow; collar yellowish. Genitalia (figs. 3a, b). — Tegumen slightly curved; ventral plate of vinculum short, slightly bulging in middle of posterior margin, anterior projection long, deeply excavated; uncus bi- lobed; gnathos a broadly U-shaped horizontal element with small tongue-shaped projection; valves gently curved apically, apex with small characteristic knob; transtilla robust with ven- tral arms virtually absent; aedeagus approxi- mately 2/3 length of genital capsule, vesica with a number of large spines and a small, curved thickening. Female. — Wing expanse 3.2—3.5 mm. An- tennae yellowish, otherwise no noticeable dif- ference in habitus from male. Genitalia (fig. 3e). — Ductus bursae with a large accessory sac; bursa copulatrix with a pair of long bands with irregular sclerotizations; an- terior apophyses with broad base and spinose in the central part; posterior apophyses straight and narrow. Pre-imaginal stages. — Eggs laid on the lower surface of the leaf. Larva (figs. 3c, d): length 3.0 mm, diameter 0.5 mm; head light brown with endoskeletal ridges dark brown. Thorax and ab- domen greyish yellow. Prothorax without spin- es, meso- and metathorax spinose on the calli and on a patch in front of the SD2 setae. Ab- dominal segment 1 with some spines between the L1 setae, segment 2—7 spinose on the calli and on a big patch between and in front of the SV1, L1 setae, segment 8—9 heavily spinose, segment 10 spinose on the ventral side. Abdom- inal segment 10 with 2 pairs of setae, the ventral pair much shorter than the dorsal one. Fxamined larvae. — 2 ex., Bakau, Camalou Corner, 5.x11.1982. Mine (fig. 3f). — An upper surface ophio- nome with the frass deposited as separate gran- ules almost invisible without translucent light. Larva emerges through lower surface of leaf to | pupate. Cocoon. — From yellowish white to brown- ish. Host plant. — Ficus parasitica coll. (Mora- | ceae). GUSTAFSSON: Stigmella from The Gambia 171 Stigmella ziziphivora n. sp. (figs. 4a—f) Type locality. — Bakau, Kotu Stream. Type material. — Holotype 4, Bakau: ex lar- va on Ziziphus mauritania Lam., 13.xii.1982, emerged 29.x11.1982. Paratypes. — Same locality as holotype, 16 36, 50 2, ex larva on Z. mauritania Lam., 7— 13.x11.1982, emerged between 16.xii.1982 and 3.1.1983; Kotu Stream: 1 d, 1 2, ex larva on Z. mauritania Lam, 3.xu.1982, 14.x1.1981, emerged 13.x11.1982 and 27.x1.1981. Diagnosis. — This species is related to paliu- rella (Klimesch, 1940) and zizyphi Walsingham, 1911. The uncus and aedeagus differ in shape, the head tuft is orange-yellow in ziziphivora, black or dark fuscous in the related species. Description. Male. — Wing expanse 4.1—5.3 mm. Thorax and forewing greyish yellow, heavily irrorated with fuscous; fringe light greyish. Antennae light brownish; eye-caps yellowish; tuft on front of head and vertex orange-yellow; collar yellowish. Genitalia (figs. 4a, b). — Tegumen slightly curved; ventral plate of vinculum of median length, anterior extension weakly excavated; uncus bilobed; gnathos with a pair of straight horns, lateral and anterior processes forming a pair of triangular plates; valves curved apically; transtilla with ventral arms fairly long; aedeagus of approximately same length as genital capsule, vesica with some strong spines. Female. — Wing expanse 4.0—5.0 mm. No noticeable difference in habitus from male. Genitalia (fig. 4e). — Bursae covered with minute, scallop-shaped pectinations; signum comprising a band of very small, narrow teeth; anterior apophyses with broad base; posterior apophyses straight and narrow. Pre-imaginal stages. — Eggs laid on the lower surface of the leaf. Larva (figs. 4c, d): length 30—4.5 mm, diameter 0.7 mm; head light brown with endoskeletal ridges dark brown; maximum width 0.3 mm; maximum length 0.3 mm. Thorax and abdomen yellowish green. Prothorax without spines, meso- and metatho- Fax spinose on the calli and on a patch in front of the SV2 setae. Abdominal segment 1 without spines, segments 2—7 spinose on the calli, seg- ment 8 spinose between the SV1 and DI setae, segment 9 with a few spines on the ventral side, segment 10 with some spines in front of the se- tae. Abdominal segment 10 with 2 pairs of setae, the ventral pair shorter than the dorsal one. The larva mines with the ventral side upwards. Examined larvae. — 2 ex., Bakau, Camalou Corner, 7.xi11.1982; 1 ex., Banjul N’Ding, 7.x11.1982; 27 ex., Bakau, Cape Creek, 9.xii. 1982; 5 ex., Bakau, Cape Creek, 13.xii. 1982. Mine (fig. 4f). — An upper surface ophistig- matonome; larva emerges from lower surface of leaf to pupate. Cocoon. — Yellowish white. Host plant. — Ziziphus mauritania Lam. (Rhamnaceae). Stigmella birgittae n. sp. (figs. 5a—f) Type locality. — Kotu Stream. Type material. — Holotype d, Kotu Stream: ex larva on Ziziphus mauritania Lam. 15.x1.1981, emerged 27.xi.1981. Paratypes. — Same locality as holotype, 1 à, 1 2, ex larva on Z. mauritania Lam., 15.x1.1981, emerged 1.x11.1981. Diagnosis. — Deviates from the closely re- lated ziziphivora n. sp. in the male genitalia, es- pecially in the aedeagus, transtilla and gnathos. Derivation of the name. — After the author’s wife Birgitta. Description. Male. — Wing expanse 3.7—4.4 mm. Exter- nal features of wings, head and thorax similar to ziziphivora. Genitalia (figs. 5a, b). — Tegumen slightly curved; ventral plate of vinculum of median length, anterior extension weakly excavated; uncus bilobed; gnathos with a pair of straight, long horns, lateral and anterior processes form- ing a pair of triangular plates; valves weakly curved apically; transtilla with ventral arms fairly long; aedeagus of approximately same length as genital capsule, vesica with some strong spines. Female. — Wing expanse 3.7 mm. No notice- able difference in habitus from male. Genitalia (fig. 5f). — Bursa copulatrix cov- ered with minute, scallop-shaped pectinations; signum comprising a band of very small, narrow teeth; anterior apophyses with a broad base; posterior apophyses straight and narrow. Pre-imaginal stages. — Eggs laid on the upper surface of the leaf. Larva (figs. 5c, d): length 4 mm, diameter 0.7 mm; head light brown with 172 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 8, 1984 (1985) Fig. 4. Stigmella ziziphivora n.sp. A, B, Male genitalia. C, D, Larval prothoracic sclerites, dorsal and ventral | view. E, Female genitalia. F, Leaf-mine. — Scales = 0.1 mm, except where indicated otherwise. GUSTAFSSON: Stigmella from The Gambia 173 ITA Stigmella birgittae n.sp. À, B, Male genitalia. C, D, Larval prothoracic sclerites, dorsal and ventral view. E, Leaf-mine. F, Female genitalia. — Scales = 0.1 mm, except where indicated otherwise. 174 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 8, 1984 (1985) endoskeletal ridges dark brown; maximum width 0.3 mm; maximum length 0.3 mm. Tho- rax and abdomen yellowish green. Prothorax without spines, meso- and metathorax spinose on the calli and on a patch in front of the SV2 setae. Abdominal segment 1 spinose between the SV1 setae, segments 2—7 spinose on the cal- li and on a patch in front of and between the SV1 and LI setae, segments 8—9 spinose, seg- ment 10 with some spines in front of the setae. Abdominal segment 10 with 2 pairs of setae, the ventral pair shorter than the dorsal one. Fxamined larvae. — 1 ex., Kotu Stream, 14.x1.1981; 1 ex., Bakau, Cape Creek, 13.x11. 1982. Mine (fig. 5e). — An upper surface ophistig- matonome; larva emerges from upper surface of leaf to pupate. Cocoon. — Yellowish white. Host plant. — Ziziphus mauritania Lam. (Rhamnaceae). Stigmella maytenivora n. sp. (figs. 6a—d) Type locality. — Bakau. Type material. — Holotype d, Bakau: ex lar- va on Maytenus senegalensis (Lam.) Exell, 30.x1.1982, emerged 17.x11.1982. Paratypes. — Same locality as holotype, 2 4, 3 ©, ex larva on M. senegalensis (Lam.) Exell, 4-10.x1.1981, emerged between 18 and 25.x1.1981. Diagnosis. — No particular close relatives of this species are known. Description. Male. — Wing expanse 3.7—4.1 mm. Thorax and forewing dark greyish, heavily irrorated with fuscous; fringe light grey. Antennae light brownish grey; eye-caps yellowish; tuft on front of head and vertex redbrown; collar yel- lowish. Genitalia (figs. 6a, b). — Tegumen a narrow, slightly curved band; ventral plate of vinculum of median length, anterior extension weakly ex- cavated; uncus weakly bilobed with a pair of widely separated, lateral papillae; gnathos with a pair of straight horns, lateral and anterior pro- cesses forming a pair of triangular plates; valves with. pointed style and a rectangular cuiller; transtilla with ventral arms absent; aedeagus large, approximately 1.5 times length of genital capsule, vesica with long, longitudinally run- ning band of cornuti. Female. — Wing expanse 3.5—4.2 mm. No noticeable difference in habitus from male. Genitalia (fig. 6d). — Ductus bursae long and broad with a very large accessory sac; bursa copulatrix densely covered with fishscale- shaped sclerotizations; signum absent. Pre-imaginal stages. — Eggs laid on the lower surface of the leaf. Larva: yellowish green with pale brown head. Mine (fig. 6c). — An upper surface ophistig- matonome; larva emerges from the upper sur- face of leaf to pupate. Cocoon. — Yellowish white. Host plant. — Maytenus senegalensis (Lam.) Exell (Celastraceae). Stigmella wollofella (Gustafsson, 1972) comb. nov. (figs. 7a—d) Nepticula wollofella Gustafsson, 1972: 158—159. Type locality. — Gambia River between Ban- jul and Basse Santa Su. Type material. — 1 d, collected on the ship MS “Lady Wright”. Material studied. — Holotype d, 5.xu.1970; 1 g, 2 2, The Gambia, Bakau, Camalou Cor- ner, ex larva on Ziziphus mauritania Lam. 7.x11.1982, emerged 16.x11.1982; 1 &, The Gam- bia, Barra, ex larva on Z. mauritania Lam., 11.x11.1982, emerged 30.x11.1982. Diagnosis. — No particular close relatives of this species are known. The male genitalia re- semble those of mandingella Gustafsson, 1972 — but are distinct by the shape of the juxta. Description. Male. — Wing expanse 4.5 mm. Thorax and forewing dark greyish fuscous with dark grey- ish fringe. Antennae brownish; eye-caps yel- | lowish white; tuft on front of head and vertex orange-yellow; collar yellowish white. Genitalia (figs. 7a, b). — Tegumen a broad ar- cuate plate; ventral plate of vinculum narrow, lateral arms broad and articulating with tegu- men at dorsal extremities, saccus more than 3 | times width of ventral plate of vinculum; uncus | bilobed; gnathos broadly U-shaped with the ! lateral arms curved outwards; valves clearly di- ! vided into a pointed style and a rounded cuiller; 175 GUSTAFSSON: Stigmella from The Gambia NN ANT à te Cel ce RENT = 0.1 mm, Scales p. A, B, Male genitalia. C, Leaf-mine. D, Female genitalia. Fig. 6. Stigmella maytenivora n.s except where indicated otherwise. 176 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 8, 1984 (1985) - Fig. 7. Stigmella wollofella (Gustafsson). A, B, Male genitalia. C, Female genitalia. D, Leaf-mine. — Scales = 0.1 mm, except where indicated otherwise. x GUSTAFSSON: Stigmella from The Gambia 177 juxta in form of a triangular arrow with strong spines; transtilla with ventral arms short and stout; aedeagus with a number of denticulate cornuti on vesica. Female. — Wing expanse 4.5 mm. No notice- able difference in habitus from male. Genitalia (fig. 7c). — Ductus bursae very large relative to the bursa copulatrix; the latter covered with scallop-shaped pectinations; sig- num absent; anterior apophyses arcuate, broad basally; posterior apophyses straight and nar- row. Pre-imaginal stages. — Eggs laid on the upper surface of the leaf. Larva: yellowish green with pale brown head. Mine (fig. 7d). — An upper surface ophistig- matonome; larva emerges from the lower side of the leaf to pupate. Cocoon. — Yellowish green. Host plant. — Ziziphus mauritania Lam. (Rhamnaceae). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. K. J. Hedqvist, Dr. L.-À. Janzon and Mr. T. Sjölin, who accompanied me on the collecting trips. Thanks are also due to Dr. K. Bremer and Dr. C.-J. Clemedson for help with the identifica- tions of the host plants and to Dr. E. Sylvén for the interest shown in this study. RELEVANT LITERATURE Gerasimov, A. M., 1937. Minierende Motten V. Neue Stigmella (Nepticula)- und Tischeria-Arten (Lepid. Stigmell. und Tischer.). — Mitt. zool. Mus. Berl. 22: 282—285. Gustafsson, B., 1972. Three new species of Nepticula from Gambia (Lep. Nepticulidae). — Ent. Tidskr. 93: 156—159. Gustafsson, B., 1981. Characters of systematic impor- tance in European Nepticulidae larvae (Lepido- ptera). — Ent. scand. 12: 109—116. Klimesch, J., 1940. Uber eine Nepticulidae-Ausbeute von Triëst. — Zeitschr. Wr. Ent. Ges. 25: 177— 179, 188—189. Scoble, M. J., 1978. Nepticulidae of Southern Africa: A Taxonomic Revision of the Genus Stigmella Schrank (Lepidoptera: Monotrysia). — Ann. Transv. Mus. 31: 87—129. Scoble, M. J., 1983. A revised, cladistic classification of the Nepticulidae (Lepidoptera) with descrip- tions of new taxa, mainly from southern Africa. — Transvaal Museum Monograph 2: I—XI, 1—105. Walsingham, L., 1911. Algerian microlepidoptera. — Entomologists mon. Mag. 47: 190—191. Väri, L., 1963. South African Lepidoptera, 3. Descrip- tions of new Stigmellidae. — Koedoe 6: 66—75. 4 vy 4 HE — è ek arr Im È ott, ai: ry” ET! gn p è À La : vi id sia le) la por 2 FER. TORE" LA Ren A A RP" Rt fi duro dh notes) a So 14 ansi va der rk wi = se a + rev EN pe vasta arti to + vie Aret bead VOR d N LU iy ud I À # i Le A \ Pra un mis 4 - vi my . : 2 j Hi | £ Le ft ix P eur sis Arte (as q ies ss iw ty (her CCE rai. è prati o atta Too LA kf it sà za | r 5 Br Hei alta nti 2 rer Iris ON a dato à hi . di Di = e a; rd AFLEVERING 9 1984 TIJDSCHRIFT 4 SOR ENTOMOLOGIE UITGEGEVEN DOOR DE NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING INHOUD — The types of Platygastridae (Hymenoptera, Scelionoidea) described y and poner and preserved in the National Museum of Ireland and in Auseum (Natural History). 2. Keys to species, redescriptions, syno- -224, figs. 1—98. Gepubliceerd 14-VI-1985 THE TYPES OF PLATYGASTRIDAE (HYMENOPTERA, SCELIONOIDEA) DESCRIBED BY HALIDAY AND WALKER AND PRESERVED IN THE NATIONAL MUSEUM OF IRELAND AND IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 2. KEYS TO SPECIES, REDESCRIPTIONS, SYNONYMY by H.J. VLUG Instituut voor Plantenziektenkundig Onderzoek, Binnenhaven 12, Wageningen, The Netherlands ABSTRACT Keys are given for 97 Palaearctic species of Platygastrinae, described by Haliday and Walker. They comprise the genera Platygaster, Synopeas, Piestopleura, Leptacis, Trichacis, Isocybus and Amblyaspis. Descriptions and illustrations of the type-specimens are provided, mainly based on the lectotypes selected earlier. The following synonymies are proposed: Platygaster olorus Walker, 1835 = P. cebes Walker, 1835; P. cratinus Walker, 1835 = P. cebes Walker, 1835; P. (Urocyclops) ilione Walker, 1835 = P. (Urocyclops) vaenia Walker, 1835; P. longiven- tris Thomson, 1859 = P. gyge Walker, 1835; P. ruborum (Kieffer, 1916) = P. pelias Walker, 1835; P. evadne Walker, 1835 = P. attenuata Walker, 1835; P. cleodaeus Walker, 1835 = P. abisares Walker, 1835; Synopeas mamertes Kieffer, 1926 = S. craterus (Walker, 1835); S. acco (Walker, 1835) = S. rhanis (Walker, 1835); Leptacis torispinula Huggert, 1980 = L. nydia (Walker, 1835); Amblyaspis furius (Walker, 1835) = A. scelionoides (Hal- iday, 1835). INTRODUCTION For a general introduction on the types of Platygastridae, described by Haliday and Walker I may refer to the paper by Vlug & Graham (1984). In the present paper the types are keyed out and brief redescriptions and figures are given for the species of the subfamily Platygastrinae, comprising the genera Platygaster, Synopeas, Piestopleura, Leptacis, Trichacis, Isocybus and Amblyaspis. For a better understanding of this group it is necessary for future workers to consult types. This key is merely an attempt to provide some detailed information about the species and to give a tool for type demands. The figures are kept rather simple and give a general view of the head, antennae and meta- soma to support and amplify the descriptions. For the terms of the microsculpture, used in the key, I refer to the paper by Eady (1968). It has been shown that many species which occur in Great Britain and Ireland are not represented in continental North-Western Europe. They are not well represented in the author’s collection. Therefore the descriptions and keys are mainly based on the lectotypes in the National Museum of Ireland (NMI) and the British Museum (Natural History) (BMNH). Where possible, the distribu- tion and hosts are mentioned. Notes on synonymy are given in the keys under the heading “Re- marks”. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS _ Thanks are due to Dr. J. P. O’Connor (Dublin, Ireland), Dr. L. Masner (Ottawa, Canada), Dr. M. W. R. de Vere Graham (Oxford, Great Britain) and Dr. L. Huggert (Lund, Sweden) for their useful criticism and to Mr. C. van der Horst (Wageningen, Netherlands) for revising the English text. Platygaster Latreille 1. Vertex and/or occiput without striae (in Platygaster sterope the lectotype has two very short °° °C CCC CL. e 2 179 > 3. 6. TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) Vertex and/or occiput faintly to strongly striated or transversely reticulate ................ 15 Head and mesoscutum moderately to strongly reticulate-coriaceous; head broadly rounded be- hind eyes, appearing thick ELA té NIT 2.6505. RER OEE, N. GERE 3 Head and mesoscutum sometimes reticulate or coriaceous but never regularly and strongly so; head not particularly thick … one ee a gees Oe CO I 12 Pronotum at sides partly coriaceous, lower third longitudinally striated and/or widely punctate with haırs'.. 1 3.0... 228. MR RER ARR ER EST RER RER RE 4 Pronotum coriaceous in its upper half; lower half more or less smooth. .................... 8 Pronotum provided with a membraneous-edged flange which covers part of fore coxa ......... citato LIO SIONE TE taras Walker, 1835 Head 2.0 times as broad as long, broadly rounded behind eyes; OOL : POL: LOL = 4:9: 4; frons regularly reticulate-coriaceous, smoother above antennal sockets; occipital region ir- reoularly coriaceous with some short and weak transverse crenulae. Propleurae coriaceous in upper half, lower half sparsely haired; pronotum with a flange which expands posteriorly in- to an overhanging, more or less membraneous, sclerite which partly covers fore coxa; notauli complete; mesoscutum coriaceous, its midlobe reaching scutellum; scuto-scutellar grooves deep and broad; scutellum strongly convex, well above mesoscutum; propodeal carinae high and strong. T1 crenulated; T2 striated to half of tergite; T3 with a few hairs; T4 with a single row of deeply implanted hairs; T5 partly covered with scattered and deeply implanted hairs; T6 completely covered with long and deeply implanted hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae preponderantly black, A2 brownish. Fore legs brownish, middle and hind legs dark brown with lighter tarsi. Length female 1.9 mm (figs. 1a—1c). Pronotal flange simple, not covering part of coxa and not particularly expanded postero-ven- trally.. te ce HERE ge COWS ode ated aed OI ey en TE 5 Propleurae striated in lower half, provided with a few weak hairs ......... otanes Walker, 1835 Head 1.6 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 8 : 17 : 8; head entirely reticulate coriaceous, somewhat smoother between median ocellus and antennal sockets. Mesoscutum entirely reticulate coriaceous except for two smooth lines in front between notauli, and post- ero-lateral lines outside notauli; notauli complete and deep; mesopleurae with some irregular striation in upper part; midlobe of mesoscutum nearly reaching scutellum, gap between these deep and broad; scutellum strongly convex, well above level of mesoscutum; propodeal cari- nae long and strong. T1 crenulated; T2 for three-quarter striated, at sides somewhat longer; T3 and T4 smooth with a few hairs; T5 with a single row of deeply implanted hairs; T6 with an irregular row of deeply implanted hairs; T7 with a few hairs. Black, rather dull species. Wings clear. Antennae preponderantly blackish brown. Legs entirely dark brown, fore legs lighter. Length male 1.9 mm (figs. 2a—2c). Propleurae smooth in lower party with widely, separated haus a bie nee Re 6 Occiput elevated in the middle, with some very short carinae on top of the elevation; frons with a smooth line from median ecellusdewnwardsem 2. > on elf San sterope Walker, 1835 Head 1.8 times as broad as long; OOL : POL: LOL = 5 : 13 : 4; head reticulate coriaceous, with the exceptions mentioned above, broadly rounded behind eyes. Notauli complete and deep; mesoscutum reticulate coriaceous; scutellum convex, above level of mesoscutum; pro- podeal carinae long and well apart, their top surface being smooth. T1 reticulate with two, somewhat diverging central keels; central lobe between basal foveae of T2 protruding, stria- tion extending to half of tergite and at sides traceable as a faint wrinkling; T3—T5 with a fine ‘row of hairs; T6 with fine, rather deeply implanted hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown, A3 lighter. Wings only slightly infuscated. Legs dark brown, fore femur proxi- mally and all tarsi lighter. Length female 1.4 mm (figs. 3a—3c). Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 181 pe ce” Ic da 3b 4a DE 6c (Ge: > a CER Figs. 1—6. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, metasoma (dorsal view). 1a—c, Platygaster taras (lectotype); 2a—c, P. otanes (lectotype); 3a—c, P. sterope (lectotype); 4a—c, P. pleuron (lectotype); 5a—c, P. orus (no. 1104 in NMI); 6a—c, P. abia (paralectotype no. 1109 in NMI). 182 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) — Occiput not particularly elevated in the middle; head and occiput regularly reticulate coria- ceous, without any trace of carinae and smooth lines on frons; sometimes area beneath median écellus-with smoother sculpture . asini DOM SR cade ee 2 7. Striation on T2 in basal foveae and on central lobe extending to half of tergite ................. a DIE BE A A Se Re ee EU RER EEE pleuron Walker, 1835 Head 1.6 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6 :9 : 4; entire head regularly reticu- late coriaceous, broadly rounded behind eyes. Notauli complete and deep; mesoscutum com- pletely reticulate coriaceous; anteriorly, between notauli, two smooth lines, with two others postero-laterally; propleurae coriaceous in upper two-thirds and smooth with hairs in lower part; scutellum convex, well above level of mesoscutum; propodeal carinae long and strong, with a rather sharp upper ridge. T1 strongly reticulate; T2 striated over whole width in first half of tergite; T3 and T4 smooth, with some lateral hairs; T5 smooth with an irregular row of brown hairs; T6 in posterior two-thirds covered with long, brown hairs. Black, shiny spe- cies. Antennae blackish, junction of A2 and A3 being somewhat lighter. Wings slightly infus- cated. Fore femora brown, fore tibiae brown but apically lighter; tarsı light brown; middle and hind legs dark brown. Length female 1.7 mm (figs. 4a—4c). : — Striation on T2 only in basal foveae, central lobe being smooth; striation extending to three- en g g quarters. oftergite ment. at ae RER ARE orus Walker, 1835 Head 1.7 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 4 : 10 : 5; frons reticulate coriaceous, this sculpture being somewhat smoother just beneath median ocellus; occipital region and ocellar area slightly transversely reticulate coriaceous, in posterior middle part slightly rugu- lose. Mesoscutum and scutellum as in P. pleuron (the scutellum and T2 of the type is dam- aged); propodeal carinae well developed, their top surface flange-like, turned inwards and broadened in posterior part. T1 strongly crenulated; T2 striated in basal foveae to three- quarters of tergite, central lobe rather smooth with some irregular sculpture; T3 and T4 laterally with some fine hairs; T5 with a single row of fine hairs; T6 with some very faint sculpturing and widely separated, deeply implanted hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae blackish, A2 and A3 somewhat lighter. Fore legs light brown, tibiae dorsally darker; middle legs brown; hind legs dark brown, proximal part of tibiae and tarsal segments being lighter. Length female 2.0 mm (figs. 5a—5c). 8. Scape, AI—AA and all legsientirely reddish er reddish yellow. et nea eee 9 — Antennae and legs darkened, with lighter and darker markings; at most fore legs lighter ..... 10 9. Temple as long as eye (in dorsal view); head about 1.8 times as broad as long. abra Walker, 1835 OOL : POL : LOL = 8 : 12 : 5; head and mesoscutum entirely, but not very strongly retic- ulate coriaceous. Notauli complete; scutellum convex, just above level of mesoscutum; pro- podeal carinae long, but not very prominent, wide apart. T2 with some short striae on central lobe between basal foveae. Black, rather dull species. Scape, A2—A4 and all legs reddish yel- low. Length female 1.3 mm (figs. 6a—6c). — Temple 1.3 times as long as eye (in dorsal view); head about 1.5 times as broad as long.......... hyn ole din CERERE RS Ut tp Pe lysicles Walker, 1835 OOL : POL : LOL = 10: 17 : 9; head and mesoscutum entirely reticulate coriaceous, fad- | ing away at some spots. Scutellum strongly convex, above level of mesoscutum; propodeal | carinae wide apart, in between these some cross carinae, forming a turned M. Median lobe ‘ between basal foveae of T2 prominent, sparsely striated in one-third of tergite. Black, shiny | species. Scape, A2—A4 and all legs reddish. Length female 1.8 mm (figs. 7a—7c). Vrug: Types of Platygastridae 183 1la 11b 10c tic Figs. 7—11. a (d), antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c (e), metasoma (dorsal view). 7a—c, Platygaster lysicles (lec- totype); 8a—c, P. sonchis (lectotype); 8d—e, P. dictys (lectotype); 9a—c, P. cebes (lectotype); 10a—c, P. olorus (paralectotype no. 336 in NMI); 11a—c, P. cratinus (lectotype). 184 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) 10. T2 striated to half of tergite. Propodeal carinae prominent, parallel and without transverse con- nechens fo. ee Pe DS ER RER sonchis Walker, 1835 Head 1.7 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 5 : 13 : 5; frons faintly coriaceous, shiny; vertex and occiput reticulate coriaceous, occiput more irregularly. Mesoscutum reticu- late coriaceous; notaulı complete and deep; scutellum strongly convex and steeply sloping to metanotum. Central lobe between basal foveae of T2 prominent. Black, shiny species. Anten- nae black. Fore legs brown, middle and hind legs black with lighter femora and tarsi. Length female 1.6 mm (figs. 8a—8c). Remarks. — The male specimen of P. dictys Walker, 1835, is very much alike. The type of P. dictys, however, is missing head and most part of antennae (figs. 8d—8e). Slight differences may be found in the measurements of the mesoscutum (width X length is 0.36 x 0.36 mm in P. dictys and 0.31 X 0.35 mm in P. sonchis). Reared series of this species may solve any possi- ble synonymy. — T2 nearly smooth, somewhat striated in its basal third. Propodeal carınae connected by one or more trarisverse carinae EI. AE A Ae Ne EA dol 11. T2 faintly striated in basal foveae, rest of tergite smooth .................. cebes Walker, 1835 Head 1.7 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 8 : 16 : 8; frons faintly coriaceous with some transverse wrinkles above antennal sockets; vertex, occiput and mesoscutum retic- ulate coriaceous. Scutellum convex, just above level of mesoscutum; propodeal carinae prom- inent, area in between them roughly crenulated and elevated above the rest of propodeum. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown. All legs dark brown, tarsi lighter. Length male 1.4 mm (figs. 9a—9c). — T2 slightly to moderately striated in and between basal foveae, rest of tergite smooth. .......... CER IO: VARESE olorus Walker, 1835 Head 1.4 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 9: 17 : 9 (head of the type slightly damaged between lateral ocelli); frons finely coriaceous, faintly striated above antennal sock- ets; coriaceous on vertex and occiput. Mesoscutum reticulate coriaceous; notauli complete; scutellum convex, just above level of mesoscutum; propodeal carinae with cross carinae, giv- ing the appearence of a butterfly in outline; lateral areas of propodeum densely covered with brown hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae black. Legs dark brown; all tibiae proximally and distally lighter and all tarsi lighter. Length male 1.5 mm (figs. 10a—10c). Remarks. — P. cratinus Walker, 1835, differs from P. olorus by the following characters: Head 1.7 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 9 : 18 : 8. Propodeal carinae forming two longitudinal ovals; sides of propodeum sparsely hairy. Length female 1.8 mm (figs. 11a—11c). Despite the differences given for P. olorus, P. cebes and P. cratinus, I consider them to be conspecific. In my collection are some forms intermediate in colour as well as in morphological characters. I select here the name Platygaster cebes with P. olorus and P. crati- nus as synonyms (syn. nov.). 12. Head (except occiput) and mesoscutum smooth, shiny .................. strato Walker, 1835 Head 1.6 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6 : 9 : 3. Notauli traceable anterior- ly, posteriorly clearly defined; scutellum moderately convex; propodeal carinae high, widely separated and not flattened dorsally. T2 with striated basal foveae, rest of tergite smooth. Dark brown species with darker head. Antennae brown. Fore legs brown, tibiae proximally and distally lighter, tarsi dirty yellow; middle and hind legs brown, tarsi lighter. Length fe- ‘ male 1.1 mm (figs. 12a—12c). —. At least frons with microsculpture ww. 229.425! cess ee 18 13. Mesoscutum smooik,skiny.. „oet, 2 ar EN (Urocyclops) vaenıa Walker, 1835 VLuG: Types of Platygastridae 185 Be y 128 Noces a Tool nua 15b 14C | ISc N 16b 15d 16€ Figs. 12—16. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, metasoma (dorsal view); d, metasoma (lateral view). 12a—c, Platygaster strato (paralectotype no. 384 in NMI); 13a—c, P. (Urocyclops) vaenia (lectotype); 14a—c, P. (Uro- cyclops) ilione (lectotype); 15a—d, P. xeneus (lectotype); 16a—c, P. rutubus (lectotype). 186 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) Head 1.7 times as broad as long; OOL : POL: LOL = 9 : 16 : 6; occiput with a few weak wrinkles, vertex and part of frons coriaceous. À modified pronotal structure presented by a semicircular plate in the neck region between collar and mesoscutum; notauli not meeting, becoming more or less parallel posteriorly; scutellum smooth, moderately convex. T2 striated to half of tergite; T6 extremely flattened, twice as long as broad at base, forming a “beaver-tail”. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown, tip of scape, A2 and A3 lighter. Coxae black, trochantera reddish, all femora proximally reddish, distally darkened; all tibiae dark brown, proximally and distally lighter; tarsi red. Length female 2.0 mm (figs. 13a—13c). Remarks. — P. (Urocyclops) ilione Walker, 1835, differs from P. (U.) vaenia by the follow- ing characters: OOL : POL : LOL = 6 : 10 : 4. Notauli less deep than in P. vaenia. Tro- chantera darker than in P. vaenia; fore tibiae to a greater extent lighter than in P. vaenia. Length male 1.1 mm (figs. 14a—14c). P. ilione represents the male of P. vaenia and may be considered a synonym (syn. nov.). Platygaster vaenia belongs in the subgenus Urocyclops Maneval. Recent material of this subgenus was reared in large quantities for the first time from the gallmidge Procystiphora gerardi Meyer on Juncus gerardii Lois, by Dr. H. Meyer, Kiel, Germany, and kindly placed at my disposal. Detailed studies and comparison of the specimens with the material mentioned by Huggert (1974) may solve the problems of syno- nymy associated with these highly polymorphic taxa. — Mesoscutum with sculpture „man ae ee a Ie ee eee eee 14 14. Head coriaceous, about 2.1 times as broad as long; OOL : POL: LOL = 2: 16 : 7; antennae long and slender ‚. 22... N. u. sus sen Ser Nue at RER EEE xeneus Walker, 1838 Mesoscutum irregularly and weakly reticulate; notauli incomplete; scutellum moderately convex, in dorsal view rounded, apıcally extended into a small sharp triangle; propodeum with a few long hairs, surface between these hairs smooth; propodeal carinae elevated, with a flattened surface. T1 laterally provided with long hairs; metasoma long oval, gradually ta- pering apıcally and with a long and sharply pointed T6 (2.2 times as long as broad at base), for the most part strigose. Length female 1.4 mm (except ovipositor) (figs. 15a—15d). Remarks. — Antennae of P. xeneus remarkably long and slender, with a 4-jointed slender club: (length x width) A1: 0.27 x 0.04 mm; A2: 0.09 x 0.03 mm; A3: 0.04 x 0.02 mm; A4: 0.06 x 0.02 mm; A5: 0.05 x 0.02 mm; A6: 0.03 x 0.02 mm; A7: 0.08 x 0.03 mm; A8: 0.08 x 0.03 mm; A9: 0.08 x 0.03 mm; A10: 0.10 X 0.03 mm. This species combines characters of Platygaster and Synopeas. It may represent à new genus. À more detailed study is being car- ried out. — Head faintly coriaceous, swollen and about 1.4 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6.:116 : 8; antennae not particularly longandslender (>: ARR rutubus Walker, 1835 Epomia strong; mesoscutum partly irregularly coriaceous, rest of mesoscutum smooth; no- tauli indicated, but evident only in extreme posterior part; scutellum convex, clearly above level of mesoscutum; propodeal carinae wide apart and high. Metasoma long oval, 1.4 times as long as mesosoma; T2 with deep, basal pits, median lobe not developed into a raised tong- ue; T2 laterally striated to half of its length. Black, shiny species. Antennae brown, scape and A3 red. Mouthparts red. Wings infuscated. Legs entirely yellowish red. Length male 1.6 mm (figs. 16a—16c). 15. No trace of notauli. Median plate, situated between imaginary notaulic courses prolonged into a flange which covers basé@of seurellum... 1 2. a. sees ee Re 16 — Notauli at least traceable in posterior part of mesoscutum; median plate different........... 19 16. Scutellum entire, not excavated or prolonged plate-like posteriorly ....... inermis Walker, 1835 Head 2.2. times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 3 : 11 : 5; frons faintly strigose, ver- tex and occiput striate. Mesoscutum sparsely haired, hair-implantations scale-like; “median plate” of mesoscutum prolonged into a broad flange, which is membraneous in its extreme Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 187 hind border, covering base of scutellum; scutellum moderately convex, not above level of mesoscutum; propodeal carinae high and wide apart. T2 striated from basal foveae to one- third; T3—T5 equal, T6 longer, as long as broad at base. Black, shiny species. Wings slightly infuscated. Antennae and legs dark brown, tarsi lighter. Length female 1.3 mm (figs. 17a— 17c). — Scutellum excavated from behind, its surface extended into a membraneous plate of different Re ar len ne en nn gk dd bee tt 17 Remarks. — The species of the “cochleata group” key out here. These may belong to Pros- ynopeas Kieffer. Apparently the type of this genus is lost, but rearing may solve the problem. It is also possible that they belong to Ceratacis Thomson, the type of which has yet to be examined (Huggert, pers. comm.). Therefore this group has not been properly defined. 17. Median plate of mesoscutum only slightly prolonged, just covering extreme base of scutellum; scutellum moderately convex, in lateral view cut off posteriorly at an angle of 90°; scutellum, seen from behind, clearly excavated, possessing a narrow membraneous flange ................ EE i... Lv... laricis Haliday, 1835 Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6 : 10 : 6. Propodeal carinae high and well apart. T2 faintly striated in its basal foveae. Black, shiny species. Antennae yellow, last four segments brownish. Coxae and legs entirely yellow. Length female 1.2 mm (figs. 18a— 18c). — Median plate of mesoscutum prolonged into a broad membraneous plate, postero-lateral parts of mesoscutum provided with long hairs, covering base of scutellum; scutellum excavated and dorsally prolonged into a broad plate, high above propodeum, and a second membraneous plate eee eee AE EERE 18 18. Head 1.7 times as broad as long; OOL : POL: LOL = 3: 17: 6; head faintly coriaceous; a small triangular plate between antennal sockets ….... cochleata Walker, 1835 Mesoscutum with long hairs; prolongation of scutellum straight apically; propodeum with two widely separated, blunt carinae. T2 with shallow basal foveae, in between these faintly striated. Black, shiny species. Antennae red, last four segments dark. Legs entirely red, coxae darker. Length female 1.7 mm (figs. 19a—19c). Remarks. — P. filicornis Walker, 1835, differs from P. cochleata by the following charac- | ters: Male. Head 2.2 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 3 : 16 : 7; antennae and | legs slightly darker than in P. cochleata. Length male 1.4 mm (figs. 20a—20c). Platygaster | filicornis may prove to be the male of P. cochleatus, but considering the shape of the head, this is not certain. Rearing may prove the conspecificity of both species, but until then I con- sider them to be two separate species. — Head 2.4 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6 : 13 : 7; head entirely but faintly re- er benenden ieman ed vestinus Walker, 1835 Occipital carina traceable. Median plate of mesoscutum slightly, but very broadly prolonged as a light brown flange, over base of scutellum; postero-lateral parts of mesoscutum sparsely hairy; scutellum long, and slightly convex, at level of mesoscutum, excavated behind and prolonged by a short membrane; mesoscutum faintly coriaceous, sparsely hairy; propodeal carinae high, very close, seemingly fused. Black, shiny species. Antennae brown. Legs brown, tarsi lighter. Length male 1.3 mm (figs. 21a—21c). Remarks. — Platygaster leptines Walker, 1835, differs only slightly from P. vestinus Walker, 1835, by the following characters: Frons, vertex and occiput transversely coriaceous. Scutellum ending into a toothed lamella-like structure; propodeal carinae rather close to each other, moderately high and with a blunt surface. Length male 1.2 mm (figs. 22a—22c). P. 188 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) PRES al Se 8C on È Ee 22a 22b Figs. 17—22. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, metasoma (dorsal view). 17a—c, Platygaster inermis (lecto- type); 18a—c, P. laricis (lectotype); 19a—c, P. cochleata (lectotype); 20a—c, P. filicornis (lectotype); 21a—c, P. vestinus (lectotype); 22a—c, P. leptines (lectotype). Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 189 vestinus and P. leptines have some characters in common with species of Leptacis, Platygaster and the “cochleata group” of Platygaster. Their systematic position needs further study. In some respects the species are similar, nevertheless I prefer to consider them separate species until rearing results prove their conspecificity. i . . . . . . . 19. Smooth and shiny species; sometimes faint sculpture in anterior region of mesoscutum...... 20 — Atleast some microsculpture on head and/or mesoscutum .............................. 22 20. Head about 1.9 times as broad as long. Notauli incomplete.............. galenus Walker, 1835 OOL : POL : LOL = 5: 11: 3; head smooth, shiny; occiput very weakly transversely striated. Mesoscutum smooth and shiny; median plate between notauli prolonged and just reaching scutellum; scutellum convex, smooth in its centre and haired at its sides; propodeum very short. T2 striated in basal foveae, these very short; rest of T2 smooth shiny; T5 and T6 long, T6 slightly longer than T5; T5 rugulose, 1.2 times as long as broad at base. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown. Legs dark brown, fore tarsi lighter. Length female 1.1 mm (figs. 23a—23c). — Head about 2.3 times as broad as long. Notauli nearly complete ......................... 24 21. Scutellum convex, above level of mesoscutum......................... cyrsilus Walker, 1835 Head 2.3 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6: 12 : 5; occiput transversely striated, rest of head smooth, shiny. Mesoscutum smooth, shiny; scutellum smooth, shiny, rounded, postero-lateral border excavated; propodeum short, carinae high and wide apart. T2 with some striation in and between basal foveae; rest of metasoma smooth, shiny; T4—T6 long, T6 1.4 as long as broad at base. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown. Legs black- ish, tarsi lighter; fore tibiae proximally and distally lighter. Length female 1.6 mm (figs. 24a— 24d). — Scutellum moderately convex, at level of mesoscutum.................. dryope Walker, 1835 Head 2.3 times as broad as long; OOL : POL: LOL = 5: 13 : 5; occiput transversely striated, rest of head smooth, shiny. Mesoscutum smooth, shiny; scutellum smooth, shiny, its postero-lateral borders entire; propodeum longer than in former species, carınae wide apart and protruding backwards. T2 striated in and between basal foveae; T4—T6 short, T6 0.3 as long as broad at base. Black, shiny species. Antennae brown. All femora brown, all tibiae brown, proximally lighter; fore tarsı yellowish, middle and hind tarsı brown. Length female 1.1 mm (figs. 25a—25c). 22. Scutellum strongly convex, more or less compressed in posterior part and postero-laterally with a strong rounded impression; median plate of mesoscutum prolonged and usually covering base Em Lr al je 23 — Scutellum slightly to moderately convex, entire or at most with a small roundish impression, never more or less compressed; median plate of mesoscutum at most reaching base of scutellum ee I a HAN per Las a dur ga. TERS ee ie 24 23. Head about 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL =7 : 14 : 5; frons alutaceous ....... Eee. homme. LUS D das homes ende athamas Walker, 1835 Occiput rounded and strongly striated. Mesoscutum rather smooth, in front slightly rugu- lose; notauli incomplete, median plate between these continuing over base ot scutellum; pos- terior border of median plate broadly rounded; propodeum with high carinae, wide apart and a weak transverse carina between them. T2 striated in basal foveae to half of tergite, median lobe between foveae only striated at base; rest of tergite smooth; hairs on T3—T6 deeply implanted; T6 1.2 as long as broad at base. Black, shiny species. Antennae black. Legs black, tibiae proximally lighter, tarsi light brown. Length female 1.6 mm (figs. 26a—26c). 190 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) 24b en ge fis | [1] () le) F5c 26a 2 d 6c Nagin 27a Figs. 23—27. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, metasoma (dorsal view); d, metasoma (lateral view). 23a—c, Platygaster galenus (lectotype); 24a—d, P. cyrsilus (lectotype); 25a—c, P. dryope (lectotype); 26a—c, P. atha- mas (lectotype); 27a—c, P. euhemerus (lectotype). Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 191 — Head about 2.5 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 4 : 11 : 4; frons faintly fan-like EPE en Te A ete mar, euhemerus Walker, 1835 Occipital carina present between some transverse striae on vertex, occiput strongly striated. Mesoscutum rather smooth, weakly coriaceous anteriorly; rest of mesosoma as in P. atha- mas. Basal foveae of T2 striated to half of tergite, midlobe between these smooth, except for a short median longitudinal carina; rest of tergites smooth; hairs on T3—T6 less deeply im- planted than in P. athamas; T6 0.7 times as long as broad at base. Black, shiny species. An- tennae black, A2 and A3 lighter. Fore femora black, tibiae light brown, tarsi lighter; middle femora black, tibiae brown, proximally lighter, tarsi light brown; hind femora black, tibiae dark brown, proximally lighter, tarsi brown. Length female 1.5 mm (figs. 27a—27c). Remarks. — Both Platygaster athamas and P. euhemerus seem to be rather variable, even in morphological characters, such as the structure of the midlobe of the mesoscutum, the de- pressions of the scutellum and the striation of T2. A good character seems to be the micros- culpture on the propodeum between the carinae: P. euhemerus has distinct transverse carinae here, somewhat stronger in females than in males. P. athamas was reared from Bayeria capi- tigena Br. on Euphorbia esula L. (“The Netherlands, Wessum, August 1971, leg. Vlug”) and Rhabdophaga terminalis H. Loew on Salix alba L. (“The Netherlands, Brandwijk, July 1973, leg. Vlug”). The specimens from À. terminalis are larger than those from B. capitigena. Other reared material of this species is from Wachtliella rosarum Hardy on Rosa sp. (“The Nether- lands, Cuyk, September 1973, leg. Vlug”). NE REN en ogee 25 A OR en nen as Biba dead SR 47 . T5 either only slightly broader than long or as long as broad at base or longer than broad (cf. ER EN IR ER RR N yet 26 ne mse (cf: fips 410500) Lu. 2 ME eden en drinn 38 go broad ar base (cf. figs. 28c-—33c) ....::4....2.4...444444 ee en. a7 e tant lone (cl. fies: dc 40C) orn. enen ee en een 32 . T3—T6 strongly depressed and flattened dorsally; T2 ventrally without a hump between hind EE ph Buln SEE wie ETA a le ele dalen 28 T3—T6 more or less convex dorsally in transverse section; T2 possessing a hump antero-ven- DE EON PU Woe Ao ad a ap 29 Sees fed. fereites without microsculpture … 4 ......................... gyge Walker, 1835 Head 2.3 times as broad as long; OOL : POL: LOL = 5: 16: 7; frons transversely coria- ceous with a clear midline from median ocellus to clypeus; temple as long as diameter of an eye; occiput weakly and transversely striated. Mesoscutum longitudinally coriaceous; notauli complete and deep; scutellum moderately convex, just above level of mesoscutum; propleu- rae with microsculpture in its upper half; mesopleurae striated in their upper arc; propodeum at sides densely covered with long hairs, carinae well developed. T1 crenulated; basal foveae of T2 not very deep, possessing striae to half of tergite; rest of tergites smooth, shiny; T3 trapezoidal; T4 tapering gradually, 1.8 as long as broad at base; T5 parallel. Black, shiny spe- cies. Antennae dark brown, A2 and base of A3 lighter. Legs red, fore legs lighter. Length female 2.6 mm (figs. 28a—28c). Remarks. — Platygaster longiventris Thomson 1859 (syn. nov.) proved to be conspecitic with P. gyge. I compared the lectotype of P. gyge with material of P. longiventris, identified by Huggert. A detailed description of this species is given by Huggert (1973). Legs dark brown, except distal part of fore legs, which is brownish. T2—T6 with longitudinal microsculpture, tergites at their joints smooth ...................... attenuata Walker, 1835 Head 2.1 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 5 : 15 : 7; frons smooth, except a fine microsculpture towards the eyes and around antennal sockets; around ocelli finely coria- ceous; occiput finely transversely striated. Notauli complete; mesoscutum longitudinally co- riaceous; scutellum moderately convex, slightly above level of mesoscutum; Propodeum at 192 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) 30b 31b sia: 32C 31C I Figs. 28—32. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, metasoma (dorsal view); d, metasoma (lateral view). 28a—c, Platygaster gyge (lectotype): 29a—d, P. attenuata (paralectotype no. 1074 in NMI); 30a—c, P. acrisius (lecto- type); 31a—c, P. munita (lectotype); 32a—d, P. tisias (paralectotype no. 288 in NMI). Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 193 sides densely covered with hairs, carinae well developed. T1 with two well defined keels, be- tween these two moderately deep pits; T2 densely striated to one-third of tergite; metasoma from middle of second tergite on tapering very gradually, T4 and T5 nearly parallel and T6 sharply pointed; ovipositor of lectotype extruded and as long as abdomen. Black, shiny spe- cies. Antennae black. Legs blackish brown; fore tibiae apically and tarsi brownish. Length female 2.4 mm (figs. 29a—29d). 29. Wings clear. T1 with two carinae, in between these smooth; T2 about 1.8 times as long as broad gc ats widest, posterior part, the sides nearly parallel......:........:.... acrisius Walker, 1835 A8 and A9 as long as broad; vertex from behind strongly, half-circularly striated. Head 1.8 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 4: 14 : 6; frons completely irregularly coria- ceous. Notauli complete; mesoscutum longitudinally coriaceous; scutellum convex, above mesoscutum; propodeum not particularly hairy, carinae well developed. T1 crenulated, with two sharp keels, smooth in between; T2 with rather deep basal foveae, striated to half of ter- gite and between these some striae on tongue-like midlobe; T3—T6 with longitudinal micro- sculpture; joints of tergites thickened, tergites convex in cross-section. Black, shiny species. Antennae black. Legs dark brown, all tarsi lighter. Length female 2.4 mm (figs. 30a—30c). — Wings infuscated. T1 with two or three carinae. T2 1.2 times as long as broad at its widest part, Eene and tapering backwards .….......... aen ee eeen en 30 Eee DUO PL M dere wende Dunn munita Walker, 1835 A8 and A9 slightly longer than broad. Vertex with some incomplete carinae. Head 2.4 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 5 : 15 : 7; lower half of frons weakly transversely striated, middle of frons smooth and shiny; coriaceous along eyes and around median ocel- lus; occiput with strong, transverse carinae. Mesoscutum longitudinally coriaceous; notauli complete; propleurae smooth, shiny, at shoulders weakly coriaceous; scutellum postero- laterally with shallow, roundish impressions. T1 with two strong carinae, anterior lobe be- tween these elevated as a transparent brown lamella; T2 with very deep basal foveae, which are weakly striated to middle of tergite; T4 1.2 times as long as broad at base; T5 1.9 times as long as broad, linear; T4 and T5 with superficial sculpture; T6 pointed apically. Black, shiny species. Antennae black. Legs dark brown, all tibiae distally somewhat lighter. Length female 2.0 mm (figs. 31a—31c). Aa A ER A NL CT 31 31. T1 with two carinae. A8 and A9 slightly shorter than broad (2.8: 3). Head about 1.6 times as OP SN PNG MS A EL AN AT. tisias Walker, 1835 OOL : POL: LOL = 5: 14: 6; frons rather smooth; ocellar region coriaceous, occiput transversely coriaceous. Notauli complete; mesoscutum longitudinally coriaceous; scutellum moderately convex, slightly above level of mesoscutum; propodeum not densely covered with long hairs, carinae high. T1 crenulated; basal foveae of T2 deep and striated, striation continuing to one-third of length; midlobe between basal foveae tongue-like with some striae; rest of metasoma smooth, joints between tergites thickened. Black, shiny species. An- tennae dark brown. Wings infuscated. Legs dark brown, fore tibiae apically and all tarsi lighter. Length female 1.6 mm (figs. 32a—32d). — T1 with three carinae. A8 and A9 clearly longer than broad (4 : 3). Head about 2.3 times as ae OU Ter ver. Pg LE DREI rasi chrysippus Walker, 1835 OOL : POL : LOL = 3 : 8 : 3; frons smooth in middle part, striated above antennal sockets, transversely striate to coriaceous at both sides of the smooth middle part; ocellar region co- riaceous with strong transverse striation between lateral ocelli; occiput striated. Notauli complete, midlobe between them coriaceous, posteriorly longitudinally coriaceous; a coria- 194 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) pn 5 33d 33¢ 35a se si 34c 38a Figs. 33—38. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, metasoma (dorsal view); d, metasoma (lateral view). 33a—d, Platygaster chrysippus (lectotype); 34a—c, P. oeclus (lectotype); 35a—c, P. gorge (lectotype); 36a—c, P. oebalus (paralectotype no. 296 in NMI); 37a—c, P. iolas (lectotype); 38a—c, P. demades (authors collection). Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 195 ceous strip at outer side of notauli, then a smooth area and laterally roughly punctate with scaly hair-ımplantations; propleurae coriaceous with hairs in upper one-third; lower two- thirds smooth with a few hairs; scutellum relatively convex, only slightly above mesoscutum. T1 crenulated with two carinae; basal foveae of T2 smooth, a short striation on the lobe be- tween these, rest of tergite smooth; T3—T6 anterior with faint longitudinal sculpture, be- coming stronger posteriorly. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown, distal end of A2 and entire A3 lighter. Wings slightly infuscated. Fore legs brown, femur proximally darker, tibiae darker in the middle; middle femora for the larger part dark brown to black, distally lighter, tibiae dark brown, proximally and distally somewhat lighter; hind legs uniformly brown. Length female 1.9 mm (figs. 33a—33d). what broader than long #51: 222.0 222.2. 2000 ee a 33 e me wat longer than broad-............. ni. ii. Alam sone... 35 33. A3—A5 longer than broad; A3 and A4 connected as usual; A7—A10 flattened................ een un oeclus Walker, 1835 Head 2.2 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 5 : 15 : 5; frons coriaceous, except central part which is smooth; transverse striation above and at sides of antennal sockets; rather strong transverse striation behind ocellar region. Notauli complete and smooth; meso- scutum longitudinally coriaceous; scutellum moderately convex, just above level of mesoscu- tum. T1 with two strong carinae; T2 with deep, striated, basal foveae, possessing a broad, striated tongue in the middle; striation of T2 extending to one-third, rest of tergite as well as rest of metasoma smooth, except T5 which has a very faint sculpture. Black, shiny species. Wings slightly infuscated. Antennae dark brown. Legs dark brown, fore tibiae apically and fore tarsi lighter. Length female 1.8 mm (figs. 34a—34c). — A3—A5 broader than long; A3 closely and broadly united with A4; A7—A10 notflattened.. 34 34. Legs brownish. Head about 1.9 times as broad aslong................... gorge Walker, 1835 OOL : POL: LOL = 5: 13 : 6; frons faintly coriaceous, ocellar region coriaceous, behind median ocellus and on occiput transversely striated. Notauli complete, midlobe between them longitudinally coriaceous and implantations of hairs scaly; partly smooth at sides of no- tauli; scutellum convex, posterior part nearly vertically sloping towards propodeum; propo- deum with high carinae, their flat surface with sculpture. T1 crenulated with two clear carı- nae; T2 with deep basal foveae, tongue in between slightly prominent with a few striae; some striae in basal foveae extending to one-third of tergite, rest of T2 smooth; T3—T6 smooth. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown, except distal part of A2 and proximal part of A3 which are lighter. Legs brown, all femora and tibiae of hind legs darker, all last tarsal seg- ments dark. Length female 1.5 mm (figs. 35a—35c). — Legs black. Head about 2.3 times as broad as long ..................... oebalus Walker, 1835 OOL : POL : LOL = 4 : 14 : 5; frons with a weak midline, at sides of this line faintly fan- like striated, above antennal sockets more strongly transversely striated and upper part of frons and ocellar region irregularly coriaceous (this character is variable; the lectotype has a rather coarse frons and the midline is less distinct); occiput coriaceous and vertex roughly and transversely striated. Notauli complete; mesoscutum entirely longitudinally coriaceous; scutellum convex, above level of mesoscutum, more gradually sloping towards propodeum as in P. gorge; propodeal carinae strong and high. T1 roughly crenulated, with two clear cari- nae; striated basal foveae of T2 possessing a striated tongue, striation of both extending to one-third of tergite and rest of T2 smooth; T3 smooth; T4 and T5 very faintly sculptured; T6 smooth (in some specimens, e.g. the lectotype, there is a tendency to fusion of T5 and T6). Black, shiny species. Antennae black. Legs black. T6 somewhat lighter than rest of tergites. Length female 1.8 mm (figs. 36a—36c). 196 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) 35. T5 rather smoûth:: «Jeune! bee ves carte sede ds es oe i tolas Walker, 1835 Head 2.4 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 4 : 11 : 7; frons apparently smooth but with an impressed line from median ocellus to clypeus and at sides of this line very finely fan-lıke striated; ocellar region and occiput strongly transversely striated. Notauli incom- plete, but evident ın posterior part of mesoscutum; mesoscutum smooth, except for the scale- like implantations of hairs; scutellum moderately convex, just above level of mesoscutum; propodeum very short, strip-like in the middle and hidden under scutellum. T1 crenulated in anterior half, posterior half rather smooth; T2 with deep, bare and striated basal foveae; mid- lobe with a few striae, foveae with striae reaching half the length of tergite, remainder smooth; rest of metasoma smooth, except T5 which has some very faint longitudinal rugosi- ty. Black, shiny species. Antennae black. Legs blackish brown, fore tarsi somewhat lighter. Length female 1.3 mm (figs. 37a—37c). — + TS wäh sculpture … 1.2. 2-2: a a a SE 36 36: Wingselear. LA, demades Walker, 1835 Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6: 13 : 6; frons with a clear midline from median ocellus to clypeus, at both sides with a moderately strong fan-like striation; ocellar region and occiput transversely striated. Notauli incomplete, forming posteriorly a midlobe which reaches the scutellum; midlobe more or less elevated above latero-posterior parts of mesoscutum; these latero-posterior parts depressed and provided with long hairs; mesoscutum rugose-coriaceous; scutellum strongly convex, above level of mesoscutum; pro- pleurae finely longitudinally coriaceous; propodeum with very short and high carinae. T1 strongly crenulated; T2 with bare basal foveae, area in between not conspicuously tongue- like; striation on T2 over whole width, extending to half of tergite; T3 smooth, with a trans- verse line of deeply implanted hairs which is interrupted in the middle; T4 smooth with two irregular transverse lines of deeply implanted hairs; T5 for the most part longitudinally ru- gose with some hairs, smooth at extreme anterior = posterior borders; T6 smooth with a few scattered hairs. Antennae black. All femora black; fore tibiae and tarsi reddish brown; middle and hind tibiae dark brown, tarsi lighter. Length of female 1.6 mm (figs. 38a—38c). Remarks. — This species is frequently reared from various gallmidge hosts and is especial- ly known as an important parasite of Dasineura mali Kieffer on apple. — Wings mfuseated |; 2032. TY opucgiuot ed. ages a dti prato a eee 37 37. Head, mesoscutum and scutellum densely covered with long hairs ......... orcus Walker, 1835 Antennae less slender than in P. pelias; head 2.1 times as broad as long; OOL : POL: LOL = 5: 15: 6; frons rather smooth, its upper half finely fan-like coriaceous; ocellar re- gion and occiput strongly transversely striated. Notauli incomplete; mesoscutum densely haired, hair-implantations scale-like; structure of midlobe between notauli as in P. demades; scutellum strongly convex, densely hairy, especially at sides; propleurae smooth with very fine sculpture. T1 entirely crenulated; T2 with deep basal foveae; striation of T2 over whole width of tergite and extending over half of tergite; T3 and T4 smooth with a few deeply im- planted hairs; T5 as in P. demades; T6 smooth. Black, shiny species. Antennae black, A2 api- cally lighter. Legs blackish brown, tarsi somewhat lighter. Length female 1.6 mm (figs. 39a— 39c). — Scutelluna sparsely hairy... vibgue: LE „sl bas san ma Ta pelias Walker, 1835 Antennae slender; head 2.1 times as broad as long; OOL : POL: LOL = 5: 12 : 5; frons smooth, very finely alutaceous; ocellar region transversely striated. Notauli incomplete; mesoscutum as in P. orcus; propleurae finely coriaceous; scutellum strongly convex, sparsely hairy. T1 crenulated, the two carinae conspicuous; T2 with deep, striated basal foveae, with- Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 197 Figs. 39—44. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, metasoma (dorsal view). 39a—c, Platygaster orcus (lecto- type); 40a—c, P. pelias (lectotype); 41a—c, P. nisus (lectotype); 42a—c, P. manto (paralectotype no. 1154 in NMI); 43a—c, P. pedasus (lectotype); 44a—c, P. oscus (lectotype). 198 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) out striation on midlobe in between; striation of T2 extending to half of tergite; T3 and 14 with a few hairs, not particularly deeply implanted; T5 as in P. demades; T6 smooth. Black, shiny species. Antennae black, A2 somewhat lighter. Fore legs dark brown, tibiae proximally and apically and tarsı lighter; middle and hind legs black, tarsi somewhat lighter. Length fe- male 1.4 mm (figs. 40a—40c). Remarks. — I have reared series of P. pelias from Lasioptera rubi Heeg. on Rubus sp. col- lected in Bitsche, France, the type locality ot Platygaster ruborum Kieffer, 1916 (sensu Hug- gert, 1973). P. pelias is identical with P. ruborum (syn. nov.). P. demades, P. orcus and P. pelias are strikingly similar but differ from each other by characters mentioned in the key and by different measurements. The similarity may eventually result in synonymy after detailed study of long series of reared material. Different hosts may affect the size and other charac- ters of specimens. Until further study has been undertaken, I prefer to maintain these three taxa. 38. Notauli absent or only evident at their extreme posterionpart RR 39 — ‘Notaulicomplete or nearly se.) .. 224... en ee 41 39. Light coloured species with partially yellow antennae and yellowish legs. Mesocutum smooth. . . vennen eee PEE Ste Be Tay ER NR Ey ote rr he BENN nisus Walker, 1835 Head 1.8 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 5 :9 : 5; frons nearly smooth; ocellar region transversely alutaceous; occiput transversely striated. Notauli indicated posteriorly, possessing a midlobe which covers base of scutellum; mesoscutum nearly bare, except poste- rior part which is provided with long hairs, covering groove between mesoscutum and scu- tellum; scutellum ovoid, smooth, laterally with some hairs; propodeal carinae high and rela- tively long, somewhat diverging. T1 crenulated; T2 with smooth basal foveae, its midlobe smooth as well as rest of metasoma. Brown, shiny species, head darker. Antennae yellowish, 5-segmented club darker. Legs yellowish, last tarsal segments darker. Length female 0.9 mm (figs. 41a—41c). Remarks. — The brownish colour may be artificial. In my collection I have a female (“Ire- land, Calory Lower, c.o. Wicklow. Irish Grid Reference O.234119. 12-7-1983, leg. Vlug”) which is perfectly black, except T1 which is somewhat brownish (Irish specimens tend to be darker than usual; Graham, pers. comm). In my Irish specimen the prolongation of the cen- tral mesoscutal part is less prolonged than in the lectotype. — Dark brown or black species with dark legs and antennae and with at least microsculpture on OOL : POL: LOL = 6: 9: 4; frons smooth; ocellar region with faint sculpture; occiput and vertex transversely striated. Notauli very faintly indicated in their posterior part, mid- lobe between notauli just reaching the somewhat protruded scutellum; mesoscutum nearly smooth, anterior part with superficial sculpture; scutellum moderately convex, smooth; pro- podeal carinae not particularly high, somewhat diverging. T1 crenulated; T2 with striated basal foveae, midlobe with some short striae; striation of T2 not exceeding one-third of ter- gite, rest smooth; T3—T6 smooth with some fine hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown, scape apically, and A2—A3 lighter. Legs dark brown, all tibiae proximally lighter and all tarsi, except the last segments, light brown. Length female (PLT) 1.0 mm (figs. 42a— 42c). — Headabout 1.7 times as broad as long, broadly rounded behind eyes ..... pedasus Walker, 1835 'OOL: POL: LOL = 5: 9: 4; frons finely fan-like alutaceous; occiput with some short transverse striae; occipital region finely coriaceous. Notauli evident in posterior half, oblique and fading in anterior half; midlobe between notauli not quite reaching scutellum; mesoscu- tum smoothly coriaceous; scutellum moderately convex, smooth; propodeal carinae not par- Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 199 ticularly high and long. T1 crenulated; T2 with a broad central lobe, straight and smooth in its anterior part; basal foveae of T2 deep and striated to half of tergite, rest of tergite smooth; T3 and T4 smooth with a few hairs; T5 with a narrow transverse strip of fine rugosity in front of a complete row of deeply implanted hairs; T6 rather smooth with some hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae brown. All femora brown, all tibiae light brown, all tarsi yellowish except last tarsal segments which are darker. Length female 1.5 mm (figs. 43a—43c). OO LE Soi OD wi SET Te ee 42 ee 12 more or less Striated,: . 2... LU ee hoede ie ee 44 42. Frons nearly smooth with some superficial striation ..................... oscus Walker, 1835 Head 1.7 times as broad as long; OOL : POL: LOL = 6: 13: 6; ocellar area irregularly coriaceous; occiput strongly transversely striated. Notauli nearly complete; mesoscutum co- riaceous; central lobe between notauli rounded posteriorly and just covering base of scutel- lum; scutellum moderately convex, rather densely haired, especially laterally; propodeal cari- nae high. T1 with two well defined carinae; T2 with broad, rather deep and smooth basal foveae, tongue between foveae relatively narrow and smooth; rest of tergite smooth with some fine hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown, scape brown and A2—A6 light- er. Legs overall light brown, last tarsal segments darker. Length female 1.5 mm (figs. 44a— 44c). — Frons striated or with somewhat coarse sculpture above antennal sockets ................. 43 43. Frons striated fan-like with transverse striae above antennal sockets ....... aegeus Walker, 1835 Head 2.3 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6: 20: 8; ocellar region and occiput strongly transversely striated. Notauli deep and nearly complete; mesoscutum for the larger part smooth, anterior part, lateral borders and to some extent along notauli, rugose; midlobe between notauli extending as a broad, nearly straight ending plate over base of scutellum; scutellum moderately convex, roundish, excavated latero-posteriorly; postscutellum clearly visible as a brown lamella; propodeal carinae high, rather long, and wide apart, area in be- tween smooth; lateral parts of propodeum long and densely haired. T1 relatively long with two well defined carinae, area between with two deep pits; T2 with deep and smooth basal foveae, rest of tergite smooth, except hind border which is finely punctate; rest of metasoma finely punctate. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown, A2—A3 somewhat lighter. All femora dark brown, all tibiae and tarsi yellowish brown. Length female 2.0 mm (figs. 45a— 45c). — Frons finely fan-like alutaceous-coriaceous; lower half of frons transversely rugose............ ee te eh ADG Lun te minthe Walker, 1835 Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 7: 15 : 5; ocellar region irregularly coriaceous; occiput transversely striated. Notauli nearly complete; mesoscutum for the larger part superficially coriaceous; posterior part of midlobe between notauli smooth, this lobe broadly rounded posteriorly and reaching base of scutellum; scutellum convex, smooth and taterally with some hairs; propodeal carinae strong and high. T1 relatively long with two lon- gitudinal carinae and a crenulated strip over the whole width; anterior part of T1 appearing as an elevated ridge; T2 with deep, broad and smooth basal foveae; tongue between these foveae rather narrow and smooth, rest of T2 smooth; T3—T6 nearly smooth, very finely punctured in posterior part and provided with deeply implanted hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae black, A2 apically and A3 proximally lighter. All femora brown, proximally light- er; fore tibiae and tarsi yellowish; middle and hind tibiae light brown with dark apical part; middle and hind tarsi yellowish. Length female 1.7 mm (figs. 46a—46c). e Se shehtlyor distinctly longer than broad …… … 4. .................1....:.....a. 45 ect broader than longer. Wis du oade Lac wee fer ana ot 46 200 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) re EN 4 47b b — — 47a 45c () È 48b | 48a re 46c fs 50b 48c () N 49c BOE 50a Figs. 45—50. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, metasoma (dorsal view). 45a—c, Platygaster aegeus (lecto- type); 46a—c, P. minthe (lectotype); 47a—c, P. ennius (lectotype); 48a—c, P. sagana (paralectotype no. 396 ın NMI); 49a—c, P. philinna (lectotype); 50a—c, P. eriphyle (lectotype). Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 201 45. Antennae slender, all segments distinctly longer than broad; A2—A5 yellowish ............... TRE A AR EL mule Ark Jul ala ennius Walker, 1835 Head 2.2 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6 : 12 : 6; frons with superficial fan- like striation, weak transverse striation above antennal sockets; ocellar region and occiput transversely striated. Notauli nearly complete, rather vague anteriorly; mesoscutum rather smooth, its anterior one-third, lateral margins and along notauli coriaceous; midlobe between notauli rounded posteriorly and not quite reaching scutellum, elevated between depressed lateral and hairy parts of mesoscutum; scutellum smooth, laterally haired, convex; propodeal carinae not particularly high. T1 entirely crenulated; T2 with narrow, striated basal foveae, its midlobe relatively broad and striated in its anterior part; striation of T2 extending to one- third of tergite, rest smooth; T3—T6 smooth, with single rows of deeply implanted hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae brown, A2—AS lighter. All femora dark brown; all tibiae and tarsi lighter, last tarsal segments darker. Length female 1.3 mm (figs. 47a—47c). — Antennae not particularly slender; A8 and A9 slightly longer than broad; antennae entirely EE 10 S508). SU At Ba ronde Muse sagana Walker, 1835 Head 1.9 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 4: 11 : 4; frons faintly alutaceous to coriaceous; ocellar region transversely coriaceous; occiput transversely reticulate to coria- ceous. Notauli complete; mesoscutum longitudinally coriaceous; midlobe between notauli slightly prolonged, narrowly rounded and not quite reaching scutellum; scutellum moder- ately convex, coriaceous and bare; propodeal carinae well defined. T1 crenulate, with two carinae; T2 with superficially striated basal foveae, midlobe in between these rounded and smooth; striation not extending one-third of tergite; T3—T6 smooth with some very fine hairs. Black, shiny species. Wings infuscated. Antennae blackish brown. Legs dark brown, fore legs with lighter markings. Length female 1.1 mm (figs. 48a—48c). 46. Frons roughly and strongly coriaceous. Striation of T2 extending over half of tergite........... mL DER london certi... philinna Walker, 1835 Head 1.4 times as broad as long; OOL : POL: LOL = 7 : 18 : 8; ocellar region coriaceous to rugose; occiput strongly transversely striated. Notauli complete and strong; mesoscutum longitudinally coriaceous, anterior part with two smooth longitudinal strips; midlobe be- tween notauli not particularly extended, rather pointed and not reaching scutellum; scutel- lum moderately convex, coriaceous; propodeal carinae strong and wide apart. T1 with two carinae, crenulate in between and outside these carinae; T2 with broad basal foveae, lobe be- tween these relatively narrow and straight in front; entire width of tergite closely striated, extending over half of tergite; T3—T5 smooth with some deeply implanted hairs laterally; T6 with transverse rugose strip. Black, shiny species. Antennae black. Legs dark brown, fore legs lighter. Length female 2.2 mm (figs. 49a—49c). — Frons nearly smooth; some transverse wrinkles above antennal sockets. Striation on T2 not EEM) NL OU, II Hr] ea eriphyle Walker, 1835 Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6: 15 : 5; ocellar region and vertex weakly transversely striate, occiput transversely rugose. Notauli complete; mesoscutum lon- gitudinally coriaceous; midlobe between notauli pointed but not reaching scutellum; scutel- lum moderately convex, coriaceous, with some hairs laterally; propodeal carinae strong. T1 crenulated with two moderately strong carinae; T2 with deep, striated, basal foveae, moder- ately striated on lobe in between foveae; striae not extending to half ot tergite, rest smooth; T3—T6 smooth with some very fine hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae blackish brown. Legs dark brown, tarsi somewhat lighter. Length female 1.5 mm (figs. 50a—50c). 47. T1 not crenulated but with two or three longitudinal carinae; area in between smooth ....... 48 202 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) — TI crenulated, carinae not prominent and evident between crenulae ...................... 50 48. Occipital carina incomplete but evident, adjoined by a few transverse striae................... ELL RR LEALE REI IEEE TE bucolion Walker, 1835 Head 2.3 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 5 : 12 : 5; frons coriaceous, less so in the middle; some transverse wrinkles above antennal sockets; ocellar region and occiput co- riaceous with a clear carina and some adjoining striae. Notauli complete; mesoscutum longi- tudinally coriaceous; midlobe between notauli slightly prominent, somewhat upcurved api- cally with a median, short apical carina; scutellum moderately convex, just above level of mesoscutum; propodeal carinae strong, with flattened surface; carinae parallel and slightly longer than gap between them. T1 with three longitudinal carinae, areas between them smooth and lateral ot carinae crenulated with some hairs; T2 with moderately deep basal fo- veae, these sparsely hairy and not particularly striated; midlobe between basal foveae broad, with some striae; rest of tergites smooth. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown, scape and A2 proximally lighter. Legs brown, fore legs lighter, all tarsi reddish yellow except the dark apical segments. Length male 1.5 mm (figs. 51a—51c). Remarks. — Platygaster bucolion may very well be the male of P. munita. Rearing results may elucidate this problem. — ‚Neo oceipital carina; occiputmot:slishtlyistriated. venere eta le ME 49 49: Frons:smooih.Metasomashortiy. lehrer ein de IRA deipyla Walker, 1835 Head 1.8 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6 : 11 : 5; ocellar region weak trans- versely coriaceous, occiput transversely coriaceous to striated. Notauli complete; mesoscu- tum coriaceous anteriorly, in the middle and posteriorly weakly longitudinally coriaceous; lateral lobes of mesoscutum partly smooth; scutellum slightly convex, weakly coriaceous; propodeal carinae long and high. T1 with two carinae, in between these smooth, laterally somewhat crenulated; T2 with moderately deep basal foveae, which are striated to one-third of tergite, rest of tergite smooth; T3—T7 smooth. Black, shiny species. Antennae brown. Wings infuscated. Legs preponderantly brown, coxae and femora darker, fore legs somewhat lighter. Length male 1.2 mm (figs. 52a—52c). Remarks. — Platygaster deipyla seems to be conspecific with P. plotina. There are slight differences in the measurements of the head (in P. plotina 1.7 times as broad as long and OOL : POL: LOL = 5 : 13 : 6) and in the form of the metasoma. The metasoma in the lec- totype of P. deipyla, however, is not fully extracted. The colour of the antennae in P. plotina is blackish (for P. plotina, see figs. 57a—57c). The female of P. tisias might well be conspecif- ic with both ?. deipyla and P. plotina. Reared series of these species may elucidate the ques- tion of their synonymy. — Frons coriaceous, except central part which is smooth; transverse wrinkles above antennal sockets. Metasoma long ....:.-2 41. (oan) oe KEE evadne Walker, 1835 Head 1.8 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 4 : 15 : 6; ocellar region coriaceous; occiput transversely striated. Notauli complete; mesoscutum coriaceous, posterior part lon- gitudinally coriaceous; scutellum moderately convex, coriaceous; propodeal carinae strong, long and diverging. T1 with two strong keels, with a short median keel between them, lateral parts at a lower level; T2 with deep, superficially striated basal foveae, midlobe with some striae; striation of T2 to one-third of tergite, rest smooth; rest of metasoma appearing smooth, however, with high magnification some fine coriaceous sculpture becomes visible. Black, shiny species. Antennae blackish brown. Legs blackish brown, tarsi somewhat lighter. ‚Length male 1.6 mm (figs. 53a—53c). Remarks. — Platygaster evadne represents the male of P. attenuata. I select here the name P. attenuata with P. evadne as synonym (syn. nov.). The male, with its remarkable long metasoma which is curved down apically, seems to be a typical example of the male sex of the “attenuata group”. Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 203 2a = 9 N 520 53 e 99 g i i er me? 57a 9 8 SA es 96€ 57b Figs. 51—57. a, antenna; b. head (dorsal view); c, metasoma (dorsal view). 51a—c, Platygaster bucolion (lecto- type); 52a—c, P. deipyla (lectotype); 53a—c, P. evadne (paralectotype no. 344 in NMI); 54a—c, P. zosine (lec- totype); 55a—c, P. abisares (lectotype); 56a—c, P. cleodaeus (lectotype); 57a—c, P. plotina (lectotype); 58, male antenna of P. manto (lectotype). 204 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) 50. Occipital carina present and complete, anteriorly joined by some transverse carinae............ ET TREE BRE TRE EE RER zosine Walker, 1835 Head 2.5 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 5 : 13 : 4; frons with very weak, fan- like striation, nearly smooth. Notauli incomplete; mesoscutum nearly smooth, hair implanta- tions scaly; scutellum convex with scattered hairs; propodeal carinae short and high. T1 strongly crenulated; T2 with deep basal foveae which are striated, striation extending to half of tergite; lobe between basal foveae of T2 with some short striae; rest of metasoma smooth, T3—T6 with some deeply implanted hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae black. Wings slightly infuscated. Legs black, fore tibiae and fore tarsi brownish. Length male 1.3 mm (figs. 54a —54c). — Occipital carina wanting (or not evident between striae; in this case striae rather strong); occi- put very weakly transversely striated „rente Atl. INDIE IE Sl 51. Frons with very fine fan-like alutaceous sculpture, nearly smooth; occiput with some short, su- perficial striae 0... LETI DATE abisares Walker, 1835 Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6 : 13 : 6. Notauli incomplete; meso- scutum with very fine coriaceous sculpture; scutellum moderately convex, nearly smooth; propodeum with well defined carinae. T1 rather strongly crenulated; T2 with short, smooth, basal foveae, sometimes superficially striated; midlobe between basal foveae of T2 with coarse sculpture at its extreme base, rest of tergite smooth (in the case of superficial striae, these extending to one-third of tergite); rest of tergites smooth, with a few, superficially im- planted hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown. Fore femora distally, fore tibiae apically and tarsal segments light brown; middle and hind legs dark brown, their tibiae api- cally and distally and their tarsal segments light brown. Length male 1.3 mm (figs. 55a—55c). Remarks. — There is no reason to treat P. abisares and P. cleodaeus Walker, 1835, as sepa- rate species. The antennae and legs in P. cleodaeus are somewhat lighter and the mea- surements slightly different (for P. cleodaeus, see figs. 55a—55c). I select here the species name P. abisares with P. cleodaeus as synonym (syn. nov.). — Frons smooth, vertexand oecıpugstnatedn.. I re E manto Walker, 1835 Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 4 : 10 : 4. Notauli only clear in their posterior half; mesoscutum rather smooth with some fine hairs; scutellum moderately con- vex, just above level of mesoscutum; propodeum with short, but strong carinae. T2 with short basal foveae and with a few weak longitudinal striae, rest of tergite smooth; T3—T7 smooth. Black, shiny species. Antennae entirely dark brown. Fore legs dark brown, femora apically, fore tibiae with thickened apical part and tarsi lighter; middle and hind legs dark brown, joints between femora and tibiae somewhat lighter. Length male 0.9 mm (fig. 58). Synopeas Foerster 1. Occiput with strong carina, inte AL RENO PETE 2 — Occiput without or with'a weak, Shorticarina at: ARRONE 4 2. Scutellumwith aishortsspme-lketubercle a2. RI larides (Walker, 1835) Head 1.7 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 3 : 16 : 7; temples strongly narrowed behind eyes; head entirely pustulated. Mesoscutum pustulated; notauli indicated posteriorly, central lobe in between them ending in a small transparent projection; scutellum with an S- formed, brown transparent lamella from top of scutellar tubercle downwards; propodeum short, carinae fused and protruding backwards. Junction of T1 and T2 thickly haired dorso- laterally; tergites smooth, at their extreme end with microsculpture. All tibiae, especially fore tibiae strongly clubbed, their proximal part being very slender. Black species. Antennae dark brown, scape lighter. Fore legs dirty red; middle and hind legs brown, tibiae proximally red and tarsi red. Length of male 1.2 mm (figs. 59a—59d). Vrug: Types of Platygastridae 205 eeen wee sistiner spite: e nenn 3 3. Head entirely pustulated. Notauli absent; scutellum with a long, strong spine................. a ne © trebius (Walker, 1835) Head 2.3 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 2 : 17 : 7; temples strongly narrowed behind eyes; mesoscutum pustulated; central lobe between hypothetical notauli extended in- to a rounded plate which covers base of scutellum; propodeum long, carinae long and fused. Junction of T1 and T2 with three strong dorsal carinae; tergites smoothly shiny, posteriorly with fine microsculpture. Black species. Antennae black; scape reddish, A2 and A3 darker. Fore and middle legs entirely red; hind legs red, except femora and tibiae which are distally black. Length male 1.2 mm (figs. 60a—60d). — Head entirely reticulate coriaceous. Notauli present in their posterior half. Scutellum with a DRE UE MON AU A UNTIL Jan velutinus (Walker, 1835) Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 2 : 15 : 8; temples strongly narrowed behind eyes. Mesoscutum for the larger part rather faintly reticulate coriaceous; notauli-indi- cated only posteriorly; midlobe between notauli prolonged into a brown, transparent plate which covers base of scutellum; scutellum, seen laterally, not particularly convex and ending in a short, strong spine which has a lamella underneath; propodeal carinae strong and fused, prolongated posteriorly and nearly reaching base of T1; lateral areas of propodeum with long hairs in the postero-lateral triangle. T1 and base of T2 thickly haired, except in the middle; extreme hind border of T2 and T3-T6 with fine microsculpture. Black, shiny species. Anten- nae yellowish red, scape distally somewhat darker and A7—A10 dark brown. Legs prepon- derantly reddish yellow, middle and hind femora somewhat darker. Length female 1.1 mm (figs. 61a—61d). A pe DIE Le PS M MAT ads cele ann 5 seut or only posteriorly indicated ..........:. 0.2.0. eeen neen sene 6 ut 2 2 times as broad as long . ..............:.............. jasius (Walker, 1835) OOL : POL : LOL = 6 : 15 : 6; head entirely finely coriaceous, rather dull. Mesoscutum longitudinally coriaceous; midlobe between notauli continuing as a keel over scutellum and forming the spine; scutellum strongly triangular; propodeal carinae strong, separated more or less in their anterior part and fused posteriorly. Junction of T1 and T2 densely haired dor- so-laterally, T1 with a hollow area in the middle; T2 smooth, at its extreme end with fine microsculpture; T3—T6 with microsculpture; metasoma as long as mesosoma, broader than high. Black species. Antennae black, scape proximally lighter. Legs brown; fore tibiae and tarsi red; middle tibiae proximally, and tarsi red. Length female 1.4 mm (figs. 62a—62e). Remarks. — Synopeas jasius was often collected by Huggert and Vlug on freshly cut stumps of Quercus robur L., Quercus sp., Fraxinus and Acer ın Sweden, The Netherlands and Yugoslavia (Huggert, 1980); I observed this species ın Reading, Great Britain, ın September 1978, ovipositing in a freshly cut stump of (?) Fraxinus. In my collection I have also a female from Hungary (leg. Gijswijt). about 1.8 times as broad as long . ....:.................... craterus (Walker, 1835) OOL : POL : LOL = 7: 14 : 6; head completely reticulate coriaceous. Mesoscutum longi- tudinally coriaceous; midlobe between notauli touching scutellum but not continued as a keel; scutellum protruding anteriorly, armed posteriorly with a short spine; propodeal cari- nae fused, its top divided in two overhanging membraneous strips which are curved down apically. Metasoma 2.3 times as long as mesosoma, T2 at its widest point about as wide as high; T1 haired dorso-laterally, these hairs not extending to T2; T2 completely smooth; T3— T6 with microsculpture. Black species. Antennae entirely dark brown. Legs reddish brown, femora darker. Length female 2.0 mm (figs. 63a—63e). 206 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) Figs. 59—63. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c. scutellum (lateral view); d, metasoma (dorsal view); e, meta- | soma (lateral view). 59a—d, Synopeas larides (paralectotype no. 211 in NMI); 60a—d, S. trebius (lectotype); 61a—d, S. velutinus (lectotype); 62a—e, S. jasius (lectotype); 63a—e, S. craterus (paralectotype no. 185 in NMI). Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 207 Remarks. — Synopeas mamertes Kieffer, 1926, (syn. nov.) is conspecific with S. craterus (Walker). (See figs. 64a—64e). eran broadasdong:........, seer. senses abaris (Walker, 1835) OOL : POL: LOL = 3: 18 : 5; A4 conspicuously widened; head coriaceous. Mesoscutum longitudinally coriaceous; midlobe between notauli not prolonged and not touching scutel- lum; scutellum triangular with a short spine; keels of propodeum fused and in lateral view straight. Junction of T1 and T2 densely haired; T2 smooth, except for some superficial mi- crosculpture posteriorly; T3—T7 with microsculpture, T6 with a distinct transverse row of hairs. Black species. Antennae bright red, A6—A10 dark brown. Legs dark brown, fore fem- ora and tibiae and middle tarsi lighter. Length male 1.2 mm (figs. 65a—65d). 6. Scape apically moderately to strongly sinuate, without transparent lamella. T2 not ventrally re- nn 7 — Scape not sinuate, on its lower arc with transparent lamella. T2 ventrally recessed. 12 7. Scutellar line continuous with line of mesoscutum (no levelled gap present, cf. figs. 66c—69c) . 8 — Midlobe of mesoscutum prolonged as a smooth, roundish plate, clearly situated above level of De: cutcllum (levelled gap present, cf. figs. 70e—71€) rennen ae cee ee. 11 8. Head about 1.6 times as broad as broadest part of mesosoma; mesosoma more or less com- rte lansen oeren ar death eas myles (Walker, 1835) Head 1.9 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 2: 14: 6; head weakly pustulated with fine transverse microsculpture above antennal sockets. Mesoscutum with very fine alu- taceous sculpture, anteriorly more roughly sculptured; notauli indicated at their extreme posterior part, their midlobe ending in a small roundish plate which covers base of scutellum; mesoscutum 1.5 times as long as at broadest part; scutellum smooth, laterally haired; spine of scutellum of moderate length; propodeal carinae fused, only the top surface divided; lateral areas of propodeum hairy, more densely in their postero-lateral part. Junction of T1 and T2 thickly haired; T2 smooth; T3—T6 with fine microsculpture. Black, shiny species. Antennae brown, scape proximally lighter and A7—A10 darker. Fore femora brown, tibiae reddish and tarsi yellow; middle femora brown, tibiae proximally yellowish red and distally brown, tarsi yellowish red; hind femora brown, tibiae brown, proximally lighter and tarsi brownish. Length female 1.2 mm (figs. 66a—66e). Remarks. — Synopeas myles is here considered a Synopeas although it shares some charac- ters with Piestopleura. At first sight it looks like a Piestopleura, having the somewhat com- pressed mesosoma. | — Head not much broader than mesosoma; mesosoma not compressed like former species . ..... 9 Ce long and straight .................................. sosis (Walker, 1835) Head 2.5 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 2: 15 : 4; frons transversely coria- ceous; occipital carina hardly visible. Mesoscutum rather smoothly coriaceous, notauli absent but indicated by longitudinal coriaceous lines; midlobe between hypothetical notauli ending in a smooth, small hump which is membraneous and just covering base of scutellum; scutel- lum rather convex, smooth in its middle and haired at sides, provided apically with a short spiny lamella; propodeal carinae fused, straight and long. Junction of T1 and T2 haired, ex- cept for a narrow, bare gap in the middle; T2 smooth; T3—T6 smooth, each tergite with a narrow strip of microsculpture; T7 very small and smooth. Black, shiny species. Antennae dark brown, scape red. Fore legs red, tarsi yellow with last tarsal segment brownish; middle legs brownish, tibiae proximally yellowish, tarsi yellow, last tarsal segment darker; hind legs as middle legs, but overall slightly darker. Length male 1.2 mm (figs. 67a—67e). 208 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) Figs. 64-67. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, scutellum (lateral view); d, metasoma (dorsal view); e, meta- soma (lateral view). 64a—e, Synopeas mamertes (lectotype); 65a—d, S. abaris (paralectotype no. 197 in NMI); 66a—e, S. myles (lectotype); 67a—e, S. sosis (lectotype). Vrug: Types of Platygastridae 209 — Propodeal carinae short, fused and rounded, in lateral view more or less brown transparent in ie D EU a al sue Need... 10 about 116 times as broad as/long 444! 14.22.2204. an ee ee euryale (Walker, 1835) OOL : POL : LOL = 4 : 17 : 7; frons completely finely coriaceous; occipital carına present but weak and interrupted in the middle; vertex and occiput sculptured like frons. Mesoscu- tum coriaceous, ıts midlobe ending ın a small pointed plate, reaching scutellum; scuto-scutel- lar grooves broadly triangular; scutellum in lateral view not particularly convex, in the mid- dle elevated; this elevation continuing as a broad carına, sloping downwards to propodeal carinae; propodeal carınae strongly curved and fused. Junction of T1 and T2 thickly haired laterally; T2 smooth; T3—T5 with a single row of hairs and with microsculpture; T6 triangu- lar with microsculpture. Black, shiny species. Antennae yellowish red, club dark brown. Fore legs yellowish, femora darker; middle legs reddish, tibiae lighter and tarsi yellowish; hind legs brown, tibiae proximally lighter, tarsi yellowish. Length female 1.4 mm (figs. 68a — 68d). Er bout 2.1 times asibroad as long 32:24:44 0. ions hyllus (Walker, 1835) OOL : POL : LOL = 5 : 16 : 8; head weakly coriaceous with some fine transverse wrinkles above antennal sockets. Mesoscutum finely coriaceous, midlobe prolonged as a smooth, roundish hump, covering base of scutellum; scutellum smooth anteriorly, base below level of mesoscutum; rest of scutellum with rough sculpture, without spine, posteriorly with a short vertical lamella; propodeum very short, not well visible from above. Metasoma compressed, 1.3 times as high as broad and 1.8 times as long as mesosoma; sternites strongly elevated; junction of T1 and T2 densely covered with long greyish hairs, bare in the middle; T2 smooth, T3—T6 with microsculpture. Black species. Antennae entirely black. Legs black; fore tibiae apically and fore tarsi reddish. Length female 1.6 mm (figs. 69a—69e). dark brown: toad, evn. varden eten ede ie rhanis (Walker, 1835) Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6 : 19 : 9; frons finely coriaceous with some transverse wrinkles above antennal sockets. Mesoscutum finely coriaceous, mid- lobe continuing as a smooth, roundish plate, high above level of base of scutellum. Junction of T1 and T2 with dense hairs, leaving a narrow, bare gap dorsally; T2 smooth, T3—T6 with microsculpture. Black species. Legs dark brown; fore femora lighter, tibiae reddish and tarsi dirty yellow; middle femora black, tibiae and tarsi reddish; hind legs black, tarsı red. Length female 1.8 mm (figs. 70a—70e). mA Ab reddish ...........:......................... acco (Walker, 1835) Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 7 : 18 : 8. Black species. Fore legs entirely reddish brown; middle femora brown, tibiae and tarsi red; hind femora brown, tibiae proximally red, distally darker, tarsi red. Rest of characters as in S. rhanis. Length female 1.8 mm (figs. 71a—71e). Remarks. — S. rhanis and S. acco are conspecific. They differ only slightly in the propor- tions of the ocellar triangle and different coloration. I select here the name S. rhanis with S. acco as a synonym (syn. nov.). This species is a common parasite of Dasineura urticae (Per- ris) on Urtica dioica L. 12. Head about 1.7 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 5 : 11 : 14. Head coriaceous with a very weak occipital carina; lamella on scape wide and clearly visible. ....................... EERE EEn (Sactogaster) tarsa (Walker, 1835) 210 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) Mesoscutum flattened, finely coriaceous; notauli traceable in their posterior one-third; mid- lobe between notauli pointed, prolonged as a bridge over scuto-scutellar groove, reaching basal part of scutellum; scutellar spine rather long and strong; propodeal carinae fused, their surface divided into two overhanging lamellae. Junction of T1 and T2 with long, dense hairs; T2 smooth, T3—T6 with microsculpture; second sternite compressed and recessed ventrally, the complete segment being 1.2 times as high as broad; T5 and T6 long, 6th 1.7 times as long as 5th. Black species. Antennae black, scape proximally red and A2—A5 somewhat lighter. Fore femora and tibiae reddish, tarsi dirty yellowish; middle femora dark brown, tibiae light- er, tarsi dirty yellow; hind femora dark brown, tibiae dark brown but proximally lighter and tarsi dirty yellow. Length female 1.4 mm (figs. 72a—72e). — Head about 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 3 : 12 : 17; head coriaceous, ver- tex with a transverse elevation which seems to be a blunt occipital carina; lamellae on scape narrower than in7Starsd wi) cher ari NE ie (Sactogaster) osaces (Walker, 1835) Mesoscutum longitudinally coriaceous; notauli indicated in their posterior one-third; mid- lobe between notauli pointed and somewhat protruding; scutellum as in S. tarsa. Junction of T1 and T2 with long, dense hairs; T2 completely smooth, T3—T6 with microsculpture; ster- nite 2 compressed and recessed ventrally, the complete segment being 1.1 times as high as broad; T5 and T6 long, 6th 2.0 times as long as 5th. Coloration as in S. tarsa, overall somew- hat lighter. Length female 1.3 mm (figs. 73a—73e). Piestopleura Foerster i. ‘THismooth)withio ntsc piuset nate entr Eee SISSI BE seron (Walker, 1835) Mesoscutum, scutellum and metasoma smooth, without hairs. Head 1.8 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 1 : 20 : 9; head roundish in front, coriaceous. Mesosoma com- pressed, length 2.1 times as long as broad at its broadest part; notauli absent; hind border of mesoscutum rounded, just reaching the protruded scutellum; mesoscutum for the larger part smooth with lateral areas of very fine microsculpture; scutellum straight with a long spine; propodeal carinae long, high and fused; lateral areas of propodeum large, more densely haired in its posterior part. T1 smooth, with an impression in its upper third; T2 with indica- tion of basal foveae and some very fine superficial microsculpture posteriorly; T3—T7 with distinct microsculpture. Black, shiny species. Antennae black, scape red. All legs yellowish red, hind femora and tibiae distally darker. Length male 1.6 mm (figs. 74a—74d). Remarks. — This species resembles Piestopleura mamertes in many ways. It differs from it in the sculpturing of T1 and in the coloration of antennae and legs. — Ti with longitudinal sculpture 0.00 RR ERA 2 2. T1 with two lateral grooves and with a crenulate transverse impression in the middle ........... 10m spl bout de RSR AIN ONE ne ne mamertes (Walker, 1835) Head 1.8 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 1 : 20 : 10; head in front roundish, somewhat broader than high, coriaceous. Mesosoma compressed, length 2.0 times as long as at broadest part; notauli very faintly indicated; hind border of mesoscutum rounded and not quite reaching the protruded scutellum; mesoscutum with fine microsculpture, medio- | laterally with a smooth area; scutellum not particularly convex, with a relatively long spine; propodeal carinae long, high and fused; lateral areas of propodeum large and regularly ! haired. T2 with shallow lateral foveae, posterior part with fine microsculpture; T2—T7 with | ‚ fine microsculpture. Blackish brown, shiny species. Antennae dark brown. All femora | brown; fore tibiae apically, middle and hind tarsi proximally, yellowish brown, rest darker; | all tarsi yellowish, except last tarsal segments which are dark. Length male 1.5 mm (figs. | 75a—75d). | LEE EEE Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 211 Figs. 68—71. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, scutellum (lateral view); d, metasoma (dorsal view); e, meta- soma (lateral view). 68a—d, Synopeas euryale (lectotype); 69a—e, S. hyllus (lectotype); 70a—e, S. rhanis (lecto- type); 7la—e, S. acco (lectotype). ha — bo TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) Figs. 72—76. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, scutellum (lateral view); d, metasoma (dorsal view); e, meta- soma (lateral view). 72a—e, Synopeas (Sactogaster) tarsa (lectotype); 73a—e, S. (Sactogaster) osaces (lectotype); 74a—d, Piestopleura seron (lectotype); 75a—d, P. mamertes (lectotype); 76a—d, P. catillus (authors collection). VLUG: Types of Platygastridae 213 — Ti with two lateral grooves, adjoined by longitudinal striae; basal part of Ti elevated .......... eenen erde ee ek God oo donnee catilla (Walker, 1835) Head slightly more than 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 1 : 20 : 8; head in frontal view roundish, 1.2 times as broad as high, with superficial microsculpture, transverse microsculpture above antennal sockets. Thorax and propodeum compressed, combined length nearly three times as long as at broadest part; mesoscutum nearly smooth, in its centre with fine microsculpture; notauli faintly indicated; hind border of mesoscutum nearly straight, just reaching the protruded scutellum; scutellum nail-like and ending in a strong, rather short spine; propodeal carinae close to each other, converging and fused posteriorly; lateral areas of propodeum haired, more densely postero-laterally. T2 with shallow, very finely striated basal foveae, rest of T2 smooth, except for postero-lateral corners which have the same fine microsculpture as on T3—T6. Black, shiny species. Antennae black, A1—-A6 somewhat lighter. Legs light brown, hind femur slightly darker. Length female 1.8 mm (figs. 76a—76d). Leptacis Foerster 1. Scutellum with a long needle-like prolongation or, at least suddenly constricted ............. 2 — Scutellum with a nail-like prolongation, in dorsal view tapering gradually to apex ........... 3 2. Head rounded, without occipital carina, entirely finely reticulate, rather dull, except behind EE ore er noch a ENT au laide as nice (Walker, 1835) Head 1.7 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 2 : 14 : 6. Notauli vaguely indicated; posterior part of mesoscutum covering base of scutellum as a narrow, semitransparent lamel- la; scutellum semicircular, convex, provided with a long, narrow spine, 1.5 times as long as broad at base (including spine); propodeal carınae fused and about as long as scutellar spine; lateral areas of propodeum sparsely covered with long hairs; wings densely hairy. T1 1.5 times as long as broad at base, slightly tapering posteriorly, proximally strongly swollen and densely haired at lateral borders; T2 without basal foveae; posterior part of T2 and T3—T7 with fine microsculpture. Light brown species with darkened head and metasoma. Antennae yellowish, A6—A10 darker. Legs yellowish. Length male 1.5 mm (figs. 77a—77d). — Head rounded, without occipital carina, finely alutaceous; occiput finely transversely reticulate, halia (Walker, 1835) orly and midlobe in between them just covering base of scutellum; scutellum semi-oval, con- vex, with a moderately long spine, 1.5 times as long as broad at base (including spine); propo- deal carinae close together but not fused and not particularly long. Wings widely haired. T1 1.4 times as long as broad; T2 posteriorly, and T3—T7 with smooth microsculpture. Black, shiny species. A1 and A2 light brown, rest of antennae slightly darker. Legs light brown, middle and hind femora and tibiae darker. Length male 0.8 mm (figs. 78a—78d). 3. Prolongation of scutellum semi-transparent brown, curved, reaching base of T2 and excavated ron dine nydia (Walker, 1835) Head with occipital carina, finely reticulate, rather dull; head 1.8 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 1 : 13 : 6. Scutellum 1.4 times as long as broad at base; propodeal cari- nae weak, more or less fused at their base. T1 1.3 as long as broad. Black, shiny species. A1— A6 bright red, A7—A10 black. Legs entirely bright red. Length female 1.4 mm (figs. 79a— 79d). Remarks. — Leptacis nydia is conspecific with Leptacis torispinula Huggert, 1980 (syn. nov.). For a detailed description I refer to the paper of Huggert, 1980. The species is found commonly on the freshly cut ends of oak-logs and other hardwoods. | Ek anaal Man bos. era. Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 2 : 12 : 6. Notauli traceable posteri- 214 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) — Prolongation of scutellum “massive” and rugose, with a vertical lamella from its apex to meta- BOWER oe ChE od Dee je een de Et oes BRR ee en 4 Head 1.8 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 2: 15 : 7. Pronotum weakly aluta- ceous with a few hairs in its upper half; notauli incomplete, midlobe between them slightly prolonged and just touching scutellum; scutellum 1.3 times as long as broad at base, its apex not quite reaching base of T1; propodeal carinae clearly separated, not particularly high. T1 and T2 seemingly fused by the presence of dense greyish hairs but definitely separated; T1 with two converging, well defined carinae; T2 with two deep basal foveae, leaving a small, tongue-like structure in the middle; rest of T2 smooth, shiny; T3—T6 with a narrow, trans- verse strip of microsculpture. Black, shiny species. Scape red, A2—A6 darker, A7—A10 black. Legs brownish, fore legs lighter. Length male 1.0 mm (figs. 80a—80d). — Head enurely reticulate, vertex and occiput more transversely reticulate; occipital carina pre- sent butmetstrong) „AN la PELI laodice (Walker, 1835) Head 2.1 times as broad as long; OOL : POL: LOL = 2: 14: 6. Pronotum weakly aluta- ceous in its lower half, upper half regularly hairy; notauli only traceable at their extreme pos- terior part, midlobe between them forming a short, rounded, membraneous plate, just be- yond hind margin of mesoscutum; scutellum as in L. ozines; propodeal carinae slightly wider from each other than in L. ozines. T1 1.2 times as long as broad, with three longitudinal cari- nae; basal foveae of T2 less deep than in L. ozines, rest of T2 smooth; T3—T6 with a trans- verse, medial strip of microsculpture. Black, shiny species. A1—A6 red, A7—A10 black. Fore legs brown, tarsı yellow; middle legs brown, tibiae proximally lighter and tarsı yellow; hind legs brown, tarsi yellow. Length female 1.3 mm (figs. 81a—81d). Remarks. — Three females in my collection (“Ireland. Glen of the Downs, Co. Wicklow [Irish Grid Ref. O. 260112], 12.vu.1983, leg. Vlug”) are slightly darker, especially in the col- oration of the legs. Trichacis Foerster Walker described three species which fit in the genus Trichecis, viz., T. remulus, T. didas and T. pisis. Only superficial characters separate these species. The differences are mainly found in the form of the antennal segments and colour differences of antennae and legs. There seems to be no good reason to treat them as separate species. However, until I have seen more material of this ge- nus, I prefer to maintain the present situation. The material in my collection is far too poor to say anything about variation. There seems to be a tendency that northern specimens (Sweden, Norway and Denmark) have hyaline wings, whereas some of my specimens from Italy, Yougoslavia and Southern France have infuscate wings. 1. A7 and A8 clearly broader than long (0.7 X 0.6 mm). Notauli reaching front margin of meso- scutum . (Lili au mn B Ir MENE ON RN remulus (Walker, 1835) Head 1.8 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 7 : 18 : 8; frons smooth, with trans- verse wrinkles above antennal sockets; vertex reticulate coriaceous, this sculpture becoming more transverse towards the weak occipital carina; occipital carina not complete, occiput sloping strongly, having coarse, transverse sculpture. Anterior half of mesoscutum with fine sculpture and hairs, posterior half smooth and less densely haired; propleurae regularly haired, except extreme upper border and hind border; mesopleurae smooth; metapleurae densely haired; scutellum smooth, except the specialized area which has a dense tuft of hairs; propodeal carinae high and strong, lateral areas of propodeum with long hairs. Central part of T1 strongly crenulated, at sides densely haired; basal foveae of T2 deep and densely haired, raised area in between with some short striae, rest of tergite smooth; T3—T7 with fine microsculpture and some long hairs. Black, rather shiny species. Antennae uniformly VLUG: Types of Platygastridae 215 tfc 78b A Uri tee CRUI] GES A A 81a | 81c Figs. 77—81. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, scutellum (lateral view); d, metasoma (dorsal view). 77a—d, Leptacis nice (lectotype); 78a—d, L. halia (lectotype); 79a—d, L. nydia (lectotype); 80a—d, L. ozines (lecto- | type) (last antennal segment missing); 81a—d, L. laodice (lectotype). 216 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) dark brown, scape proximally lighter. Wings infuscate. Legs dark brown, fore tibiae and tarsi lighter. Length male 1.6 mm (figs. 82a—82d). — A7 and A8 clearly longer than broad (0.6 x 0.75 mm). Notauli not reaching front margin of mesoscutum. Antennae and legs lizhter than in: F. remulas w. 9. = 38.29. De 2 2. A4 about 2.3 umes aslontas broadage kr pesant eee didas (Walker, 1835) Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL: LOL = 8 : 17 : 8; frons rather smooth, with- Out transverse striae above antennal sockets; vertex and occiput as in 7. remulus. Mesoscu- tum as in 7. remulus but to a greater extent sculptured in the lectotype; notauli incomplete; scutellum smooth with some long hairs except the specialized area with a dense tuft of hairs; propleurae, mesopleurae and metapleurae, propodeum and metasoma as in T. remulus. Black, shiny species. Antennae reddish brown, A4—A10 somewhat darker. Wings infuscate. Legs dark brown, fore legs entirely reddish brown. Length male 1.8 mm (figs. 83a—83d). — A4=about4.6.emes.as long as broad 4}. ce eee pisis (Walker, 1835) Head 2.1 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 7: 18 : 8. Rest of characters as in T. remulus. Black, shiny species. Antennae reddish brown, scape lighter. Wings infuscate. Fore legs reddish, apical tarsal segments darker; middle legs reddish brown, tibiae apically dark- ened; hind legs dark brown. Length male 1.8 mm (figs. 84a—84d). Isocybus Foerster 1. Vertex'’broadlwexcavated „noa «tule dau Mets eee ER 2 — Vertex rounded:......."s.bseéensle di anse Pin A EN A ee E 3 2. T2 entirely roughly striated, except posterior border which is finely punctate ................. amie ad wa, Rey MR te RL, Hae IA ee erato (Walker, 1835) Head appearing square, 1.5 times as broad as long, eyes clearly forming broadest part; OOL : POL : LOL = 14: 16 : 7; entire head roughly and wrinkly sculptured. Mesoscutum with same sculpture as head, notauli complete and deep; hairy impression on dorsal surface of scu- tellum large; postscutellum not exceeding length of scutellum; propodeal carinae strong. T1 carinated; T2 with deep basal pits, entire tergite, except posterior border, longitudinally and irregularly striated (these striae splitting in their second half); T3—T7 finely punctate with scattered, fine long hairs. Black, rather dull species. Antennae red. Wings infuscate. Fore legs entirely red; middle femora brown, tibiae brown but proximally lighter and tarsi red; hind legs blackish, tibiae proximally lighter and tarsi dark brown. Length male 3.2 mm (figs. 85a— 85d). Remarks. — In specimens from the Netherlands (“Huizen. “Oud Bussum”. 9.vu1.1981, leg. Gijswijt”), both males and females tend to have a less extensive striation on T2. In these specimens the legs are somewhat darker and the female antennal club consists of six dark brown to black segments. Fresh material shows clearly that the specialized, roughly sculp- tured and densely haired area on the scutellum occupies nearly the whole dorsal surface. In all other species this area is smaller and in some cases more or less heart-shaped. Of the four species mentioned in this key, J. erato has the strongest infuscate wings. — T2 moderately striated in its proximal two-thirds, rest of tergite, including area between basal foveae:smooth.: iis, ati tate dnote aad eee eee eee matuta (Walker, 1835) Head appearing square, 1.3 times as broad as long, eyes not clearly forming broadest part; OOL : POL: LOL = 13: 18 : 9; frons irregularly and roughly wrinkled, smoother in the centre; vertex and occiput reticulate coriaceous. Mesoscutum roughly wrinkled, notauli com- plete and deep; scutellum with more or less triangular, hairy impression on dorsal surface; postscutellum appearing as a semi-transparent crenulated lamella, clearly visible from above; Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 217 83b = > 84b Figs. 82—85. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, scutellum (lateral view); d, metasoma (dorsal view). 82a—d, Trichacis remulus (lectotype); 83a—d, T. didas (lectotype); 84a—d, 7. pisis (lectotype); 85a—d, Isocybus erato (lectotype). 218 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) propodeal carinae strong, more or less lamelliform and spreading outwards. T1 with central carinated area, at sides roughly sculptured; T3—T7 finely punctate with, especially at sides, long thin hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae brown, Al red. Wings somewhat infuscate. All legs entirely bright red. Length male 2.6 mm (figs. 86a —86d). 3. Temples, propleurae, scutellum, sides of propodeum and hind coxae densely haired ........... a a ee O RE RE ha walkeri Kieffer, 1926 Head 1.6 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 13 : 18 : 8; frons roughly wrinkled, vertex and occiput reticulate coriaceous with some transverse striae. Mesoscutum irregularly and strongly reticulate coriaceous, notauli complete and deep; propleurae with strong punc- tation and dense brown hairs; mesopleurae with a deep longitudinal impression, with a rather smooth area above and longitudinal striae below; scutellum strongly convex with a densely haired impression; propodeal carinae strong, lateral areas of propodeum with long hairs. T1 with a carinated area in the centre, at sides of it with rough longitudinal sculpture; T2 with deep basal foveae, the tergite striated over its whole width to one-third; lateral part of T2 with long brown hairs, posterior border with fine microsculpture; T3—T7 finely punctate, laterally with hairs. Black, shiny species. Antennae red. Wings, especially proximally, infus- cated. Fore legs red; middle legs reddish brown; hind legs dark brown. Length male 3.1 mm (figs. 87a—87d). — Temples and hind coxae rather bare, propleurae, scutellum and lateral parts of propodeum moderatelydianredì7. … 2.2... ee ATO cotta (Walker, 1835) Head 1.7 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 12 : 16 : 9; frons roughly sculptured, vertex and occiput reticulate coriaceous. Mesoscutum irregularly reticulate coriaceous, no- tauli complete and deep; propleurae with strong punctation, moderately densely haired with short fine hairs; mesopleurae with deep longitudinal impression, above as well as beneath with strong longitudinal striae; scutellum with an irregularly shaped impression, sparsely haired; propodeal carinae strong, at sides not particularly hairy. T1 over whole width with longitudinal carinae; T2 with moderate deep, basal foveae, each of them provided with a small round pit; striation of T2 to one-third, rather strong and extending over whole width; hind border of T2 smooth; T3—T6 with fine punctatior and some deeply implanted hairs. Black, shiny species. Al and A2 red, A3 and A4 reddish brown and A5—A10 dark brown. Proximal part of wings infuscate, rest clear. Legs uniformly reddish brown, fore legs some- what lighter. Length female 2.8 mm (figs. 88a—88d). Amblyaspis Foerster 1. Occipital carina complete; head strongly narrowed behind eyes .......................... 2 — Occipital carina incomplete or absent; head gradually rounded behind eyes................. 5 2.; Ogeaput avithwertieal'striag*. 2 Ir RL IR FE N a entier 3 — Occiput without vertical striae, sometimes with weak transverse striation … 4 3. T2 haired in basal foveael oJ vent Maten ARIA ve EPEN roboris (Walker, 1835) Head 2.2 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6 : 17 : 7; frons finely granulate, above and at sides of antennal sockets roughly sculptured. Hind border of mesoscutum straight; epomia relatively weak and anteriorly not forming an overhanging plate; propodeal _ carinae fused at base but clearly separated at top. Basal foveae of T2 deep and hairy, rest of T2 smooth; T3—T6 with fine punctation and some long hairs. Black species. Antennae red- dish brown, proximally lighter. Wings infuscate. Coxae brown, legs dirty yellow; apical parts of middle tibiae, hind femora and hind tibiae darkened. Length female 1.8 mm (figs. 89a— 89d). — T2 bare inbasalfoveae: 5% RUTTO ee REI nereus (Walker, 1835) Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 219 90b _790d | Figs. 86—90. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, scutellum (lateral view); d, metasoma (dorsal view). 86a—d, | Isocybus matuta (paralectotype no. 270 in NMI); 87a—d, I. walkeri (lectotype); 88a—d, /. cotta (lectotype); 89a—d, Amblyaspis roboris (lectotype); 90a—d, A. nereus (lectotype). m m oO TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) Head 2.3 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 10 : 15 : 9; frons granulate, with transverse striation in lower half; head appearing rather dull. Hind border of mesoscutum more or less excavated; epomia strong and anteriorly forming an overhanging plate; propo- deal carinae fused at base and separated at top. Basal foveae of T2 bare and not particularly deep, rest of T2 smooth; T3—T6 with fine punctation. Black species. Antennae dark brown, scape reddish brown. Wings strongly infuscated. Fore and middle coxae reddish brown, hind coxae black; legs uniformly reddish brown. Length female 2.1 mm (figs. 90a—90d). 4. Oéserput granite 20) 2.48 METRE A ee tritici (Walker, 1835) Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 8 : 15 : 6; frons granulate with some transverse wrinkles above antennal sockets; mesoscutum coriaceous; notauli weakly indi- cated; hind border of mesoscutum straight, slightly depressed laterally; propodeal carinae well developed and well separated at top. T1 with two carinae, laterally haired; T2 with rath- er deep, roundish basal foveae, provided with hairs; rest of T2 smooth; T3—T7 with fine punctation. Black species. Wings strongly infuscated. Coxae black. Legs entirely reddish yel- low. Length male 1.5 mm (figs. 91a—91d). — Occiput rrafisvetsely sestculate. DS ONE. VITARA RER A HER prorsa (Walker, 1835) Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 8 : 16 : 8; frons smoothly granulate; some wrinkles above antennal sockets; pronotal collar and epomia well developed; mesoscu- tum finely coriaceous, without notauli; hind border of mesoscutum straight; propleurae with superficial sculpture in upper part, lower part entirely smooth; propodeal carinae well devel- oped, seemingly fused. T1 with two carinae, laterally haired; T2 with two small, haired basal foveae, rest of T2 smooth; T3—T7 punctate, except a narrow smooth anterior strip. Brown- ish, shiny species with a blackish head. (The type may have been discoloured to some extent during the 150 years of preservation; darker diffuse markings give rise to this impression.) Antennae light brown. Wings infuscate. Legs entirely yellowish. Length male 1.3 mm (figs. 92a—92d). 5. Océipitalcarma not present, head perfectly rounded?! SOS ae E 6 — Occipital carına present but norcomplete, sometimes weak® WE RE. 7220 eee 8 6. Head 1.7 times as broad as long, in frontal view as broad as high, roundish ................... OOL : POL: LOL = 5 : 12 : 5; frons nearly smooth, rather shiny and with faint sculpture; occiput faintly coriaceous. Notauli clearly indicated on posterior half of mesoscutum, mid- lobe in between them prolonged over base of scutellum; propodeal carinae strong and high, fused at base but clearly separated at top. Basal foveae of T2 moderately deep and haired, rest of T2 smooth; T3—T6 with fine punctation. Black, rather dull species. Antennae blackish brown. Wings slightly infuscate. Legs brown; fore tibiae and tarsi lighter, middle and hind tibiae proximally lighter, middle and hind tarsi lighter. Length female 1.4 mm (figs. 93a— 93d). — Head 2.0 times'as broad as long: : a7. HERE AIN JAE DORE ESE 7 7. Light brown species with yellowish antennae, coxae and legs ............. abas (Walker, 1835) Head 2.0 times as broad as long, slightly broader than high; OOL : POL: LOL = 5 : 13 : 6; head entirely superficially coriaceous. Notauli weakly indicated posteriorly, the midlobe in between them slightly prolonged and just reaching scutellum; propodeal carinae strong and high, clearly separated. Basal foveae of T2 moderately deep with a few hairs, rest of T2 smooth; T3—T7 superficially punctate. Reddish brown species with darker head. Wings in- fuscate. Antennae, coxae and legs entirely yellowish. Length male 1.4 mm (figs. 94a—94d). VLUG: Types of Platygastridae 221 ii 94a 95a Ad ee Kay = S= 94d Figs. 91—95. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, scutellum (lateral view); d, metasoma (dorsal view). 91a—d, Amblyaspıs tritici (lectotype); 92a—d, A. prorsa (lectotype); 93a—d, A. belus (lectotype); 94a—d, A. abas (lecto- type); 95a—d, A. otreus (lectotype). m bo bo TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) 96a = oe AQAA 98a io Figs. 9698. a, antenna; b, head (dorsal view); c, scutellum (lateral view); d, metasoma (dorsal view). 96a—d, Amblyaspis furius (lectotype); 97a—d, A. scelionoides (lectotype); 98a—d, A. crates (lectotype). — Blackish brown species with dark brown antennae and reddish brown coxae and legs .......... otreus (Walker, 1835) Head 2.0 times as broad as long, slightly broader than high; OOL : POL: LOL = 6: 15 : 6; head entirely superficially coriaceous. Notauli clearly indicated in posterior one-third, mid- lobe between them slightly prolonged over base of scutellum; shallow impressions on meso- scutum, lateral of notauli; propodeal carinae strong and high, clearly separated. Basal foveae of T2 rather deep and thickly haired, rest of T2 smooth; T3—T7 with fine punctation. Wings infuscate. Length male 1.6 mm (figs. 95a—95d). 8. Notauli clearly indicated posteriorly, midlobe in between prolonged as a rather narrow flange which covers base of.scurellumisopra tette ae furius (Walker, 1835) Vruc: Types of Platygastridae 223 Head 1.7 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 6 : 16 : 7; frons and occiput superfi- cially coriaceous. Microsculpture on mesoscutum as on head; propodeal carinae strong and high, clearly separated. Basal foveae of T2 deep and haired, rest of T2 smooth; T3—T7 with fine punctation. Blackish, rather shiny species. Antennae brown, scape somewhat lighter. Wings infuscate. Coxae and legs entirely reddish yellow. Length male 1.8 mm (figs. 96a— 96d). Remarks. — A. scelionoides (Haliday, 1835) differs from A. furius by the following charac- ters: Head 1.6 times as broad as long; mesoscutum coriaceous, lateral parts with a smooth area; shallow impressions on mesoscutum, laterally of notauli. Coxae somewhat darker and legs somewhat lighter than in A. furius. Length female 1.8 mm (figs. 97a—97d). Despite the above mentioned characters which are slightly different from those of A. furius, I consider both synonymous. I select here the name A. scelionoides, with A. furius as synonym (syn. nov.). — Notauli absent; hind border of mesoscutum rounded and forming a broad, brownish transpa- seele covering base of scutellum . nors oenen oenen crates (Walker, 1835) Head 2.0 times as broad as long; OOL : POL : LOL = 7 : 14 : 7; frons superficially cörıa- ceous; occiput weakly reticulate coriaceous. Mesoscutum superficially coriaceous, nearly smooth; major part of scutellum sparsely haired, apex with the usual long hairs; propodeal carinae strong and high. Basal foveae of T2 shallow, sparsely haired, rest of T2 smooth; T3— T7 smooth, with a narrow posterior strip which is finely punctate. Black, shiny species. An- tennae dark brown. Wings infuscate. Coxae and legs uniformly brown. Length male 1.2 mm (figs. 98a—98d). REFERENCES Eady, R. D., 1968. Some illustrations of microsculpture in the Hymenoptera. — Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (A): 66—72. Huggert, L., 1973. Taxonomical studies on Platygastrinae (Hym. Proctotrupoidea). — Ent. Tidskr. 94: 97—108. Huggert, L., 1974. Taxonomical studies on the species belonging to Urocyclops Maneval (Hym. Proctotrupoi- dea, Platygastrinae). — Ent. Tidskr. 95: 58—63. Huggert, L., 1980. Taxonomical studies on some genera and species of Platygastrinae (Hymenoptera: Procto- trupoidea). — Ent. scand. 11: 97—112. Vlug, H. J. and M. W. R. de V. Graham, 1984. The types of Platygastridae (Hymenoptera, Scelionoidea) de- scribed by Haliday and Walker and preserved in the National Museum of Ireland and in the British Museum (Natural History). 1. Designations of lectotypes. — Tijdschr. Ent. 127: 115—135. INDEX Amblyaspis abas (Walker) ... 220 Isocybus matuta (Walker) ... 216 Platygaster abia Walker ..... 182 Amblyaspis belus (Walker) .. 220 Isocybus walkeri Kieffer. .... 218 Platygaster abisares Walker .. 204 Amblyaspis crates (Walker) .. 223 Platygaster acrisius Walker... 193 Amblyaspis furius (Walker)... 222 Leptacis halia (Walker) ...... 213 Platygaster aegeus Walker ... 199 Amblyaspis nereus (Walker) 218 Leptacis laodice (Walker) .... 214 Platygaster athamas Amblyaspis otreus (Walker).. 222 Leptacis nice (Walker) ...... BIT WERE N ea 189, 191 Amblyaspis prorsa (Walker) 220 Leptacis nydia (Walker) ..... 213 Platygaster attenuata Amblyaspis roboris Leptacis'azames (Walker) .... 214 Walker ..............: 191, 202 ee. 218 Leptacis torispinula Platygaster bucolion Walker 202 Amblyaspis scelionoides RIO RETE 213 Platygastercebes Walker .... 184 e... 223 Platygaster chrysippus Amblyaspis tritici (Walker) .. 220 Piestopleura catilla (Walker) 213 Walker ................... 193 Piestopleura mamertes Platygaster cleodaeus Walker 204 Isocybus cotta (Walker) ..... FA TRI EEEN 210 Platygaster cochleata Walker 187 Isocybus erato (Walker) ..... 216 Piestopleura seron (Walker) .. 210 Platygaster cratinus Walker .. 184 224 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 9, 1984 (1985) Platygaster cyrsilus Walker .. 189 Platygaster minthe Walker... 199 Platygaster tisias Walker..... 193 Platygaster deipyla Walker... 202 Platygaster munita Platygaster vaenia Walker.... 185 Platygaster demades Malkers et a 193,202 Platygaster vestinus Walker .. 187 Wales oh eet gk 196,198 Platygaster nisus Walker..... 198 Platygaster xeneus Walker ... 186 Platygaster dictys Walker.... 184 Platygaster oebalus Walker .. 195 Platygaster zosine Walker ... 204 Platygaster dryope Walker... 189 Platygaster oeclus Walker.... 195 Platygaster ennius Walker ... 201 Platygaster olorus Walker ... 184 Synopeas abaris (Walker) .... 207 Platygaster eriphyle Walker .. 201 Platygaster orcus Walker .... 198 Synopeas acco (Walker) ..... 209 Platygaster euhemerus Platygaster orus Walker ..... 182 Synopeas craterus (Walker) .. 205 Walker 7. SRLS. SIR: 191 Platygaster oscus Walker .... 199 Synopeas euryale (Walker)... 209 Platygaster evadne Walker... 202 Platygaster otanes Walker ... 180 Synopeas hyllus (Walker).... 209 Platygaster filicornis Walker 187 Platygaster pedasus Walker .. 198 Synopeas jasius (Walker) .... 205 Platygaster galenus Walker... 189 Platygaster pelias Synopeas larides (Walker) ... 204 Platygaster sorge Walker .... (195° Walker nn 196,198 Synopeas mamertes Kieffer .. 210 Platygaster gyge Walker ..... 191 Platygaster philinna Walker .. 201 Synopeas myles (Walker) .... 207 Platygaster ilione Walker .... 186 Platygaster pleuron Walker .. 182 Synopeas osaces (Walker).... 210 Platygaster inermis Walker... 186 Platygaster plotina Walker... 202 Synopeas rhanis (Walker) .... 209 Platygaster iolas Walker ..... 196 Platygaster ruborum Synopeas sosis (Walker) ..... 207 Platygaster laricis Haliday:..j 1872 TEE) ee 198 Synopeas tarsa (Walker) ..... 209 Platygaster leptines Walker .. 187 Platygaster rutubus Walker .. 186 Synopeas trebius (Walker) ... 205 Platygaster longiventris Platygaster sagana Walker ... 201 Synopeas velutinus (Walker) 205 Thomsen tt ati 191 Platygaster sonchis Walker... 184 Platygaster lysicles Walker :.. 182 Platygaster sterope Walker... 180 Trichacis didas (Walker)... 216 Platygaster manto Platygaster strato Walker .... 184 Trichacis pisis (Walker) ..... 216 Walker... ho. nc 198,204 Platygaster taras Walker ..... 180 Trichacis remulus (Walker) .. 214 b> È ME 7 i + L i 4 I a 4 vi ‘ Kk 4 Pi. Vs a. ce NT» idee zerk La K ¢ È e DL 127 . AFLEVERING 10 1984 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE UITGEGEVEN DOOR DE NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING INHOUD I \KONOFF, S. A. ULENBERG and L. VARI. — A new tortricid of Nerine plants ting from Southern Africa (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae), pp. 225—234, figs. rift voor Entomologie, deel 127, afl. 10 Gepubliceerd 14-VI-1985 Ar asen tid iele + Ne p Le ke pi 4 nah ì En 17 MA Jua a ‘ae Ant n ya tr, ne ike Pu . a wf RT. A NEW TORTRICID OF NERINE PLANTS ORIGINATING FROM SOUTHERN AFRICA (LEPIDOPTERA, TORTRICIDAE) A. DIAKONOFF Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands S. A. ULENBERG Plantenziektenkundige Dienst, Wageningen, Netherlands L. VARI Transvaal Museum, Pretoria, Republic of South Africa ABSTRACT A description is presented of Phlebozemia sandrinae Diakonoff, gen. et sp. nov. (Tortri- cidae, Archipini), a tortricid introduced with plant material from Southern Africa, having caused injury to bulbs, leaves and flowers of Nerine bowdenu, a garden flower, grown in glasshouses in the Netherlands. Bionomics, especially host plant acceptance, were studied at the Plantenziektenkundige Dienst, Wageningen, by providing various plant species of Amaryllidaceae to the insects for oviposition. It was shown that the species is not mono- phagous. The reared material of the insect was compared with authentic Southern African material at the Transvaal Museum, Pretoria, South Africa, and the species proved to occur in that country. INTRODUCTION Severe damage was caused to Nerine bowde- nu Watson, grown in a nursery’s glasshouse in the Netherlands in September, 1983. The dam- age consisted of excavated bulbs and escapes and partly injured flowers (figs. 19—21). A sample of the affected material was sent to the second author for identification of the in- sect. The rest of the plants was destroyed and adequate control measures were taken in the glasshouse. The damage appeared to be caused by an unknown tortricid. Nerine belongs to the plant family Amarylli- daceae and is endemic in South Africa. Since the XVIIthe century, Nerine is a popular garden flower in Europe, with Nerine sarniensis (L.) Herbert, the Guernsey Lily, as the most popu- lar species in England, and for years exclusively cultivated in Guernsey. In other countries of Europe a large number of varieties have been developed from several other Nerine species, es- pecially from Nerine bowdenii Watson. This species became highly valued in gardens for their showy, late-autumn flowers and as nurs- ery stock for the production of cut flowers (Van Brenk, 1980). BIONOMICS In order to obtain material for taxonomic study and get information on the developmental cycle, the host plant acceptance, and the feeding hab- its, rearing experiments of the tortricid were carried out by the second author. Three genera- tions were reared indoors on Nerine bowdenii at a temperature of 18°C. These cultures pro- vided the following observations. The moths oviposited upon leaves and flower buds. The larvae started as miners. The later instar larvae bored into bulbs and scapes or fed on leaves which were partly folded lengthwise by web- bing, in a way characteristic for Tortricidae. The following lengths of the different devel- opment stages were recorded: egg 10—13 days, larva 19 days, pupa 23 days. The longevity of the individual moths has not been recorded; on average the flying period of the different gener- 225 226 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 10, 1984 (1985) ations was three to four weeks. To determine host plant acceptance, two tests were carried out. In the first test, Narcissus cyclamineus de Candolle ex Redouté was presented as food plant to first instar larvae of the third genera- tion, reared on Nerine bowdenii. The larvae ac- cepted Narcissus as food plant, developed fully On it, pupated and hatched. In the second test ovipositing female moths were given the choice between Nerine bowdenii and several other Amaryllidaceae, viz., Crinum powellu Henderson, Hippeastrum Herbert, Hy- menocallis (X) cv. “Festalis” Hort.!) and Spre- kelia formosissima (L.) Herbert. Eggs were de- posited on all five plant species. Larvae devel- oped on Hippeastrum, Hymenocallis and Spre- kelia, but not on Crinum. Unfortunately, most egg masses of the fourth generation on Nerine bowdenti dried out. Si- multaneously, the first instar larvae on Hippeas- trum, Hymenocallis and Sprekelia died, proba- bly because of extreme temperatures, caused by an error with the heating system in the glass- house where the tests werc carried out. By this abrupt ending of the tests we are not able to say anything about the suitability of the three last mentioned Amaryllidaceae as food plants for this tortricid. However, by the host acceptance, shown by the oviposition behaviour, the full de- velopment of the larvae on Narcissus and the initial development of the first instar larvae on Hippeastrum, Hymenocallis and Sprekelia, it is suggested that the tortricid in question is poly- phagous. THE INSECT A preliminary study by the first author of the bred material of the insect revealed that the sur- mise of its origin must be correct, for it could at once be identified as a member of the large Epi- choristodes Diakonoff group of the Archipini (a tribe of the subfamily Tortricinae), that is en- demic to the Afrotropical Region and Madagas- car, a group widely distributed by several, rath- er uniform, closely interrelated and often exten- sive genera (Diakonoff, 1960). The present species, however, proved to belong to an appar- ently undescribed distinct genus and species. In order to corroborate this preliminary iden- tification, the third author of this paper under- took the comparison of our material with the authentic Southern African material in the Transvaal Museum at Pretoria. Judging from external characters, it appeared that the present species resembled “Epichorista” geraeas Mey- rick closely, but internally differed entirely by the genital characters and especially the wing neuration, an important criterion, as will be ex- plained in the description below. Besides, he was fortunate to find in the Transvaal Museum collection several male and female specimens of a quite similarly looking, but unnamed species, that showed to be identical with our material of the Nerine pest, proving indeed that it is a na- tive of Southern Africa. After having received this information, the first author could proceed with the description of the new genus and spe- cies. Phlebozemia Diakonoff gen. nov. (pAéy = vein, Cnuv = loss) Male. — Head with appressed scales, a dense pointed tuft on face. Ocellus small, posterior. Haustellum short, in rest concealed between palpi. Antenna moderately thickened in male, ciliations 1. Palpus rather long, moderately sin- uate, oblong-triangular, closely appressed to face and frontal tuft, with short, appressed scales, terminal segment short, subobtuse. Tho- rax without a crest. Abdomen long. Posterior tibia simple, smooth. Fore wing rather long, narrow, oblong-sub- lanceolate, costa broadly curved along anterior half, slightly sinuate, actually concave posteri- | orly, apex pointed, termen gently sinuate, — strongly oblique. Vein 1b furcate at base, thence running halfway between cell and dorsum, 2 from middle of lower edge of cell, 3 from angle, 4 absent, 3, 5 and 6 parallel and equidistant, 7 free, to termen below apex or to apex, 7 and 8 moderately approximated at base or short- stalked, 11 from slightly before middle of cell, : chorda absent. Hind wing trapezoidal, 114, rather pointed, without a cubital pecten. Veins A1—A3 all dis- | tinct, 2 from % of cell, 3 from angle, 4 absent, 5 slightly approximated at base, 6 and 7 stalked. Female. — Haustellum apparently longer, not altogether concealed. Antenna simple. Palpus | longer, less pointed. Wings slightly broader. Abdomen similarly long. Otherwise as male. Male genitalia. Of the usual and characteristic | type of Afrotropical Archipini, resembling | 1) Hymenocallis (X) cv. “Festalis” Hort. (common name /smene festalis) is a hybrid of Hymenocallis narcissi- \ flora (von Jacquin) Macbride (X) Elisena longipetala Herbert (Anonymous, 1975). DIAKONOFF, ULENBERG & VARI: A tortricid of Nerine 227 See MIE Sp = I Fig. 1. Phlebozemia sandrinae g. & sp. n., sketch of head and wing neuration. those of Epichoristodes Diakonoff. Tegumen moderate, rather conical. Uncus long, little shorter than tegumen, with narrow base, grad- ually dilated, top truncate, hardly emarginate. Socius moderate, oblong, narrowed, shorter than arm of tegumen. Gnathos robust, sclerotic, arms with dilated bases, hooks strong, moder- ately long. Vinculum triangular, sclerotic but slender. Transtilla narrow, straight, dilated laterally. Labis moderate, crown-shaped, spiny, little sclerotic. Valva small, hyaline, with an un- usually robust and darkly sclerotic basal edge, swollen, constricted below middle; pulvinus proper hyaline, small, with short hairs; sacculus sclerotic, dilated and rounded-prominent in middle; inner rim darkly sclerotic. Aedeagus gradually curved, flattened dorso-ventrally at top; cornutus one, a straight and long, slender spine. Female genitalia. Lobus analis oblong and slender, triangularly dilated towards top. Ninth segment darkly sclerotic. Apophyses slender and long, postapophyses very long, hyaline, basal furca unusually long. Sterigma transverse- ly oval, moderate, highly sclerotic, with an oval large central orifice, lower rim darkly sclerotic throughout. Colliculum short, cup-shaped, slight lateral Structures above end. Ductus bursae hyaline above, simple throughout, ductus bullae from end of hyaline part, corpus bullae moderate. Corpus bursae simple, without signa. Type-species: Phlebozemia sandrinae spec. nov. An interesting novel form, externally rather similar to Epichoristodes Diakonoff, 1960, but at once recognisable by the absence of vein 4 in both fore and hind wings. The superficially very similar “Epichorista” geraeas Meyrick differs besides, by shorter labial palpi with especially the terminal segment being shorter, more point- ed and drooping; furthermore, by small, almost parietal socii and by an intricate combination of diversely shaped cornuti, while P. sandrinae has only one simple cornutus, etc. The genus belongs to the tribe Archipini and, within it, it may be placed into the large Epicho- ristodes Diakonoff group of genera, with the following synapomorphies. Valva semioval, submembraneous, with radial wrinkles, a sclerotic sacculus, slender or dilated in middle; dorsal edge of valva more or less scle- rotic, with labis. Transtilla narrow. Sterigma with a large, transversely-oval ostium and a moderate, sclerotic colliculum. The genus Phlebozemia has the following autapomorphies: The loss of vein 4 in both the fore and hind wing, strongly sclerotic entire basal edge of valva (with a crown-shaped, den- tate labis). Strongly sclerotic, in middle well di- lated sacculus, and a short, semioval disc of val- va. Gradually curved aedeagus. Ductus bursae with a short, cup-shaped colliculum, below this hyaline for a stretch. Absence of signum When compared with Epichoristodes, espe- cially the neuration, but also the unusually ex- tended sclerotization of the basal edge of the valva are distinct autapomorphies of the genus DD) 1557 oo TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 10, 1984 (1985) Figs. 2,3. P. sandrinae g. & sp. n.2, adult male; 3, adult female. A dd —_ <—_- DIAKONOFF, ULENBERG & VARI: A tortricid of Nerine 229 6 + Figs. 4—6. P. sandrinae g. & sp. n. 4, male genitalia; 5, aedeagus; 6, general aspect of the genitalia, less magni- fied. Phlebozemia; these two characters support one another as E ssimotphies in a conspicuous way. On the other hand, the crown-shaped large labis, that is small and mostly rod-like in Epichoristodes, ıs a less trustworthy character, occurring in diverse stages of development ın several groups of genera; ıt might be a parallel- ism. Phlebozemia sandrinae spec. nov. (figs. 1—18) Male. — Wing span 18 mm. Head brownish- fuscous, antenna fuscous, scape dark brown. Palpus grey-fuscous with lower half throughout white, tinged cinereous, with well-defined edge, terminal segment pale ochreous with fuscous base. Thorax ochreous touched with olive or grey, anteriorly suffused with brown, tegula with basal half brown. Abdomen glossy cine- reous. Fore wing rather long and narrow, costa broadly curved along basal half, almost straight posteriorly, apex subacute, appearing rather pointed, termen rather sinuate, strongly oblique. Light ochreous, with a strong sılky gloss, unicolorous except for narrow streaks of dark brown dusting along upper and lower edges of cell, along all terminal veins, along vein 2 only from end of cell to wing margin and, hardly visible, along vein 1b; a faint blackish point on base of vein 5. Cilia glossy pale och- reous. Hind wing rather glossy anthracite- blackish, paler towards dorsum, darker towards apex. Cilia pale ochreous, grey along anterior half of termen and along dorsum, throughout with a blackish-grey narrow basal band. Female. — Wing span 20 mm. Palpus rather dusted with dark grey, base white. Head and thorax darker, bronze-tinged. Darker bronze- tawny, densely dusted with blackish-brown along upper half of wing as far as lower edge ot cell, and narrowly along terminal veins; addi- tional darkish dusting over dorsal third of wing; a darker brown vertical mark along lower half 230 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 10, 1984 (1985) Figs. 7, 8. P. sandrinae g. & sp. n. 7, female genitalia, ovipositor and sterigma; 8, bursa copulatrix. of discoidal vein. Cilia glossy pale ochreous, in tornus and along dorsum glossy cinereous. Hind wing light anthracite-grey with a silky gloss and narrowly black veins; apical third of wing tinged darker fuscous. Cilia sordid pale ochreous, with a narrow pale grey basal band. Reared from larvae in bulbs, stalks and leaves of Nerine bowdenu Watson, Wageningen, 15— 20.x11.1983 (Plantenziektenkundige Dienst, S. A. Ulenberg), d holotype, genit. slide 10640, 9 allotype genit. slide 10641, 14 d, 6 ©, paratypes (with 2 larvae and 8 pupae). Southern Africa, Natal, Rietvlei, 1918 (leg. Otto), genit. slide 4584, 1 d. Transvaal, Preto- ria, 11.11.10 (A. J. T. Janse), genit. slide 4677. Pretoria North, 20.11.1917 (C. J. Swierstra), genit. slide | 10716, : 1:26. » Natal, Karkloof, 22.1.1917 (A. J. T. Janse), 1 d. All paratypes, in the Transvaal Museum, with hind wings paler, brownish instead of greyish, but otherwise quite similar. The holo- and allotype with several paratypes will be deposited at the RMNH, Leiden; other paratypes 7 d,3 © (with 2 larvae and 8 pupae), in the collection of the Plantenziektenkundige Dienst at Wageningen, and 5 d, 2 ® in the Transvaal Museum, Pretoria. The following material of “Epichorista” ge- raeas Meyrick, from the Transvaal Museum, has been compared: holotype: /40 51/Pretoria 2.10.°07 A. J. T. Janse/G 10759/Epichorista ge- raeas M type no. 1051/(male). — Pretoria 15.11.°11 A. J. T. Janse/G 10760/Epichorista ge- raeas M./.d. — Pretoria, 15.x.’17, A. J. T. Jan- se l'O: Larva (figs. 9—13) Length 13 mm. Head hypognathous. Stem- mata developed. Adfrontals not reaching vertex. Spinneret robust, thick-walled. Frontal seta one, rather shifted mesad. Fronto-lateral (adfrontal) setae two. Clypeal setae two: Cl, shifted mesad and dorsad, Cl, marginal. Anterior seta one, minute. Lateral seta L, distinct. Posterior setae two, P, small, approximated, dorsad and slight- ly laterad of P,. Vertical setae not traceable. Body elongate, integument finely spinulose, DIAKONOFF, ULENBERG & VARI: A tortricid of Nerine 231 A6 A8 Figs. 9—13. P. sandrinae g. & sp. n., larva. 9, lateral aspect; 10, third abdominal segment, ventral aspect; 11, chaetogram of head; 12, chaetogram of body; 13, the same of anal segment (measure, fig. 9: 1 mm, fig. 10: 0.5 mm). 232 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 10, 1984 (1985) al Figs. 14—18. P. sandrinae g. & sp. n., pupa. 14, ventral aspect; 15, lateral aspect; 16, cremaster, strongly magni- fied, ventro-lateral aspect; 17, end of female abdomen and cremaster, strongly magnified, ventral aspect; 18, ab- dominal tergite in lateral aspect, with bands of crochets (measure = 1 mm). secondary setae not perceptible. Spiracula rounded-oval, that of prothorax larger, that of segment 8 enlarged, circular, of segment 9 ab- sent. Setal pinnacula large, mostly round and well-defined. Prothorax with prespiracular L group of setae trisetose, on one pinnaculum, L, larger than others, L, proterodorsal of 2; SV. and SV, on one pinnaculum, D, proterodorso- rostràl of D,, SD, and SD, on one pinnaculum; L, and L, on one pinnaculum, arranged almost horizontally, L, on separate pinnaculum, SV group 2- or 3-setose. Abdominal segments with right and left D, closer together than D,, except on segments 6— 8. SV, hardly postspiracular on segment 1, exac- tly bete spiraculum on segment 2, on segments 3—7 slightly prospiracular, on 8 entirely before spiraculum. SV, very small on segments 4—8, on others not traceable; segment 10 with four pairs of setae on dark warts, arranged as in fig. DIAKONOFF, ULENBERG & VARI: A tortricid of Nerine 233 Figs. 19—21. Injury of Nerine bowden plants by Phlebozemia sandrinae. 19, a bulb with damaged shoot; 20, damaged stalks; 21, split stem, showing boring gallery with a mature pupa, partly protruding for the emergence of the moth. (Phot. of Laboratorium voor Bloembollenonderzoek, Lisse.) 234 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 10, 1984 (1985) 13. Anal fork present. Prolegs normally devel- oped, crochets 43—48, uniserial, long and short alternating, on abdominal pseudopods (fig. 10); half a circle of the same kind of alternating cro- chets on the anal pseudopods. Pupa (figs. 14—18) Length 10 mm. Dark brown. Haustellum short and thick, not reaching to middle of an- tennae. Labial palpi short. Antenna to just be- yond midway between tips of mid- and hind legs, about 5/6 of length of fore wings. Hind legs just beyond fore wing ups. Abdominal seg- ments with a double row of longitudinal rıbs, each ending posteriorly in a short spine: a sub- marginal row of longer rıbs and a postmedian row of slightly shorter ribs (fig. 18). Cremaster strongly sclerotic, thick, bent and concave ven- trally, with six strong terminal spikes, lateral largest and projecting (figs. 16, 17). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We like to thank Mr. A. van Frankenhuyzen, | Plantenziektenkundige Dienst, Wageningen, for performing the rearing tests, Mr. P. Muller, Laboratorium voor Bloembollenonderzoek, Lisse and G. van Brenk, Vakgroep Tuinbouw- plantenteelt, Landbouwhogeschool, Wagenin- gen, for providing the plant material for these experiments. Mr. A. S. J. Noordijk, Planten- ziektenkundige Dienst, Wageningen, made most drawings. REFERENCES Anonymous, 1975. Classified list and international register of Hyacinths and other bulbous and tu- berous-rooted plants. — Koninklijke Algemene Vereniging voor Bloembollenonderzoek, Hille- gom, Holland: 1—277. Brenk, G. van, 1980. Historie, groei en bloei van Ne- rine bowdenit (1). — Vakblad voor de Bloemisterij 21: 38—41. Diakonoff, A., 1960. Tortricidae from Madagascar (1). — Verh. K. ned. Akad. Wet., Nat. (2) 53 (1): 1—209, figs. 1—90, pls 140. a sli 27 dal “ AFLEVERING 11 1984 TIJDSCHRIFT OOR ENTOMOLOGIE UITGEGEVEN DOOR DE NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING ua Pr gi INHOUD ROEK. — The Nephrotoma species of Japan (Diptera, Tipulidae), pp. 8, figs. 1134. se oor Entomologie, deel 127, afl. 11 Gepubliceerd 14-VI-1985 NOK AD NET, THE NEPHROTOMA SPECIES OF JAPAN (DIPTERA, TIPULIDAE) by PJOTR OOSTERBROEK Instituut voor Taxonomische Zoölogie (Zoölogisch Museum), Plantage Middenlaan 64, Amsterdam ABSTRACT Thirty-five Japanese species and subspecies of Nephrotoma are discussed. Five taxa, leeu- weni, vana vana, vana nigrovana, pallida, and medioflava, are new. Type-material was ex- amined of all species and their synonyms, except two. Eight new synonyms are proposed. A key to the species ıs presented. The distribution of the species and subspecies is summa- rized. The total number of species on the main Japanese islands is: Hokkaido 21, Honshu 28, Shikoku and Kyushu 14. Eleven species are endemic to Japan, another four to Japan and western Palaearctic species; Tangelder, 1984: the Kurile Islands. CONTENTS Table 1. Palaearctic (sub)genera of Tipulidae known ee 235 from Japan (number of Japanese species in brackets, Ens Nephrotoma ..................... 236 after Theowald & Oosterbroek, 1985). Ehatacters 0... ...................... 236 Dolichopeza (Dolichopeza) (2) Material ce PE ee 240 Dolichopeza (Nesopeza) (5) Ey tothe species .......................... 240 Dolichopeza (Oropeza) (5) Thespecies groups ......................... 243 Macgregoromyia (4) COTMICINA BTOUP .......................... 243 Leptotarsus (Longurio) (2) EE ee i et (2) NBEESCENS group ......................... DI Néphrotoms (35) analis group ............................. 256 Tipula (Acutipula) (7) eene 261 Tipula (Arctotipula) (1) Crocata gIOUP ........................... 265 Tipula (Dendrotipula) (3) OEP 267 Tipula (Emodotipula) (1) ee 267 Tipula (Indotipula) (4) Tepanda group. .......................... 270 Tipula (Lunatipula) (8) virgata group ........................... 274 Tipula (Nippotipula) (1) SIMENSIS BTOUP ........................... 274 Tipula (Platytipula) (16) EE eens 274 Tipula (Pterelachisus) (19) EU gements ........................ 274 Tipula (Savtshenkia) (3) ete: 276 Tipula (Schummelia) (2) Tipula (Sinotipula) (1) Tipula (Tipula) (1) INA ROBUCTION Tipula roles) (2) The Japanese species of Nephrotoma Meigen, Tipula (Trichotipula) (1) 1803, are revised as part of a revision of the Ho- Tipula (Vestiplex) (6) larctic members of the genus (Oosterbroek, Tipula (Yamatotipula) (15) 1978—1980, 1984; Tangelder, 1983, 1984). Tipula, subg. uncertain | (20) With 35 species and subspecies, Nephrotoma is Ctenophora (Cnemoncosis) (4) the largest tipulid genus in Japan (table 1). a ophora (Ctenophora) (4) 4 È i ictenidia (3) Five taxa are described here for the first time, py i an ; aa oroctenta (1) in addition to the three new species described Figli (3) by Tangelder (1984). The sequence in which the Tanyptera (Protanyptera) (4) species are discussed and their distribution is Tanyptera (Tanyptera) (2) given in table 3. A number of species are treated Tanyptera, subg. uncertain (1) in detail elsewhere (Oosterbroek, 1978—1980: | R (188) 236 Table 2. Palaearctic (sub)genera of Tipulidae not known from Japan (number of Palaearctic species in brackets, after Theowald & Oosterbroek, 1985). Dolichopeza (Sineropeza) (1) Prionocera (15) Nigrotipula (2) Tipula (Angarotipula) (4) Tipula (Beringotipula) (2) Tipula (Brithura) (6) Tipula (Formotipula) (9) Tipula (Lindnerina) (6) Tipula (Mediotipula) (12) Tipula (Odonatisca) (7) Tipula (Triplicitipula) (4) Ctenophora (Xiphuromorpha) pd m. species of the dorsalis group) and are only briet- ly dealt with here. The total number of Tipulidae known to oc- cur ın Japan ıs 188. They belong to 31 of the ın total 43 Palaearctic (sub)genera (tables 1 and 2). It ıs estimated that the total number of Japanese Tipulidae lies around 230. A historic review on the study of the Japanese tipulids is given by Al- exander (1953b). Catalogues are published by Masakı (1933a) and Ishida (1955—1961, 1965). About half the Japanese species of Nephrotoma are treated in detail, based on material exam- ined, in Savchenko’s revision of the Palaearctic Tipulidae (part 5, 1973, in Russian, under the now suppressed name Pales Meigen, 1800). THE GENUS NEPHROTOMA Nephrotoma is a large genus, with at present over 400 recognized species and subspecies. It has a world-wide distribution but is especially rich in species in the Holarctic, Oriental and Afrotropical Regions (Oosterbroek & Schuck- ard, 1976). The species of Nephrotoma can be found in many different landscapes of the world (pine-, deciduous-, mixed-, rain- and monsoon-forests, meadows, steppes, savannas and even tundras as far north as 82°30'), but in general they prefer the temperate climates, which allow the devel- opment of deciduous forests and where edges of woods, meadows and banks of streams form the most favourable habitats. The larvae are usually found in soils rich in humus. In some species they gnaw at the roots of cultivated plants, now and then causing dam- age to oats, rye, sugarbeets, flax, cabbage and coniferous seedlings. For northern Japan dam- age to sugarbeets by larvae of minuticornis (lo- cally known as the Ao-hoso-gaganbo, sugarbeet TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) crane-fly) is reported by Kuwayama (1926) and Shiraki (1952), though considered by Alexander (1953d) of minor economic importance. Very few information is available about the biology ot the species. Masaki (1933b) dis- cusses, under the name virgata, the biology and all life stages of a species of the dorsalis group. For a few species more detailed information is available from the continent (Oosterbroek, Schuckard & Theowald, 1976; Oosterbroek, 1978—1980; Savchenko, 1973). CHARACTERS (figs. 1—5) Nephrotoma specimens are usually yellow with dark yellow to black markings on head, thorax and abdomen. Very characteristic are the three broad longitudinal stripes on scutum one and the two such stripes on scutum two. A few species are almost entirely yellow, in others the yellow ground-colour is almost or completely superseded by dark brown or black. Apart from coloration, Nephrotoma is char- acterized by the wing venation (fig. 2): vein Rs is very short and vein CUAI, or, if present, cross-vein m-cu, meets vein M before or at the anterior corner of the discal cell. Especially the male copulatory organs (fig. 3) provide important characters for the identifica- tion of species and for phylogenetic analysis. Most of the characters necessary to identify spe- cies are visible from the outside. The female ovi- positor (figs. 4, 5) also possesses many charac- ters and in some instances they are the only reli- able clue to separate females of closely related species. However, in dry specimens most of the ovipository characters can not be examined. During copulation the female hypovalvae en- ter the dorsal part of the hypopygium. They are kept in position by the embrace of the inner and outer dististyles and the ventrally excavated ex- tension of the ninth tergite. The cerci of the fe- male remain outside the hypopygium, but close- ly adjusted to the ninth and/or eighth sternites of the male. Depending on the species groups, these sternites show a great variety of shapes, | hair- or bristle-tufts, and appendages to guide | the cerci. The same applies to the extension of | the male tergite nine and the inner and outer dististyles with respect to the hypovalvae. Apart from guiding, practically all the external copula- tory organs are equiped with sensory spines, | bristles, bristle-like hairs, etc. The fused valvulae and the furca are two scle- | rotized plates situated between the cerci and the — Table 3. List of species of Nephrotoma with their synonyms and distribution. (+) = types examined by Tan- gelder, 1984. Species groups cornicina parvirostra fuscescens analis palloris crocata brevipennis stylacantha repanda virgata dorsalis Species aculeata (a. atricauda) cornicina esaki saghaliensis subpallida daisensis flammeola parvirostra (serristyla) (Immemorata) contrasta flavonota fuscescens (1yoensıs) (akitae) leeuweni ozenumensis vana vana vana nigrovana pullata (hokkaidensis) (mannheimsi) stygia bifusca geminata pallida palloris (autumnalis) neopratensis hirsuticauda medioflava repanda (grahamıana) Virgata (decrepita) (japonica) electripennis nigricauda minuticornis sachalina difficilis angustistria cirrata gaganboi microcera OosTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan + ++ + + + + + + + + + + | Type-mat. examined ++++4+t+t+++t+++++++++++++ New synonymy Hokkaido +| Honshu +++ ++ + + + + + +++ +++ + + + + + — + + Shikoku + + + Kyushu Tsushima + S Japanese islands Sado 2028 14 1407.3, 6 + | West Palaearctic + 4 + +| Amurobl. + Khabar. kr. + | Sakhalin + Moneron + +++ Kurile islands + | Northeast China + Korea + | South Primorye +++ +++ +++ +++ dk Fast China Southwest China 238 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) scutum 1 vertex paratergite basalare occipital markıng | prescutum transverse suture frontal tubercle pronotum scutum 2 e_N parascutellum N (AAC scutellum ai mediotergite Em N ® anatergite verticil N NX flagella, \ ZI È LÀ ns segment AT VA alter pedicel ER à K En anepisternum scape LS WIR fra anepimeron frons A of abd. tergite 1 rostrum katepisternum Men \/ er, ey nasus NZ u TA ~~ meron id In coxa 3 Ser coxa 2 LA G SEK a Pterostigma sp 2 posterior extension compressor apodeme outer dististyle crest of ıd inner dististyle lateral . | projection of id gonapophysis of adminiculum basistyle IST semen pump caudo -lateral offshoot lateral plate medisternal appendage tro ent membranous area of ST9 organ membrane-closed incision of ST8 3 midventral extension of antecosta of ST9 Fig. 1. Generalized drawing of head and thorax. Fig. 2. Wing of N. eucera; À, anal vein; C, costa; Cu, cubitus; d, discal cell; M, medius; R, radius; Sc, subcosta. Fig. 3. Generalized drawing of hypopygium; id, inner distis- tyle; ST, sternite; T, tergite. (Reproduced with kind permission from Tangelder, 1983, Beaufortia 33: 113) OOSTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 239 4 spermathecae furca minor rıdge major ridge dorsal rım dorsal part of ST8 5 internal arch cercus infra-anal plate coxopodite of 9T fused valvulae hypovalva lateral bulge lateral shell spined area rostral extension ınternal shell Figs. 4-5. Generalized drawing of ovipositor (fig. 4, lateral view) and hypovalvae (tig. 5, dorsal view); ST, sternite; T, tergite. (Reproduced with kind permission from Tangelder, 1983, Beautortia 33: 113) | hypovalvae. The opening ot the bursa copu- latrix is situated underneath the fused valvulae. The position of the male intromittent organ is secured during copulation by the adminiculum itself, and by its lateral appendages, the gonapo- physes. The intromittent organ is usually a thin tube, running from the semen pump in the di- rection of the thorax and with a downward loop back to the adminiculum. Its length varies trom about 2 mm to about 40 mm (in N. helvetica with the intromittent organ spirally coiled in- side the abdomen) and the part towards the ad- miniculum can show various modifications (bi- partite, tripartite, with a serrate membrane or a robust spine), usually characteristic for the spe- cies group. 240 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) MATERIAL This study is based on material preserved in the following institutions and, except for ZMA, received on loan: ASL Academy ot Sciences, Zoological Institute, Leningrad, USSR BM(NH) British Museum (Natural Histo- ry), London, Great Britain IPSFK Institut für Pflanzenschutzfor- schung Kleinmachnow, Ebers- walde, East Germany KU Kyushu University, Kyushu, Ja- pan KURU Kurume University, Kyushu, Ja- pan MAK Zoologisches Forschungsinstitut und Museum Alexander Koenig, Bonn, West Germany RMNH Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, the Netherlands UKaL University of Kansas, Lawrence, USA USNM United States National Museum, Washington DC, USA USNMA United States National Museum, Washington DC, USA, C. P. Al- exander collection ZMA Instituut voor Taxonomische Zoölogie (Zoölogisch Museum), Amsterdam, the Netherlands Practically all the material is preserved dry. Drawings of the genital structures were made after maceration in KOH and with the aid of a drawing tube on a Wild microscope. Different localities are separated in the text by a semicolon (;), whereas additional informa- tion com about a locality is separated from it by a ma. KEY TO THE SPECIES 1. Lateral stripes on scutum 1 very broad, reaching paratergite, and shining. Almost entire thorax shining. Scutellum, medioter- gite and lateral thorax chocolate brown to dark brown with the membranous area be- low paratergite and anterior half of katater- gite yellowish. Abdominal segments 5— 8(9) blackened. Male with a peculiar shaped appendage at sternite 8 (figs. 12, 16). Fe- male with the cerci and hypovalvae very shorti{fis 13). Aje bel Nes esaku — Not with the above combination of charac- Zi Male with a slender, posteriorly directed appendage at sternite 8 (figs. 9—11). Poste- rior margin of outer dististyle in part scle- rotized (figs. 10, 11). Female cerci pointed EN SA 3 Male without or with a differently shaped appendage. Outer dististyle not sclerotized. Female cerci ending blunt or cerci and hy- povalvae very short (figs. 17, 51, 53) ..... 5 . Outcurved anterior end of lateral stripe on scutum 1 or mark below anterior end dull. Medial appendage of male sternite 8 knob- shaped (fig. A) Tn cornicina Outcurved anterior end of lateral stripe on scutum 1 or mark below anterior end shin- ing. Medial appendage of male sternite 8 very acute (fig. 10) or apically rounded and concave (fig: I)... Meere Re 4 . Wing usually with numerous macrotrichia in apical cells. Medial appendage of male sternite 8 apically rounded and concave (fig. 9). Outer dististyle abbreviated (fig. 8). Fe- male hypovalvae abbreviated (fig. OA saghaliensis Wing without or with few macrotrichia in apical cells. Medial appendage of male ster- nite 8 very acute (fig. 10). Outer dististyle elongate (fig. 10). Female hypovalvae slen- der, not abbreviated (fig. 7) ...... aculeata . Mediotergite yellowish on anterior part, at least in the middle (anterior part sometimes transparent in minuticornis, characterized by the straight lateral stripes on scutum 1 and the yellow antero-lateral corners of seutum 2) arb ki RER 6 Antero-medial part of mediotergite with a brown to black longitudinal stripe or me- diotergite (almost) entirely darkened ... 26 . Thorax entirely yellowish, including the dorsal stripes. Lateral stripes on scutum 1 straight. Medisternal appendage elongate and strongly hirsute (figs. 38,41) flavonota Thorax with at least the scutal stripes in : part light brown to black. Lateral stripes on — scutum 1 straight, straight with an isolated spot below anterior end, or stripes anterior- | ly outcurved. Medisternal appendage other- WSC rs ren lt ue RME Tee 7 . Medial stripe on scutum 1 divided into two by a narrow longitudinal line which is, es- ! pecially on the anterior part, dull. Medial |, and lateral stripes on scutum 1 narrowly « dull bordered where opposing each other. ! Anterior end of lateral stripes outcurved | and dull. Lateral pronotum darkened on ! dorsal part only. Inner dististyle with a | high, rectangular, dorsal crest (fig. 26). | 10. 17. . Outer dististyle broad (fig. 77)..... OosTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan Male sternite 8 with a cranıally directed ap- Bendage (figs. 25,28) :.:....... flammeola Not with the above combination of charac- EE Mc di? re: aaa. 8 . Lateral parts of mediotergite distinctly darker coloured than antero-medial part. Male sternite 8 unmodified............. 9 Lateral parts of mediotergite concolorous with anteromedial part, sometimes antero- medial part more transparent. Hind margin of male sternite 8 modified except in sub- Ct), ses res anne. 17 Anterior part of lateral stripes on scutum 1 outcurved and shining. Stripes on scutum 1 and 2 brownish, sometimes vague, rarely partly dark brown. Dorsal surface of ab- dominal tergite 1 brown with a, usually large and transverse, yellow mark in the middle. Inner dististyle wıth a low dorsal Men LOS) medioflava Lateral stripes on scutum 1 straight, with a, usually isolated, dull spot below anterior end. Scutal stripes usually at least partly dark brown or black. Tergite 1 without yel- low mark mid-dorsally. Inner dististyle with a posterior crest (fig. 87) or without 680) le... 10 Males (see also characteristics under pallo- nn eisen 11 Females (see also characteristics under pal- ie aan. nenn. 14 . Inner dististyle without crest (figs. 76, 80) DR Mee ee Dune. 12 Inner dististyle with a posterior crest (fig. ne 13 . Posterior part of inner dististyle blackened (fig. 80) bifusca Posterior part of inner dististyle not black- ened (fig. 76) geminata palloris Outer dististyle slender (fig. 84).... pallida ee as asin ee a ee eea ses ses è © Ra mare einen es Bd e . Dorsal margin of sternite 8 distinctly up- curved before reaching hypovalva (figs. 88, 91) bifusca Dorsal margin of sternite 8 more or less lie. 89,90) ................. 15 Merci slender (fig. 89) .......... geminata Bade: 90)... :.............. 16 . Rostral extensions of hypovalvae broad ist el nie mate eee ren (fig. 93) palloris Rostral extensions of hypovalvae narrower (fig. 92) pallida Lateral thorax and coxae with large dark brown to black markings. Cerci and hypo- valvae shortened (figs. 51—54)......... 18 18. 19. 20. 21: 27 23; 24. 241 Lateral thorax and coxae yellowish, mark- ings at most light brown. Cerci and hypo- valvae not shortened .......:......00: 20 Posterior part of inner dististyle with a large, blackened outgrowth (fig. 58). Fe- male unknown leeuweni Posterior part of inner dististyle without a blackened outgrowth (figs. 45, 49)...... 19 Dorsal margin of inner dististyle posteri- orly upcurved (fig. 45). Extension of male tergite 9 with the lateral margins of the me- dial incision concave (fig. 44). Hypovalvae with a small dorsal notch before apex (fig. HER. ua. A. aas fuscescens Inner dististyle dorsally more or less straight (fig. 49). Medial incision with con- vex lateral margins (fig. 48). Hypovalvae without dorsal notch before apex (fig. Se EN he or Ae. contrasta Lateral stripes on scutum 1 straight or ante- riorly outcurved and shining .......... 21 Lateral stripes on scutum 1 anteriorly out- curved, the outcurved part dull ........ 23 Antero-lateral corners of scutum 2 yellow in front of stripes. Medial stripe on scutum 1 usually (narrowly) of lighter colour along mid-line. Large species, male 13.5—16 mm, female 17—21.5 mm minuticornis Antero-lateral corners of scutum 2 with a dull, dark brown to black seam bordering anterior end of stripes. Medial stripe on scutum 1 usually uniformly coloured. Smaller species, male 10—15 mm, females ii EA Ut ee niro AZ 22 Male sternite 8 with a triangular and lateral- ly compressed medial appendage (fig. 32). Crest of inner dististyle serrate (fig. 35). Stripes on scutum 2 uniformly coloured. Female cerci slender, hypovalvae broad (fig. EEE DL DS. MER sn parvirostra Male sternite 8 deeply incised, the incision lined with tufts of long yellow hairs (fig. 100). Crest of inner dististyle rounded (fig. 103). Stripes on scutum 2 of lighter colour in the middle. Female cerci moderately broad, hypovalvae moderately slender (fig. 101) hirsuticauda Medial stripe on scutum 1 posteriorly dull and prolonged to occupy the central part ot the transverse suture repanda Medial stripe on scutum 1 posteriorly shin- ing and not occupying transverse suture 24 Prescutum dull between thoracic stripes. Abdominal end not blackened. Male ster- tes unimodified el... subpallida eta ‘te ‘nd ‘ete e ‘alia ale # è eth ee = fee ae ee 242 25, 26. A 28. 29: 30. 34: 32; TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) Prescutum shining between thoracıc stripes. Abdominal end blackened. Male sternite 8 modified (figs. 121—124) Scutum 2 dull between stripes. Male ster- nite 8 deeply incised, lateral margins of the incision convex and set with small black spines (figs. 123, 124)........ electripennis Scutum 2 shining between stripes. Male sternite 8 with distinctly prolonged lateral corners, apically set with small black spines (figs. 121, 122) nigricauda Pterostigma inconspicuous, at most light brown noted dust Aah ae. 2 Am 27 Pterostigma distinct, brown to dark brower. «leach stemde. nt 28 Antennae with 11 segments in both sexes. Prescutum shining between thoracic stripes. Abdomen with more or less contin- uous dark brown stripes dorsally, laterally and ventrally arie am Bade. microcera Antennae 13-segmented in both sexes. Pre- scutum dull between thoracıc stripes. Ab- domen usually wıth trıangular dorsal mark- ings, practically unmarked laterally and ventrally virgata Lateral thorax without dark brown mark- ings. Prescutum shining between thoracic stripes. Katatergite shining 29 Lateral thorax with large brown to black markings. Prescutum dull between thoracic stripes. Katavergatedulldy. An aeg 33 Lateral stripes on scutum 1 anteriorly out- curved and shining. Occipital marking large, basally as broad as dorsal part of pro- notum and with convex lateral margins .... gaganboı Lateral stripes on scutum 1 straight. Occip- ital marking shortly triangular, or narrow and elongate 30 Antennae with 18—19 segments in the male, 15—16 in the female. Caudal corners of male sternite 8 strongly extended (fig. 120) sachalina Antennae with 13 segments in both sexes. Caudal corners of male sternite 8 other- wise 31 Antero-lateral corners of scutum 2 brown- ish. Occipital marking shortly triangular, brown cirrata Antero-lateral corners of scutum 2 dark brown to black. Occipital marking narrow and elongate, dark brown (figs. 126, 127) 32 Occipital marking more or less elongate tri- angular (fig. 126). Medisternal appendage ene eee ee ee ee ee eee I ee eee eee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee mm eee sm ee ee ee ee ee sate et ers Pie) (solo tal le Makes ue eeens es» a ste ore 8) 6 eels Hehe ede o) nto 33: 34. 35. 36. da of male sternite 9 directed ventrally (figs. 130, 131). Female cerci rather short and broad (fag 128) an: ed ar EED difficilis Occipital marking a narrow stripe or spot (fig. 127). Medisternal appendage of male sternite 9 directed caudally (fig. 132). Fe- male cerci ‘long and ‚"slendersAfftie. 129) angustistria Lateral stripes on scutum 1 with a large and shining, outcurved anterior end. Occipital marking in front narrowly in contact with spots along eye-margin (fig. 21). Inner dis- tistyle with a serrate crest (fig. 23). Male sternite 8 with an elongate, cranially di- rected appendage (fig. 22) daisensis Lateral stripes of scutum 1 straight, or ante- riorly outcurved and dull. Occipital mark- ing otherwise. Inner dististyle and male sternite 8 otherwise 34 Lateral stripes on scutum 1 anteriorly out- curved and dull. Extension of male tergite 9 consisting of two shells (figs. 61,67) .... 35 Lateral stripes on scutum 1 straight or weakly outcurved. Extension of male ter- gite 9 protruding (figs. 72, 99) 37 Thorax almost entirely darkened with the scutal stripes broadly in contact with each other or area between stripes more or less concolorous with the stripes (not dusted grey as in neopratensis). Tergites 2—4 with broadly triangular, transverse markings along hind margins, segments 5—8 black- Ener LARE vana nigrovana Thorax yellow between stripes and laterally yellow with large dark brown to black markings. Tergites 2—5 (6) usually with elongate markings which are more triangu- lar towards hind margin, segments 6—7 (8) blackened 36 Outer dististyle sinuate with the apical part very slender and elongate (fig. 65) (see also under characteristics of vana, p. 256) ozenumensis eee eee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ei ie are near ante e) el ‘o: eene) Melon ol ee, avan Nel le) de ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee ee ee Outer dististyle less sinuate (fig. 63) (see al- | so under characteristics of vana, p. 256) vana vana Occipital marking laterally broadly in con- tact with the eyes. Dorsal thorax yellow be- tween stripes. Male sternite 8 without ap- Dendage u... eee eee E eee eee ee Dorsal thorax heavily dusted grey between and laterad of stripes. Male sternite 8 with a | triangular appendage (figs. 96, 98) neopratensis ee ee ee ee eee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee pullata Occipital marking not contacting the eyes. ! OOSTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 243 THE CORNICINA GROUP Nephrotoma aculeata (Loew, 1871) (figs. 7, 10) Pachyrhina aculeata Loew, 1871: 20—22. Nephrotoma aculeata; Oosterbroek, 1978: 61—68 (species revision). Nephrotoma aculeata atricauda Alexander, 1924: 599. Material examined. — From Japan: 14, Honshu, Nagano, 3.v11.1943 (USNMA). Characteristics. — N. aculeata belongs to the cornicina subgroup (Oosterbroek, 1980), the species of which possess a mid-posterior ap- pendage on the semen pump (Oosterbroek, 1980, fig. 18), have the outer dististyle partly sclerotized (figs. 10, 11), and the male sternite 8 with an elongate appendage, very slender and acute in aculeata (fig. 10), and the female cerci pointed (figs. 6, 7). N. aculeata is closely related to N. tenuipes (not Japanese), saghaliensis and cornicina. In cornicina the outcurved anterior part of the lateral scutum one stripe is dull, in the other three species it is shining and in acu- leata usually isolated from the stripe. Moreover, tenuipes and usually also saghaliensis possess numerous macrotrichia in the apical wingcells. N. saghaliensis is furthermore characterized by the small occipital marking, the peculiar shaped appendage of the male sternite 8 (fig. 9), the short outer dististyle (fig. 8), and the abbre- viated hypovalvae (fig. 6), whereas the other three species possess more elongate hypovalvae (fig. 7). Distribution and period of flight. — N. acu- leata is distributed throughout the Palaearctic from the British Isles to Sakhalin and Kamchat- ka. Adults are on the wing from early June to early September. During this study only 1d from Japan, Honshu, was examined (see below). Discussion. — The type-material of aculeata atricauda Alexander, 1924 (18 holotype, 16 19 paratype, all from Sakhalin, Toyohara = Yuzhno-Sakhalinsk) was examined by the pre- sent author in 1982 (USNMA). This has con- firmed the opinion of Savchenko (1973: 132) that atricauda should not be considered a sepa- rate subspecies because all the characters men- tioned by Alexander fall within the variability ot aculeata. The species is reported by Ishida (1965) from Hokkaido, Honshu and Shikoku under the name aculeata atricauda. In spite of the fact that during this study many Nepbroto- ma material from these islands was examined, only one aculeata male from Honshu was found. For the moment, therefore, it remains questionable whether the species occurs on Hokkaido and Shikoku as well. Nephrotoma cornicina (Linnaeus, 1758) (fig. 11) Tipula cornicina Linnaeus, 1758: 586. Nephrotoma cornicina; Oosterbroek, 1978: 100—109 (species revision). Material examined. — From Japan: 136 189, Hokkaido; 236 232, Honshu; 39, Shikoku; 78 139, Kyushu and 16, Tsushima. Characteristics. — See under aculeata, male hypopygium as in fig. 11. Distribution and period of flight. — Wide- spread throughout the Palaearctic from the Brit- ish Isles and Spain to Sakhalin and the islands bordering Kamchatka, in China as far South as Shanghai. Known from the Japanese islands Hokkaido, Honshu, Shikoku (Tokushima; Ehime), Kyushu and Tsushima. The period of flight in Japan is from mid-May until the end of August. Nephrotoma esakii Alexander, 1924 (figs. 12—16) Nephrotoma esaku Alexander, 1924: 596, 597. Alex- ander, 1925c: 4. Masaki, 1933a: 91. Alexander, 1935b: 226. Alexander, 1953c: 147, 148. Ishida, 1955: 121. Savchenko, 1970: 121. Pales esakit; Savchenko & Krivolutzkaya, 1966: 46, 56. Savchenko, 1973: 121, 122. Material examined. — Holotype ®, in good condition, labelled “Kamio toineppu, Hokkaido viii-25-1922 Teiso Esaki” “Holotype Nephroto- ma esaku Alex.” (USNMA); other material: 19, Kurile (Kunashir); 38 29, Sado; 1d 19, Hokkaido (Sapporo); 238 159, Honshu; 2d 22, Kyushu (Kumamota; Oita); 1d 19, Shiko- ku (without locality). Characteristics. — Belongs to the cornicina subgroup (semen pump with a midposterior ap- pendage, outer dististyle partly sclerotized, hind margin of male sternite 8 with a midventral ap- pendage). N. esaki can easily be recognized by coloration (see key), the males by the peculiar shaped midventral appendage of sternite 8 (figs. 12, 16), and the females by the very short ovipo- sitor (fig. 13). The extension of the male tergite 9 possesses a few spines only (fig. 15) and the crest of the inner dististyle is narrow (fig. 14). Distribution and period of flight. — Known from the islands Kunashir, Sado, Hokkaido, 244 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) Fig. 6. Ovipositor of N. saghaliensis, lateral view. Fig. 7. Ovipositor of N. aculeata, lateral view. Fig. 8. Left outer dististyle of N. saghaliensis, from outside. Fig. 9. Medial appendage of male sternite 8 of N. saghaliensis. Fig. 10. Hypopygium of N. aculeata, lateral view. Fig. 11. Hypopygium of N. cornicina, lateral view. OosTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 245 NN RS 13 16 Figs. 12—16. N. esakii. Fig. 12. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 13. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 14. Left inner dististyle, from outside. Fig. 15. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 16. Medial appendage of male sternite 8, ventral view. 246 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) Honshu, Kyushu and Shikoku. The species is frequently reported from altitudes up to 1300 m. The period of flight is from the beginning of July to mid-September. Nephrotoma saghaliensis Alexander, 1925 (fig. 6, 8, 9) Nephrotoma saghaliensis Alexander, 1925a: 447, 448. Alexander, 1927: 10. Alexander, 1931: 339. Masa- ki, 1933a: 91. Ishida, 1955: 123. Savchenko, 1970: 121. Pales saghaliensis; Savchenko & Krivolutzkaya; 1966: 47,56. Savchenko, 1973: 133, 134. Material examined. — Holotype d, in good condition, one wing on slide 2473, specimen la- belled “Toyohara Karafuto Japan vili-29-1921 S. Kuwayana” “Holotype Nephrotoma sagha- liensis C. P. Alexander” (USNMA; the type-lo- cality Toyohara = Yuhzno-Sakhalinsk); para- type d, wing on slide 2473, from Honshu, Yu- moto, 5820’, 23.vii.1923 (USNMA); other material: 38 19, Kamchatka (Dalny); 16 19, Sakhalin (Nakano); 16, Kunashir; 16, Shiko- tan; 1d, Yuri (Isl. SW Shikotan); 28 19, Hok- kaido (Iwama; Onpetsu; Sapporo); 126 139, Honshu; 26 29, North Korea (Puksu Pyaksan in Kankyo Nando, the second highest peak in Korea, appr. 40° 40’ N 127° 45’ E). Characteristics. — See under aculeata. Distribution and period of flight. — N. sag- haliensis is known from Kamchatka, Sakhalin, Moneron, Iturup, Kunashir, Shikotan, Shibotsu, Yuri, Hokkaido, Honshu, Amurskaya oblast and North Korea. Recorded altitudes are up to 2000 m. The period of flight is from early July until mid-September. Nephrotoma subpallida Alexander, 1925 (figs. 17—20) Nephrotoma subpallida Alexander, 1925b: 401, 402. Masaki, 1933a: 92. Ishida, 1955: 124. Pales subpallida; Savchenko, 1973: 163. Material examined. — Holotype d, in good condition, labelled “Mt Minomo Japan vi-22, 1922 T. Esaki” “Holotype Nephrotoma subpal- lida C. P. Alexander” (USNMA; Mt Minomo is on Honshu); paratypes: 16 19, labelled as the holotype (6 with wing and parts of abdomen on Figs. 17—20. N. subpallida. Fig. 17. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 18. Left inner dististyle, from outside. Fig. 19. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 20. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. OosTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 247 slide 2535, USNMA); other material: 116 39, Honshu; 2d, Sado; 19, Shikoku (Betssiyama, Ehime); 26 29, Kyushu (Shiratoriyama, Ku- mamoto; Chojabaru, Oita). Characteristics. — N. subpallida can easily be recognized by the characters mentioned in the key. The female cerci are relatively broad and short (fig. 17). The male intromittent organ has the apical two-thirds trifid, a character known from the flavescens subgroup of the cornicina group only (Oosterbroek, 1980). Distribution and period of flight. — The spe- cies was known from Honshu only, but material was examined now from Sado, Shikoku and Kyushu as well. Adults were collected between May 28 and August 3, with one record from September 25. THE PARVIROSTRA GROUP Nephrotoma daisensis Alexander, 1935 (figs. 21—24) Nephrotoma daisensis Alexander, 1935b: 236—238. Alexander, 1953c: 145, 146. Ishida, 1955: 120, 121. Savchenko, 1981: 77. Pales daisensis; Savchenko, 1973: 161, 162. Material examined. — Holotype ®, in good condition, labelled “Mt Daisen Tottori, Japan 800 met. vi-6, ’30 Nibi” “Holotype Nephroto- 24 23 Figs. 21—24. N. daisensis. Fig. 21. Head, dorsal view. Fig. 22. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 23. Lett inner dististyle, from outside. Fig. 24. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. 248 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) ma daisensis C. P. Alexander” (USNMA; Mt Daisen is on Honshu); other material: 16 29, Honshu (Rokushosan, Fukui; Kurokawa, Echi- go); 18, Tsushima (Mt Ariake); 19, South Ko- rea (Central Nat. Forest, 18 mi NE Seoul). Characteristics. — The structures of the ex- tension of the male tergite 9 (fig. 24) and the in- ner dististyle (fig. 23) clearly show that the spe- cies is closely related to parvirostra. The colora- tion, however, is very different from the yellowish parvirostra. The occipital marking is large and of a characteristic shape (fig. 21), the thorax is variegated with large dark brown to black markings, the abdominal tergites 2—5 possess large triangular markings on the poste- rior two-thirds and the segments 6—8 (9) are blackened. The wings are brownish with espe- cially in the females the apex broadly clouded. Distribution and period of flight. — Known from Honshu, Shikoku (Alexander, 1953c: Mt Tsurugi), Tsushima, South Korea and southern Primorye (Savchenko, 1981: Kedrova Pad). The recorded period of flight is from May 9 to July Fe Nephrotoma flammeola Alexander, 1925 (figs. 25—28) Nephrotoma flammeola Alexander, 1925b: 400, 401. Masaki, 19332: 92. Ishida, 1955: 121. Savchenko, 1979: 121. Pales flammeola; Savchenko & Krivolutzkaya, 1966: 46, 56. Savchenko, 1973: 160, 161. Material examined. — Holotype 4, in fair condition, one wing and abdominal end on slide 2468, specimen labelled “Gifu, Japan v-25 1921 Takeuchi” “Holotype Nephrotoma flammeola C. P. Alexander” (USNMA; Gifu is on Honshu); other material: 1d 32, Hokkaido (Soounkyo; Sapporo; Jozankei); 116 129, Honshu; 14, Kyushu (Shiratoriyama, Kuma- moto); 36 59, Shikoku; 16. Sado kanse, South Korea (Central Nat. Forest, 18 mi NE Seoul). Characteristics. — As given in the key. Oc- cipital marking small, triangular, dark brown to almost absent. Between tubercle and eyes dark brown spots. Transverse suture darkened, espe- cially in the middle. Lateral thorax mainly yel- low, anatergite and posterior half of katatergite usually darkened. Hypopygial structures as in figs. 25—28. The species apparently belongs to the parvirostra group. Distribution and period of flight. — The spe- cies is known from South Korea, the Japanese islands Hokkaido, Honshu, Kyushu, Shikoku and Sado, and is reported by Savchenko from Kunashir and southern Primorye. The species is most abundant in July and August with a few records from June and the first half of Septem- ber. At altitudes up to 1500 m. Nephrotoma parvirostra Alexander, 1924 (figs. 29—35) Nephrotoma parvirostra Alexander, 1924: 600, 601. Masaki, 1933a: 92. Ishida, 1955: 123. Alexander, 1966: 120. Savchenko, 1970: 121. Pales parvirostra; Zinovjev & Savchenko, 1962: 556, 557, 562—569. Savchenko & Krivolutzkaya, 1966: 46, 56. Pales parvirostra parvirostra; Savchenko, 1973: 116, 117; Nephrotoma immemorata Alexander, 1935a: 140. (Syn. nov.) Pales immemorata; Savchenko, 1973: 119. Nephrotoma serristyla Alexander, 1935b: 226—228. (Syn. nov.) Pales parvirostra serristyla; Savchenko, 1973: 119. The references by Mannheims & Savchenko (1967) and Savchenko, Violovich & Narchuk (1972) refer to relicta, see under discussion. 13% DIS» Material examined. — Holotype d of parvı- rostra, in good condition, labelled: “Sapporo, Japan M. Hori” “Holotype Nephrotoma parvi- rostra C. P. Alexander” (USNMA); paratypes: 19 (wing and hypopygium on slide 2472), Hokkaido, Sapporo, 25.v1.1921 (USNMA); 18, Hokkaido, Shikaripetsu, 26.v111.1922 (USNMA); 14, Hokkaido, Kamiokoppe, 27.v11.1922 (USNMA) (see for localities Alex- ander, 1924). Holotype d of immemorata, in fair condition, one wing, one antenna and hypo- pygium on slide 5737, specimen labelled: “Mt Omei Szechwan China Aug. 23, ’29” “Holo- type Nephrotoma immemorata C. P. Alexan- der” (USNMA) (Alexander, 1935b, fig. 47, does not indicate the serrate dorsal crest of the inner dististyle, but the crest is present in the holo- type). Holotype d of serristyla, in good condi- tion, labelled: “Chungking 1—2000 ft v.6- 27.30” “Szechwan China D C Graham” “Holo- type Nephrotoma serristyla C. P. Alexander” (USNMA); paratypes (all USNMA): 3d 29 para(topo)types and 16 paratype from Chaba- | rovsk, Amur, Primorye, 26.vii.1927, Stackel- ! berg (apparently the paratype from Ussuri Rail- ! way, Alexander, 1924); other material: 2d, Ku- | nashir; 16, Shikotan; 146 102, Hokkaido; 104 72, Honshu; 24, Kyushu (Shiba, Kuma- OOSTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 249 30 Figs. 25— 28. N. flammeola. Fig. 25. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 26. Left inner dististyle, from outside. Fig. 27. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 28. Male abdomen, showing course of intromittent organ. Figs. 29, 30. N. parvirostra. Fig. 29. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 30. Adminiculum, lateral view. moto; Chojabaru, Oita); 16, Tsushima; 28 12, China (Lichuan and Eastern Tombs, Hupeh). North Korea (Chonsani near Paiktusan, the Characteristics. — N. parvirostra forms a highest mountain in Korea, close to the border species group with daisensis, relicta, and proba- of Manchuria, appr. 42° N 128° E); 18 49, bly also flammeola. Apart from the characters South Korea (16 & 18 mi NE Seoul); 26 49, mentioned in the key, parvirostra males can be 250 39 n a N a TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) 3 Figs. 31—35. N. parvirostra. Fig. 31. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 32. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 33. Me- dial appendage of male sternite 8, latero-posterior view. Fig. 34. Left outer dististyle, from outside. Fig. 35. Lett inner dististyle, from outside. Figs. 36, 37. N. relicta. Fig. 36. Left outer dististyle, from outside. Fig. 37. Left inner dististyle, from outside. easily recognized by the laterally compressed and triangular-shaped midventral appendage of sternite 8 (figs. 32, 33). Outside Japan this char- acter is also found in the closely related species relicta (see discussion). Distribution and period of flight. — Material has been examined from Kunashir, Shikotan, Hokkaido, Honshu, Kyushu, Tsushima, North _ and South Korea and China (W. Hupeh). Sav- | chenko, and co-authors, in addition report | Amur-Zea interregion, southern Sakhalin, and ' China, Mao-erh-shan (sub parvirostra) and | southern Khabarovskiy kray and southern Pri- ! morye (sub serristyla). Early and late records | OOSTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 251 are May 23, June 11 and October 25; all other records are between mid-July and mid-Septem- ber with a distinct peak at the end of August. Discussion. — Savchenko (1973) recognizes three subspecies of parvirostra, the nominal form, serristyla Alexander (1935), and relicta Savchenko (1973). Examination of type-materi- al revealed that serristyla is synonymous with parvirostra. The differences are limited to the coloration of the antennae and thorax and, as such, found among specimens throughout the distribution range, apparently due to variation. Specimens of relicta have the anterior beak of the inner dististyle short (fig. 37), and the outer dististyle apıcally lengthened (fig. 36). Material of relicta was examined from North Korea (Ompo, situated a few miles inland from the coast just south of 42° N), Mongolia (80 km SE Semon Chalchingol), China (Mao-erh-shan; Li- chuan; Mt Omei) and USSR (near Irkutsk, syn- type d, ASL). Material of parvirostra was ex- amined from a number of these localities or re- gions as well. Because of the large area of sympatry, relicta is best considered a species instead of subspecies. Savchenko (1973) reports relicta from the Leningradskaya oblast, Krasnoyarskiy kray (Mina) and the Irkutskaya oblast. THE FUSCESCENS GROUP Nephrotoma contrasta Alexander, 1920 (figs. 47—50, 53—54) Nephrotoma contrasta Alexander, 1920: 23, 24. Ishi- da, 1955: 120. Pales contrasta; Savchenko, 1973: 164. Material examined. — Holotype d, in fair condition, antennae, one wing, leg fragments and hypopygium on slide 1129, specimen la- belled “Saitama, Japan May 29, 1919 R. Takaha- shi” “Holotype Nephrotoma contrasta C. P. Al- exander” (USNMA; Saitama is on Honshu); 19 paratype, Hokkaido, Meguro near Horoizumi, 24.v.1919 (USNMA) (the 2 para(topo)type, USNMA, specimen and slide 1129, belongs to fuscescens); other material: 12, Hokkaido (Nopporo, Ishikari); 58 32, Honshu (Mt Ta- kao; Kyoto). Characteristics. — Belongs to the fuscescens group. The differentiating characters are dis- cussed under fuscescens. Distribution and period of flight. — Known from Hokkaido and Honshu only. On Honshu the species occurs as far South as Kyoto. The re- cords are from May and June. Nephrotoma flavonota (Alexander, 1914) (figs. 38—42) Pachyrhina flavonota Alexander, 1914: 158, 159. Nephrotoma flavonota; Masaki, 1933a: 90. Alexan- der, 1940a: 121—123. Alexander, 1953c: 148. Ishida, 1955: 121. Pales flavonota; Savchenko, 1973: 94. Material examined. — Holotype d, three slides only (one with outer and inner dististyle, one with rest of hypopygium, one with a wing), labelled “Holotype 827 Nephrotoma flavonota (Alex.) d Tokyo, Japan Aug, 1912 (Ex Kuwa- na) 827” (USNMA, specimen lost?); 19 para- type slide with wing, labelled as the holotype except for „Allotype” and “2” and not men- tioning “(Ex Kuwana)” (USNMA, specimen lost?); other material: 18 29, Hokkaido (Me- guro near Horoizumi); 2d 19, Tsushima; 21 132, Honshu; 6d 69, Kyushu; 4d 19, Shiko- ku; 76 19, China (Chekiang; Fukien). Characteristics. — Head and thorax entirely yellow to brownish yellow, the latter with the dorsal stripes pale brown and subopaque, area between the stripes dull, medial stripe on scu- tum 1 sometimes with a narrow dull medial line, lateral stripes on scutum 1 straight. Abdomen with a row of dorsal spots, elongate in the male, more triangular in the female. Male segment 8 and tergite 9 darkened. Male tergite 8 deeply in- cised, incision lined with long hairs; medisternal appendage of sternite 9 elongate, strongly hir- sute and occupying incision of sternite 8 (figs. 38, 41). Extension of male tergite 9 as in fig. 40. Inner dististyle with a high serrate crest (fig. 42). Female ovipositor relatively short (fig. 39). The species does not clearly belong to a spe- cies group but might be allied to the fuscescens group with which it shares the lengthened male sternite 8, the hirsute medisternal appendage, and the short ovipositor (extremely short in the fuscescens group). Distribution and period of flight. — Known from the Japanese islands Tsushima, Honshu, Kyushu and Shikoku and from the Chinese provinces Chekiang and Fukien. Japanese re- cords are from May 7 to June 18, Chinese re- cords from April 6 to June 11. Nephrotoma fuscescens (Riedel, 1910) (figs. 43—46, 51—52) Pachyrhina fuscescens Riedel, 1910: 422, 423. Pales fuscescens; Savchenko, 1973: 50, 51. Nephrotoma iyoensis Alexander, 1953d: 226, 267. (Syn. nov.) Pales iyoensis; Savchenko, 1973: 51. 252 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) 39 LS >} ba / E = TR Frey AC WEL, Snert En (Ia < > 40 Figs. 38—42. N. flavonota. Fig. 38. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 39. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 40. Exten- sion of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 41. Hypopygium, rear view. Fig. 42. Left inner disustyle, from outside. Nephrotoma akitae Alexander, 1955: 366—368. (Syn. nov.) Material examined. — Holotype d of ıyoen- sis, in fair condition, hypopygium on slide 9706, specimen labelled: “Japan Shikoku Saragamine 1200 m. vi-3.52 Ishihara” “Holotype d Neph- rotoma tyoensis C. P. Alexander” (USNMA); 1? paratype, Shikoku, Saragamine, 1100 m, 3.v1.1952 (USNMA). Holotype d and paratype ? of akitae on one pin, abdominal ends lacking (corresponding slides were not found), labelled “Japan Akıta Prov. Yuze 250 m, vi-22, 51 Issı- ki-Ito” “Holotype Nephrotoma akitae C. P. Alexander” “Allotype Nephrotoma akitae C. P. Alexander” (USNMA); other material: 46 29, Primorskiy kray (Wladiwostok; Khasan, Ke- drova Pad); 18 19, Tsushima; 32, Honshu (Sata; Saitama; Mt Takao); 156 69, Kyushu; 1d 19, Shikoku (Omogo Valley, Iyo). The type-material of fuscescens (“2d 49, Halbinsel Jankowsky, Süd Ussuri”, Museum für Naturkunde, Berlin, East Germany), could not be studied. The species is described from southern Primorye; material from that region was examined during this study. Characteristics. — N. fuscescens and the | closely related species contrasta and leeuweni share the following characters: anterior part of | mediotergite yellow; lateral thorax with dark brown to black markings; male sternite 8 ! lengthened and incised (figs. 43, 46, 47, 50, 55, | 57); female ovipositor very short (figs. 51—54) : (the female of leeuweni is unknown, the hypo- OOSTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 253 46 50 Figs. 43— 46. N. fuscescens. Fig. 43. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 44. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 45. Left inner dististyle, from outside. Fig. 46. Male sternite 8, ventral view. Figs. 47—50. N. contras- ta. Fig. 47. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 48. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 49. Left inner distis- tyle, from outside. Fig. 50. Male sternite 8, ventral view. pygium of this species is very similar to that of lows: in leeuwen: the posterior part ot the inner fuscescens and contrasta and it is assumed that dististyle is enlarged and blackened (fig. 58) and the same applies to the ovipositor). the broadly V-shaped extension of the male ter- The species differ among each other as fol- gite 9 possesses robust lateral projections (fig. 254 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) 52 54 Figs. 51, 52. N. fuscescens. Fig. 51. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 52. Female sternite 8 and hypovalvae, ventral view. Figs. 53, 54. N. contrasta. Fig. 53. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 54. Female sternite 8 and hypovalvae, ventral view. 56); ın fuscescens the extension has a concave medial incision (fig. 43); in contrasta the medial incision is convex (fig. 48); the inner dististyle of fuscescens has a high posterior crest (fig. 45); in contrasta the crest is low (fig. 49); further- more there are some differences in the ventral aspect of the male sternite 8 (figs. 46, 50); fe- males of fuscescens and contrasta differ in the shape of the short hypovalvae (figs. 51, 53, with a small dorsal notch before apex in fuscescens) and by the transition of sternite 8 and the hypo- valvae (figs. 52, 54). Distribution and period of flight. — Known from southern Primorye and the Japanese is- lands Tsushima, Honshu, Kyushu and Shikoku. On Honshu the species is sympatric with con- trasta and leeuweni and known as far north as Yuze, Akita. Altitudes are up to 1200 metres. Almost all Japanese records are in May, a few are from June; the records from southern Pri- morskiy kray are from June and July. Nephrotoma leeuweni spec. nov. (figs. 55—58) Type-material. — Holotype d, in good con- dition, abdomen stored in microvial, labelled “Honshu Nagano Tokyo, 12.v.1922 Esaki” “Holotype Nephrotoma leenweni P. Ooster- broek” (ZMA). Characteristics. — Belongs to the fuscescens group. Differentiating characters are discussed under fuscescens. The most salient character is the enlarged and blackened posterior margin of ! the inner dististyle (fig. 58). | Description. Body and wing length: 14 mm. Head. — Yellow with dorsal part of rostrum | and occipital marking dark brown. The latter OOSTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 255 57 Figs. 55—58. N. leeuweni. Fig. 55. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 56. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 57. Male sternite 8, ventral view. Fig. 58. Left inner dististyle, from outside. large, about as broad as dorsal pronotum and reaching base of tubercle. In between tubercle and eye margin rounded, dark brown to black spots. Antennae 13-segmented; scape light brown; pedicel brown; flagellar segments dark brown to black and somewhat reniform beyond first; longest verticillar hairs about as long as segments. Thorax. — Yellow with dark brown to black dorsal stripes and large lateral markings. Lateral Stripes on scutum 1 outcurved, the outcurved part duil and reaching halfway paratergite. An- terior two-thirds of mediotergite yellow, poste- rior one-third with two rounded dark brown spots. Coxae with dark brown markings bas- ally, largest on coxae one; trochanters yellowish brown; femora basally yellowish brown, grad- ually darkening towards brown tips; tibiae light brown to dark brown; tarsi dark brown; claw of right front leg toothed, other claws lacking. Wing with a light brown tinge, cells c and sc slightly more brownish; stigma distinct, brown, with about 6 macrotrichia; crossveins just be- low stigma with a brown seam; wingtip clouded brown. Abdomen. — Yellowish brown with a brown to dark brown dorsal stripe on tergites 1—6, stripe about as broad as scutellum and narrowly interrupted on the anterior part of the tergites; segment 7 and 8 largely darkened. Hypopygium. — Dark reddish brown. Ex- tension of tergite 9 widely V-shaped with ro- bust lateral projections (fig. 56). Outer dististyle slender (fig. 55). Inner dististyle as in fig. 58, with an elongate and slender anterior beak and the posterior part distinctly enlarged and black- ened. Medisternal appendage of sternite 9 strongly hirsute and situated between the lateral extensions of the elongate sternite 8. Distribution. — Known after the holotype 4 from Honshu only. Etymology. — The species is named after my friend and colleague Dr. Br. Theowald van Leeuwen. 256 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) THE ANALIS GROUP Nephrotoma ozenumensis Alexander, 1925 (figs. 65—68) Nephrotoma ozenumensis Alexander, 1925b: 399, 400. Masaki, 1933a: 92. Ishida, 1955: 122. Nephrotoma lamellata; Savchenko, 1970: 120, 121. Pales ozenumensis; Savchenko, 1973: 162, 163. Pales sublamellata; Savchenko, 1973: 56—58 (in part). Material examined. — Holotype ©, in good condition, one wing on slide 2845, specimen la- belled: “Ozenuma Japan 6454 ft vii-25.°23 T. Esaki” “Holotype Nephrotoma ozenumensis C. P. Alexander” (USNMA; Ozenuma is on Honshu); other material: 16, Shikotan, 20.vı1.1971 (ZMA); 16, Honshu, Nikko, To- chigi pref., 26.v11.1973 (KURU). Characteristics. — See under N. vana. Distribution and period of flight. — Known from Shikotan and Honshu only. Records are from July 17 to August 20. Nephrotoma vana spec. nov. (figs. 59—63) Introduction. — In the literature some confu- sion exists about the synonymy of sublamellata Alexander, 1935, and lamellata (Riedel, 1910). Examination of the male holotype of the former (USNMA) revealed that sublamellata is at most a subspecies of lamellata, differing in the shape ot the lateral appendage of the adminiculum on- ly, and replacing lamellata in southern Primo- rye, Sakhalin and North Korea. Examination of specimens from the Kurile and Japan showed that this material belongs to two other species, closely related to lamellata. They are ozenu- mensis Alexander, 1925, known from Shikotan and Honshu; and vana nov. spec., divided here into two subspecies, the nominal form from Ku- nashir and Hokkaido, and the subspecies nigro- vana from Honshu and Kyushu. Characteristics. — The species lamellata, ozenumensis and vana do not differ in colora- tion, except for the darker coloured subspecies nigrovana (see descriptions of vana vana and vana nigrovana). The differences are limited to hypopygial characters as follows: lamellata: gonapophyses of the adminiculum with an acute upright projection (fig. 64); in the subspeties sublamellata the downcurved poste- rior arm is notably shorter; ozenumensis: gonapophyses of the adminicu- lum without an acute upright projection and posterior arm not downcurved (fig. 66); in both lamellata and ozenumensis the dorsal margin of the appendage is serrate; outer dististyle sinuate with the apical part very slender and elongate (fig. 65); vana: gonapophyses of the adminiculum more straight and with the dorsal margin not serrate (fig. 62); outer dististyle less sinuate (fig. 63); lateral shells ot the extension of tergite 9 in dorsal view largely concealed by the above-ly- ing flanges (fig. 61), in lamellata and ozenumen- sis these flanges are less developed (fig. 67); vana nigrovana differs from the nominal sub- species in coloration only: the thorax is almost entirely darkened, the scutal stripes are broadly in contact with each other and the abdominal segments (5) 6—8 are entirely black. Etymology. — The name vana refers to the more hollow lateral shells of the extension of the male tergite 9. Nephrotoma vana vana subsp. nov. (figs. 59—63) Pales lamellata; Savchenko & Krivolutzkaya, 1966: 56. Pales sublamellata; Savchenko, 1973: 56—58 (in part). Nephrotoma lamellata; Oosterbroek, 1980: 366 (subsp. nov.; distribution only). Type-material. — Holotype à, in good con- dition, labelled “Japan Murayama Sapporo vi- 25.32 Okada (USNMA); paratypes: 14, Kuna- shir, 1.v111.1977 (ZMA); 18, Hokkaido, Jozan- kei, Sapporo, 19.vin.1922 (ZMA); 19, idem, 28.v1.1953 (USNMA); 12, Hokkaido, Yubari- dake, subalpine z., 14.v11.1967 (KU). Characteristics. — See under N. vana. Description. Body length d: 12—13 mm, 2: 18—20 mm; wing length ¢: 12—13 mm, © : 15—17 mm. Head. — Dorsal part of rostrum broadly dark brown, lateral parts yellow. Head pale yellow to yellow, tubercle and vertex sometimes more brownish. Occipital marking large, about as broad as or broader than dorsal part of prono- tum, with rounded lateral margins and usually pointed anteriorly, reaching base of tubercle. Next to tubercle large dark brown spots along eye-margin. Antennae with 13 segments; scape yellow with brownish patches on apical half; pedicel light brown; flagellar segments dark brown, in the male somewhat nodulose basally beyond first, in the female cylindrical. Thorax. — Pronotum dorsally yellow, lateral OOSTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 257 Nm NN \ Figs. 59—63. N. vana vana. Fig. 59. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 60. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 61. Ex- tension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 62. Left gonapophyses, lateral view. Fig. 63. Left outer dististyle, from outside. Fig. 64. N. lamellata. Adminiculum and left gonapophysis, lateral view. Figs. 65—68. N. ozenu- mensis. Fig. 65. Left outer dististyle, from outside. Fig. 66. Adminiculum and left gonapophysis, lateral view. Fig. 67. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 68. Left inner dististyle, from outside. 258 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) part anteriorly yellow to light brown, posteri- orly dark brown. Scutal stripes dark brown to black, lateral stripes with the outcurved anterior part dull and large, almost or actually reaching paratergite. Dull seam around anterior corners of scutum 2 occupying lateral part of transverse suture and contacting lateral stripes of scutum 1 with stripes of scutum 2. Scutellum yellowish brown with a broad brown to dark brown me- dial stripe or scutellum entirely darkened. Me- diotergite antero-laterally yellowish brown, an- tero-medially with a broad brown to dark brown stripe which distinctly broadens posteri- orly. Lateral parts of thorax yellowish brown, variegated with large dark brown markings. Coxae dorsally darkened; trochanters largely light brown; femora light brown with the apices broadly darkened, front legs with apical half darkened; tibiae and tarsi brown to dark brown; male claws toothed. Wings with a light brown- ish yellow tinge; stigma dark brown with about 30 macrotrichia; crossveins just below stigma with a broad brown seam; wingtip broadly clouded. Abdomen. — Tergite 1 with a broad brown to dark brown spot dorsally. Tergites 2—5 (male) or 2—6 (female) with brown to dark brown spots on the posterior part of the tergite, in the male spots about as large as scutellum and on tergite 2 prolonged anteriorly to contact sim- ilar spot on anterior half of the tergite, in the fe- male spots broader and more triangular and prolonged anteriorly forming a continuous stripe. Sternites 1—5 or 1—6 yellow. Male with segments 6—8 and female with segments 7—8 dark brown to black. Hypopygium largely darkened. Female tergites 9 and 10 and oviposi- tor light brown. Hypopygium and ovipositor. — As in figs. 59—63. Distribution and period of flight. — Known from Kunashir and Hokkaido only. The records are between June 25 and August 19. Nephrotoma vana nigrovana subsp. nov. Type-material. — Holotype d, in good con- dition, abdomen stored in microvial, labelled “Honshu Mt Hirasan Shiga pref. 900—1100 m. 1969.vi.5 K. Kanmiya” (KURU); paratypes: 12, Kyushu, Shiratoriyama, Kumamoto, 10.vu.1977 (KU); 12, Kyushu, Bogazuru, Ku- jusan, »13.ví.1968 (ZMA)3“ 12; Japan, P1909 (BMNH); 12, Honshu, Chugokusanchi, Kami- kochi, 5000’, 26.vii.1939 (ZMA). Characteristics. — See under vana. Description. Body length d: 15 mm, 2: 18—20 mm; wing length 6:14 mm, © : 16 mm. Head. — As in the nominal form, pedicel and scape darker. Thorax. — Thorax and coxae largely dark brown to black. Scutal stripes broadly in con- tact with each other; lateral stripes of scutum 1 with a large dull outcurved anterior part. Tho- rax yellow or yellowish brown at dorsal prono- tum, on either side of outcurved part of the lateral stripe of scutum 1, at paratergite and with smaller marks around wing base, largest on katepisternite. Wings and legs as in vana vana. Abdomen. — Segment 1 dark brown to black, the tergite laterally somewhat lighter. Segments 2—4 yellow, the tergites with dark brown triangular transverse bands along the hind margin, bands in male relatively narrow, in female broader, dorsally occupying posterior half of tergite; tergite 2 in addition with a rounded dark brown to black spot on anterior half with two smaller spots antero-laterad of it. Anterior part of sternite 5 yellow, remainder of segment 5 dark brown to black. Segments 6—8 and male hypopygium dark brown to black. Fe- male tergites 9 and 10 and ovipositor light brown. Distribution and period of flight. — Known from Honshu and Kyushu only. Records are from June 5 to July 26. Nephrotoma pullata (Alexander, 1914) (figs. 69—72) Pachyrhina pullata Alexander, 1914: 160—162. Nephrotoma pullata; Masaki, 1933a: 90. Alexander, 1953a: 73. Alexander, 1953c: 148, 149. Ishida, 19552125 Nephrotoma hokkaidensis Alexander, 1925a: 446, 447. (Synonymy in Alexander, 1953c.) Nephrotoma mannheimsi Savchenko, 1966: 260—262. (Syn. nov.) The reference by Savchenko (1973) refers to neopratensis. Material examined. — Holotype of pullata, three slides containing one wing, left inner and outer dististyle and abdominal end, labelled “Holotype 829 Nephrotoma pullata (Alex.) d Tokyo, Japan May 7, 1912 (Ex S. Kuwana) 829” (USNMA, the holotype specimen was not found). Holotype d of hokkaidensis, in good condition, labelled “Yoichi, Prov. Shiribeshi, Ja- pan vi-26-1921 S. Kuwayama” “Holotype OOSTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 259 69 LE Ke RER EAN Ay NA 70 == ef \ Alp Wl Ny Aas TL ANA \\ A \ { Xe Figs. 69—72. N. pullata. Fig. 69. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 70. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 71. Left in- ner dististyle, from outside. Fig. 72. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Nephrotoma hokkaidensis C. P. Alexander” (USNMA; Yoichi is, of course, on Hokkaido); paratypes: 1d 19, para(topo)types (USNMA); 2d, Hokkaido, Sapporo. Mt Moiwa, 15.vi.1923 (16 USNMA, 18 BMNH); 16 19, Hokkaido, Sapporo, 15.vi.1921 (USNMA, with slide 829); 1d, idem, end vi.1921 (USNMA). Holotype d of mannheimsi, in good condition, labelled “Maoershan, Mandschurei 7.v1.39 W. Alın leg.” “Mandschurei, Maoershan 7.v11.39 W. Al- in” “Pales sp. n. opr. E. N. Savchenko” “Holo- typus Pales mannheimsi, sp. n. Savtshenko” (MAK; notwithstanding the type-labels, the species was described in Nephrotoma); para- types: 1d 19, para(topo)types from 23.vi.1939 (MAK); other material: 148 189, Hokkaido; 3d 42, Honshu; 16 19, Kyushu (Kagoshima; Beppu); 19, Sado; 38 29, North Korea (Om- po, situated a few miles inland from the coast just South of 42° N; Seren Mts); 16 19, China (Manchuria: Mao-erh-shan and Erzendjanzsy). Characteristics. — N. pullata is a large spe- cies (body length d up to 19 mm, © up to 24 mm). The coloration ot the head is characteristic with the yellow eye-ring broadly interrupted by the greyish lateral extension of the occipital marking. The lateral thorax is dusted grey to a variable degree. The male abdominal tergites 2-5 with elongate, brown to black, dorsal spots in front of hind margin, usually about as broad as scutellum and twice as long; posterior segments blackened. Female with a continuous dorsal stripe on tergites 2—7, composed of tri- angular spots, largest on tergites 4—6; tergites 260 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) 73 Figs. 73—75. N. stygia. Fig. 73. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 74. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 75. Left inner dististyle, from outside. laterally and sternites ventrally with elongate brown to dark brown spots. Specimens from the continent are usually to a much lesser degree variegated with brown to black markings, espe- cially on the abdomen, and they have the thorax not dusted grey. Hypopygium and ovipositor as in figs. 69—72. Distribution and period of flight. — Material was examined from Hokkaido, Honshu, Sado, Kyushu, Shikoku, North Korea and China (Manchuria). Savchenko (1966) in addition re- ports Amurskaya oblast and Primorskiy kray. On the continent and on Hokkaido the species is on the wing from the end of May until the end of July, on the other Japanese islands the re- cords are much earlier, from mid-April to mid- June, with one record for August 9. Nephrotoma stygia Alexander, 1921 (figs. 73—75) Nephrotoma stygia Alexander, 1921: 131, 132. Alex- ander, 1925c: 4. Esaki, 1932: 181. Masaki, 1933a: 91. Ishida, 1955: 124. Pales erebus; Savchenko, 1973: 113 (see discussion). Material examined. — Holotype d, in good condition, one wing on slide 1788, specimen la- belled “Ikaho, Japan Gumma-ken, July 7 1920 K. Tanaka” “Holotype Nephrotoma stygia C. P. Alexander” (USNMA; Ikaho is on Honshu); paratypes: 12, in poor condition, one wing on slide 1788, specimen labelled as the holotype; 19, Honshu, Chuzenji, 9.vii.1920 (both 2 USNMA); other material: 16 59, Hokkaido (Sounkei;- Sapporo; Shizunai);. 1187 1598 Honshu; 14, Shikoku (Mt Sara). Characteristics. — N. stygia is an almost completely brownish black species with two, clear yellow marks on the lateral thorax, namely the membranous area underneath the parater- gite and the anterior half of the katatergite in front of the halter. The genae and frontal tuber- cle are more brownish yellow than the rest of the head. The abdominal segments are shining with a broad dull ring along the posterior mar- gins. N. stygia belongs to the analıs subgroup (sensu Oosterbroek, 1980), as is shown by the shape of the inner dististyle (fig. 75) and the ex- tension of tergite nine (fig. 74). The basal one- third of the intromittent organ is relatively thick, the apical two-thirds are more slender and consist of a cylindrical filament which is dorsally open, especially at the transition; a similar opening is found in the flavipalpis sub- group, the presumed sistergroup of the analıs subgroup (Oosterbroek, 1980). Distribution and period of flight. — Known from the islands Hokkaido, Honshu and Shiko- tan; Masaki and Ishida also mention Kyushu, but no material from that island was examined. The species is recorded from altitudes up to 2000 m and is most frequent from the end of Ju- ly until the end of August, only a few records are from early July. ZA EE en __—@—É OosTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 261 Discussion. — Savchenko (1973) considers stygia as possibly a junior synonym of erebus, but stygia is a valid species, not even belonging to the same species-group as erebus. THE PALLORIS GROUP Nephrotoma bifusca Alexander, 1920 (figs. 79—83, 88, 91) Nephrotoma bifusca Alexander, 1920: 25, 26. Alexan- der, 1953d: 265, 266. Ishıda, 1955: 120. Pales bifusca; Zinovjev & Savchenko, 1962: 557, 569. Savchenko, 1973: 45, 46. Material examined. — Holotype ®, in good condition, one wing on slide 1128, specimen la- belled “Kioto, Japan May 27, 1914 A. Nohira” “Holotype Nephrotoma bifusca C. P. Alexan- der” (USNMA); other material: 38 2%, Honshu (Tottori, Owami, Gifu); 26, Shikoku (Minara; Iyo); 2d, North Korea (Puksu Pyak- san in Kankyo Nando, the second highest peak in Korea, appr. 40° 40’ N 127° 45’ E; Chonsani near Paiktusan, the highest mountain in Korea, close to the border of Manchuria, appr. 42° N 128° E); 4d 62, South Korea (Central Nat. Forest, 18 mi NE Seoul; 8 mi SW Kangnung; Tangjok-gok, 38°11'N 128°19’E); 26 39, Primorskiy kray (Khasan, Kedrova Pad; Wladi- wostok); 1d, Khabarovskiy kray (Khaba- rovsk); 16 Amurskaya oblast (Khor). Characteristics. — N. bifusca belongs to the palloris group, of which the Japanese species possess an usually isolated dull mark below the anterior end of the lateral stripes on scutum 1 and which have the lateral parts of the medio- tergite darkened and the antero-medial part yel- low. Among these species bifusca can be easily recognized by the brown seam along the wing cord and apical part of vein CuA2. Males have the posterior margin of the inner dististyle blackened (fig. 80). In females the dorsal margin of sternite 8 is very high towards the hypoval- vae, a character easily visible even in unmacer- ated specimens (figs. 88, 91). A peculiarity of bi- fusca is the swelling of the intromittent organ at about one-third its length from the semen pump (fig. 82). See also under palloris. Distribution and period of flight. — Known from Amurskaya oblast, Khabarovskiy kray, Primorskiy kray, North Korea, South Korea and the Japanese islands Honshu and Shikoku. The period of flight is from the second half of May until the first half of September. Nephrotoma geminata Alexander, 1920 (figs. 76, 89) Nephrotoma geminata Alexander, 1920: 24, 25. Ishis- da; 1955:121. Pales geminata; Savchenko, 1973: 64. Material examined. — Holotype d, in fair condition, several parts stored on slide 1127, specimen labelled “Ichikawa Chiba-ken Japan v-17-1919” “Holotype Nephrotoma geminata C. P. Alexander” (USNMA). 19 paratype with slide 1127, labelled as the holotype except “May 17, 19” and “Allotype” (USNMA); other material: 366 159, from Honshu. Characteristics. — Belongs to the palloris group and is compared with the species of this group under palloris. Distribution and period of flight. — Known from Honshu only and on the wing from the second half of April to the end of May, with one record for September 9. Nephrotoma pallida spec. nov. (figs. 8487, 90, 92) Type-material. — Holotype d, in good con- dition, labelled “Kyushu Miyazaki Miyazaki 3.x.1973” J. Emoto (KU); paratypes: 19, la- belled as the holotype (ZMA); 16, Yakushima, Onoaida, 7.x.1968 (ZMA); 1d 19, Kyushu, Sa- tar \Misalo, (1927/1952 (2), 2101952 '(8) (USNMA); 16, Yunomoto, Isl. Iki NE of Kyu- shu, 28.v.1957 (ZMA); 19, Kyushu, Sata Oshu- mi, Magome-Hetsuka, 24.v.1952 (USNMA); Id, Kyushu, Inunakiyamo, Fukuoka, 18.v11.1965 (KU); 12, Kyushu, Inunakiyamo, Fukouka, 30.1x.1965 (ZMA). Characteristics. — Closely related to palloris, discriminating characters are discussed under that species. Description. Body length 3: 10—11 mm, 9: 14—16 mm; wing length d : 10—11 mm, 2: 12—13 mm. Head. — Yellowish, vertex light brown, ros- trum usually with a brownish spot dorsally. Oc- cipital marking a small shining triangle with a narrow dark brown frontal prolongation that reaches top of tubercle, frontal prolongation less broad than diameter of flagellomere 1 and sometimes faint or even absent. Antennae 13- segmented; scape, pedicel and first flagellar seg- ment light yellow to brownish yellow; follow- ing flagellar segments light brown and some- what reniform in the male with the basal nodes 262 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) Fig. 76. N. geminata. Hypopygium, lateral view. Figs. 77, 78. N. palloris. Fig. 77. Left outer dististyle, from outside. Fig. 78. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Figs. 79—83. N. bifusca. Fig. 79. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 80. Left inner dististyle, from outside. Fig. 81. Adminiculum and left gonapophysis, lateral view. Fig. 82. Swelling of intromittent organ. Fig. 83. Left outer dististyle, from outside. Figs. 84—87. N. pallida. Fig. 84. Left outer dististyle, from outside. Fig. 85. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 86. Adminiculum and left gonapophysis, lateral view. Fig. 87. Left inner dististyle, outside view. OOSTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 263 blackened; in the female yellowish with the bas- al nodes of the segments blackened beyond first or second segment. Thorax. — Pronotum yellowish brown. Lateral thorax pale yellow to yellow, dorsal part of anatergite dark brown. Scutum 1 and 2 pale yellow to yellowish brown between stripes. Scutal stripes dark brown; anterior half of medi- al stripe of scutum 1 usually paler with a broad brownish yellow mark along mid-line, mark sometimes extending over entire length of stripe; lateral stripes of scutum 1 straight with a large, isolated, rounded or oval, dull black spot below anterior end. A broad dull black seam around antero-lateral corners of scutum 2. Scu- tellum transparent, yellow to light brown. Me- diotergite yellow on antero-medial part, lateral and posterior parts dark brown. Coxae, tro- chanters and femora light brown, the latter with narrowly darkened tips; tibiae light brown to brown, tips dark brown; tibiae brown to dark brown; male claws toothed. Wings with a light brown tinge, cell c and usually sc dark brown; stigma dark brown with up to 20 macrotrichia; dark coloration of wing margin usually narrow- ly continued beyond stigma, broadening to- wards wingtip and reaching vein M2, sometimes even CuAl. Abdomen. — Brownish yellow with a row of dark brown dorsal and lateral spots. Tergite 1 broadly dark brown dorsally. Tergites 2—7 with elongate dark brown spots which almost reach preceding tergite, spots in the male about as broad as scutellum, in the female somewhat broader, spots sometimes less developed on ter- gites 5—7. Tergites 2—8 with elongate dark brown spots along lateral margin, almost form- ing a continuous stripe, especially on the ante- rior tergites. Sternites yellow, sometimes infus- cated, hind margins light yellow. Hypopygium. — Extension of male tergite 9 widely V-shaped with slender and curved lateral arms (fig. 85). Outer dististyle very narrow (fig. 84). Inner dististyle with a posterior crest (fig. 87). Gonapophyses elongate, the warning-fin- ger-like part usually visible outside hypopygi- um (fig. 86), but not as distinct as in geminata (fig. 76). Hind margin of sternite 8 with a very wide and shallow incision, lined with long gold- en hairs. Ovipositor. — Lateral aspect as in fig. 90 and dorsal aspect of hypovalvae as in fig. 92, differ- ing from palloris (fig. 93) among others in the shape of the rostral extensions. Distribution and period of flight. — Known from the islands Iki, Kyushu and Yakushima only. The species has been collected at the fol- lowing dates: May 19, 24, 28, August 18, Sep- tember 30, October 3 and 7. Etymology. — The name pallida has the same meaning as palloris, of pale colour. The two spe- cies are evidently allopatric sisterspecies. Nephrotoma palloris (Coquillett, 1898) (figs. 77, 78,93) Pachyrhina palloris Coquillett, 1898: 306. Alexander, 1914: 159, 160. Nephrotoma palloris; Alexander, 1920: 24. Masaki, 1933a: 90. Ishida 1955: 122. Alexander & Alexan- der, 1973: 36 (in part). Pales palloris; Savchenko, 1973: 44, 45. Pales autumnalis Savchenko, 1973: 106, nov.) Nephrotoma autumnalis; Savchenko, 1970: 120, 121 (localities only). The references by Riedel (1917, 1918) and Alexander & Alexander (1973, in part) appar- ently refer to sinensis, see distribution. 107 (Syn. Material examined. — Nephrotoma palloris: Holotype 2, in good condition, flagellar seg- ments lacking, labelled “Japan Mitsukuri” “Type no 3968 USNM” “Pachyrhina palloris Cog.” (USNM; Mitsukuri is presumably on Honshu). Nephrotoma autumnalis: 28 29 syn- types from Moneron, Violovich, 23.vu1.1956 (1d) and 26.viii.1956 (16 22) (ASL; Savchen- ko, 1973, described autumnalis after 96 89 from Moneron and 16 from Shikotan, without mentioning type-locality and without desig- nation of a holotype); other material: 56 59, Hokkaido; 206 162, Honshu; 2d, Oshima. Characteristics. — Forming a species group with geminata, bifusca and pallida and closely related to the latter. The species are very similar in coloration. Except geminata, they usually have the costal margin of the wing darkened as follows: in bifusca cell sc is darkened and in pal- loris and pallida cells c and sc; this, however, is not a reliable character to separate the species, while bifusca can have both cells dark brown, palloris both or sc only or neither of the two and pallida only sc. More reliable characters are found in the copulatory organs. Males: Inner dististyle without crest (figs. 76, 80): bifusca and geminata. Posterior part of in- ner dististyle blackened (fig. 80): bifusca. Gona- pophyses distinctly protruding beyond hypopy- gium (fig. 76): geminata. Inner dististyle with a posterior crest (fig. 87): palloris and pallida. Outer dististyle broad: (fig. 77): palloris. Outer 264 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) Figs. 88—90. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 88. N. bifusca. Fig. 89. N. geminata. Fig. 90. N. pallida. dististyle slender (fig. 84): pallıda. Females: Dorsal margin of sternite 8 distinct- ly upcurved before contacting hypovalvae (figs. 88, 91): bifusca. Cerci slender (fig. 89): gemina- ta. Cerci broad (fig. 90): palloris and pallıda. Rostral extensions of hypovalvae broad (fig. 93): palloris. Rostral extensions narrower (fig. 92): pallida. The differences in the hypovalvae are the only reliable characters found to sepa- rate the females of palloris and pallida. Distribution and period of flight. — N. pallo- ris is known from the islands Hokkaido, Honshu and Oshima. Savchenko (1973) de- scribed autumnalis from the island Moneron near southern Sakhalin and from Shikotan, add- ing (1970) Kunashir. Riedel (1917, 1918) and Alexander & Alexander (1973) reported palloris from Taiwan (Formosa) but these records ap- parently refer to sinensis Edwards. Out ot the Riedel collection (IPSFK) Prof. Dr. G. Morge kindly sent me the only palloris det. Riedel specimen from Taiwan, which I recognized as sinensis. The species is most abundant in May and ear- OOSTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 265 m RAN eat Sg At 93 Fig. 91. N. bifusca. Female sternite 8 and hypovalvae, ventral view. Figs. 92—93. Right hypovalva, dorsal view. Fig. 92. N. pallida. Fig. 93. N. palloris. ly June, but is also frequent in the second halt ot July until mid-September. Discussion. — Females of palloris and pallida can be separated only by internal characters of the hypovalvae. The female holotype of palloris (Coquillett) was not investigated by the present author with respect to these characters. Never- theless it is assumed that palloris (Coquillett) is conspecific with palloris as presented in this pa- per and not with pallida. The female holotype of palloris is labelled “Mitsukuri”, presumably on Honshu, whereas pallida is distributed on Kyushu and adjacent smaller islands. THE CROCATA GROUP Nephrotoma neopratensis Alexander, 1921 (figs. 94— 99) Nephrotoma neopratensis Alexander, 1921: 132, 133. Alexander, 1925c: 4. Masaki, 1933a: 91. Ishida, 255122. Pales pullata; Savchenko, 1973: 121—123. Material examined. — Holotype ®, in good condition, a wing on slide 1834, specimen la- belled “Sapporo, Japan May 26, 1916 S. Ku- wayama” “Holotype Nephrotoma neopratensis C. P. Alexander” (USNMA); other material: 94 92, Hokkaido; 56 52, Honshu; 16, Shiko- tan (Misaki, Iyo); 18 19, North Korea (Ompo, situated a few miles inland from the coast just South of 42°N); 19, South Korea (8 mi SW Kangnung). Characteristics. — Belongs to the crocata subgroup (Oosterbroek, 1980) the species of which have the apex of the adminiculum spined (fig. 97) and possess a spine on the ventral sur- face of the intromittent organ, usually just in front of the adminiculum, as in neopratensis. N. neopratensis is a large species (body length d: up to 16 mm, ®: up to 20 mm) and mostly re- sembles pullata. The species is characterized as follows. Occipital marking large and rounded with a narrow and short prolongation on tuber- cle; basally about as broad as prescutum, sometimes narrowly but usually not in contact with the eyes, which are surrounded by yellow. Coxae, abdominal segment 1 and almost entire thorax dusted grey, region below paratergites broadly yellow, as are the parascutella. Scutal 266 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) 96 99 Figs. 94—99. N. neopratensis. Fig. 94. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 95. Left inner dististyle, from outside. Fig. 96. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 97. Adminiculum and left gonapophysis, lateral view. Fig. 98. Medial ap- pendage of male sternite 8, ventral view. Fig. 99. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. stripes and scutellum blackened, lateral stripes of scutum 1 straight. Abdomen with continuous dorsal and lateral stripes; in the male dorsal stripe about as broad as scutellum, posterior segments and hypopygium blackened and ster- nıtes wıth elongate ventral markings; in the fe- male dorsal stripe broader and individual spots triangular and along hind margin almost or ac- tually in contact with lateral stripes, sternites with a continuous ventral stripe, segment 8 and tergites 9 and 10 blackened. Male hypopygium as in figs. 95—99, hind margin of sternite 8 with a peculiar shaped medial appendage; ovipositor as in fig. 94. | OosTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 7 Distribution and period of flight. — Known from Hokkaido, Honshu, Shikoku (Iyo), South and North Korea. Adults are on the wing dur- ing about six weeks, from the end of April until mid-June. Discussion. — The species ıs reported by Sav- chenko (1973) under pullata. Hıs neopratensis shows a crest on the inner dististyle and a differ- ent colour-pattern and apparently is a not yet described species from Sakhalın. THE BREVIPENNIS GROUP Nephrotoma hirsuticauda Alexander, 1924 (figs. 100—104) Nephrotoma hirsuticauda Alexander, 1924: 597—599. Alexander, 1925c: 2, 4. Masakı, 1933a: 91. Ishida, 1955: 121. Savchenko, 1970: 121. Savchenko, Vio- lovich & Narchuk, 1972: 82. Pales hirsuticauda; Zinovjev & Savchenko, 1962: 556, 562, 566, 567, 569. Savchenko & Krivolutzkaya, 1966: 46, 56. Savchenko, 1973: 110—112. Material examined. — Holotype d, ın good - condition, labelled: “Sapporo, Japan July 1921 S. Kuwayama” “Holotype Nephrotoma hirsuti- cauda C. P. Alexander” (USNMA); paratypes: 28 29, Sakhalin, Toyohara (= Yuzhno-Sakha- linsk), 20—23.vii.1923 (18 22 USNMA, 18 BMNH); other material: 16 19, Sakhalin (Ko- numa; Toyohara = Yuzhno-Sakhalinsk); 44 42, Hokkaido; 16, Honshu (Tochigi, Nikko); 3d, Primorskiy kray (Jakovskoye; Kamen Ri- bolov. Oz. Khanka); 12, China (Manchuria, Ha-erh-pin = Charbin). Characteristics. — N. hirsuticauda belongs to the brevipennis group, comprising the three species from Madeira (brevipennis (Wollaston), lucida (Schiner), antithrix (Mannheims)), and a number of Nearctic species (ferruginea (Fab- ricius), abbreviata (Loew), suturalis (Loew), navajo Alexander). The group is characterized by the shape of the gonapophyses, of the inner dististyle and of the extension of the male ter- gite 9. The presence of an oval, serrate mem- brane at the intromittent organ is known in this group only and is found in the species of Madei- ra, in navajo and in hirsuticauda. In general hirs suticauda mostly resembles suturalis. Males of hirsuticauda are easily recognized by the shape of the extension of tergite 9 (fig. 102) and by the tufts of long hairs at sternite 8 (fig. 100). Females share the following characters. Oc- cipital marking small, triangular, ranging from yellow to dark brown, sometimes with a narrow prolongation on tubercle. Pronotum entirely yellowish brown. Scutal stripes usually not uni- formly coloured but in part dark brown and light or yellowish brown; at least stripes on scu- tum 2 lighter in the middle; lateral stripes of scutum 1 anteriorly outcurved, outcurved part shining. Scutellum yellow. Mediotergite yellow, posterior part and usually antero-medial part transparent and light brown. Femora and tibiae light brown, tips dark brown. Abdominal ter- gites 2—7 (8) posteriorly with rounded to oval dorsal spots situated well in front of the hind margins, spots about as large as scutellum; ter- gites laterally with a continuous dark brown stripe. Cercı and hypovalvae as in fig. 101. Specimens frem the continent are usually much darker coloured (f. tristis of Savchenko, 1973), but show no differences in genital char- acters. Distribution and period of flight. — N. hirsu- ticauda is known from Krasnoyarskiy kray (Kansk), Irkutskaya oblast, Buryatskaya ASSR, northern Mongolia, Amurskaya oblast, Khabarovskiy kray (Khabarovsk), Primorskiy kray, NE China (Ha-erh-pin), North Korea (Hamgyong nando), Sakhalin, Kunashir, Hok- kaido, Honshu (Nikko). The period of flight in Japan and Sakhalin is from mid-June until mid- September, on the continent from mid-May to the end of August. THE STYLACANTHA GROUP Nephrotoma medioflava spec. nov. (figs. 105—110) Type-material. — Holotype d, in good con- dition, labelled “Japan Okinawa Shuri 300’ 28.11.1923” “Holotype Nephrotoma medioflava P. Oosterbroek” (USNMA); paratypes: 224 69, labelled as the holotype except for dates, running from “12.1.1923” to “27.111.1923” and for “paratype” (176 49 USNMA, 54 29 ZMA); other material: 12, Okinawa, Katsu- dake, 10.vu.1951 (ZMA); 12, Okinawa, Koza, vi.1958 (ZMA). Characteristics. — As indicated in the key, the transverse yellow spot on the mid-dorsal part of the dorsally brown to dark brown tergite 1 separates this species from all other Japanese species. Description. Body length 3: 11—12 mm, 9: 14—16 mm; wing length d: 11—13 mm, 2: 12—14 mm. Head. — Yellowish, dorsal rostrum and ver- tex more brownish. Occipital marking shining brown, triangular with the base about as broad 268 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) 101 102 Figs. 100—104. N. hirsuticauda. Fig. 100. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 101. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 102. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 103. Left inner dististyle, from outside. Fig. 104. Adminicu- lum and left gonapophyses, lateral view. as neck and anteriorly reaching halfway tuber- cle, usually with a narrow, dull brown prolon- gatıon to top of tubercle. Between tubercle and eye margın vague brown spots. Antennae 13 segmented; scape and pedicel yellow to light brown; flagellar segments dark brown in the male and distinctly reniform beyond flagel 1; fe- male flagellar segment 1 light brown, following segments light brown to brown with the bases dark brown. Thorax. — Pronotum dorsally brownish yel- low, lateral brown or in part dark brown color- ation continued on coxae 1. Lateral thorax and coxae 2 and 3 yellowish, dorsal part of anater- gite dark brown. Dorsal thorax yellow between stripes, sometimes more brownish. Scutal stripes usually not uniformly coloured, ranging from brown to dark brown; medial stripe on scutum 1 usually with a longitudinal, lighter coloured mark on anterior part; lateral stripes on scutum 1 outcurved, the outcurved part shining and usually lighter coloured than stripes OosTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 269 110 109 Figs. 105—110. N. medioflava. Fig. 105. Right hypovalva, dorsal view. Fig. 106. Semen pump, intromittent or- gan and adminiculum with gonapophyses, lateral view; top right: rear view of intromittent organ. Fig. 107. Ex- tension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 108. Left inner dististyle, from outside. Fig. 109. Left outer dististyle, from outside. Fig. 110. Ovipositor, lateral view. themselves. Antero-lateral corners ot scutum 2 with a dark brown dull seam. Scutellum trans- parent, yellow to light brown. Mediotergite yel- low on antero-medial part, lateral parts brown to dark brown, posterior part ranging from yel- low to brown. Trochanters brownish yellow; femora basally brownish yellow, growing brown towards apex; tibiae brown; apices of femora and tibiae broadly dark brown; tarsı dark brown; male claws toothed. Wings with a 270 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) hght brown tinge; stigma distinct, brown to dark brown, with a few or up to 25 macrotri- chia; wingtip with a brownish cloud. Abdomen. — Tergite 1 broadly brown to dark brown with a transverse yellowish spot on the middorsal part, lateral parts pale yellow, hind margin yellow. Tergites 2—6 or 2—7 with a broad brown to dark brown stripe, interrupt- ed on anterior part of tergites, stripe in the male about as broad as scutellum, in the female broader than mediotergite with the individual spots slightly triangular towards hind margin. Tergites 2—6, 2—7 or 2—8 with a dark brown, almost uninterrupted lateral stripe. Male tergite 8 and usually also tergite 7 and sternite 8 largely dark brown; female tergite 8 sometimes largely dark brown. Hypopygium. — Brownish. Extension of ter- gite 9 with a small medial incision (fig. 107). Outer dististyle of moderate length (fig. 109). Inner dististyle with a broad anterior beak (fig. 108). Intromittent organ short and robust with the apex differentiated (fig. 106). Gonapophyses upcurved with short posteriorly directed pro- cesses (fig. 106). Hind margin of sternite 8 straight, unmodified. Ovipositor. — Lateral aspect as in fig. 110, dorsal aspect of hypovalvae as in fig. 105, with short rostral extensions and two sclerotized parts on each side in front of hypovalvae. Distribution and period of flight. — Known from Okinawa only and apparently on the wing from January to July. Discussion. — N. medioflava is related to sty- lacantha Alexander, known from the Chinese provinces Fukien and Kiangsu. They share the following characters. Transverse and yellow dorsal spot on tergite 1, extension of male ter- gite 9 very similar, intromittent organ short and thick and apically modified. The inner dististyle of stylacantha as well as the gonapophyses are very different. Etymology. — The name medioflava refers to the yellow mark on the first abdominal ter- gite. THE REPANDA GROUP Nephrotoma repanda (Alexander, 1914) (figs. 111—114) Pachyrhina repanda Alexander, 1914: 162, 163. Nephrotoma repanda; Masaki, 19332: 90. Alexander, 1954: 277, 278. Ishida, 1955: 123. Savchenko, 979° 121, Pales repanda; Savchenko & Krivolutzkaya, 1966: 46, 56. Savchenko, 1973: 62—64. Nephrotoma grahamiana Alexander, 1940b: 403— 405 (hypopygium = fig. 46, not 45). (Syn. nov.) Pales grahamiana; Savchenko, 1973: 62. Material examined. — Holotype d of repan- da, three slides with one wing, left inner and outer dististyle and abdominal end, labelled “Holotype 830 Nephrotoma repanda (Alex.) & Tokyo, Japan Aug. 1912 (Ex Kuwana) 830” (USNM, the type-specimen was not found). Holotype d of grabamiana, in good condition, labelled “W. China Omei Shuang Fei Chiao 3000° vı—14.35 Graham” “Holotype d Nephrotoma grahamiana C. P. Alexander” (USNM); paratypes: 4d para(topo)types with dates from 14—22.v1.1935 (2d complete USNM, 1d USNM with slide USNMA, 16 slide only USNMA); other material: 4?, Hok- kaido (Ishikari; Tokachi); 46 32, Honshu; 2d 12, Kyushu (Oita; Kujusan; Kumamoto); 6d 22, Shikoku: 2®, Sado; 16, Tsushima (Mt Ariake); 16, Primorskiy kray (Wladiwostok); 1d, North Korea (Ompo, situated a few miles inland from the coast just South of 42°N); 49, South Korea (16 & 18 mi NE and 6 mi E of Seoul); 56, China (Szechwan: Pehlüting and Mt Omei). Characteristics. — N. repanda is closely re- lated to dutti Alexander, 1963 (= condylophora Alexander, 1970) from the southern Himalayas (Murree; Darjeeling; Bomdila). The species is characterized by the yellow thorax with only the scutal stripes dark brown; the medial stripe on scutum 1 and the stripes on scutum 2 have the posterior ends dull. Head largely yellow, dark brown coloration of dorsal rostrum, of spots on either side of tubercle and of small tri- angular occipital marking variable in expression. Male tergites 2—6 sometimes with a vague dor- sal stripe about as broad as scutellum and sometimes infuscated along lateral margin; ter- gite 7 or segment 7, segment 8 and hypopygium largely dark brown. Hypopygium, extension of tergite 9 and inner dististyle as in figs. 111— 113, the hind margin of sternite 8 with a small medial incision covered by a membrane, sides of incision and membrane covered with longer white hairs. Apex of intromittent organ bifid. Female abdomen with a dark brown dorsal stripe on tergites 2—7, about as broad as scutel- lum or mediotergite and interrupted in front of hind margin of tergites, lateral margin of ter- gites usually infuscated or with a dark brown lateral stripe along the margins. Tergite 8 and basal part of sternite 8 darkened, apical part of OosTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 271 111 114 Figs. 111—114. N. repanda. Fig. 111. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 112. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 113. Left inner dististyle, from outside. Fig. 118. Ovipositor, lateral view. sternite 8 with large and oval dark brown spots. Cerci relatively short and broad, hypovalvae slender (fig. 114). Distribution and period of flight. — Known from Kunashir, Hokkaido, Honshu, Sado, Kyu- shu, Shikotan, Tsushima, southern Primorye, North and South Korea and China (Szechwan). Altitudes in Japan are up to 1200 m, in China up to 2000 m. The period of flight is from the end of May until early August. THE VIRGATA GROUP Nephrotoma virgata (Coquillett, 1898) (figs. 115—118) Pachyrhina virgata Coquillett, 1898: 306. Alexander, 1914: 163, 164. Nephrotoma virgata; Alexander, 1920: 22, 23. Alex- ander, 1925c: 20. Esaki, 1932: 148. Masaki, 1933a: 90. Alexander, 1953c: 149, 150. Ishida, 1955: 124 (in part). Alexander & Alexander, 1973: 38 (in part). Pales virgata; Savchenko, 1973: 51—53. Nephrotoma decrepita Alexander, 1935a: 140—142. (Syn. nov.) Pales decrepita; Savchenko, 1973: 53. Limnophila japonica Esaki, 1957: 1532 (synonymy af- ter Alexander, 1953c). Pachyrhina serricornis; Brunetti, 1912: 343 (Japanese records only). The records from Taiwan (Formosa) by Ed- wards (1916), Riedel (1917), Brunetti (1918, 1920), Ishida (1955) and Alexander & Alexan- der (1973) probably refer to different species, see under distribution. Material examined. — Holotype d of virga- ta, in good condition, labelled: “Japan Mitsuku- ri” “Type no. 3967 U.S.N.M.” “Pachyrhina vir- gata Coq.” (USNM; Mitsukuri presumably lies on Honshu). Holotype & of decrepita, in fair 272 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) 119 118 116 Figs. 115—118. N. virgata. Fig. 115. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 116. Extension of male tergite 9, dorsal view. Fig. 117. Left inner dististyle, from outside. Fig. 118. Ovipositor, lateral view. condition, abdominal end and one wing on slide 5736, specimen labelled: “Mt Omei Szechwan China 4500 ft aug. 15, ’29” “Holotype Nephro- toma decrepita C. P. Alexander” (USNMA); other material: 206 219, Hokkaido; 496 499, Honshu; 7d 79, Shikoku; 156 99, Kyushu; 12, Sado; 18, Tsushima; 19, Oshima; 16 19, Amami; 1d, North Korea (Puksu Pyaksan in Kankyo Nando, the second highest peak in Ko- rea, appr. 40°40’ N 12745’ E; 26 79, South Korea (Ch’unch’ön; 16, 18 & 20 mi NE and 6 mi E of Seoul); 36 99, China (Lichuan, Hupeh; Chungching, Mt Omei, Szechwan). Characteristics. — N. virgata males can be easily recognized by the shape of the extension of tergite 9 (fig. 116), of the inner dististyle (fig. 117), and by the backtolded appendage at ster- nite 8 (fig. 115). Females have the cerci broad and with the blunt ending apical part slightly downcurved (fig. 118). Both sexes have a small occipital marking and the lateral stripes on scu- tum 1 are usually somewhat outcurved anterior- ly, the outcurved part ranges from dull to al- most as shining as stripes themselves. The ab- dominal tergites bear brown to dark brown dorsal markings, the expression of the markings is very variable, ranging from almost absent to occupying the largest part of the tergite but in all instances the hind margins of the tergites are broadly yellow, especially on tergites 2—6; lateral and ventral markings are absent and the abdominal end is not darkened. The species is OOSTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 273 20 10 HOKKAIDO SHIKOKU, KYUSHU & AMAMI el Seer ie STR D, ASTA Diagram 1. Period of flight of N. virgata. Months divided into periods of 10 days. Number of data relates to number of samples, not to number of specimens. not closely related to any of the other Japanese species but more to species found in central and southeast Asia (f.e. consimilis Brunetti, 1911; scurroides de Meijere, 1904). . Distribution and period of flight. — The spe- cies is known from the Japanese islands Hok- kaido, Honshu, Tsushima, Sado, Oshima, Shi- koku, Kyushu and Amami. It is recorded from the eastern USSR by Alexander (1925c) and Savchenko (1973; Khasan, Wladiwostok, Primorskiy kray); Alexander (1925c) also men- tions Kudia river, Amagu, which could not be traced, and Okeanskaya, a doubtful record as it is South of Kamchatka, far outside the presently known range of virgata. During this study material was examined from North Korea and South Korea, other Korean localities are men- tioned by Masaki (1933a), but these are doubt- ful, the figures of virgata from Korea in Masaki (1933b) refer to a species of the dorsalis group. Material was also examined from China (W Hu- peh; Szechwan). Out of the Riedel collection 274 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) (IPSFK) Prof. Dr. G. Morge kindly sent one specimen det. virgata by Riedel from Taiwan. The specimen was ıdentified by me as definata Alexander, 1935. In spite of all the records from Taiwan it is most probable that virgata does not occur on the island. Other records of virgata in SE Asıa are based on the synonymy by Edwards (1927) of scurroides de Meijere, 1904, with vir- gata, but scurroides is a valid species (types in ZMA). Recorded altitudes are up to 2000 m. The period ot flight throughout the distribution range is given in diagram 1; on Hokkaido the flight-period is short, June and most frequently July; on the other islands the species is most fre- quent in spring but adults can be found during quite long a period, from the end of April until the end of October or November; on the conti- nent adults are on the wing from mid-May until early September and are most frequent in Au- gust. THE SINENSIS GROUP Nephrotoma sinensis (Edwards, 1916) This species is recorded from Japan by Esaki (1932), Masaki (1933a), Alexander (1953a, 1953c) and Savchenko (1973). During this study no sinensis material from Japan was encoun- tered. It is almost certain that the above-men- tioned records refer to species of the palloris group. As in sinensis, some members of this group have the costal margin of the wing dark- ened. THE DORSALIS GROUP The following species belong to the dorsalis group, and are discussed and figured in very de- tail by Tangelder (1984). Nephrotoma electripennis Alexander, 1953 (figs. 123, 124) Endemic to Japan (Shikoku, Kyushu); period ot flight: mid-May until mid-June (Tangelder, 1984: 32, 33, figs. 44—56, map 2). Nephrotoma nigricauda Alexander, 1925 (figs. 121, 122) Endemic to Japan (Hokkaido, Honshu) and the Kurile (Kunashir); period of flight: mid- May unul the end of July (Tangelder, 1984: 33—36, figs. 57—68, map 2). Nephrotoma minuticornis Alexander, 1921 (fig. 119) Sugarbeet crane-fly (see p. 236) Distributed from southern Sakhalin to Kyu- shu and Shikoku; period of flight: the end of May until early October (Tangelder, 1984: 66— 70, figs. 201—210, map 8). Nephrotoma sachalina Alexander, 1924 (fig. 120) Distribution: southern Kamchatka, southern Sakhalin, the Kurile and Hokkaido; period of flight: mid-June until the end of August (Tang- elder, 1984: 45—48, figs. 88, 101, 103—112, map 4). Nephrotoma difficilis Tangelder, 1984 (figs. 126, 128, 130, 131) Distributed from central Asia (Krasnoyarsk and Tuva regions) to southern Primorye, North Korea, southern Sakhalin and Hokkaido; period of flight: mid-June until mid-August (Tangel- der, 1984: 53—57, figs. 124, 134, 137—148, map 5). Nephrotoma angustistria Alexander, 1925 (figs. 127, 129, 132) Endemic to Japan (Hokkaido, Honshu); peri- od of flight: mid-May until early September (Tangelder, 1984: 59—61, figs. 126, 136, 161— 169, map 5). Nephrotoma cirrata Tangelder, 1984 (fig. 133) Endemic to Japan (Hokkaido); recorded from June 25/26 and July 6 and 12 (Tangelder, 1984: 61—63, figs. 170, 172181, map 6). Nephrotoma gaganboi Tangelder, 1984 (fig. 134) Endemic to Japan (Honshu); recorded from June 30 only (Tangelder, 1984: 63, 64, figs. 182—189, map 6). Nephrotoma microcera Alexander, 1921 (fig. 125) Known from Japan (Hokkaido, Honshu) and South Korea (18 mi NE Seoul); period of flight: mid-May until the end of September (Tangel- der, 1984: 6466, figs. 171, 190—200, map 7). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Large amounts of unidentified and fairly re- cently collected specimens were made available through the kindness of K. Kanmiya (Biological Laboratory, Department of General Education, School of Medicine, Kurume University) and T. Saigusa (Biological Laboratory, College of Gen- OosTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 275 Figs. 119—121, 123, 125. Hypopygium, lateral view. Fig. 119. N. minuticornis. Fig. 120. N. sachalina. Fig. 121. N. nigricauda. Fig. 123. N. electripennis. Fig. 125. N. microcera. Figs. 122, 124. Hypopygium, ventral view. Fig. 122. N. nigricauda. Fig. 124. N. electripennis. (With kind permission redrawn from Tangelder, 1984, Beaufortia, 34) 122 124 eral Education, Kyushu University). These eral of which were known from the types only, shipments included material of the new and added much to our knowledge of the distri- (sub)species vana vana, vana nigrovana and bution of the species. pallida, contained a number of rare species, sev- The most important C. P. Alexander collec- 276 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) 139 Figs. 126, 127. Head, dorsal view. Fig. 126. N. diffialis. Fig. 127. N. angustistria. Figs. 128, 129. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 128. N. difficilis. Fig. 129. N. angustistria. Figs. 130—134. Hypopygium. Fig. 130. N. difficilis, lateral view. Fig. 131. N. difficilis, ventral view. Fig. 132. N. angustistria, ventral view. Fig. 133. N. cirrata, lateral view. Fig. 134. N. gaganboı, lateral view. (With kind permission redrawn from Tangelder, 1984, Beaufor- tia 34) tion could be studied through the generous co- REFERENCES operation of W. N. Mathis (National Museum Alexander, C. P., 1913—1914. Report on a collection of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, of Japanese crane-flies (Tipulidae) with a key to Washington, D.C.). the species of Ptychoptera. — Can. Ent. 45 (1913): | » OosTERBROEK: Nephrotoma of Japan 197—210, 285—295, 313—322; 46 (1914): 157— 164, 205, 211, 236—242. Alexander, C. P., 1920. New or little-known crane- flies from Japan (Tipulidae, Diptera). — Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 46: 1—26. Alexander, C. P., 1921. Undescribed species of Japa- nese crane-flies (Tipulidae, Diptera). Part II. — Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 14: 111—134. Alexander, C. P., 1924. New or little-known crane- flies from northern Japan (Tipulidae, Diptera). — Philip. J. Sci. 24: 531—611. Alexander, C. P., 1925a. Undescribed species of Japa- nese crane-flies. Part V. — Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 17: 431—448. Alexander, C. P., 1925b. New or little-known Tipuli- dae (Diptera). XXVII. Palaearctic species. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 15: 385—408. Alexander, C. P., 1925c. Crane-flies from the Mari- ume Province of Siberia (on the insect fauna of the Maritime Province of Siberia). — Proc. U.S. Nat. . Mus. 68 (4): 1—21. Alexander, C. P., 1927. Entomologische Ergebnisse der Schwedischen Kamchatka-Expedition. 1920— 1922. Part 12. Tipulidae. — Arkiv för Zoologi 19A (9): 1—10. Alexander, C. P., 1931. New or little-known Tipuli- dae from eastern Asia (Diptera). IX. — Philip. J. Sci. 44: 339—368. Alexander, C. P., 1935a. New or little-known Tipuli- dae from eastern Asia (Diptera). XXV. — Philip. J. Sci. 57: 81—148. Alexander, C. P., 1935b. New or little-known Tipuli- dae from eastern Asia (Diptera). XXVII. — Phil- ip. J. Sci. 58: 213—252. Alexander, C. P., 1940a. Studies on the Tipulidae of China (Diptera). IV. New or little-known crane- flies from Tien-mu-shan, Chekiang (cont.). — Lingnan Sci. J. 19: 121—132. Alexander, C. P., 1940b. New or little-known Tipuli- dae from eastern Asia (Diptera). XLIII. — Philip. J. Sci. 73: 375—420. Alexander, C. P., 1945. Undescribed species of crane- flies from northern Korea (Diptera, Tipuloidea). — Trans R. Ent. Soc. London 95: 227—246. Alexander, C. P., 1953a. The insect fauna of Mt. Ishi- zuchi and Omogo Valley, Iyo, Japan. The Tipuli- dae (Diptera). — Trans. Shikoku Ent. Soc. 3: 71— 83. Alexander, C. P., 1953b. Records and descriptions of Japanese Tipulidae (Diptera). Part I. The crane- flies of Shikoku, I. — Philip. J. Sci. 82: 21—75. Alexander, C. P., 1953c. Records and descriptions of Japanese Tipulidae (Diptera). Part II. The crane- flies of Shikoku, II. — Philip. J. Sci. 82: 141—179. Alexander, C. P., 1953d. Records and descriptions of Japanese Tipulidae (Diptera). Part III. The crane- flies of Shikoku, III. — Philip. J. Sci. 82: 263— 308. Alexander, C. P., 1954. Records and descriptions of Japanese Tipulidae (Diptera). Part IV. The crane- 277 flies of Shikoku, IV. — Philip. J. Sci. 83: 263— 306. Alexander, C. P., 1955. Undescribed species of Japa- nese crane-flies (Diptera: Tipulidae). Part VIII. — Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 48: 364—374. Alexander, C. P., 1963. Some Tipulidae from Tibet and upper Burma in the British Museum (Natural History) (Diptera). — Bull. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Ent. 14 (7): 319—340. Alexander, C. P., 1966. The crany-fly fauna of the southern Kuriles (Tipulidae, Diptera). — Mushi 39 (11): 119—126. Alexander, C. P., 1970. New or little-known species of Asiatic Tipulidae (Diptera). III — Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 96: 307—352. Alexander, C. P. & M. M. Alexander, 1973. Tipuli- dae. In: Delfinado, M. D. & D. E. Hardy (Eds.), A Catalog of the Diptera of the Oriental region, 1: 10—224. — Honolulu. Brunetu, E., 1911. New Oriental Nemocera. — Rec. Indian Mus. 4: 259—316. Brunetti, E., 1912. Diptera Nematocera (excluding Chironomidae and Culicidae). In: Shipley, A. E. (Ed.), The fauna ot British India, including Cey- lon and Burma, 581 pp., 44 figs., 12 pls. — Lon- don. Brunetti, E., 1918. Revision of the Oriental Tipulidae with descriptions of new species, 2. — Rec. Indian Mus. 15: 255—344. Brunetti, E., 1920. Catalogue of Oriental and South Asiatic Nemocera. — Rec. Indian Mus. 17: 1— 300. Coquillett, D. W., 1898. Report on a collection of Japanese Diptera, presented to the U.S. National Museum by the Imperial University of Tokyo. — U.S. Natl. Mus. Proc. 21: 301—340. Edwards, F. W., 1916. New or little-known Tipuli- dae, chiefly from Formosa. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) 18: 245—269. Edwards, F. W., 1927. Diptera Nematocera from the Dutch East Indies. — Treubia 9: 352—370. Esaki, T., 1932. Diptera. In: Iconographia Insectorum Japonicorum (first ed.), 7—249. — Tokyo (in Jap- anese). Esaki, T., 1957. Tipulidae. In: Iconographia Insecto- rum Japonicorum (2nd ed.), 1528—1537. — To- kyo (in Japanese). Ishida, H., 1955. The catalogue of the Japanese Tipu- lidae, with the keys to the genera and subgenera. I. Tipulinae (part). — Ann. Rep. Hyoga Agric. Coll. (Kenkyre Shuroku) 4: 106—135. Ishida, H., 1956. Idem. II. Zipula (part) and Cylin- drotominae. — Idem 5: 59—77. Ishida, H., 1957. Idem. III. Limoniinae, Tribe Limo- nuni. — Idem 5: 122—149. Ishida, H., 1958. Idem. IV. Limoniinae, Tribe Pedicii- ni. — Sci. Rep. Hyogo Univ. Agric. 3, Series Nat- ural Sciences: 37—42. Ishida, H., 1959. Idem. V. Limoniinae, Tribe Hexato- mini. — Idem 4: 3—11. 278 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, AFL. 11, 1984 (1985) Ishida, H., 1960. Idem. VI. Limoniinae, Tribe Eriop- terini (1). — Idem 4: 27—34. Ishida, H., 1961. Idem. VII. Limoniinae, Tribe Erio- terini (2). — Idem 5: 1—8 (including a supplement to the Tipulinae). Ishida, H., 1965. The check-list of the Japanese Tipu- lidae (Diptera). — Private publication, 1-111, 1—43. Kuwayama, S., 1926. A list of the insects injurious to agricultural and horticultural plants in Hokkaido. — Bull. Hokkaido Agric. Expt. Sta. 42: 73 (in Jap- anese). Linnaeus, C., 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria na- turae. Ed. 10, Vol. 1, 824 pp. — Holmiae (= Stockholm). Loew, H., 1871. Beschreibung europäischer Dipteren. Systematische Beschreibung der bekannten euro- päschen zweiflügeligen Insekten, von Johann Wilhelm Meigen, 2: Neunter Theil oder dritter Supplementband, 319 pp. — Halle. Mannheims, B. & E. N. Savchenko, 1967. 105. Tipuli- dae. Ergebnisse der zoologischen Forschungen von Dr. Z. Kaszab in der Mongolei (Diptera). — Reichenbachia 9: 147—156. Masakı, J., 1933a. On the Tipulinae of the Japanese Empire. — Mushi 6: 74—95. Masaki, J. 1933b. Notes sur les Coréen Tipulidae. — Tottori nogakkaiho (= Trans. Tottori Soc. Agric. Sciences) 4: 368—386, 2 pls. (in Japanese). Meijere, J. C. H. de, 1904. Neue und bekannte süd- asiatischen Dipteren. — Bijdr. Dierk. 17—18: 85—115. Oosterbroek, P., 1978. The western palaearctic spe- cies of Nephrotoma Meigen, 1803 (Diptera, Tipu- lidae). Part 1. — Beaufortia 27: 1—137. Oosterbroek, P., 1979a. Idem. Part 2. — Beaufortia 28: 57—111. Oosterbroek, P., 1979b. Idem. Part 3. — Beaufortia 28: 157—203. Oosterbroek, P., 1979c. Idem. Part 4, including a key to the species. — Beaufortia 29: 129—197. Oosterbroek, P., 1980. Idem. Part 5, Phylogeny and Biogeography. — Beaufortia 29: 311—393. Oosterbroek, P., 1984. A revision of the crane-fly ge- nus Nephrotoma Meigen, 1803, in North America (Diptera, Tipulidae). Part II: the non-dorsalis spe- cies-groups. — Beaufortia 34: 117—180. Oosterbroek, P. & R. Schuckard, 1976. A world check-list of Nephrotoma Meigen, 1803 (Diptera, Tipulidae). — Versl. techn. Geg. Inst. Taxon. Zool. Amsterdam 9: 1—35. Oosterbroek, P., R. Schuckard & Br. Theowald, 1976. Die Nephrotoma-Verbreitung in der Welt (Di- ptera, Tipulidae). — Bull. Zool. Mus. Univ. Amsterdam 5: 111—123. Riedel, M. P., 1910. Die paläarktischen Arten der Dipteren (Nematocera polyneura) Gattung Pachyrhina Macq. Suit à Buff. (1834). — Deutsch. ent. Z. 1910: 409—437. Riedel, M. P., 1917. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute: Ne- matocera Polyneura (Dipt.), III. — Arch. Naturg. 82(A): 109—116. Riedel, M. P., 1918. H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute: Liriopidae (Ptychopteridae) Polyneura (Dipt.), IV. — Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 16: 315—320. Savchenko, E. N., 1966. Two new eastpalaearctic spe- cies of Nephrotoma Meig. (Diptera, Tipulidae). — Bonn. Zool. Beitr. 3/4: 260—264. Savchenko, E. N., 1970. Additions to the fauna of crane-flies (Diptera, Tipulidae) of the southern Kuriles. — Ent. Obozr. 49: 108—123 (in Russian with English summary). Savchenko, E. N., 1973. Tipulidae. — Fauna SSSR, (n.s.), 105 (Diptera, 2) (5): 1—281 (in Russian, date of manuscript: 1965). Savchenko, E. N., 1981. A species of the genus Neph- rotoma new for the fauna of the SSSR. — Vestnik Zool. 3: 77 (in Russian). Savchenko, E. N. & G. O. Krivolutzkaya, 1966. On the crane-flies (Diptera, Tipulidae) of the Kuril Is- lands. — Entomofauna Lesow, Moscow, 1966: 45—58 (in Russian). Savchenko, E. N., N. A. Violovich & E. P. Narchuk, 1972. A review of crane-flies (Diptera, Tipulidae) of Altai mountains. — Ent. Obozr. 51: 74—95 (in Russian with English summary). Shiraki, T., 1952. Catalogue of injurious insects in Ja- pan (exclusive of animal parasites), 5. — Prelim. Stud. econ. sci. Sect. nat. Res. Div. G.H.Q. Allied Powers Tokyo, no. 71. Tangelder, I. R. M., 1983. A revision of the crane-fly genus Nephrotoma Meigen, 1803, in North Amer- ica (Diptera, Tipulidae). Part I: the dorsalis spe- cies-group. — Beaufortia 33: 111—205. Tangelder, I. R. M., 1984. The species of the Nephro- toma dorsalis-group in the Palaearctic (Diptera, Tipulidae). — Beaufortia 34: 15—92. Theowald, Br. & P. Oosterbroek, 1985. Family Tipu- lidae. In: Catalogue of the palaearctic Diptera. — Budapest (in preparation). Zinovjev, G. A. & E. N. Savchenko, 1962. On the fauna of crane-flies (Diptera, Tipulidae) of the Amur and Zea rivers interarea. — Ent. Obozr. 41: 554571 (in Russian with English summary). und Nematocera | Ane TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE UITGEGEVEN DOOR DE NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING REGISTER VAN DEEL 127 * Een sterretje duidt aan een naam nieuw voor de wetenschap | * An asterisk denotes a name new to science DIPTERA abbreviata, Nephrotoma 267 abyssinica, Tipula (Acutipula) (35, 53, 55 aculeata, Nephrotoma 237, 240, [243, 244, 246 ssp. atricauda 237, 243 Acutipula 33, 39, 60 sqq, 235 africana, Lecteria 49 ssp. nigrilinea 49 akitae, Nephrotoma 237, 252 analis, Nephrotoma 237, 256, [260 _ Angarotipula 236 angustistria, Nephrotoma 237, [242, 274, 276 antithrix, Nephrotoma 267 Arctotipula 235 atlantica, Tipula 35, 58, 71 sqq autumnalis, Nephrotoma 237, | [263, 264 Bayeria 191 Beringotipula 236 bicolor, Tipula 35, 36, 49, [58 sqq bifusca, Nephrotoma 237, 241, 2 [261 sqq brevipennis, Nephrotoma 237, [264 brevisiana, Tipula 35, 48 sqq Brithura 236 brunneinervis, Tipula 76 capnioneura, Tipula 36 sqq _capitigena, Bayeria 191 _chubbi, Tipula 38 cirrata, Nephrotoma 237, 242, | [274, 276 Cnemoncosis 235 condylophora, Nephrotoma 270 consimilis, Nephrotoma 273 “consobrina, Tipula 38, 39 sqq contrasta, Nephrotoma 237, [241,251 sqq The article by W. N. Ellis and P. F. Bellinger is not included in this index. cornicina, Nephrotoma 237, [240, 243, 244 crocata, Nephrotoma 237, 265 Ctenophora 235, 236 curtipennis, Tipula 39 sqq czizeki, Tipula 39, 56 daisensis Nephrotoma 237, 242, [247-249 Dasineura 196, 209 decrepita, Nephrotoma 237, [271, 272 definata, Nephrgtoma 274 Dendrotipula 235 dichroa, Tipula (Acutipula) 39, [40 Dictenidia 235 difficilis, Nephrotoma 237, 242, [274, 276 Dolichopeza 235, 236 dorsalis, Nephrotoma 236, 237, [273, 274 dutti, Nephrotoma 270 electripennis, Nephrotoma 237, [242, 274, 275 ellioti, Tipula 40 Emodotipula 235 erebus, Pales 260, 261 esakii, Nephrotoma 237, 240, [243, 245 eucera, Nephrotoma 238 eumecacera, Tipula 39, 40 sqq ferruginea, Nephrotoma 267 fimbriata, Tipula 41, 49 flagellicurta, Tipula 37, 39, [41 sqq flammeola, Nephrotoma 237, [241, 248, 249 flavescens, Nephrotoma 247 flavipalpis, Nephrotoma 260 flavolutescens, Tipula 42 flavonota, Nephrotoma 237, [240, 251, 252 Formotipula 236 279 frater, Tipula 38, 39, 42 sqq fulvipennis, Tipula 60, 61 fusca, Tipula 43, 56 fuscescens, Nephrotoma 237, [241, 251-254 gaganboi, Nephrotoma 237, [242, 274, 276 geminata, Nephrotoma 237, [241, 261-264 gerardi, Procystiphora 186 grahamiana, Nephrotoma 237, [270 Habromastix 45 helvetica, Nephrotoma 239 hirsuticauda, Nephrotoma 237, [241, 267, 268 f. tristis 267 hokkaidensis, Nephrotoma 237, [258, 259 hollanderi, Tipula 43, 44, 47, [66 sqq Holorusia 235 hungarica, Tipula 44, 45, 49 immemorata, Nephrotoma 237, [248 Indotipula 235 italica, Tipula 41, 45, 49, 58, [69 sqq *ssp. errans 41, 45, 58 sqq iyoensis, Nephrotoma 237, 251, [252 japonica, Nephrotoma 237, 271 jonesi, Habromastix 45 jonesi, Leptotarsus (Longurio) [45 jonesi, Tıpula 45 kleinschmidti, Tipula 45, 58, 62, [64 sqq lamellata, Nephrotoma 256, 257 Lasioptera 198 Lecteria 49 *leeuweni, Nephrotoma 237, [241, 252-255 280 Leptotarsus 45, 235 Lindnerina 236 lobelia, Tipula 46, 58, 66 sqq “loeffleri, Tipula 47, 58, 71 sqq longidens, Tipula 76 Longurio 235 lourensi, Tipula 47 sqq loveridgei, Tipula (Acutipula) [33, 60 sqq lucida, Nephrotoma 267 luna, Tipula 34 Lunatipula 235 luteipennis, Tipula 34 Macgregoromyia 235 mali, Dasineura 196 mannheimsi, Nephrotoma 237, [258, 259 mashona, Tipula 35, 48 sqq maxima, Tipula 60, 61 *medioflava, Nephrotoma 237, [241, 267 sqq Mediotipula 236 mediterranea, Tipula 34, 45, [49 sqq microcephala, Lecteria 49 microcera, Nephrotoma 237, [279 minuticornis, Nephrotoma [236 sqq, 274, 275 moesta, Tipula 34 mosambicensis, Tipula 45 navajo, Nephrotoma 267 neopratensis, Nephrotoma 237, [242, 258 sqq Nephrotoma 235 sqq Nesopeza 235 nigricauda, Nephrotoma 237, [242, 274, 275 Nigrotipula 236 niligena, Tipula 35, 49 Nippotipula 235 Odonatisca 236 oleracea, Tipula 33 sqq orientalis, Tipula 44 sqq Oropeza 235 ozenumensis, Nephrotoma 237, [242, 256, 257 Pachyrhina 243 sqq Pales 236 sqq “pallida, Nephrotoma 237, 241, [261-265, 275 palloris, Nephrotoma 237, 241, [261-265, 274 paludosa, Tipula 34 sqq parvirostra, Nephrotoma 237, [241, 248-251 Phoroctenia 235 pilicauda, Tipula 76 Platyupula 34, 61, 235 plumbea, Tipula 41, 49 sqq Prionocera 236 Procistophora 186 Protanyptera 235 pruinosa, Tipula 34 Pselliophora 235 Pterelachisis 51, 235 pullata, Nephrotoma 237, 242, [258 sqq pustulata, Tipula 76 relicta, Nephrotoma 248-251 repanda, Nephrotoma 237, 241, [270, 271 Rhabdophaga 191 rosarum, Wachtliella 191 rothschildi, Savtshenkia 50, 55 rubi, Lasioptera 198 sachalina, Nephrotoma 237, [242, 274, 275 saghaliensis, Nephrotoma 237, [240 sqq Savtshenkia 50, 51, 235 schulteni, Tipula 60 Schummelia 235 scurrioides, Nephrotoma 237, [274 selenitica, Tipula 76 serricornis, Pachyrhina 271 serristyla, Nephrotoma 237, [248-251 setosipennis, Yamatotıpula 50, [51 sinensis, Nephrotoma 264, 274 Sinotipula 235 soror, Tıpula 38 sqq ssp. mashona 38, 48, 49 speiseriana, Tipula 52 sqq strigata, Tipula 35 sqq stygia, Nephrotoma 237, 260, [261 stylacantha 237, 267, 270 subaptera, Tipula 55 sqq subcunctans, Tipula 34 sqq sublamellata, Nephrotoma 256 submendosa, Tipula 56 subpallida, Nephrotoma 237 suturalis, Nephrotoma 267 Tanyptera 235 tenuipes, Nephrotoma 243 terminalis, Rhabdophaga 191 Tipula 33 sqq, 235, 243 Tipulodina 235 Trichotipula 235 Triplicitipula 236 ultima, Tipula 34 urticae, Dasineura 209 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, 1984 (1985) *vana, Nephrotoma 237, 242, [256 *ssp. vana 237, 242, 256, 257, [275 *ssp. nigrovana 237, 242, 256, [258, 275 venturu, Tipula 56 Vestiplex 235 virgata, Nephrotoma 236, 237, [242, 271-274 vittata, Tipula 34 Wachtliella 191 wollastoni, Tipula 56 Xiphuromorpha 236 Yamatotipula 51, 60, 61, 235 zambiensis, Tipula 60 “zimbabwensis, Tipula 35, 56 sqq HYMENOPTERA abaris, Synopeas 128, 207, 208 abas, Amblyaspis 117, 220, 221 abia, Platygaster 121, 181, 182 abisares, Platygaster 121, 203, [204 acco, Synopeas 129, 209,211 Acerota 131 Acerotella 131 acrisius, Platygaster 121, 192, [193 aegeus, Platygaster 121, 199, [200 africanus, Mesitius 103, 104 ssp. africanus 104 Allotropa 117, 131 Amblyaspis 117 sqq, 179 Anaylax 101, 102, 103 *Apotosoma 139 sqq apterus, Mesitius 104 areolatus, Metaclisis 133 “Aspidobracon 137 sqq athamas, Platygaster 121, 189, (190, 191 atinas, Isostasius 133 attenuata, Platygaster 120, 121, [191, 192, 202 basimacula, Philomacroploea (150, 151, 159 *bekkeri, Metrionotus 105, 106 belus, Amblyaspis 118, 220, 221 bimucronatus, Dioxybracon [146, 153 bosci, Inostemma 133 boter, Acerota 131 boter, Acerotella 131 boter, Inostemma 117, 131 Brachinostemma 132 Bracon 143, 147 buchaetus, Inostemma 117 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, 1984 (1985) 281 bucolion, Platygaster 121, [202, 203 Caloncoba 137 cameroni, Mesitius 104 ssp. cameroni 104 cameroni Philomacroploea 151 capensis, Sulcomesitius 109 carceli, Heterocoelia 108 ssp. carceli 108 ssp. obscura 108 Carinibracon 137 catillus, Piestopleura 120, [212, 213 Catillus 120 cebes, Platygaster 121, 183, 184 Ceratacis 187 chrysippus, Platygaster 122, [193, 194 cleodaeus, Platygaster 122, 203, [204 Cleptes 109 Clytrovorus 102, 103 cochleata, Platygaster 122, 187, [188, 189 consimilis, Sulcomesitius 109 cotta, Isocybus 119, 218, 219 craterus, Synopeas 129, 205, [206, 207 crates, Amblyaspis 118, (202.1229 cratinus, Platygaster 122, [183, 184 cyrsilus, Platygaster 122, 189, [190 deipyla, Platygaster 122, 202, [203 demades, Platygaster 122, 194, [196, 198 densepunctatus, Pycnomesitius [112 dictys, Platygaster 122, 183, 184 didas, Trichacis 131, 214, 216, [217 Dioxybracon 139 sqq dryope, Platygaster 123, 189, [190 Ectadius 129 egypticus, Metrionotus 105 elongata, Platygaster 116, 123 emarginata, Pedinopleura 148, [149, 154 ennius, Platygaster 123, 200, [201 Epyris 104, 109 erato, Isocybus 119, 216, 217 erdoesi, Sulcomesitius 109 eriphyle, Platygaster 123, 200, [201 euhemerus, Platygaster 123, [190, 191 europus, Allotropa 131 europus, Inostemma 117 Eurostemma 131 euryale, Synopeas 129, 209, 211 Eutropobracon 139 sqq evadne, Platygaster 123, 202, [203 favo, Inostemma 116, 117, 132 filicornis, Platygaster 123, 187, [188 furcata, Gastrotheca 140, 141 furcata, Physaraia 140, 141, 152 furius, Amblyaspis 118, 222, [223 galenus, Platygaster 124, 189, [190 Gastrotheca 140 ghilianii, Mesitius 103, 104 gorge, Platygaster 124, 194, 195 *grahamensis, Sulcomesitius 109, [111 gyge, Platygaster 124, 191, 192 gynomamertes, Ectadius 129 halia, Leptacis 119, 213, 215 halidayi, Heterocoelia 109 *hesperivorus, Aspidobracon [144, 145, 161 Heterocoelia 106, 107, 108, 109 hispanica, Heterocoelia 109 hispo, Inostemma 116, 117, 132 horvathi, Clytrovorus 103, 104 hungarica, Heterocoelia 108 *Hyboteles 139 sqq hyllus, Synopeas 129, 209, 211 ilione, Platygaster 124, 185, 186 Incertosulcus 105 indicus, Eutropobracon 147, [158 inermis, Platygaster 124, 186, [188 Inostemma 116, 132 integer, Anaylax 102 iolas, Platygaster 124, 194, 196 Iphitrachelus 116, 133 Isocybus 119 sqq, 179 Isostasius 133 jasius, Synopeas 129, 205, 206 Kenema 138 koshunensis, Bracon 147, 150 koshunensis, Pedinopleura 149, [150, 155 laodice, Leptacis 120, 214, 215 lar, Iphitrachelus 116, 133 laricis, Platygaster 124, 187, 188 larides, Synopeas 129, 204, 206 *latimarginale, Apotosoma 142, [156 Leptacis 119 sqq, 179, 189 leptines, Platygaster 125, 187, [188, 189 longiventris, Platygaster 191 lycon, Inostemma 132 lysicles, Platygaster 125, 182, [183 mamertes, Piestopleura 120, [129, 210, 212 mamertes, Synopeas 120, 129, [208 manto, Platygaster 125, 197, [198, 203, 204 masneri, Sulcomesitius 110 matuta, Isocybus 119, 216, 219 mecrida, Inostemma 117, 132 *melateles, Apotosoma 142, 143, [163 melicerta, Inostemma 132 menippus, Inostemma 132 Mesitius 103, 104, 108, 109, 112 Metaclisis 117, 131 sqq Metrionotus 105, 106, 108 minthe, Platygaster 125, 199, [200 Misocyclops 128 sqq moczari, Anaylax 102 Monocrita 133 munita, Platygaster 125, 192, [193, 202 myles, Synopeas 130, 207, 208 nagyi, Heterocoelia 109 nereus, Amblyaspis 118, 218, [219 nice, Leptacis 120, 213, 215 nigriventris, Heterocoelia 109 *nikolskajae, Heterocoelia 106, [107 nisus, Platygaster 125, 197, 198 *noyesi, Aspidobracon 143, 145, [162 nydia, Leptacis 120, 213, 215 ocalea, Inostemma 117, 133 ocaleus, Metaclisis 133 oebalus, Platygaster 125, 194, [195 oeclus, Platygaster 125, 194, 195 olorus, Platygaster 126, 183, [184 orcus, Platygaster 126, 196, 197, [198 orus, Platygaster 126, 181, 182 osaces, Synopeas 130, 210, 212 oscus, Platygaster 126, 197, 199 otanes, Platygaster 126, 180, [181 282 otreus, Amblyaspis 118, 221, [222 ozines, Leptacis 120, 214, 215 *pardoi, Anaylax 101, 103 Parinostemma 117, 132 sqq pedasus, Platygaster 126, 197, [198 *Pedinopleura 139 sqq pelias, Platygaster 126, 196, 197, [198 peringueyi, Pycnomesitius 112 philinna, Platygaster 127, 200, [201 Philomacroploea 140 sqq Physaraia 137 sqq *pierrei, Aspidobracon 143, 144, [160 Piestopleura 120, 179, 207 pisis, Trichacis 131, 214, 216, [217 Platygaster 116 sqq, 179 sqq Plesiobracon 137 sqq pleuralis, Philomacroploea 151 pleuron, Platygaster 127, 181, [182 plotina, Platygaster 127, 202, [203 Polygnotus 126 sqq Polymecus 129 prorsa, Amblyaspis 118, 220, [221 Prosactogaster 121 sqq Pycnomesitius 112 remulus, Trichacis 131, 214, [216, 217 rhanis, Synopeas 130, 209, 211 roboris, Amblyaspis 118, 218, [219 ruborum, Platygaster 198 ruficornis, Platygaster 119 rutubus, Platygaster 127, 185, [186 Sactogaster 130 sqq, 209 sagana, Platygaster 127, 200, [201 scelionoides, Amblyaspis 118, [222, 223 scrutator, Isostasius 133 seron, Piestopleura 120, 210, [212 soikai, Incertosulcus 105 sonchis, Platygaster 127, 183, [184 sosis, Synopeas 130, 207 sterope, Platygaster 127, 179, [180, 181 strato, Platygaster 127, 184, 185 *suarezi, Clytrovorus 102, 103 Sulcomesitius 109, 110 sumatrana, Physaraia 141 Synopeas 119 sqq, 128 sqq, 179, [186 syrinx, Inostemma 117 szaboi, Mesitius 104 taras, Platygaster 128, 180, 181 tarsa, Synopeas 130, 209, 210, [212 tisias, Platygaster 128, 192, 193 torispinula, Leptacis 213 townesianus, Sulcomesitius 112 *toxopeusi, Hyboteles 148, 157 trebius, Synopeas 130, 205, 206 Trichacis 131 sqq, 179 tritici, Amblyaspis 119, 220, 221 ulex, Inostemma 117 Urocyclops 128, 184 sqq vaenia, Platygaster 128, 184, [185, 186 velutinus, Platygaster 116 velutinus, Synopeas 130, 205, [206 vestinus, Platygaster 128, 187, [188, 189 walkeri, Inostemma 133 walkeri, Isocybus 119, 218, 219 walkeri, Piestopleura 120 xeneus, Platygaster 128, 185, [186 *zambiensis, Sulcomesitius 110, [111 zavadili, Clytrovorus 104 zosine, Platygaster 128, 203, [204 zuluensis, Metrionotus 105 LEPIDOPTERA Acraea 137, 144 adspersella, Diptychophora [17 qq allophylica, Stigmella 167 *allophylivora, Stigmella 167, [168 *apicella, Roxita 17 sqq bipunctella, Modestia 17 sqq *birgittae, Stigmella 171, 173 cepheus, Acraea 137, 144 charistis, Stigmella 167 Corynophora 18 Crambus 17, 26 Culladia 17, 19, 26, 27 Diptychophora 17, 22 Ectoedemia 165 Epichorista 226, 227 Epichoristodes 227, 229 Erionota 145 eurydyce, Roxita 17 sqq TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, 1984 (1985) *ficivora, Stigmella 169 *fletcheri, Roxita 17 sqq geraeas, Epichorista 226, 227, [230 Glaucocharis 17, 25 glaucophanes, Tawhitia 18 mandingella, Stigmella 174 *maytenivora, Stigmella 174, 175 modestellus, Crambus 17, 26, 27 Modestia 17, 19, 26, 27 *mululella, Roxita 17 sqq Orocrambus 19 paliurella, Stigmella 171 pentadactyla, Tawhitia 18 *Phlebozemia 225 sqq platyzona, Stigmella 170 *reductella, Roxita 17, 19, 20, 25 *rhomboivora, Stigmella 166, 167 Roxita 17 sqq *sandrinae, Phlebozemia 225, [227 sqq Stigmella 165 sqq szetschwanella, Culladia 17 sqq f. modesta 17 Tawhitia 18 thrax, Erionota 145 Trifurcula 165 *wollofella, Stigmella 174, 176 *ziziphivora, Stigmella 171, 172 zizyphi, Stigmella 171 ODONATA andromeda, Phyllogomphoides [81, 82, 83, 89 angularis, Phyllogomphoides [81, 82, 90 annectens, Phyllogomphoides [81, 82, 93 Aphylla 80, 94 atlanticus, Phyllogomphoides (81, 82, 90 audax, Phyllogomphoides [81 sqq brunneus, Phyllogomphoides [81 sqq calverti, Phyllogomphoides 81, [82,92 camposi, Phyllogomphoides 81, [82,93 cassiopeia, Phyllogomphoides [81, 82, 83, 89 cepheus, Phyllogomphoides 81, [82, 83, 89 cornutifrons, Phyllogom- phoides 81, 83, 94 cristatus, Phyllogomphoides 81, [82, 83, 88, 89 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 127, 1984 (1985) Cyclophylla 89, 92, 93 eugeniae, Gomphoides 86 fuliginosus, Phyllogomphoides [81 sqq Gomphoides 80 sqq Idiogomphoides 80 imperator, Phyllogomphoides [81 sqq lieftincki, Phyllogomphoides [81, 82, 83, 92 *major, Phyllogomphoides [80 sqq Negomphoides 88 sqq *pedunculus, Phyllogomphoides [80, 81, 82, 90 Phyllocycla 80, 89, 92, 93 Phyllogomphoides 79 sqq praedatrix, Phyllogomphoides [81, 83, 87 Progomphus 80 *pseudoundulatus, Phyllogom- phoides 80, 81, 82, 91 regularis, Phyllogomphoides 81, [82, 83, 93 selysi, Phyllogomphoides [80 sqq semicircularis, Phyllogom- phoides 81, 82, 83, 91 singularis, Phyllogomphoides (81, 93 undulatus, Phyllogomphoides [81 sqq PLANTAE Acer 205 Allophylus cf. africanus 167 Caloncoba welwitschii 137, 144 Crinum powellii 226 Elisena longipetala 226 283 Euphorbia esula 191 Ficus parasitica 170 Fraxinus 205 Hippeastrum 226 Hymenocallis narcissiflora 226 Juncus gerardii 186 Maytenus senegalensis 174 Narcissus cyclamineus 226 Nerine bowdenii 225, 226, 230 Nerine sarniensis 225 Oryza sativa 145 Quercus robur 205 Rosa sp. 191 Robus sp. 198 Salix alba 191 Sprekelia formosissima 226 Triumfetta rhomboidea 167 Urtica dioica 209 Ziziphus mauritania 171, 174, [179 n al 20. > x ine à Tat ¢ ry mer tag, 4 tie a È n. 7 ss $ fer rose Ati alba > i ar = » D ro PRIUS « 112 | A. è 6 tre as | | f TT TR | } 79 7,077 OF 7 . ze \ Haha AA “i ahi PALA dle sert de > — es : aan) =| vibim “hs Bea bei are here Se en Lvsioge paid PA ¢ {ns io iis af «8 PE à byile parie ha ea, lvl AA td DEEL 128 1985 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE UITGEGEVEN DOOR DE NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING | Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 128, 1985 NEDERLANDSE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VERENIGING BESTUUR (BOARD) Voorsitter (Chairman) ESRI C. A. W. Jeekel Vice-voorzitter (Vice-President) ................. L. H. M. Blommers Secretaris (Secretary)... andere ane Ree ee R. de Jong Address .:..: 54 PETER ee ee Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Raamsteeg 2, Leiden 2311 PL le Penningmeester (Treasurer DJs. „Seren L. P.S. van der Geest Address; du na ere A Doornenburg 9, Landsmeer 1211 GP 2e Penningmeester (Treasurer. NA. B P. Oosterbroek Addresse AAR PRI Baanstraat 2, Edam 1135 CB Bibhorthecans (ibra) TERI W. N. Ellis Address JR e CERO EI Plantage Middenlaan 64, Amsterdam 1018 DH Lid (Member)! Ae and oe et ER B. van Aartsen TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE Redactie (Editonal Board) 5-94.45. vee ee P.J. van Helsdingen, R. de Jong, J. Krikken, C. van Achterberg, S. A. Ulenberg, J. van Tol Addresse. en eN eat En Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Raamsteeg 2, Leiden 2311 PL The journal serves the publication of papers on Insecta, Myriapoda and Arachnoidea. Subscription rate: D.Fl. 300,— per year. Issues 1—4 appeared on 20.XII.1985 ISSN 0040-7496 INHOUD , R. H. — Additions to the Eurasian saldid fauna, with a description of fourteen new spe- EEDE Ne en E 215 Jong, M. R. de. — Taxonomy and biogeography of Oriental Prasiini 1: the genus Prasia Stâl, > ia 165 Nieukerken, E. J. van. — A taxonomic revision of the Western Palaearctic species of the subge- = nera Zimmermannia Hering and Ectoedemia Busck s. str. (Lepidoptera, Nepticuli- dae), with notes on their phylogeny BE en an na er 1 Ro skam, J. ©. — Evolutionary patterns in gall midge — host plant associations (Diptera, Cecido- q CC SCIE. eee nn 193 +4) i a vage VEST \ . où va fa: fat] “del ut sent: fermmicnte, a ne. 086 406. tte MD Golde CH à D HTC | ASS tac: Ni ana Eire pont, Kelpie | iter]! Anania 117,185 l'a danst hit: 3 Pb Fat: Tl pikunamoiee® VEO ches tree om 0, Berlsphton CAAS, arderjedee tive bo wanted IES, A eg deforme ainsi unriqmoggalri. OET SEVER te Se plu Ev ae ahl Bit an blie À CNE men: jena” A Ar‘ AS ret ATX L 24 rna ar toa Peo è MENTE A he oade maden nie passen, ‘ die OI pl 4 UE lg ¢ eu et ru sati eee] D tdi INR NU et vit Saris i r Oev Whe laar 5 ME A, PO ari A ri. peper tue pinto AR | | “#2 etant IE radi u 204, 159 | "8 | tudteb pia stat u i A i een spatial en, ANG , ee IAA, Li | Aurm è Sienne IPP) Ja néons icon PISANI CAIO pont ait, ERTL OS, PAR ea gos ee Sie 4 Ol ahh A "1e DOME PL LE nids alta vit) SG REC NET n dur: Mento i adi ool isl SOE n I M airs) 156 didi PET OS OOI PEEN M ae Mist air Uri Bu smile, St u TER "IR! lle UNE sera = i TRR Atos gute ERS eteri Lie mars) hO 2002 PART ALT D ARTISTA Sdi ritst, DL en z 1# qui el. a ee cary ire pe eco Re 4 1 12! "4 à 40) ET: Fra sat > KA È] } eu wre 2? > d ti ie 239 fet return ‘ati PL: LT i vasi ét, ateo rin PRESTA UT 14, Su aren j STV ISS „art, ANT, ain f ACT ST ir PT EUR. : ur to Oto; heerd TEL TU ET a En LU Pal PI eu ' win 428 > id 5613 096 LIT | 3 196 397